This version is typeset by Joost Winter, with help of Claude, last updated 19 August, 2026. My email address can be obtained by writing my name together without interpunction in between, followed by the domain of Google’s well-known e-mail service.
The Glossary is based on the version by Sean Crist found here; for the remainder, the OCR’ed scans by Sean Crist found here have been very useful as an aid trying to make this a beautiful version.
Additional thanks go out to Irene Hung for various corrections to this digitized edition.
and
The gospel of St. Mark
Selections from the other gospels
And the second epistle to Timothy
With notes and glossary
by
Joseph Wright
Ph. D., D.C.L., Ll.D., Litt.D.
Fellow of the British Academy
Corpus Christi Professor of Comparative Philology
in the University of Oxford
Oxford
At the Clarendon Press
It was originally intended that this Grammar should form one of the volumes of the Students’ Series of Comparative and Historical Grammars, but some time ago I was informed by the Delegates of the Clarendon Press that a third edition of my Gothic Primer was required. It then became a question whether it would be better to issue the Primer in a revised form, or to set to work at once to write the present Grammar. I laid the two alternatives before the Delegates, and they preferred to accept the latter.
As a knowledge of Gothic is indispensable to students of the oldest periods of the other Germanic languages, this book will, I trust, be found useful at any rate to students whose interests are mainly philological and linguistic. I have adopted as far as possible the same method of treating the subject as in my Old English and Historical German Grammars. Considerable care and trouble have been taken in the selection of the material contained in the chapters relating to the phonology and accidence, and I venture to say that the student, who thoroughly masters the book, will not only have gained a comprehensive knowledge of Gothic, but will also have acquired a considerable knowledge of Comparative Germanic Grammar.
In selecting examples to illustrate the sound-laws I have tried as far as possible to give words which also occur in the other Germanic languages, especially in Old English and Old High German. The Old English and Old High German cognates have been added in the Glossary.
In order to give the student some idea of the skill of Ulfilas as a translator I have added the Greek text to St. Matthew Ch. VI, St. Mark Chapters I-V, and St. Luke Ch. XV. This will also be useful as showing the influence which the Greek syntax had upon the Gothic.
The Glossary not only contains all the words occurring in the Gothic Text (pp. 200-91), but also all the words contained in the Phonology and Accidence, each referred to its respective paragraph. A short list of the most important works relating to Gothic will be found on pp. 197-9.
From my long experience as teacher of the subject, I should strongly recommend the beginner not to work through the Phonology and the philological part of the Accidence at the outset, but to read Chapter I on Gothic pronunciation, and then to learn the paradigms, and at the same time to read some of the easier portions of the Gospels. This is undoubtedly the best plan in the end, and will lead to the most satisfactory results. In fact, it is in my opinion a sheer waste of time for a student to attempt to study in detail the phonology of any language before he has acquired a good working knowledge of its vocabulary and inflexions.
In conclusion I wish to express in some measure the heartfelt thanks I owe to my wife for her valuable help in compiling the Glossary.
Joseph Wright.
Oxford,
January, 1910.
Classification of the Indo-Germanic languages, and a few characteristics of the Germanic languages (§ 1).
The Gothic alphabet (§ 2). Representation of the Gothic vowel-system (§ 3). Pronunciation of the Gothic vowels:—a, ā (§ 4); ē (§ 5); i, ei (§ 6); ō (§ 7); u, ū (§ 8); iu (§ 9); aí, ái, ai (§ 10); aú, áu, au (§ 11). The Gothic vowel-system (§ 12). Representation of the Gothic consonant-system (§ 13). Pronunciation of the Gothic consonants:—b (§ 14); d (§ 15); f (§ 16); g (§ 17); h (§ 18); ƕ (§ 19); j (§ 20); k (§ 21); l, m, n (§ 22); p (§ 23); q (§ 24); r (§ 25); s (§ 26); t (§ 27); þ (§ 28); w (§ 29); z (§ 30). Phonetic survey of the Gothic sound-system (§ 31). Stress (§§ 32-4).
The Indo-Germanic vowel-system (§ 35). a (§ 36); e (§ 37); i (§ 38); o (§ 39); u (§ 40); ə (§ 41); ā (§ 42); ē (§ 43); ī (§ 44); ō (§ 45); ū (§ 46); ai (§ 47); ei (§ 48); oi (§ 49); au (§ 50); eu (§ 51); ou (§ 52). The Indg. vocalic nasals and liquids:—m (§ 53); n (§ 54); r (§ 55); l (§ 56).
Table of the Prim. Germanic vowel-system (§ 57). The change of a to ā (§ 59); the change of e to i, and of i to ī (§ 60); the change of i to e (§ 61); the change of u to o, and of u to ū (§ 62); the change of eu to iu (§ 63). The vowel-system at the close of the Prim. Germanic period, and table showing the normal development of the vowels in the various Germanic languages (§ 64).
Short vowels: a (§ 65); e (§§ 66-7); i (§§ 68-9); o (§§ 70-1); u (§§ 72-3). Long vowels: ā (§ 74); ǣ (§§ 75-6); ē (§ 77); ī (§ 78); ō (§§ 79-81); ū (§ 82). Diphthongs: ai (§ 83); au (§ 84); iu (§ 85); eu (§ 86).
Indg. final consonants in the Germanic languages (§ 87). Final short vowels (§ 88). Final long vowels (§ 89). Final diphthongs (§ 90).
Table of the Indo-Germanic consonant-system (§ 126). The normal equivalents of the Indg. explosives in Latin, Greek, and the Germanic languages (§ 127). The first sound-shifting:—the tenues (§ 128); the mediae (§ 129); the tenues aspiratae (§ 130); the mediae aspiratae (§§ 131-3). The twofold development of the Indg. velars in the Germanic languages (§ 134). The chronological order of the first sound-shifting (§ 135). Verner’s law (§§ 136-7). Other consonant changes (§§ 138-47). Table of Prim. Germanic consonants (§ 148).
Semivowels: w (§§ 149-51); j (§§ 152-7). Consonantal liquids and nasals (§ 158); vocalic liquids and nasals (§ 159). Labials:—p, f (§ 160) ; b, ƀ (§ 161). Gutturals:—k (§ 162); kw (§ 163); h, ꭓ (§ 164); ꭓw (§ 165); g, ʒ (§§ 166-9). Dentals:—t (§ 170); þ (§ 171); d, đ (§§ 172-3). Sibilants:—s (§ 174); z (§ 175).
A. The strong declension:—Masculine a-stems (§§ 179-80); neuter a-stems (§§ 181-2); masculine ja-stems (§§ 184-5); neuter ja-stems (§§ 186-7); masculine wa-stems (§ 188); neuter wa-stems (§ 189). The feminine ō-, jō-, and wō-stems (§§ 190-4). Masculine i-stems (§§ 196-7); feminine i-stems (§§ 198-200). Masculine and feminine u-stems (§§ 202-4); neuter u-stems (§ 205). B. The weak declension:—Masculine n-stems (§§ 207-9); feminine n-stems (§§ 210-12); neuter n-stems (§§ 213-14). C. Minor declensions:—Stems in -r (§§ 215-16); stems in -nd (§§ 217-18); masculines (§ 219); feminines (§§ 220-1); neuters (§ 222).
General remarks on the declension of adjectives (§§ 223-4). A. The strong declension:—a-stems (§§ 226-7); ja-stems (§§ 228-31); wa-stems (§ 232); i-stems (§§ 233-4); u-stems (§§ 235-6). B. The weak declension (§§ 237-8). C. The declension of participles (§§ 239-42). D. The comparison of adjectives (§§ 243-6). Numerals (§§ 247-58).
General remarks on the pronouns (§ 259). Personal pronouns (§§ 260-1). Reflexive pronouns (§ 262). Possessive pronouns (§§ 263-4). Demonstrative pronouns (§§ 265-9). Relative pronouns (§§ 270-2). Interrogative pronouns (§§ 273-4). Indefinite pronouns (§§ 275-9).
The classification of verbs (§§ 280-4). The full conjugation of the model strong verbs niman and háitan (§ 286). The endings of strong verbs (§§ 287-97). The classification of strong verbs:—Class I (§§ 299-300); Class II (§§ 301-2); Class III (§§ 303-4); Class IV (§§ 305-6); Class V (§§ 307-8); Class VI (§§ 309-10); Class VII (§§ 311-14). The classification of weak verbs:—Class I (§§ 316-22); Class II (§§ 323-5); Class III (§§ 326-8); Class IV (§§ 329-31). Minor groups:—Preterite-presents (§§ 332-40); verbs in -mi (§§ 341-3).
Simple and derivative nouns (§§ 353-4); noun and adjectival prefixes (§§ 355-78); noun suffixes (§§ 379-88); compound nouns (§ 389). Simple and derivative adjectives (§§ 390-1); adjectival suffixes (§§ 392-6); compound adjectives (§§ 397-8). Simple and compound verbs (§§ 399-401); verbal prefixes (§§ 402-23); verbal suffixes (§§ 424-5).
Cases:—Accusative (§ 426); genitive (§ 427); dative (§ 428). Adjectives (§§ 429-30). Pronouns (§ 431). Verbs:—Tenses (§ 432); Voices (§ 433); Subjunctive (§ 434); Infinitive (§ 435); Participles (§ 436).
Introduction
St. Matthew
St. Mark
St. Luke
St. John
The Second Epistle to Timothy
| abl. | = | ablative | mid. | = | middle |
| Att. | = | Attic | NE. | = | New English |
| Dor. | = | Doric | NHG. | = | New High German |
| Engl. | = | English | OE. | = | Old English |
| Germ. | = | Germanic | O.Fris. | = | Old Frisian |
| Gr. | = | Greek | OHG. | = | Old High German |
| Hom. | = | Homer | O.Icel. | = | Old Icelandic |
| Indg. | = | Indo-Germanic | O.Ir. | = | Old Irish |
| instr. | = | instrumental | OS. | = | Old Saxon |
| Ion. | = | Ionic | orig. | = | original(ly) |
| Lat. | = | Latin | Prim. | = | Primitive |
| Lith. | = | Lithuanian | rt. | = | root |
| loc. | = | locative | Skr. | = | Sanskrit |
| MHG. | = | Middle High Ger- | sv. | = | strong verb |
| man | wv. | = | weak verb |
The asterisk * prefixed to a word denotes a theoretical form, as Goth. dags, day, from Prim. Germanic *đaʒaz.
The colon (:) used on pp. 46-49 and elsewhere means stands in ablaut relation to.
On the letters þ, đ, ʒ, ƀ, χ see § 126 note 5.
§ 1. Gothic forms one member of the Germanic (Teutonic) branch of the Indo-Germanic family of languages. This great family of languages is usually divided into ten branches:—
Aryan, consisting of: (1) The Indian group, including the language of the Vedas, classical Sanskrit, and the Prākrit dialects; (2) The Iranian group, including (a) West Iranian (Old Persian, the language of the Persian cuneiform inscriptions, dating from about 520-350 B.C.); (b) East Iranian (Avesta—sometimes called Zend-Avesta, Zend, and Old Bactrian—the language of the Avesta, the sacred books of the Zoroastrians).
Tocharian, now extinct, represented by texts discovered in Chinese Turkestan, which are thought to be anterior to the tenth century A.D.
Hittite, a language spoken in Asia Minor in the second millennium B.C. Although the vocabulary of Hittite contains many non-Indo-Germanic elements, it possesses definite grammatical affinities with other Indo-Germanic languages.
Armenian, the oldest monuments of which belong to the fifth century A.D.
Greek, with its numerous dialects.
Albanian, the language of ancient Illyria. The oldest monuments belong to the seventeenth century.
Italic, consisting of Latin and the Umbrian-Samnitic dialects. From the popular form of Latin are descended the Romance languages: Portuguese, Spanish, Catalan, Provençal, French, Italian, Raetoromanic, Rumanian or Wallachian.
Keltic, consisting of: (1) Gaulish (known to us by Keltic names and words quoted by Latin and Greek authors, and inscriptions on coins); (2) Britannic, including Cymric or Welsh, Cornish, and Bas-Breton or Armorican (the oldest records of Cymric and Bas-Breton date back to the eighth or ninth century); (3) Gaelic, including Irish-Gaelic, Scotch-Gaelic, and Manx. The oldest monuments are the old Gaelic ogam inscriptions, which probably date as far back as about A.D. 500.
Baltic-Slavonic, consisting of: (1) The Baltic division, embracing (a) Old Prussian, which became extinct in the seventeenth century, (b) Lithuanian, (c) Lettic (the oldest records of Lithuanian and Lettic belong to the sixteenth century); (2) the Slavonic division, embracing: (a) the South-Eastern group, including Russian (Great Russian, White Russian, and Little Russian), Bulgarian, and Illyrian (Servian, Croatian, Slovenian); (b) the Western group, including Czech (Bohemian), Sorabian (Wendish), Polish and Polabian.
Germanic, consisting of:—
Gothic. Almost the only source of our knowledge of the Gothic language is the fragments of the biblical translation made in the fourth century by Ulfilas, the Bishop of the West Goths. See pp. 195-7.
Scandinavian or North Germanic—called Old Norse until about the middle of the eleventh century—which is sub-divided into two groups: (a) East Scandinavian, including Swedish, Gutnish, and Danish; (b) West Scandinavian, including Norwegian, and Icelandic.
The oldest records of this branch are the runic inscriptions, some of which date as far back as the third or fourth century.
West Germanic, which is composed of:—
Note.—A few of the chief characteristics of the Germanic languages as compared with the other branches of the Indo-Germanic languages are: the first sound-shifting or Grimm’s law (§§ 127-32); Verner’s law (§§ 136-7); the development of the so-called weak declension of adjectives (§ 223); the development of the preterite of weak verbs (§ 315); the use of the old perfect as a preterite (§ 292).
§ 2. The Gothic monuments, as handed down to us, are written in a peculiar alphabet which, according to the Greek ecclesiastical historians Philostorgios and Sokrates, was invented by Ulfilas. But Wimmer1 and others have clearly shown that Ulfilas simply took the Greek uncial alphabet as the basis for his, and that in cases where this was insufficient for his purpose he had recourse to the Latin and runic alphabets. The alphabetic sequence of the letters can be determined with certainty from the numerical values, which agree as nearly as possible with those of the Greek. Below are given the Gothic characters in the first line, in the second line their numerical values, and in the third line their transliteration in Roman characters.
1 Wimmer, ‘Die Runenschrift,’ Berlin, 1887; pp. 259—74.
| 𐌰 | 𐌱 | 𐌲 | 𐌳 | 𐌴 | 𐌵 | 𐌶 | 𐌷 | 𐌸 |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 |
| a | b | g | d | e | q | z | h | þ |
| 𐌹 𐌹 | 𐌺 | 𐌻 | 𐌼 | 𐌽 | 𐌾 | 𐌿 | 𐍀 | 𐍁 |
| 10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50 | 60 | 70 | 80 | 90 |
| i | k | l | m | n | j | u | p | - |
| 𐍂 | 𐍃 | 𐍄 | 𐍅 | 𐍆 | 𐍇 | 𐍈 | 𐍉 | 𐍊 |
| 100 | 200 | 300 | 400 | 500 | 600 | 700 | 800 | 900 |
| r | s | t | w | f | ꭓ | ƕ | o | - |
Note.—1. Two of the above 27 Gothic characters were used as numerals only, viz. 𐍁 = 90 and 𐍊 = 900. The letter 𐍇 occurs only in Xristus (Christ) and one or two other words, where 𐍇 had probably the sound-value k. The Gothic character 𐌹 was used at the beginning of a word and medially after a vowel not belonging to the same syllable, thus 𐌹𐌳𐌳𐌾𐌰, iddja (I went); 𐍆𐍂𐌰𐌹𐍄𐌹𐌸, fra-itiþ (he devours).
2. When the letters were used as numerals a point was placed before and after them, or a line above them, thus ·𐌻· 𐌻, ·l· l̄ = 30.
3. In words borrowed from Greek containing υ in the function of a vowel, it is transcribed by y, thus συναγωγή, synagōgē, synagogue, y may be pronounced like the i in English bit. See p. 360.
In our transcription the letter þ is borrowed from the OE. or O. Norse alphabet.
In some books q, ƕ, w are represented by kw (kv), hw (hv), v respectively.
§ 3. The Gothic vowel-system is represented by the five elementary letters a, e, i, o, u, and the digraphs ei, iu, ai, and au.
Vowel-length was entirely omitted in writing. The sign ¯, placed over vowels, is here used to mark long vowels.
The vowels e, o (uniformly written ē, ō in this grammar) were always long. a, u had both a short and a long quantity. i was a short vowel, the corresponding long vowel of which was expressed by the digraph ei after the analogy of the Greek pronunciation of ει in the fourth century. iu was a falling diphthong. Each of the digraphs ai, au was used without distinction in writing to express three different sounds which are here written ái, aí, ai and áu, aú, au.
A brief description of the sound-values of the above vowel-system will be given in the following paragraphs. Our chief sources for ascertaining the approximate quality and quantity of the Gothic simple vowels and diphthongs are:—(1) The pronunciation of the Greek and Latin alphabets as they obtained in the fourth century; the former of which was taken by Ulfilas as the basis for representing his own native sound-system. (2) A comparison of the Gothic spelling of Greek loan-words and proper names occurring in Ulfilas with the original Greek words. (3) The spelling of Gothic proper names found in Greek and Latin records of the fourth to the eighth century. (4) The occasional fluctuating orthography of one and the same word in the biblical translation. (5) Special sound-laws within the Gothic language itself. (6) The comparison of Gothic with the other Old Germanic languages.
§ 4. a had the same sound as the a in NHG. mann, as ahtáu, eight; akrs, field; dags, day; namō, name; giba, gift; waúrda, words.
ā had the same sound as the a in English father. In native Gothic words it occurs only in the combination āh (see § 59), as fāhan, to catch, seize; brāhta, I brought; þāhō, clay.
§ 5. ē was a long close e-sound, strongly tinctured with the vowel sound heard in NHG. sie, she. Hence we sometimes find ei (that is ī), and occasionally i, written where we should etymologically expect ē, and vice versa. These fluctuations occur more frequently in Luke than elsewhere; examples are: qeins = qēns, Luke ii. 5; faheid = fahēþ, Luke ii. 10. spēwands = speiwands, Mark vii. 33; miþþanē = miþþanei, Luke ii. 43; izē = izei, Mark ix. 1. birusjōs = bērusjōs, Luke ii. 41; duatsniwun = duatsnēwun, Mark vi. 53. usdrēbi = usdribi, Mark v. 10. Examples are: jēr, year; slēpan, to sleep; nēmum, we took; swē, as; hidrē, hither.
§ 6. i was probably a short open vowel like the i in English bit, as ik, I; itan, to eat; fisks, fish; bindan, to bind; arbi, heritage; bandi, a band.
ī (written ei) was the vowel sound heard in NHG. sie, she. Cp. the beginning of § 5. Examples are: swein, swine, pig; beitan, to bite; gasteis, guests; manageí, multitude; áiþei, mother.
§ 7. ō was a long close vowel, strongly tinctured with the vowel sound heard in NHG. gut, good. Hence we occasionally find u written where we should etymologically expect ō, and vice versa, as supūda = supōđa, Mark ix. 50; ūhtēdun = ōhtēdun, Mark xi. 32. faíhō = faíhu, Mark x. 23. Examples are: ōgan, to fear; ōgjan, to terrify; brōþar, brother; sōkjan, to seek; saísō, I sowed; haírtō, heart.
§ 8. u had the same sound as the vowel in English put, as ubils, evil; ufta, often; fugls, fowl, bird; sunus, son; bundans, bound; faíhu, cattle; sunu (acc. sing.), son.
ū had the same sound as the u in NHG. gut, as ūt, ūta, out; ūhtwō, early morn; brūþs, bride; hūs, house; þūsundí, thousand.
§ 9. iu was a falling diphthong (i.e. with the stress on the i), and pronounced like the ew in North. Engl. dial, pronunciation of new. It only occurs in stem-syllables (except in ūhtiugs, seasonable), as iupa, above; þiuda, people; driusan, to fall; tríu, tree; kniu, knee.
§ 10. As has already been pointed out in § 3, the digraph ai was used by Ulfilas without distinction in writing to represent three different sounds which were of threefold origin. Our means for determining the nature of these sounds are derived partly from a comparison of the Gothic forms in which they occur with the corresponding forms of the other Indo-Germanic languages, and partly from the Gothic spelling of Greek loan-words. The above remarks also hold good for the digraph au, § 11.
aí was a short open e-sound like the ë in OHG. nëman, and almost like the a in English hat. It only occurs before r, h, ƕ (except in the case of aíþþáu, or, and possibly waíla, well, and in the reduplicated syllable of the pret. of strong verbs belonging to Class VII). See §§ 67, 69, 311. Examples are: aírþa, earth; baíran, to bear; waírpan, to throw, faíhu, cattle; taíhun, ten; saílƕan, to see; aíáuk, I increased; laílōt, I let; haíháit, I named. But see pp. 367 ff.
ái was a diphthong and had the same sound as the ei in NHG. mein, my, and nearly the same sound as the i in English mine, as áiþs, oath; áins, one; hláifs, loaf; stáins, stone; twái, two; nimái, he may take.
ai had probably the same pronunciation as OE. ǣ (i.e. a long open e-sound). It occurs only in very few words before a following vowel (§ 76), as saian, to sow; waian, to blow; faian, to blame; and possibly in armaiō, mercy, pity. But see pp. 367 ff.
§ 11. aú was a short open o-sound like the o in English not. It only occurs before r and h, as haúrn, horn; waúrd, word; daúhtar, daughter; aúhsa, ox. See §§ 71, 73, and pp. 367 ff.
áu was a pure diphthong and had approximately the same sound as the ou in English house, as áugō, eye; áusō, ear; dáuþus, death; háubiþ, head; ahtáu, eight; nimáu, I may take.
au was a long open o-sound like the au in English aught. It only occurs in a few words before a following vowel (§ 80), as staua, judgment; taui, deed; trauan, to trust; bauan, to build, inhabit. Cp. §§ 3 and 10. But see pp. 367 ff.
§ 12. From what has been said in §§ 4-11, we arrive at the following Gothic vowel-system:—
| Short vowels | a, aí, i, aú, u |
| Long vowels | ā, ē, ai, ei, ō, au, ū |
| Diphthongs | ái, áu, iu |
Note.—1. For y, see § 2 note 3. The nasals and liquids in the function of vowels will be found under consonants §§ 22, 25.
2. ái, áu, iu were falling diphthongs, that is, the stress fell upon the first of the two elements.
§ 13. According to the transcription adopted in § 2 the Gothic consonant-system is represented by the following letters, which are here re-arranged after the order of the English alphabet:—b, d, f, g, h, ƕ, j, k, l, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, þ, w, z.
§ 14. b had a twofold pronunciation. Initially, as also medially and finally after consonants, it was a voiced explosive like English b, as barn, child; blinds, blind; baíran, to bear; salbōn, to anoint; arbi, heritage; lamb, lamb; -swarb, he wiped.
Medially after vowels it was a voiced bilabial spirant, and may be pronounced like the v in English live, which is a voiced labio-dental spirant, as haban, to have; sibun, seven; ibns, even. See § 161.
§ 15. d had a twofold pronunciation. Initially, as also medially and finally after consonants, it was a voiced explosive like the d in English do, as dags, day; dáuþus, death; dragan, to draw; kalds, cold; bindan, to bind, band, he bound; huzd, treasure; also when geminated, as iddja, I went.
Medially after vowels it was a voiced interdental spirant nearly like the th in English then, as fadar, father; badi, bed; biudan, to offer. See § 173.
§ 16. f was probably a voiceless bilabial spirant like the f in OHG. slāfan, to sleep; a sound which does not occur in English. It may, however, be pronounced like the f in English life, which is labio-dental, as fadar, father; fulls, full; ufar, over; wulfs, wolf; fimf, five; gaf, he gave.
§ 17. g. The exact pronunciation of this letter cannot be determined with certainty for all the positions in which it is found.
Initial g probably had the same sound as the g in English go, as gōþs, good; giban, to give; the same may also have been the pronunciation of g in the combination vowel + g + consonant (other than a guttural), as bugjan, to buy; tagla, hairs; tagra (nom. pl.), tears. Cp. §§ 167-8.
Medially between vowels it was a voiced spirant like the widely spread pronunciation of g in NHG. tage, days, as áugō, eye; steigan, to ascend. Cp. § 168.
Final postvocalic g and g in the final combination gs was probably a voiceless spirant like the ch in NHG. or in Scotch loch, as dag (acc. sing.), day; mag, he can; dags, day. Cp. § 169.
Before another guttural it was used to express a guttural nasal (ŋ) like the γ in Greek ἄγγελος, angel; ἄγχι, near; and the ng in English thing, or the n in think, as aggilus, angel; briggan, to bring; figgrs, finger; drigkan, to drink; sigqan, to sink.
Note.—Occasionally, especially in St. Luke, the guttural nasal is expressed by n as in Latin and English, as þankeiþ = þagkeiþ, Luke xiv. 31 ; bringiþ = briggiþ, Luke xv. 22.
The combination ggw was in some words equal to ŋ + gw, and in others equal to gg (a long voiced explosive) + w. When it was the one, and when the other, can only be determined upon etymological grounds. Examples of the former are siggwan, to sing; aggwus, narrow; and of the latter bliggwan, to beat, strike; trlggws, true, faithful. Cp. § 151.
§ 18. h, initially before vowels and probably also medially between vowels, was a strong aspirate, as haban, to have; haírtō, heart; faíhu, cattle; gateihan, to announce. Cp. § 164. In other positions it was a voiceless spirant like the NHG. ch in nacht, night, as hláifs, loaf; nahts, night; falh, I hid; jah, and.
§ 19. ƕ was either a labialized h or else a voiceless w. It may be pronounced like the wh in the Scotch pronunciation of when, as ƕeila, time; ƕōpan, to boast; aƕa. river; saíƕan, to see; saƕ, he saw; nēƕ (av.), near. Cp. notes to § 2.
§ 20. j (that is i in the function of a consonant) had nearly the same sound-value as English y in yet. It only occurs initially and medially, as jēr, year; juggs, young; juk, yoke; lagjan, to lay; niujis, new; fijands, fiend, enemy.
§ 21. k had the same sound as English k, except that it must be pronounced initially before consonants (l, n, r). It occurs initially, medially, and finally, as kaúrn, corn; kniu, knee; akrs, field; brikan, to break; ik, I; juk, yoke.
§ 22. l, m, n had the same sound-values as in English. They all occur initially, medially, and finally, in the function of consonants.
l. laggs, long; láisjan, to teach; háils, hale, whole; haldan, to hold; skal, I shall; mēl, time.
m. mēna, moon; mizdō, meed, reward; namō, name; niman, to take; nam, he took; nimam, we take.
n. nahts, night; niun, nine; mēna, moon; rinnan, to run; láun, reward; kann, I know.
In the function of vowels they do not occur in stem-syllables, as fugls, fowl, bird; tagl, hair; sigljō, seal; máiþms, gift; bagms, tree, beam; ibns, even; táikns, token. See § 169.
§ 23. p had the same sound as English p in put. It occurs initially (in loan-words only), medially, and finally, as pund, pound; páida, coat; plinsjan, to dance; slēpan, to sleep; diups, deep; hilpan, to help; saíslēp, he slept; skip, ship.
§ 24. q was a labialized k, and may be pronounced like the qu in English queen, as qiman, to come; qēns, wife; sigqan, to sink; riqis, darkness; sagq, he sank; bistugq, a stumbling. See §§ 2 note 3, 163.
§ 25. r was a trilled lingual r, and was also so pronounced before consonants, and finally, like the r in Lowland Scotch. It occurs as a consonant initially, medially, and finally, as raíhts, right, straight; rēdan, to counsel; baíran, to bear; barn, child; fidwōr, four; daúr, door.
In the function of a vowel it does not occur in stem-syllables, as akrs, field; tagr, tear; huggrjan, to hunger. Cp. § 159.
§ 26. s was a voiceless spirant in all positions like the s in English sin, as sama, same; sibun, seven; wisan, to be; þūsundi, thousand; hūs, house; gras, grass.
§ 27. t had the same sound-value as English t in ten, as taíhun, ten; tunþus, tooth; háitan, to name; mahts, might, power; haírtō, heart; wáit, I know; at, to, at.
§ 28. þ was a voiceless spirant like the th in English thin, as þagkjan, to think; þreis, three; brōþar, brother; brūþs, bride; miþ, with; fanþ, he found.
§ 29. w (i. e. u in the function of a consonant) had mostly the same sound-value as the w in English wit. After diphthongs and long vowels, as also after consonants not followed by a vowel, it was probably a kind of reduced u-sound, the exact quality of which cannot be determined. Examples of the former pronunciation are:—wēns, hope; witan, to know; wrikan, to persecute; swistar, sister; taíhswō, right hand. And of the latter:—snáiws, snow; waúrstw, work; skadwjan, to overshadow.
§ 30. z was a voiced spirant like the z in English freeze, and only occurs medially in regular native Gothic forms, as huzd, hoard, treasure; hazjan, to praise; máiza, greater. But see § 175.
| Guttural | Short a, | aú, u |
| Long ā, ō, | au, ū | |
| Palatal | Short aí, | i |
| Long ē, ai, | ei |
To these must also be added the nasals m, n, and the liquids l, r in the function of vowels. See § 159.
| Labial. | Interdental. | Dental. | Guttural. | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Explosives | Voiceless | p | t, tt | k, kk: q | |
| Voiced | b | d, dd | g, gg | ||
| Spirants | Voiceless | f | þ, þþ | s, ss | h, (g?): ƕ |
| Voiced | b | d | z | g | |
| Nasals | m, mm | n, n | g (gg) | ||
| Liquids | l, ll; r, rr | ||||
| Semi-vowels | w, j (palatal) | ||||
To these must be added the aspirate h. See § 2 note 1 for 𐍇.
In Gothic as in the oldest period of the other Germanic languages, intervocalic double consonants were really long, and were pronounced long as in Modern Italian and Swedish, thus atta = at-ta, father; manna = man-na, man.
§ 32. All the Indo-Germanic languages have partly pitch (musical) and partly stress accent, but one or other of the two systems of accentuation always predominates in each language, thus in Sanskrit and Old Greek the accent was predominantly pitch, whereas in the oldest periods of the Italic dialects, and the Keltic and Germanic languages, the accent was predominantly stress. This difference in the system of accentuation is clearly seen in Old Greek and the old Germanic languages by the preservation of the vowels of unaccented syllables in the former and the weakening or loss of them in the latter. In the early period of the parent Indg. language, the stress accent must have been more predominant than the pitch accent, because it is only upon this assumption that we are able to account for the origin of the vowels ī̆, ū̆, ə (§ 35, Note 1), the liquid and nasal sonants (§§ 53-6), and the loss of vowel often accompanied by a loss of syllable, as in Greek gen. πα-τρ-όs beside acc. πα-τέρ-α; πέτ-ομαι beside έ-πτ-όμην; Gothic gen. pl. aúhs-nē beside acc. *aúhsa-ns. It is now a generally accepted theory that at a later period of the parent language the system of accentuation became predominantly pitch, which was preserved in Sanskrit and Old Greek, but which must have become predominantly stress again in prim. Germanic some time prior to the operation of Verner’s law (§ 136).
The quality of the accent in the parent language was partly ‘broken’ (acute) and partly ‘slurred’ (circumflex). This distinction in the quality of the accent was preserved in prim. Germanic in final syllables containing a long vowel, as is seen by the difference in the development of the final long vowels in historic times according as they originally had the ‘broken’ or ‘slurred’ accent (§§ 87 (1), 89).
In the parent language the chief accent of a word did not always fall upon the same syllable of a word, but was free or movable as in Sanskrit and Greek, cp. e. g. Gr. nom. πατήρ, father, voc. πάτερ, acc. πατέρα; Skr. ḗmi, I go, pl. imás, we go. This free accent was still preserved in prim. Germanic at the time when Verner’s law operated, whereby the voiceless spirants became voiced when the vowel immediately preceding them did not bear the chief accent of the word (§ 136). At a later period of the prim. Germanic language, the chief accent of a word became confined to the first syllable. This confining of the chief accent to the first syllable was the cause of the great weakening—and eventual loss—which the vowels underwent in unaccented syllables in the prehistoric period of the individual Germanic languages (Ch. V). And the extent to which the weakening of unaccented syllables has been carried in some of the Modern Germanic dialects is well illustrated by such sentences as: as et it mǫən, I shall have it in the morning; ast ə dunt if id kud, I should have done it if I had been able (West Yorks.).
§ 33. The rule for the accentuation of uncompounded words is the same in Gothic as in the oldest period of the other Germanic languages, viz. the chief stress fell upon the first syllable, and always remained there even when suffixes and inflexional endings followed it, as áudags, blessed; niman, to take; reikinōn, to rule; the preterite of reduplicated verbs, as laílōt : lētan, to let; haíháit : háitan, to call; blindamma (masc. dat. sing.), blind; dagōs, days; gumanē, of men; nimanda, they are taken; barnilō, little child; bērusjōs, parents; brōþrahans, brethren; dalaþrō, from beneath; dáubiþa, deafness; mannisks, human; þiudinassus, kingdom; waldufni, power. The position of the secondary stress in trisyllabic and polysyllabic words fluctuated in Gothic, and with the present state of our knowledge of the subject it is impossible to formulate any hard and fast rules concerning it.
In compound words it is necessary to distinguish between compounds whose second element is a noun or an adjective, and those whose second element is a verb. In the former case the first element had the chief accent in the parent Indg. language; in the latter case the first element had or had not the chief accent according to the position of the verb in the sentence. But already in prim. Germanic the second element of compound verbs nearly always had the chief accent; a change which was mostly brought about by the compound and simple verb existing side by side. This accounts for the difference in the accentuation of such pairs as ándahafts, answer: andháfjan, to answer; ándanēms, pleasant: andníman, to receive.
§ 34. As has been stated above, compound words, whose second element is a noun or an adjective, had originally the chief stress on the first syllable. This simple rule was preserved in Gothic, as frakunþs, OE. fracuþ, despised; gaskafts, OHG. gascaft, creation; unmahts, infirmity; ufkunþi, knowledge; usfilh, burial; akranaláus, without fruit; allwaldands, the Almighty; brūþfaþs, bridegroom; gistradagis, to-morrow; láushandja, empty-handed; twalibwintrus, twelve years old; þiudangardi, kingdom. But in compound verbs the second element had the chief stress, as atlagjan, to lay on; duginnan, to begin; frakunnan, to despise; gaqiman, to assemble; usfulljan, to fulfil. When, however, the first element of a compound verb was separated from the verb by one or more particles, it had the chief stress, as gá-u-ƕa-sēƕi, Mark viii. 23; díz-uh-þan-sat, Mark xvi. 8.
§ 35. The parent Indo-Germanic language had the following vowel-system:—
| Short vowels | a, e, i, o, u, ə, |
| Long vowels | ā, ē, ī, ō, ū |
| Short diphthongs | ai, ei, oi, au, eu, ou |
| Long diphthongs | āi, ēi, ōi, āu, ēu, ōu |
| Short vocalic | l, m, n, r |
Note.— 1. The short vowels i, u, ə, the long vowels ī, ū, and vocalic l, m, n, r occurred originally only in syllables which did not bear the principal accent of the word.
The short vowels i, u, and vocalic l, m, n, r arose from the loss of e in the strong forms ei, eu, el, em, en, er, which was caused by the principal accent having been shifted to some other syllable in the word.
ə, the quality of which cannot be precisely defined, arose from the weakening of an original ā, ē, or ō, caused by the loss of accent. It is generally pronounced like the final vowel in German Gabe.
ī and ū were contractions of weak diphthongs which arose from the strong forms eiə, āi, ēi, ōi; euə, āu, ēu, ōu through the loss of accent. The e in eiə, euə had disappeared before the contraction took place. See § 32.
2. The long diphthongs āi, ēi, &c., were of rare occurrence in the parent language, and their history in the prehistoric period of the various branches of the Indo-Germanic languages, except when final, is still somewhat obscure. In stem-syllables they were generally either shortened to ai, ei, &c., or the second element (i, u) disappeared. In final syllables they were generally shortened to ai, ei, &c. In this book no further account will be taken of the Indg. long diphthongs in stem-syllables. For their treatment in final syllables in Primitive Germanic, see § 89.
3. Upon theoretical grounds it is generally assumed that the parent language contained long vocalic l, m, n, r. But their history in the various Indg. languages is still uncertain. In any case they were of very rare occurrence, and are therefore left out of consideration in this book.
§ 36. a (Lat. a, Gr. α) remained, as Lat. ager, Gr. ἀγρός, Skr. ájras, Goth. akrs, O.Icel. akr, OS. akkar, OHG. ackar, OE. æcer, field, acre; Gr. ἅλς, Lat. gen. salis, Goth. O.Icel. OS. salt, OHG. salz, OE. sealt, salt; Lat. aqua, Goth. aƕa, OS. OHG. aha, OE. ēa from *eahu, older *ahu, water, river; Lat. alius, Gr, ἄλλος, Goth. aljis, other.
§ 37. e (Lat. e, Gr. ε) remained, as Lat. ferō, Gr. φέρω, I bear, O.Icel. bera, OS. OHG. OE. beran, to bear; Lat. edō, Gr. ἔδομαι, Skr. ádmi, I eat, O.Icel. eta, OHG. eȥȥan, OS. OE. etan, to eat; Lat. pellis, Gr. πέλλα, OS. OHG. fel, OE. fell, skin, hide.
§ 38. i (Lat. i, Gr. ι) remained, as Gr. Hom. ϝίδμεν, Skr. vidmá, Goth. witum, O.Icel. vitum, OS. witun, OHG. wiȥȥum, OE. witon, we know, cp. Lat. vidēre, to see; Lat. piscis, Goth. fisks, O.Icel. fiskr, OS. fisk, OHG. OE. fisc, fish; Lat. vidua (adj. fem.), bereft of, deprived of, Goth. widuwō, OS. widowa, OHG. wituwa, OE. widewe, widow.
§ 39. o (Lat. o, Gr. o) became a in stem-syllables, as Lat. octō, Gr. ὀκτώ, Goth. ahtáu, OS. OHG. ahto, OE. eahta, eight; Lat. hostis, stranger, enemy, Goth. gasts, OS. OHG. gast, OE. giest, guest; Lat. quod, Goth. ƕa, O.Icel. hvat, OS. hwat, OHG. hwaȥ, OE. hwæt, what; Skr. kás, who?
Note.— o remained later in unaccented syllables in prim. Germanic than in accented syllables, but became a in Gothic, as baíram = Gr. Doric φέρομες, we bear; baírand = Dor. φέροντι, they bear.
§ 40. u (Lat. u, Gr. υ) remained, as Gr. κυνός (gen. sing.), Goth. hunds, O.Icel. hundr, OHG. hunt, OS. OE. hund, dog, hound; Gr. θύρᾱ, OS. duri, OHG. turi, OE. duru, door; Skr. bu-budhimá, we watched, Gr. πέ-πυσται, he has inquired, Goth. budum, O.Icel. buðum, OS. budun, OHG. butum, OE. budon, we announced, offered.
§ 41. ə became a in all the Indo-Germanic languages, except in the Aryan branch, where it became i, as Lat. pater, Gr. πατήρ, O.Ir. athir, Goth. fadar, O.Icel. faðir, OS. fader, OHG. fater, OE. fæder, father, Skr. pitár- (from *pətér-), father; Lat. status, Gr. στατός, Skr. sthitás, standing, Goth. staþs, O.Icel. staðr, OS. stad, OHG. stat, OE. stede, prim. Germanic *stadiz, place.
§ 42. ā (Lat. a, Gr. Doric ᾱ, Attic, Ionic η) became ō, as Lat. māter, Gr. Dor. μᾱ́τηρ, O.Icel. mōðir, OS. mōdar, OHG. muoter, OE. mōdor, mother; Gr. Dor. φρᾱ́τηρ, member of a clan, Lat. frāter, Skr. bhrā´tar-, Goth. brōþar, O.Icel. brōðir, OS. brōthar, OHG. bruoder, OE. brōþor, brother; Lat fāgus, beech, Gr. Dor. φᾱγός, a kind of oak, Goth. bōka, letter of the alphabet, O.Icel. OS. bōk, book, OE. bōc-trēow, beech-tree.
§ 43. ē (Lat. ē, Gr. η) remained, but it is generally written ǣ (= Goth. ē, O.Icel. OS. OHG. ā, OE. ǣ) in works on Germanic philology, as Lat. ēdimus, Skr. ādmá, Goth. ētum, O.Icel. ātum, OS. ātun, OHG. āȥum, OE. ǣton, we ate; Lat. mēnsis, Gr. μήν, month, Goth. mēna, O.Icel. māne, OS. OHG. māno, OE. mōna, moon; Goth. gadēþs, O.Icel. dāð, OS. dād, OHG. tāt, OE. dǣd, deed, related to Gr. θή-σω, I shall place.
§ 44. ī (Lat. ī, Gr. ῑ) remained, as Lat. su-īnus (adj.), belonging to a pig, Goth. swein, O.Icel. svīn, OS. OHG. OE. swīn, swine, pig; cp. Skr. nav-ínas, new; Lat. sīmus, OS. sīn, OHG. sīm, OE. sī-en, we may be; Lat. velīmus = Goth. wileima (§ 343).
§ 45. ō (Lat. ō, Gr. ω) remained, as Gr. πλωτός, swimming, Goth. flōdus, O.Icel. flōð, OHG. fluot, OS. OE. flōd, flood, tide, cp. Lat. plōrāre, to weep aloud; Gr. Dor. πώς, Skr. pā́t, Goth. fōtus, O.Icel. fōtr, OHG. fuoȥ, OS. OE. fōt, foot; Goth. dōms, O.Icel. dōmr, OHG. tuom, OS. OE. dōm, judgment, sentence, related to Gr. θωμός, heap; Lat. flōs, Goth. OE. blōma, OS. blōmo, OHG. bluoma, blossom, flower.
§ 46. ū (Lat. ū, Gr. ῡ) remained, as Lat. mūs, Gr. μῦς, Skr. mūš-, O.Icel. OHG. OE. mūs, mouse; Lat. sūs, Gr. ὗς, OHG. OE. sū, sow, pig; Goth. fūls, O.Icel. fūll, OHG. OE. fūl, foul, related to Lat. pūteō, I smell bad, Gr. πῡ́θω, I make to rot.
§ 47. ai (Lat. ae, Gr. αι, Goth. ái, O.Icel. ei, OS. ē, OHG. ei (ē), OE. ā) remained, as Lat. aedēs, sanctuary, originally fire-place, hearth, Skr. ḗdhas, firewood, Gr. αἴθω I burn, OHG. eit, OE. ād, funeral pile, ignis, rogus; Lat. aes, Goth. áiz, O.Icel. eir, OHG. ēr, OE. ār, brass, metal, money; Lat. caedō, I hew, cut down, Goth. skáidan, OS. skēdan, skēđan, OHG. sceidan, OE. scādan, sceādan, to divide, sever.
§ 48. ei (Lat. ī (older ei), Gr. ει) became ī, as Gr. στείχω, I go, Goth. steigan (ei = ī), O.Icel. stīga, OS. OHG. OE. stīgan, to ascend; Gr. λείπω, I leave, Goth. lelƕran, OS. OHG. līhan, OE. lēon from *līohan, older *Iīhan, to lend; Lat. dīcō, I say, tell, Gr. δείκνῡμι, I show, Goth. ga-teihan, to tell, declare, OS. af-tīhan, to deny, OHG. zīhan, OE. tēon, to accuse; Skr. bhḗdati, he splits, Goth. beitan, OE. OS. bītan, OHG. bīȥan, to bite.
§ 49. oi (O.Lat. oi (later ū), Gr. οι) became ai (cp. § 39), as Gr. οἴδε, Skr. vḗda, Goth. wáit, O.Icel. veit, OS. wet, OHG. weiȥ, OE. wāt, he knows; O.Lat. oinos, later ūnus, Goth. áins, O.Icel. einn, OS. ēn, OHG. ein, OE. ān, one, cp. Gr. οἰνή, the one on dice; Gr. πέ-ποιθε, he trusts, Goth. báiþ, O.Icel. beið, OS. bēd, OHG. beit, OE. bād, he waited for; Gr. τοί = Goth. þái (§ 265).
§ 50. au (Lat. au, Gr. αυ, Goth. áu, O.Icel. au, OS. ō, OHG. ou (ō), OE. ēa) remained, as Lat. auris, Goth. áusō, OS. OHG. ōra, OE. ēare, ear; Lat. augeō, Gr. αὐξάνω, I increase, Goth. áukan, O.Icel. auka, OS. ōkian, OHG. ouhhōn, OE. ēacian, to add, increase; cp. Skr. ṓjas-, strength.
§ 51. eu (Lat. ou (later ū), Gr. ευ, Goth. iu, O.Icel. jō (jū), OS. OHG. io, OE. ēo) remained, as Gr. γεύω, I give a taste of, Goth. kiusan, O.Icel. kjōsa, OS. OHG. kiosan, OE. cēosan, to test, choose; Gr. πεύθομαι, I inquire, Skr. bṓdhati, he is awake, learns, Goth. ana-biudan, to order, command, O.Icel. bjōða, OS. biodan, OHG. biotan, OE. bēodan, to offer; Lat. doucō (dūcō), I lead, Goth. tiuhan, OS. tiohan, OHG. ziohan, to lead, draw. See § 63.
§ 52. ou (Lat. ou (later ū), Gr. ου) became au (cp. § 39), as prim. Indg. *roudhos, Goth. ráuþs, O.Icel. rauðr, OS. rōd, OHG. rōt, OE. rēad, red, cp. Lat. rūfus, red; prim. Indg. *bhe-bhoudhe, Skr. bubṓdha, has waked, Goth. báuþ, O.Icel. bauð, OS. bōd, OHG. bōt, OE. bēad, has offered.
§ 53. m (Lat. em, Gr. α, αμ) became um, as Gr. άμο- (in άμόθεν, from some place or other), Goth. sums, O.Icel. sumr, OS. OHG. OE. sum, some one; Gr. ἑκατόν, Lat. centum (with n from m by assimilation, and similarly in the Germanic languages), Goth. OE. OS. hund, OHG. hunt, hundred, all from a prim. form *kmtóm.
§ 54. n (Lat. en, Gr. α, αν) became un, as Lat. commentus (pp.), invented, devised, Gr. αὐτό-ματος, acting of one’s own will, Goth. ga-munds, OHG. gi-munt, OE. ge-mynd, remembrance, prim. form *mntós (pp.) from root men-, think; OS. wundar, OHG. wuntar, OE. wundor, wonder, cp. Gr. άθρέω from *ϝαθρέω, I gaze at.
§ 55. r (Lat. or, Gr. αρ, ρα) became ur, ru, as OHG. gi-turrum, OE. durron, we dare, cp. Gr. θαρσύς (θρασύς), bold, θαρσέω, I am of good courage; dat. pl. Gr. πατράσι, Goth. fadrum, OHG. faterum, OE. fæd(e)rum, to fathers; Lat. porca, the ridge between two furrows, OHG. furuh, OE. furh, furrow.
§ 56. l (Lat. ol, Gr. αλ, λα) became ul, lu, as Goth. fulls, O.Icel. fullr, OHG. vol, OS. OE. full, prim. form *plnós, full; Goth. wulfs, O.Icel. ulfr, OHG. wolf, OS. OE. wulf, prim. form *wlqos, wolf.
Note.—1. If we summarize the vowel-changes which have been stated in this chapter, it will be seen that the following vowel-sounds fell together:—a, o, and ə; original u and the u which arose from Indg. vocalic l, m, n, r; ī and ei; ā and ō; ai and oi; au and ou.
2. As we shall sometimes have occasion to use examples from Sanskrit, it may be well to note that Indg. ī̆, ū̆ remained in this language, but that the following vowel-sounds fell together, viz. a, e, o in a; i, ə in i; ā, ē, ō in ā; tautosyllabic ai, ei, oi in ē; and tautosyllabic au, eu, ou in ō.
§ 57. From what has been said in §§ 36-52, we arrive at the following vowel-system for the prim. Germanic language:—
| Short vowels | a, e, i, u |
| Long vowels | ǣ, ē, ī, ō, ū |
| Diphthongs | ai, au, eu |
§ 58. This system underwent several modifications during the prim. Germanic period, i.e. before the parent language became differentiated into the various separate Germanic languages. The most important of these changes were:—
§ 59. a + ŋꭓ became āꭓ, as Goth. OS. OHG. fāhan, O.Icel. fā, OE. fōn, from *faŋꭓanan, to catch, seize, cp. Lat. pangō, I fasten; Goth. þāhta (inf. þagkjan), OS. thāhta, OHG. dāhta, OE. þōhte from older *þaŋꭓta-, *þaŋꭓtō-, I thought, cp. O.Lat. tongeō, I know. Every prim. Germanic ā in accented syllables was of this origin. Cp. § 42.
Note.—The ā in the above and similar examples was still a nasalized vowel in prim. Germanic, as is seen by its development to ō in OE. The ī (§ 60) and ū (§ 62) were also nasalized vowels in prim. Germanic.
§ 60. e became i under the following circumstances:—
1. Before a nasal + consonant, as Goth. OS. OE. bindan, O.Icel. binda, OHG. bintan, to bind, cp. Lat. of-fendimentum, chin-cloth, of-fendix, knot, band, Gr. πενθερός, father-in-law, Lat. ventus, Goth. winds, O.Icel. vindr, OS. OE. wind, OHG. wint, wind; Gr. πέντε, Goth. fimf, O.Icel. fim(m), OHG. fimf, finf, five. This i became ī under the same conditions as those by which a became a (§ 59), as Goth. þeihan, OS. thīhan, OE. ðēon, OHG. dīhan, from *þiŋꭓanan, older *þeŋꭓanan, to thrive. The result of this sound-law was the reason why the verb passed from the third into the first class of strong verbs (§ 300), cp. the isolated pp. OS. gi-þungan, OE. ge-ðungen.
2. When followed by an i, ī, or j in the next syllable, as Goth. OS. OHG. ist. OE. is, from *istl, older *esti = Gr. ἔστι, is; OHG. irdīn, earthen, beside erda, earth; Goth. midjis, O.Icel. miðr, OS. middi, OE. midd, OHG. mitti, Lat. medius, from an original form *medhjos, middle; OS. birid, OHG. birit, he bears, from an original form *bhéreti, through the intermediate stages *ƀéređi, *ƀériđi, *ƀíriđi, beside inf. beran; O.Icel. sitja, OS. sittian, OHG. slzzen, OE. sittan, from an original form *sedjonom, to sit.
3. In unaccented syllables, except in the combination -er when not followed by an i in the next syllable, as OE. fēt, older fœ̄t, from *fōtiz, older *fōtes, feet, cp. Lat. pedes, Gr. πόδες. Indg. e remained in unaccented syllables in the combination -er when not followed by an i in the next syllable, as acc. OS. fader, OHG. fater, OE. fæder, Gr. πατέρα, father; OE. hwæþer, Gr. πότερος, which of two.
§ 61. i, followed originally by an ā̆, ō̆, or ē in the next syllable, became e when not protected by a nasal + consonant or an intervening i or j, as O.Icel. verr, OS. OHG. OE. wer, Lat. vir, from an original form *wiros, man; OHG. OE. nest, Lat. nīdus, from an original form *nlzdos. In historic times, however, this law has a great number of exceptions owing to the separate languages having levelled out in various directions, as OE. spec beside spic, bacon; OHG. lebara beside OE. lifer, liver; OHG. leocōn beside OE. liccian, to lick; OHG. lebēn beside OE. libban, to live; OHG. quec beside OE. cwlc, quick, alive.
§ 62. a, followed originally by an ā̆, ō̆, or ē in the next syllable, became o when not protected by a nasal+consonant or an intervening i or j, as OE. dohtor, OS. dohter, OHG. tohter, Gr. θυγάτηρ, daughter; O.Icel. ok, OHG. joh, Gr. ζυγόν, yoke; OE. OS. god, OHG. got, from an original form *ghutóm, god, beside OHG. gutin, goddess; pp. OE. geholpen, OS. giholpan, OHG. giholfan, helped, beside pp. OE. gebunden, OS. gibundan, OHG. gibuntan, bound; pp. OE. geboden, OS. gibodan, OHG. gibotan, offered, beside pret. pl. OE. budon, OS. budun, OHG. butum, we offered. Every prim. Germanic o in accented syllables was of this origin. Cp. § 39.
u became ū under the same conditions as those by which a and i became ā and ī, as pret. third pers. singular Goth. þūhta, OS. thūhta, OHG. dūhta, OE. þūhte, beside inf. Goth. þugkjan, OS. thunkian, OHG. dunken, OE. þyncan, to seem; and similarly in Goth. ūhtwō, OS. OHG. ūhta, OE. ūhte, daybreak, dawn.
§ 63. The diphthong eu became iu when the next syllable originally contained an i, ī, or j, cp. § 60 (2), but remained eu when the next syllable originally contained an ā̆, ō̆, or ē. The iu remained in OS. and OHG., but became jū (ȳ by i-umlaut) in O.Icel., and īo (īe by i-umlaut) in OE., as Goth. liuhtjan, OS. liuhtian, OHG. liuhten, OE. līehtan, to give light, beside OS. OHG. lioht, OE. lēoht, a light; O.Icel. dȳpt, OS. diupi, OHG. tiufī, OE. dīepe, depth, beside O.Icel. djūpr, OS. diop, OHG. tiof, OE. dēop, deep; OS. kiusid, OHG. kiusit, O.Icel. kȳs(s), OE. cīesþ, he chooses, beside inf. OS. OHG. kiosan, O.Icel. kjōsa, OE. cēosan, to choose.
§ 64. From what has been said in §§ 59-63, it will be seen that the prim. Germanic vowel-system had assumed the following shape before the Germanic parent language became differentiated into the various separate languages:—
| Short vowels | a, e, i, o, u |
| Long vowels | ā, ǣ, ē, ī, ō, ū |
| Diphthongs | ai, au, eu, iu |
The following table contains the normal development of the above vowel-system in Goth. O.Icel. OS. OHG. and OE. stem-syllables:—
| P. Germ. | Goth. | O.Icel. | OS. | OHG. | OE. |
| a | a | a | a | a | æ |
| e | i | e | e | e | e |
| i | i | i | i | i | i |
| o | u | o | o | o | o |
| u | u | u | u | u | u |
| ā | ā | ā | ā | ā | ō |
| ǣ | ē | ā | ā | ā | ǣ |
| ē | ē | ē | ē | ia, (ie) | ē |
| ī | ei | ī | ī | ī | ī |
| ō | ō | ō | ō | uo | ō |
| ū | ū | ū | ū | ū | ū |
| ai | ái | ei | ē | ei | ā |
| au | áu | au | ō | ou | ēa |
| eu | iu | jō | eo, (io) | eo, (io) | ēo |
| iu | iu | jū | iu | iu | īo |
Note.—The table does not include the sound-changes which were caused by umlaut, the influence of neighbouring consonants, &c. For details of this kind the student should consult the grammars of the separate languages.
§ 65. Germanic a remained unchanged in Gothic, as Goth. dags, OE. dæg, OS. dag, OHG. tag, O.Icel. dagr, day; Goth. gasts, OS. OHG. gast, guest; Goth. fadar, OE. fæder, O.Icel. faeðir, OS. fader, OHG. fater, father; Goth. ahtáu, OS. OHG. ahto, eight; Goth. OE. OS. OHG. faran, O.Icel. fara, to go; Goth. OE. OS. band, OHG. bant, he bound, Goth. inf. bindan (§ 303); Goth. OS. OHG. O.Icel. nam, he took, Goth. inf. niman (§ 305); Goth. OS. O.Icel. gaf, OHG. gab, he gave, Goth. inf. giban (§ 307).
§ 66. Germanic e became i, as Goth. wigs, OE. OS. OHG. weg, O.Icel. vegr, way; Goth. hilms, OE. OS. OHG. helm, helm; Goth. swistar, OS. swestar, OHG. swester, sister; Goth. hilpan (§ 303), OE. OS. helpan, OHG helfan, to help; Goth. stilan (§ 306), OE. OS. OHG. stelan, O.Icel. stela, to steal; Goth. itan (§ 308), OE. OS. etan, OHG. eȥȥan, O.Icel. eta, to eat.
§ 67. This i became broken to e (written aí) before r, h, and ƕ, as Goth. haírtō, OS. herta, OHG. herza, heart; Goth. aírþa, OS. ertha, OHG. erda, earth; Goth. waírþan (§ 303), OS. werthan, OHG. werdan, O.Icel. verða, to become; Goth. baíran (§ 305), OE. OS. OHG. beran, O.Icel. bera, to bear; Goth. raíhts, OS. OHG. reht, right; Goth. taíhun, OS. tehan, OHG. zehan, ten; Goth. saíƕan (§ 307), OS. OHG. sehan, to see.
Note.—For nih, and not, from older *ni-ƕi=Lat. neque, we should expect *naih, but the word has been influenced by the simple negative ni, not.
§ 68. Germanic i generally remained in Gothic, as Goth. fisks, OS. OE. fisc, OHG. fisk, O.Icel. fiskr, fish; Goth. widuwō, OE. wiđewe, OS. widowa, OHG. wituwa, widow; Goth. OE. OS. witan, OHG. wiȥȥan, O.Icel. vita, to know; Goth. nimiþ, OE. nimeþ, OS. nimid, OHG. nimit, he takes; Goth. bitum, OE. biton, OHG. biȥȥum, O.Icel. bitom, we bit, inf. Goth. beitan (§ 299), pp, Goth. bitans, OE. biten, OHG. gibiȥȥan, O.Icel. bitenn; Goth. bidjan, OE. biddan, O.Icel. biðja, OS. biddian, OHG. bitten, to pray, beg, entreat. See § 60.
§ 69. Germanic i became broken to e (written aí) before r, h, ƕ, as Goth. baíriþ, OS. birid, OHG. birit, he bears, cp. § 60 (2), Goth. inf. baíran; Goth. maíhstus, OHG. mist (from *mihst), dunghill, cp. Mod. English dial. mixen; Goth. ga-taíhun, they told, OE. tigon, OHG. zigun, they accused, Goth. inf. ga-teihan (§ 299), pp. Goth. taíhans, OE. tigen, OHG. gi-zigan; Goth. laíƕum, OE. -ligon, OHG. liwum, we lent, inf. Goth. leiƕan (§ 299), pp. Goth. laíƕans, OE. -ligen, OHG. giliwan, OS. -liwan.
Note.—On the forms hiri, hirjats, hirjib, see note to Mark xii. 7.
§ 70. Germanic o became u, as Goth. juk, OHG. joh, OE. geoc, yoke; Goth. guþ, OE. OS. god, OHG. got, god; Goth. huzd, OS. hord, OHG. hort, treasure; pp. Goth. budans, OE. geboden, OS. gibodan, OHG. gibotan, O.Icel. boðenn, inf. Goth. biudan (§ 301), to offer; Goth. pp. hulpans, OE. geholpen, OS. giholpan, OHG. giholfan, Goth. inf. hilpan (§ 303), to help; pp. Goth. numans, OHG. ginoman, Goth. inf. niman (§ 305), to take. See § 62.
§ 71. The u, which arose from Germanic o (§ 70), became broken to o (written aú) before r and h, as Goth. waúrd, OE. OS. word, OHG. wort, word; Goth. daúhtar, OE. dohtor, OS. dohtar, OHG. tohter, daughter; pp. Goth. taúhans, OE. getogen, OS. -togan, OHG. gizogan, O.Icel. togenn, Goth. inf. tiuhan (§ 301), to lead; Goth. waúrhta, OE. worhte, OHG. worhta, he worked, inf. Goth. waúrkjan, OHG. wurken; pp. Goth. waúrþans, OE. geworden, OS. giwordan, OHG. wortan, O.Icel. orðenn, Goth. inf. waírþan (§ 303), to become; pp. Goth. baúrans, OE. geboren, OS. OHG. giboran, O.Icel. borenn, inf. Goth. baíran (§ 305), to bear; Goth. ga-daursta, OE. dorste, OS. gi-dorsta, OHG. gi-torsta, he dared; inf. Goth. ga-daúrsan (§ 335).
§ 72. Germanic u generally remained in Gothic, as Goth. juggs, OS. OHG. jung, young; Goth. hunds, OE. OS. hund, O.Icel. hundr, OHG. hunt, dog, hound; Goth. sunus, OE. OS. OHG. sunu, son; Goth. hugjan, OS. huggian, OHG. huggen, to think; Goth. budum, OE. budon, OS. budun, OHG. butum, O.Icel. buðom, we offered, announced, inf. Goth. biudan (§ 301); Goth. bundum, OE. bundon, OS. bundun, OHG. buntum, O.Icel. bundom, we bound, Goth. inf. bindan (§ 303), pp. Goth. bundans, OE. gebunden, OS. gibundan, OHG. gibuntan, O.Icel. bundenn. See § 40.
§ 73. Germanic u became broken to o (written aú) before r and h, as Goth. saúhts, OS. OHG. suht, Germanic stem suhti-, sickness; Goth. waúrms, OS. OHG. wurm, OE. wyrm, stem wurmi-, serpent, worm; Goth. waúrkjan, OHG. wurken, to work; Goth. waúrþun, OE. wurdon, OS. wurdun, OHG. wurtun, O.Icel. urðo, they became, Goth. inf. waírþan (§ 303); Goth. taúhun, OE. tugon, OHG. zugun, they drew, pulled; Goth. inf. tiuhan (§ 301).
Note.—u was not broken to aú before r which arose from older s by assimilation, as ur-runs, a running out; ur-reisan, to arise (§ 175 note 3). It is difficult to account for the u in the enclitic particle -uh, and; and in the interrogative particle nuh, then.
§ 74. The ā, which arose from a according to § 59, remained in Gothic, as hāhan, to hang; faúrahāh (faúrhāh), curtain, veil, lit. that which hangs before; gahāhjō (av.), in order, connectedly; brāhta, he brought, inf. briggan; gafāhs, a catch, haul, related to gafāhan, to seize; fram-gāhts, progress, related to gaggan, to go; þāhō, clay; unwāhs, blameless.
§ 75. Germanic ǣ (= OE. ǣ, OS. OHG. O.Icel. ā) became ē in Gothic, as Goth. ga-dēþs, OE. dǣd, OS. dād, OHG. tāt, deed; Goth. mana-sēþs, multitude, world, lit. man-seed, OE. sǣd, OS. sād, OHG. sāt, seed; Goth. ga-rēdan, to reflect upon, OE. rǣdan, OS. rādan, OHG. rātan, O.Icel, rāða, to advise; Goth. bērum, OE. bǣron, OS. OHG. bārum, O.Icel. bārom, we bore, Goth. inf. baíran (§ 305); Goth. sētun, OE. sǣton, OS. sātun, OHG. sāȥun, O.Icel. sāto, they sat, Goth. inf. sitan (§ 308).
§ 76. The Germanic combination ǣj became ǣ (written ai, the long vowel corresponding to aí) in Gothic before vowels. This ai was a long open e-sound like the ǣ in OE. slǣpan or the vowel sound in English their. It occurs in very few words: as Goth. saian, OE. sāwan, OS. sāian, OHG. sāen, O.Icel. sā, to sow, Goth. waian, OE. wāwan, OHG. wāen (wājen), to blow; Goth. faianda, they are blamed. But in unaccented syllables the combination -ǣji- became -ái-, as habáis, thou hast, habáiþ, he has, from prim. Germanic *ꭓaƀǣjizi, *ꭓaƀǣjiđi.
§ 77. Germanic ē, which cannot be traced back phonologically to Indo-Germanic ē (§ 43), is of obscure origin. In Gothic the two sounds fell together in ē, but in the other Germanic languages they are kept quite apart, cp. §§ 43, 75.
Germanic ē appears in Gothic as ē (OE. OS. O.Icel. ē, OHG. ē, later ea, ia, ie). In Goth. it occurs in a few words only, as Goth. OE. OS. O.Icel. hēr, OHG. hēr (hear, hiar, hier), here; Goth. fēra, OHG. fēra (feara, fiara), country, region, side, part; Goth. mēs, OE. mēse (mȳse), OHG. meas (mias), table, borrowed from vulgar Lat. mēsa, classical Lat. mēnsa. Cp. § 5.
§ 78. Germanic ī, written ei in Gothic, remained, as Goth. swein, OE. OS. OHG. swīn, O.Icel. svīn, pig, cp. Lat. su-īnu-s, pertaining to a pig; Goth. ƕeila, a while, time, season, OE. hwīl, a while, OS. hwīla (hwīl), time, OHG. wīla (hwīl), time, hour, O.Icel. hvīl, place of rest; Goth. seins, OE. OS. OHG. sīn, his; Goth. steigan (§ 300), OE. OS. OHG. stīgan, O.Icel. stīga, to ascend. Cp. §§ 5, 6, 44, 48.
§ 79. Germanic ō remained in Gothic, as Goth. fōtus, OE. OS. fōt, OHG. fuoȥ, O.Icel. fōtr, foot, cp. Gr. Doric πώς; Goth. flōdus, OE. OS. flōd, OHG. fluot, O.Icel. flōð, flood, stream; Goth. brōþar, O.Icel brōðir, OE. brōþor, OS. brōðer, OHG. bruoder, brother; Goth. OE. OS. O.Icel. fōr, OHG. fuor, I fared, went, Goth. inf. faran (§ 309). Cp. §§ 42, 45.
§ 80. The Germanic combination ōw became a long open o-sound (written au) before vowels, as Goth. sauil, sun, cp. OE. O.Icel. Lat. sol; Goth. staua, (masc.) judge, (fem.) judgment, stauida, I judged (inf. stōjan), cp. Lithuanian stovéti, to stand, O.Bulgarian staviti, to place; taui (gen. tōjis), deed; afdauidái, pp. masc. nom. pi. exhausted, inf. *afdōjan.
Here probably belong also bauan, to inhabit, OE. OHG. būan, to till, dwell; bnauan, to rub; trauan, OHG. trūēn, OS. trūōn, to trow, trust.
§ 81. The Germanic combination ōwj became ōj, as stōja, I judge, from *stōwjō, older *stōwijo; tōjis (from *tōwjis), gen. sing, of taui, deed.
§ 82. Germanic ū remained in Gothic, as Goth. hūs (in gud-hūs, temple), OE. OS. OHG. O.Icel. hūs, house; Goth. rūms, OE. OS. OHG. O.Icel. rūm, room, related to Lat. rū-s (gen. rū-ris), open country; Goth. þūsundi, OE. þūsend, OS. thūsundig, OHG. dūsunt, O.Icel. þūsund, thousand; Goth. fūls, OE. OHG. fūl, O.Icel. fūll, foul; Goth. ga-lūkan, to shut, close, OE. lūcan, OHG. lūhhan, O.Icel. lūka, to lock.
On the ū in forms like þūhta, it seemed, appeared; hūhrus, hunger; jūhiza, younger; ūhtwō, early morn, see § 62.
§ 83. Germanic ai (OE. ā, OS. ē, OHG. ei (ē), O.Icel. ei) remained in Gothic, as Goth. áins, OE. ān, OS. ēn, OHG. ein, O.Icel. einn, one; Goth. háils, OE. hāl, OS. hēl, OHG. heil, hale, whole, sound; Goth. stáins, OE. stān, OS. stēn, OHG. stein, O.Icel. steinn, stone; Goth. stáig, OE. stāg, OS. stēg, OHG. steig, he ascended, Goth inf. steigan (§ 300); Goth. háitan (§ 313), OE. hātan, OS. hētan, OHG. heiȥan, O.Icel. heita, to name, call. Cp. §§ 47, 49.
§ 84. Germanic au (OE. ēa, OS. ō, OHG. ou (ō), O.Icel. au) remained in Gothic, as Goth. áugō, OE. ēage, OS. ōga, OHG. ouga, O.Icel. auga, eye ; Goth. háubiþ (gen. haubidis), OE. hēafod, OS. hōƀid, OHG. houbit, O.Icel. haufuþ, head; Goth. dáuþus, OE. dēað, OS. dōth, OHG. tōd, death; Goth. ráuþs, O.Icel. rauðr, OE. rēad, OS. rōd, OHG. rōt, red; Goth. gáumjan, to perceive, observe, OS. gōmian, OHG. goumen, to pay attention to; Goth. -hláupan, OE. hlēapan, OS. -hlōpan, OHG. louffan, O.Icel. hlaupa, to leap, run; pret. 1, 3 sing. Goth. káus, OE. cēas, OS. OHG. kōs, O.Icel. kaus, inf. Goth. kiusan (§ 302), to choose. Cp. §§ 50, 52.
§ 85. The iu, which arose from older eu (§ 63), remained in Gothic, as Goth. niujis, OS. OHG. niuwi, stem *niuja-, older *neujo-, new; Goth. stiurei (in us-stiurei, excess, riot), cp. OHG. stiurī, greatness, magnificence; Goth. kiusiþ, OS. kiusid, OHG. kiusit, he chooses, tests; Goth. liuhtjan, OS. liuhtian, OHG. liuhten, to light; Goth. stiurjan, to establish, OHG. stiuren, to support, steer.
§ 86. eu (OE. ēo, OS. OHG. io (eo), O.Icel. jō (jū)) became iu in Gothic, as Goth. diups, OE. dēop, OS. diop, OHG. tiof, O.Icel. djūpr, deep; Goth. liuhaþ, OE. lēoht, OS. OHG. lioht, a light, cp. Gr. λευκός, light, bright; Goth. liufs, OE. lēof, OS. liof, OHG. liob, O.Icel. ljūfr, dear; Goth. tiuhan (§ 301), OS. tiohan, OHG. ziohan, to draw, pull; Goth. fra-liusan, OE. for-lēosan, OS. far-liosan, OHG. fir-liosan, to lose.
§ 87. In order to establish and illustrate the Gothic treatment of the vowels of final syllables by comparison with other non-Germanic languages, Lat., Greek, &c., it will be useful to state here a law, relating to the general Germanic treatment of Indo-Germanic final consonants, which properly belongs to a later chapter:—
(1) Final -m became -n. This -n remained when protected by a particle, e.g. Goth. þan-a (§ 265), the = Skr. tám, Lat. is-tum, Gr. τόν. But when it was not protected by a particle, it, as also Indo-Germanic final -n, was dropped in prim. Germanic after short vowels; and the preceding vowel underwent in Gothic just the same treatment as if it had been originally final, i.e. it was dropped with the exception of u, e.g. acc. sing. Goth. wulf, wolf = Skr. vŕkam, Gr. λύκον, Lat. lupum; nom. acc. sing. Goth. juk, yoke = Skr. yugám, Gr. ζυγόν, Lat. jugum; inf. niman from *nemanan, to take; acc. sing. Goth. ga-qumþ, a coming together, assembly = Skr. gátim, Gr. βάσιν, prim. form *ɡmtím, a going; cp. also the Lat. endings in partim, sitim, &c.
Acc. sing. Goth, sunu, son = Skr. sūnúm, cp. the endings in Gr. ἡδύν, sweet; Lat. fructum, fruit; acc. sing. Goth. fōtu, foot, cp. Lat. pedem, Gr. πόδα (§ 53). But the -un from Indg. vocalic -m disappeared in words of more than two syllables, as acc. sing, guman from *ʒomanun = Lat. hominem, man ; brōþar from *ƀroðþerun, brother, cp. Lat. frātrem. In Gothic sibun, seven, and taíhun, ten, for older *sibu, *taíhu, the final -n was re-introduced through the influence of the inflected forms (§ 247).
Note.—The oldest Norse runic inscriptions still retained these final vowels, as acc. sing. staina beside Goth. stáin, stone; acc. sing. neut. horna beside Goth. haúrn, horn; nom. sing. gastiR beside Goth. gasts, guest, stranger.
On the other hand, final -n merely became reduced after long vowels in prim. Germanic, and only disappeared in the course of the individual Germanic languages; the process being that the long oral vowels became nasalized and then at a later stage became oral again (cp. § 59 note). After the disappearance of the nasal element, the long vowel remained in Gothic when it originally had the ‘slurred’ (circumflex) accent, but became shortened when it originally had the ‘broken’ (acute) accent, as gen. pl. dagē, of days; gastē, of guests; hananē, of cocks; haírtanē, of hearts; baúrgē, of cities; the -ē of which corresponds to a prim. Germanic -ǣ̃n, Indg. -ē̃m, but this ending only occurs in Gothic and has never been satisfactorily explained; the ending in the other Germanic and Indo-Germanic languages presupposes -ō̃m which regularly appears as -ō in the Gothic gen. pl. gibō, of gifts; bandjō, of bands; tuggōnō, of tongues; manageinō, of multitudes, cp. Gr. θεῶν, of gods; but acc. sing. giba from *ʒeƀōn, Indg. -ā́m, cp. Gr. χώρᾱν, land, and acc. fem. þō, the = Skr. tā́m, acc. fem. ní áinō-hun (§ 89 note), no one; nom. sing. hana from *ꭓanēn or -ōn, cp. Gr. ποιμήν, shepherd, ἡγεμών, leader; nasida from *nasiđōn, I saved.
Note.—For full details concerning the Germ. treatment in final syllables of Indg. vowels with the ‘slurred’ and ‘broken’ accent, see Streitberg’s ‘Urgermanische Grammatik’, ch. ix.
(2) The Indg. final explosives disappeared in prim. Germanic, except after a short accented vowel, as pres. subj. baírái, OE. OS. OHG. bere, from an original form *bhéroĩt, he may bear; pret. pl. bērun, OE. bǣron, OS. OHG. bārun, they bore, original ending -nt with vocalic n (§ 54); Goth. mēna from an original form *mēnōt, moon; Goth. þat-a, OE. þæt, OS. that, Indg. *tod, that, the; OE. hwæt, OS. hwat = Lat. quod, what, beside Gothic ƕa (§ 273); OE. æt, OS. at = Lat. ad, at.
(3) Indg. final -r remained, as Goth, fadar, O.Icel. faðir, OE. fæder, OS. fader, OHG. fater = Lat. pater, Gr. πατήρ, father.
Note.—So far as the historic period of Gothic is concerned, the law relating to the treatment of Indo-Germanic final consonants may be stated in general terms thus:—With the exception of -s and -r all other Indo-Germanic final consonants were dropped in Gothic. In the case of the explosives it cannot be determined whether they had or had not previously undergone the first sound-shifting (§§ 128-32).
Of Indo-Germanic final consonant groups, the only one preserved in Gothic is -ns, before which short vowels are retained, e.g. acc. pl. masc. Goth. þans = Gr. Cretan τόνς (Attic τούς), the; acc. pl. Goth. wulfans, wolves, cp. Gr. Cretan κόρμονς = Att. κόσμους, ornaments; acc. pl. Goth. þrins = Gr. Cretan τρίνς, three; acc. pl. Goth. sununs, sons, cp. Gr. Cretan υἰύνς, sons. Cp. the law stated in § 88.
§ 88. With the exception of u all other prim. Indo-Germanic final short vowels, or short vowels which became final in prim. Germanic (§ 87), were dropped in Gothic, as also were short vowels in the final syllables of dissyllabic and polysyllabic words when followed by a single consonant:—
Goth. wáit = Gr. οἶδα, Skr. vḗda, I know; wáist = Gr. οἶσθα, Skr. vḗttha, thou knowest; hlaf, I stole = Gr. κέκλοφα.
Goth. akrs, field = Gr. ἀγρός; wulfs = Gr. λύκος, Skr. vŕkas, Lat. lupus, wolf, cp. nom. sing. O.Norse runic inscription HoltingaR; numans from *nomanaz, taken; gen. sing. dagis, from *đaʒesa, of a day, cp. O.Bulgarian česo = Goth. ƕis, whose; af, of, from = Gr. ἄπο; nom. sing, haírdeis, shepherd, from *ꭓirđij-az.
Voc. sing. Goth. wulf = Gr. λύκε, Lat. lupe, Skr. vŕka; nim, take thou = Gr. νέμε; nasei, from *nasiji, save thou; baíriþ, ye bear = Gr. φέρετε; wáit, he knows = Gr. οἶδε; láiƕ, he lent = Gr. λέλοιπε, he has left; fimf, five, cp. Gr. πέντε; mik (acc.), me, cp. Gr. έμέγε; nom. pl. Goth. gumans from *ʒomaniz, men = Lat. homines, cp. Gr. ἄκμονες, anvils; nom. pl. gasteis from *ʒastij-(i)z, guests = Lat. hostēs, from *hostejes, strangers, enemies, cp. Gr. πόλεις is from πόλεjες, cities; nom. pl. sunjus, from *suniuz, older *suneu-es, sons = Skr. sūnávas, cp. Gr. ἡδεῖς from ἡδέϝες, sweet.
hráin, from *hráini (neut.), clean, pure, cp. Gr. ἴδρι, skilful; dat. sing. gumin from *gomini = Lat. homini, to a man, cp. Gr. ποιμένι, to a shepherd; dat. sing, brōþr from *ƀrōþri = Lat. frātri, to a brother, cp. Gr. πατρί; baíris = Skr. bhárasi, thou bearest; baíriþ = Skr. bhárati, he bears; baírand = Gr. Dor. φέροντι, Skr. bháranti, they bear; nom. sing. gasts = O.Norse runic inscription gastiR, guest, Lat. hostis; waírs, from *wirsiz (av.), worse, cp. Lat. magis, more.
Nom. acc. neut. Goth. faíhu = Lat. pecu, cattle, cp. Gr. ἄστυ, city; filu, much = Gr. πολύ, many; nom. sing. sunus = Skr. sūnús, son, cp. the endings in Gr. νέκυς, corpse, Lat. fructus, fruit.
Note.—The law of final vowels does not affect originally monosyllabic words, cp. e. g. nom. sing. Goth, is, he = Lat. is, beside gasts = Lat. hostis; Goth. ƕa, what = Lat. quod, beside juk, yoke = Lat. jugum.
§ 89. Prim. Indg. long final vowels, or those which became final in prim. Germanic (§ 87 and note), became shortened in polysyllabic words, when the vowels in question originally had the ‘broken’ accent, but remained unshortened when they originally had the ‘slurred’ accent.
Examples of the former are:—fem. nom. sing, giba, from *ʒebō, gift (cp. sō, § 265), cp. Gr. χώρᾱ, land, Indg. -ā́; neut. nom. acc. pl. juka, from *jukō (cp. neut. nom. acc. pl. þō, § 265), Skr. (Vedic) yugā́, O.Lat. jugā, Indg. -ā́.
baíra, Lat. ferō, Gr. φέρω, I bear, Indg. -ṓ; mēna, moon, cp. mēnōþs, month, particle -ō preserved in forms like acc. sing, ƕan-ō-h, each, everyone, but shortened in acc. forms like ƕan-a, whom?; þan-a, this; þat-a, that; blindan-a, blind.
Pret. 3 sing. nasida, he saved, Indg. -dhḗt, cp. nasidēs; áinamma, dat. (properly instrumental) sing. masc. neut. of áins, one, beside áinummē-hun, to anyone; ƕamma?, to whom? beside ƕammē-h, to everyone; dat. sing. masc. neut. þamma, to this, from an Indg. instrumental form *tosmḗ (cp. Goth, þē, § 265 note); dat. sing, daga, to a day, from Indg. *dhoɡhḗ or -ṓ; baíráima, we may bear, Indg. *mḗ.
þiwi (gen. þiujōs), maid-servant, formed from *þius (pl. þiwōs), man-servant, like Skr. dēvī́, goddess, from dēvás, god; frijōndi, from *frijōndī (fem.), friend, cp. Skr. pres. part. fem. bhárantī; wili, from *wilī, he will, cp. wileima, we will; nēmi, from *nǣmi, he might take, cp. nēmels. Cp. § 154.
Examples of the latter are:—undarō, under, cp. Skr. adharā́d, below, Indg. ablative ending -ō̃d; of the same origin is the -ō in adverbs like þiubjō, secretly, glaggwō, accurately; and in adverbs with the suffix -þrō (§ 348), as ƕaþrō, whence, þaþrō, thence. Nom. tuggō, tongue, haírtō, heart, Indg. -ō̃.
The preservation of the final -ē in adverbs with the suffix -drē (§ 348) is also due to the vowel having had originally the ‘slurred’ accent.
Note.—Long vowels remained in monosyllables, as nom. fem. sō, the, this—Gr. Dor. ᾱ̔; acc. fem. þō=Gr. Dor. τᾱ́ν; nom. ace. fem. pl. þōs=Skr. tā́s.
They also remained in the final syllables of dissyllabic and polysyllabic words, when protected by a consonant which was originally final or became final in Gothic, as nom. pl. wulfōs=Skr. vŕkās, wolves; nom. pl. gibōs from ʒeƀō̃z, gifts, cp. Skr. áçvās, mares; gen. sing. gibōs from *ʒeƀō̃z; dat. pl. gibōm from *ʒeƀōmiz; salbōs from *salƀōzi, thou anoinlest; fidwōr from feđwōriz, Indg. *qetwōres, four; nasidēs from *naziđǣz, thou didst save, beside nasida, I saved; nēmeis from *nǣmīz, thou mightest take, beside nēmi, he might take; nēmeiþ, ye might take; managdūþs, abundance.
On final long vowels when originally followed by a nasal, see § 87.
§ 90. Originally final -ai became -a in polysyllables, as baírada, he is borne = Gr. mid. φέρεται; baíranda, they are borne=Gr. mid. φέρονται; faúra, before, cp. Gr. παραί, beside.
Originally long diphthongs became shortened in final syllables, as ahtáu, from an original form *oktṓu, eight; dat. sing. gibái. from *ʒeƀōĩ, older *ghebhāĩ, to a gift, cp. Gr. χώρᾳ for *χώραι; θεᾴ, to a goddess; dat. sing. sunáu, to a son, from loc. form *sunēu; dat. sing. anstái, to a favour, from locative form *anstēi, cp. Gr. πόληϊ; habáis, from *ꭓaƀǣ(j)iz(i), thou hast, habáiþ, from *ꭓaƀǣ(j)iđ(i), he has.
Note.—Gen. sing. anstáis, of a favour, from Indg. -eĩs, -oĩs; baíráis, Gr. φέροις, Skr. bhárēš, thou mayest bear, Indg. -oĩs; baírái, Gr. φέροι, Skr. bhárēt, he may bear, Indg. -oĩt; gen. sing. sunáus, of a son, Indg. -eũs, -oũs.
| Gothic a | = | Germ. a, as fadar, father; akrs, field; tagr, tear; gasts, guest; ahtáu, eight; band, he bound; nam, he took; gaf, he gave. Cp. § 65. |
| Gothic aí | = | (1) Germ. e, as taíhun, ten; faíhu, cattle; saíƕan, to see; baíran, to bear. Cp. § 67. |
| = | (2) Germ. i, as baíriþ, he bears; þaíhum, we throve, pp. þaíhans; laíƕum, we lent, pp. laíƕans. Cp. § 69. |
| Gothic i | = | (1) Germ. i, as fisks, fish; bitum, we bit, pp. bitans; nimis, thou takest; bindan, to bind. Cp. § 68. |
| = | (2) Germ. e, as swistar, sister; hilpan, to help; niman, to take; giban, to give, pp. gibans. Cp. § 66. |
| Gothic aú | = | (1) Germ. o, as waúrd, word; daúhtar, daughter; pp. taúhans, drawn. Cp. § 70. |
| = | (2) Germ. u, as waúrms, worm; waúrkjan, to work; taúhum, we drew. Cp. § 73. |
| Gothic u | = | (1) Germ. u, as juggs, young; fralusts, loss; budum, we offered; bundum, we bound, pp. bundans; hulpum, we helped. Cp. § 72. |
| = | (2) Germ. o, as juk, yoke; pp. hulpans, helped; pp. budans, offered; pp. numans, taken. Cp. §§ 62, 70. |
| Gothic ā | = | Germ. ā, as hāhan, to hang; þāhta, he thought; brāhta, he brought. Cp. §§ 59, 74. |
| Gothic ē | = | (1) Germ. ē, as hēr, here; fēra, country, region. Cp. § 77. |
| = | (2) Germ. ǣ, as qēns, wife; gadēþs, deed; bērum, we bore; sētum, we sat; slēpan, to sleep. Cp. § 75. |
| Gothic ai | = | Germ. ǣ(j), as saian, to sow; waian, to blow. Cp. § 76. |
| Gothic ei | = | Germ. ī, as seins, his; swein, pig; steigan, to ascend. Cp. § 78. |
| Gothic ō | = | Germ. ō, as fōtus, foot; brōþar, brother; fōr, I fared, went, pl. fōrum; saísō, I sowed; stōjan, to judge. Cp. §§ 79, 81. |
| Gothic au | = | Germ. ō(w), as staua, judge, stauida, I judged; bauan, to inhabit. Cp. § 80. |
| Gothic ū | = | Germ. ū, as rūms, room; þūsundi, thousand; galūkan, to lock, shut; jūhiza, younger. Cp. § 82. |
| Gothic ái | = | Germ. ai, as stáins, stone; wáit, I know; stáig, I, he ascended; háitan, to name, call. Cp. § 83. |
| Gothic áu | = | (1) Germ. au, as áugō, eye; áukan, to add, increase; káus, he chose, tested. Cp. § 84. |
| = | (2) Germ. aw, as snáu, he hastened, inf. sniwan; máujōs, of a girl, nom. mawi; táujan, to do, pret. tawida. Cp. § 150. |
| Gothic iu | = | (1) Germ. iu, as niujis, new; liuhtjan, to light; kiusiþ, he chooses. Cp. §§ 63, 85. |
| = | (2) Germ. eu, as diups, deep; liuhaþ, light; fraliusan, to lose. Cp. §§ 63, 85-6. | |
| = | (3) Germ. ew, iw, as kniu (gen. kniwis), knee; qius (gen. qiwis), quick, alive; siuns, sight, face. Cp. § 150. |
| Gothic a | = | (1) Germ. a (§ 39 and note), as acc. pl. dagans, days, dat. pl. dagam; niman, to take; nimam, we take; nimand, they take; acc. sing. hanan, cock, acc. pl. hanans; masc. acc. sing. blindana, blind, dat. sing. blindamma; manags, many. |
| = | (2) Germ. e, as ufar, over; ƕaþar, which of two; acc. sing. brōþar, brother. Cp. § 60, 3. |
| Gothic i | = | (1) Germ. i, Indg. i (§ 38), as acc. pl. gastins, guests, dat. pl. gastim; batists, best; hardiza, harder. |
| = | (2) Germ. i, Indg. e (§ 60, 3), as gen. sing. dagis, of a day; harjis, of an army; hanins, of a cock, dat. sing. hanin; gen. pl. suniwē, of sons; nimis, thou takest, nimiþ, he takes. |
| Gothic u | = | (1) Germ. u (§ 72), as sunus, son, dat. pl. sunum; acc. pl. brōþruns, brothers, dat. pl. brōþrum; nēmun, they took. |
| = | (2) Germ. w (§ 150), as nom. pl. sunjus, sons. |
| Gothic ē | = | Germ. ǣ (§§ 75, 89 note), as nasidēs, thou didst save, beside nasida, he saved; dat. sing. ƕammēh, to each. |
| Gothic ei | = | (1) Germ. ī (§§ 78, 89 note), as sineigs, old; acc. sing. managein, multitude; nēmeis, thou mightest take, beside nēmi, he might take. |
| = | (2) Germ. ij (§ 153), as nom. sing. haírdeis, shepherd; nom. pl. gasteis, guests. | |
| = | (3) Germ. i(j)i (§ 153), as sōkeis, thou seekest; gen. sing. haírdeis, of a shepherd. |
| Gothic ō | = | Germ. ō (§§ 79, 89 note), as witōþ, law; nom. pl. dagōs, days; nom. acc. pl. gibōs, gifts, gen. sing. gibōs, dat. pl. gibōm; fem. nom. acc. pl. blindōs, blind; gen. sing. tuggōns, of a tongue; salbōn, to anoint, salbōþ, he anoints, salbōda, I anointed. |
| Gothic ái | = | (1) Germ. ai older eĩ, oĩ (§ 90), as nimáis, thou mayest take; gen. sing. anstáis, of a favour. |
| = | (2) Germ. ǣ(j)i (§ 90), as habáis, thou hast; habáiþ, he has. |
| Gothic áu | = | Germ. au older oũ (§ 90 note), as gen. sing. sunáus, of a son. |
| Gothic a | = | (1) Germ. ō (§ 89), as nima, I take; nom. sing. giba, gift; nom. acc. pl. waúrda, words; haírtōna, hearts; acc. ƕana, whom, cp. ƕanōh; and similarly in the acc. blindana, blind; ina, him; þana, the, þata, the, that. |
| = | (2) Germ. ǣ, Indg. ē (§ 89), as ƕamma, to whom, beside ƕammēh; and similarly in daga, to a day; imma, to him; nasida, he saved; ūtana, from without; nimáima, we may take; nēmeima, we might take. | |
| = | (3) Germ. ōn (§ 87, (1)), as acc. sing. giba, gift; nasida, I saved. | |
| = | (4) Germ. ēn or ōn (§ 87 (1)), as nom. hana, cock, manna, man. | |
| = | (5) Germ. ai (§ 90), baírada, he is borne = Gr. mid. φέρεται; baíraza, thou art borne = Gr. mid. φέρεαι from *φέρεσαι. |
| Gothic i | = | (1) Germ. ī (§ 89), as bandi, band; nēmi, he might take, beside nēmeis, thou mightest take. |
| = | (2) Germ. j (§ 155), as acc. sing. hari, army, haírdi, shepherd; kuni, generation. | |
| = | (3) Germ. -ij- (§ 154), as voc. haírdi, shepherd. |
| Gothic u | = | (1) Germ. u (§ 88), as filu, much; acc. sing. sunu, son; faíhu, cattle. |
| = | (2) Germ. w (§ 150 (2)), as skadus from *skadwaz, shadow. |
| Gothic ē | = | (1) Germ. ǣ̃, Indg. ē̃ (§ 89), as hidrē, hither; ƕadrē, whither. |
| = | (2) Germ. -ǣ̃n, Indg. ē̃m (§ 87 (1)), as gen. pl. dagē, of days; gastē, of guests; hananē, of cocks. |
| Gothic ei | = | Germ. ij (§ 154), as imperative 2 pers. sing. nasei, save thou; sōkei, seek thou. |
| Gothic ō | = | (1) Germ. ō̃ (§ 89), as tuggō, tongue; haírtō, heart; ƕaþrō, whence; ufarō, from above; þiubjō, secretly. |
| = | (2) Germ. -ō̃n (§ 87 (1)), as gen. pl. gibō, of gifts; tuggōnō, of tongues. |
| Gothic ái | = | (1) Germ. ai, as masc. nom. pl. blindái, blind, cp. þái (§ 265). |
| = | (2) Germ. ai older ēi (§ 90), as dat. sing. anstái, to a favour. | |
| = | (3) Germ. ai, Indg. oĩ (§ 90 note), as nimái, he may take. | |
| = | (4) Germ. ai older ōĩ, Indg. āĩ (§ 90), as dat. gibái, to a gift; izái, to her. |
| Gothic áu | = | (1) Germ. au, Indg. ēu (§ 90), as dat. sing. sunáu, to a son. |
| = | (2) Germ. au, Indg. ōu (§ 90), as ahtáu, eight. |
§ 122. By ablaut is meant the gradation of vowels both in stem and suffix, which was caused by the primitive Indo-Germanic system of accentuation. See § 32.
The vowels vary within certain series of related vowels, called ablaut-series. In Gothic, to which this chapter will chiefly be limited, there are seven such series, which appear most clearly in the stem-forms of the various classes of strong verbs. Four stem-forms are to be distinguished in a Gothic strong verb which has vowel gradation as the characteristic mark of its different stems:—(1) the present stem, to which belong all the forms of the present, (2) the stem of the preterite singular, (3) the stem of the preterite plural, to which also belongs the whole of the preterite subjunctive, (4) the stem of the past participle.
By arranging the vowels according to these four stems, we arrive at the following system:—
| i. | ii. | iii. | iv. | |
| I. | ei | ái | i(aí) | i(aí) |
| II. | iu | áu | u(aú) | u(aú) |
| III. | i(aí) | a | u(aú) | u(aú) |
| IV. | i(aí) | a | ē | u(aú) |
| V. | i(aí) | a | ē | i(aí) |
| VI. | a | ō | ō | a |
| VII. | ē | ō | ō | ō |
But although the series of vowels is seen most clearly in the stem-forms of strong verbs, the learner must not assume that ablaut occurs in strong verbs only. Every syllable of every word of whatever part of speech contains some form of ablaut. E.g. the sonantal elements in the following stem-syllables stand in ablaut relation to each other:—un-weis, unknowing, ignorant: witan, to know; *leisan [láis (§ 333), I know], to know: láisareis, teacher: lists, cunning, wile.
liufs, dear: ga-láubjan, to believe: lubō, love; siuks, sick, ill: saúhts, sickness; ana-biudan, to command: ana-búsns, command; fra-liusan, to lose: fra-lusts, loss.
bindan, to bind: bandi, band, bond: ga-bundi, bond; rinnan, to run: rannjan (wv.), to let run: runs, a running, issue; þaírsan, to be withered: þaúrsnan, to become withered: þaúrsus, withered.
baíran, to bear: barn, child: bērusjōs, parents: baúr, son; qiman, to come: ga-qumþs, a coming together, assembly; man, I think: muns, thought; ga-taíran, to tear in pieces: ga-taúra, a tear, rent; qinō, woman: qēns, wife, woman.
mitan, to measure: us-mēt, manner of life, commonwealth; giban, to give: gabei, wealth.
batiza, better: bōta, advantage; saþs, full: ga-sōþjan, to fill, satisfy; dags, day: ahtáu-dōgs (aj.), eight days old; fraþjan, to understand: frōdei, understanding; graban, to dig: grōba, ditch, hole.
mana-sēþs, mankind, world, lit. man-seed: saian, to sow; ga-dēþs, deed: dōms, judgment, cp. Gr. τί-θημι, I place, put: θωμός, heap; waian, to blow: wōds, raging, mad.
Examples of ablaut relation in other than stem-syllables are:—
Nom. pl. anstei-s, favours: gen. sing. anstái-s: acc. pl. ansti-ns; nom. pl. sunju-s (original form *suneu-es, § 88), sons: gen. sing. sunáu-s: acc. pl. sunu-ns; fulgi-ns (aj.), hidden: fulha-ns, pp. of filhan, to hide; gen. sing. dagi-s, of a day: acc. pl. daga-ns; baíra-m, we bear: baíri-þ, ye bear = Gr. φέρο-μεν: φέρε-τε; brōþa-r, brother: dat. sing. brōþ-r, cp. Gr. πατή-ρ: dat. πατ-ρ-ί; gen. sing. *aúhsi-ns, of an ox: acc. pl. *aúhsa-ns: gen. pl. aúhs-nē.
§ 123. In the following paragraphs will be given the Germanic equivalents of the above seven ablaut series, with one or two illustrations from Gothic. For further examples see the various classes of strong verbs, §§ 299-310.
| Gothic | ei | ái | i(aí) | i(aí) |
| Prim. Germ. | ī | ai | i | i |
| steigan, to ascend | stáig | stigum | stigans | |
| þeihan, to thrive | þáih | þaíhum | þaíhans |
Note.—Cp. the parallel Greek series πείθω: πέποιθα: ἔπιθον.
| Gothic | iu | áu | u(aú) | u(aú) |
| Prim. Germ. | eu | au | u | o |
| biugan, to bend | báug | bugum | bugans | |
| tiuhan, to lead | táuh | taúhum | taúhans |
Note.—1. On iu and eu, see §§ 63, 85-6; on u and o, see §§ 62, 70.
2. Cp. Gr. ἐλεύ(θ)σομαι (fut.): εἰλήλουθα: ἤλυθον.
| Gothic | i(aí) | a | u(aú) | u(aú) |
| Prim. Germ. | e, i | a | u | o, u |
| hilpan, to help | halp | hulpum | hulpans | |
| bindan, to bind | band | bundum | bundans | |
| waírþan, to become | warþ | waúrþum | waúrþans |
Note.—1. On e and i, see § 60 (1); on o and u, see §§ 62, 70.
2. To this class belong all strong verbs having a medial nasal or liquid + consonant, and a few others in which the vowel is followed by two consonants other than nasal or liquid + consonant.
3. Cp. Gk. δέρκομαι: δέδορκα: ἔδρακον; πέμπω: πέπομφα.
| Gothic | i(aí) | a | ē | u(aú) |
| Prim. Germ. | e | a | ǣ | o |
| niman, to take | nam | nēmum | numans | |
| baíran, to bear | bar | bērum | baúrans |
Note.—1. On i and e, see § 66; ē and ǣ, see § 75; u and o, see § 70.
2. To this class belong all strong verbs whose stems end in a single liquid or a nasal.
3. Cp. Gr. μένω: μονή: μί-μνω; δέρω: δορά: δε-δαρ-μένος.
| Gothic | i(aí) | a | ē | i(aí) |
| Prim. Germ. | e | a | ǣ | e |
| giban, to give | gaf | gēbum | gibans | |
| saíƕan, to see | saƕ | sēƕum | saíƕans |
Note.—1. On i and e, see § 66; ē and ǣ, see § 75.
2. To this class belong strong verbs whose stems end in a single consonant other than a liquid or a nasal.
3. Cp. Gk. πέτομαι: πότμος: ἐ-πτ-όμην; τρέπω: τέ-τροφα: τρα-πέσθαι.
| Gothic | a | ō | ō | a |
| Prim. Germ. | a | ō | ō | a |
| faran, to go | fōr | fōrum | farans | |
| slahan, to strike | slōh | slōhum | slahans |
Note.—The stems of verbs belonging to this class end in a single consonant.
| Gothic | ē(ai) | ō | ō | ē(ai) |
| Prim. Germ. | ǣ | ō | ō | ǣ |
| lētan, to let | laí-lōt | laí-lōtum | lētans | |
| saian, to sow | saí-sō | saí-sōum | saians |
§ 125. The ablaut-series as given in § 124 have, for practical reasons, been limited to the phases of ablaut as they appear in the various classes of strong verbs. From an Indo-Germanic point of view the series I-V belong to one and the same series which underwent in Germanic various modifications upon clearly defined lines. What is called the sixth ablaut-series in the Germanic languages is really a mixture of several original series, owing to several Indg. vowel-sounds having fallen together in prim. Germanic; thus the a, which occurs in the present and the past participle, corresponds to three Indg. vowels, viz. a (§ 36), o (§ 39), and ə (§ 41); and the ō in the preterite corresponds to Indg. ā (§ 42) and Indg. ō (§ 45). In a few isolated cases there are also phases of ablaut which do not manifest themselves in the various parts of strong verbs, as e.g. acc. pl. *aúhsa-ns, oxen: gen. pl. aúhs-nē, where the vowel disappears altogether, as in Gr. πέτομαι: ἐ-πτ-όμην; slaúhts, slaughter: slahan (VI), to slay; lats, slothful: lētan (VII), to let; raþjō, number, account: rēdan (VII), to counsel; lūkan, to lock: pret. sing. láuk (II), which is an aorist-present like Gr. τῡ́φω, τρῑ́βω, another similar aorist-present form is trudan (IV), to tread. For the phases of ablaut which do not occur in the various parts of strong verbs, and for traces of ablaut-series other than those given above, the student should consult Brugmann’s Kurze vergleichende Grammatik der indogermanischen Sprachen, pp. 138-50.
§ 126. The first sound-shifting, popularly called Grimm’s Law, refers to the changes which the Indo-Germanic explosives underwent in the period of the Germanic primitive community, i.e. before the Germanic parent language became differentiated into the separate Germanic languages:—Gothic, O. Norse, O. English, O. Frisian, O. Saxon (= O. Low German), O. Low Franconian (O. Dutch), and O. High German.
The Indo-Germanic parent language had the following system of consonants:—
| Labial. | Dental. | Palatal. | Velar. | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Explosives | tenues | p | t | k | q |
| mediae | b | d | g | ɡ | |
| tenues aspiratae | ph | th | kh | qh | |
| mediae aspiratae | bh | dh | gh | ɡh | |
| Spirants | voiceless | s | |||
| voiced | z | j | |||
| Nasals | m | n | ń | ŋ | |
| Liquids | l, r | ||||
| Semivowels | w (u̯) | j (i̯) | |||
Note.—1. Explosives are consonants which are formed with complete closure of the mouth passage, and may be pronounced with or without voice, i.e. with or without the vocal cords being set in action; in the former case they are said to be voiced (e.g. the mediae), and in the latter voiceless (e.g. the tenues). The aspirates are pronounced like the simple tenues and mediae followed by an h, like the Anglo-Irish pronunciation of t in tell.
The palatal explosives are formed by the front or middle of the tongue and the roof of the mouth (hard palate), like g, k (c) in English get, good, kid, could; whereas the velars are formed by the root of the tongue and the soft palate (velum). The latter do not occur in English, but are common in Hebrew, and are often heard in the Swiss pronunciation of German. In the parent Indo-Germanic language there were two kinds of velars, viz. pure velars and velars with lip rounding. The pure velars fell together with the Indg. palatals in Germanic, Latin, Greek, and Keltic, but were kept apart in the Aryan and Baltic-Slavonic languages. The velars with lip rounding appear in the Germanic languages partly with and partly without labialization, see § 134. The palatal and velar nasals only occurred before their corresponding explosives, ńk, ńg; ŋq, ŋɡ, &c.
2. Spirants are consonants formed by the mouth passage being narrowed at one spot in such a manner that the outgoing breath gives rise to a frictional sound at the narrowed part.
z only occurred before voiced explosives, e.g. *nizdos = Lat. nīdus, English nest; *ozdos = Gr. ὄζος, Goth. asts, bough.
j was like the widely spread North German pronunciation of j in ja, not exactly like the y in English yes, which is generally pronounced without distinct friction. j occurred very rarely in the prim. Indo-Germanic language. In the Germanic, as in most other Indo-Germanic languages, the frictional element in this sound became reduced, which caused it to pass into the so-called semivowel.
3. The nasals and liquids had the functions both of vowels and consonants (§ 35).
4. The essential difference between the so-called semivowels and full vowels is that the latter always bear the stress (accent) of the syllable in which they occur, e.g. in English ców, stáin the first element of the diphthong is a vowel, the second a consonant; but in words like French rwá (written roi), bjěr (written bière), the first element of the diphthong is a consonant, the second a vowel. In consequence of this twofold function, a diphthong may be defined as the combination of a sonantal with a consonantal vowel. And it is called a falling or rising diphthong according as the stress is upon the first or second element. In this book the second element of diphthongs is written i, u when the first element is the bearer of the stress, thus ái, áu, &c., but when the second element has the stress the first element is written j, w, thus já, wá, &c.
5. In the writing down of prim. Germanic forms the signs þ (= th in Engl. thin), đ (= th in Engl. then), ƀ (= a bilabial spirant, which may be pronounced like the v in Engl. vine), ʒ (= g often heard in German sagen), ꭓ (= NHG. ch and the ch in Scotch loch).
§ 127. In the following tables of the normal equivalents of the Indg. explosives in Latin, Greek, and the Germanic languages, Table I contains the Indg. tenues p, t, k, the mediae b, d, g and the pure velars q, ɡ. Table II contains the Indg. mediae aspiratae and the velars q, ɡ with labialization. The equivalents in the Germanic languages do not contain the changes caused by Verner’s Law, &c. The East Franconian dialect is taken as the normal for OHG.
The following points should be noticed:—
(1) The Indg. tenues p, t, k and the mediae b, d, g generally remained unchanged in Latin and Greek.
(2) The pure velars (q, ɡ) fell together with the palatals k, g in Latin and Greek. They became ꭓ, k in prim. Germanic, and thus fell together with the ꭓ, k from Indg. k, g.
(3) The pure velar ɡh fell together with the original palatal gh in Latin and Greek.
(4) The Indg. mediae aspiratae became in prehistoric Latin and Greek tenues aspiratae, and thus fell together with the original tenues aspiratae.
(5) The Indg. tenues aspiratae became voiceless spirants in prim. Germanic, and thus fell together with the voiceless spirants from the Indg. tenues. See § 130.
(6) In Latin Indg. q with labialization became qu, rarely c. ɡ with labialization became v (but gu after n, and g when the labialized element had been lost, as gravis = Gr. βαρύς, heavy).
Indg. ph, bh became f initially and b medially.
Indg. th, dh became f initially, ƀ medially before and after r, before l and after u (w), in other cases d.
Indg. kh, gh became h initially before and medially between vowels; g before and after consonants, and f before u (w).
Indg. qh, ɡh with labialization became f initially, v medially except that after n they became gu.
(7) In Greek Indg. q, ɡ with labialization became π, β before non-palatal vowels (except u) and before consonants (except Indg. j); τ, δ before palatal vowels; and κ, γ before and after u.
Indg. ph, bh became φ; th, dh became θ; and kh, gh became χ.
Indg. qh, ɡh with labialization became φ before non-palatal vowels (except u) and before consonants (except Indg. j); θ before palatal vowels; and χ before and after u.
(8) When two consecutive syllables would begin with aspirates, the first was de-aspirated in prehistoric times in Sanskrit and Greek, as Skr. bándhanam, a binding, Goth. OE. bindan, OHG. bintan, to bind; Skr. bódhati, he learns, is awake, Gr. πεύθεται, he asks, inquires, Goth. ana-biudan, OE. bēodan, to bid, OHG. biotan, to offer, root bheudh-; Gr. κανθύλη, a swelling, OE. gund, OHG. gunt, matter, pus; Gr. θρίξ, hair, gen. τριχός; ἔχω, I have, fut. ἕξω.
(9) In OHG. the prim. Germanic explosives p, t became the affricatae pf, tz (generally written zz, z), initially, as also medially after consonants, and when doubled. But prim. Germanic p, t, k became the double spirants ff, ȥȥ, hh (also written ch) medially between vowels and finally after vowels. The double spirants were simplified to f, ȥ, h when they became final or came to stand before other consonants, and also generally medially when preceded by a long vowel or diphthong.
| Table I. | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Indg. | Latin | Greek | P. Ger- manic |
Gothic | OE. | OHG. |
| p | p | π | f | f | f | f |
| t | t | τ | þ | þ | þ | d |
| k, q | c | κ | ꭓ | h, ꭓ | h, ꭓ | h, ꭓ |
| b | b | β | p | p | p | pf, ff |
| d | d | δ | t | t | t | z, ȥȥ |
| g, ɡ | g | γ | k | k | c | k, hh |
| Table II. | ||||||
| Indg. | Latin | Greek | P. Ger- manic |
Gothic | OE. | OHG. |
| q | qu, g | π, τ, κ | ꭓw, ꭓ | ƕ, h | hw, h | (h)w, h |
| ɡ | v, gu, g | β, δ, γ | kw, k | q, k | cw, c | qu; k, hh |
| bh | f, b | φ | b, ƀ | b, ƀ | b, ƀ, (f) | b |
| dh | f, b, d | θ | d, đ | d, đ | d | t |
| gh | h, g, f | χ | g, ʒ | g, ʒ | g, ʒ | g |
| ɡh | f, v, gu | φ, θ, χ | ʒw, ʒ, w | ʒ, w | g, ʒ, w | w |
§ 128. The Indg. tenues p, t, k, q, became in prim. Germanic the voiceless spirants f, þ, ꭓ, ꭓ(ꭓw).
p>f. Lat. pēs, Gr. πούς, Goth. fōtus, OE. OS. fōt, OHG. fuoȥ, O.Icel. fōtr, foot; Lat. pecu, Goth. faíhu, OE. feoh, OS. fehu, OHG. fihu (fehu), O.Icel. fē, cattle; Lat. piscis, Goth. fisks, OS. OHG. fisk, OE. fisc, O.Icel. fiskr, fish; Lat. nepos, Goth. *nifa, OE. nefa, OHG. nefo, O.Icel. nefe, nephew; Lat. clepō, Gr. κλέπτω, I steal, Goth. hlifan, to steal.
t>þ. Lat. trēs, Gr. τρεῖς, Goth. *þreis, OE. þrī, OS. thria, O.Icel. þrīr, OHG. drī, three; Lat. tu, Gr. Dor. τύ, Goth. þu, OE. O.Icel. þū, OS. thū, OHG. dū, thou; Lat. vertō, I turn, Goth. waírþan, OE. weorðan, OS. werthan, O.Icel. verða, OHG. werċan, to become; Lat. frāter, Goth. brōþar, OE. brōðor, OS. brōthar, O.Icel. brōðir, OHG. bruoder, brother.
k>ꭓ. Lat. canis, Gr. κύων, Goth. hunds, OE. OS. hund, O.Icel. hundr, OHG. hunt, hound, dog; Lat. cor (gen. cordis), Gr. καρδία, Goth. haírtō, OE. heorte, OS. herta, O.Icel. hjarta, OHG. herza, heart; Lat. decem, Gr. δέκα, Goth. taíhun, OS. tehan, OHG. zehan, ten; Lat. pecu, Goth. faíhu, cattle; Lat. dūcō, I lead, Goth. tiuhan, OS. tiohan, OHG. ziohan, to draw, lead.
q>ꭓ (ꭓw). Lat. capiō, I take, Goth. hafjan, OE. hebban, OS. hebbian, OHG. heffen, O.Icel. hefja, to raise; Lat. clepō, Gr. κλέπτω, I steal, Goth. hlifan, to steal; Lat. vincō, I conquer, Goth. weihan, OHG. wīhan, to fight; Lat. canō, I sing, Goth. hana, OE. hana, hona, O.Icel. hane, OS. OHG. hano, cock, lit. singer.
Lat. quis, Goth. ƕas, OE. hwā, OS. hwē, OHG. hwer (wer), who?; Lat. linquō (pf. līquī), Gr. λείπω (from *leiqō), I leave, Goth. leiƕan, OE. lēon (from *līhan), OHG. līhan, to lend.
Note.—1. The Indg. tenues remained unshifted in the combination s+tenues.
sp: Lat. spuere, Goth. speiwan, OE. OS. OHG. spīwan, to vomit; Lat. con-spiciō, I look at, OHG. spehōn, to spy.
st: Gr. στείχω, I go, Lat. vestīgium, footstep, Goth. steigan, OE. OS. OHG. stīgan, O.Icel. stīga, to ascend; Lat. est, Gr. ἔστι, Goth. OS. OHG. ist, is; Lat. hostis, stranger, enemy, Goth. gasts, O.Icel. gestr, OE. giest, OS. OHG. gast, guest.
sk: Gr. σκιά, shadow, Goth. skeinan, OE. OS. OHG. scīnan, O.Icel. skīna, to shine; Lat. piscis, Goth. fisks, OE. fisc, OS. OHG. fisk, O.Icel. fiskr, fish.
sq: Gr. θυο-σκόος, sacrificing priest, Goth. *skaggwōn, OE. scēawian, OS. scauwōn, OHG. scouwōn, to look, view.
2. The t also remained in the Indg. combinations pt, kt, qt.
pt>ft: Gr. κλέπτης, Goth. hliftus, thief; Lat. neptis, grand-daughter, niece, OE. OHG. nift, niece.
kt>ꭓt: Gr. ὀκτώ, Lat. octō, Goth. ahtáu, OE. eahta, OS. OHG. ahto, eight; Gr. ὀ-ρεκτός, stretched out, Lat. rēctus, Goth. raíhts, OE. riht, OS. OHG. reht, right, straight.
qt>ꭓt: gen. sing. Gr. νυκτός, Lat. noctis, nom. Goth. nahts, OE. neaht, OS. OHG. naht, night.
§ 129. The Indg. mediae b, d, g, ɡ became the tenues p, t, k, k(kw).
b>p. O. Bulgarian slabŭ, slack, weak, Goth. slēpan, OE. slæpan, OS. slāpan, OHG. slāfan, to sleep, originally to be slack; Lat. lūbricus for *slūbricus, slippery, Goth. sliupan, OE. slūpan, OHG. sliofan, to slip; Lithuanian dubús, Goth. diups, OE. dēop, OS. diop, O.Icel. djūpr, OHG. tiof, deep; Lithuanian trobá, house, related to Goth. þaúrp, field, OE. þorp, OS. thorp, OHG. dorf, village. b was a rare sound in the parent language.
d>t. Lat. decem, Gr. δέκα, Goth. taíhun, O.Icel. tīo, OE. tīen, OS. tehan, OHG. zehan, ten; gen. Lat. pedis, Gr. ποδός, nom. Goth. fōtus, O.Icel. fōtr, OE. OS. fōt, OHG. fuoȥ, foot; Lat. dūcō, I lead, Goth. tiuhan, to draw, lead; Gr. καρδία, Lat. gen. cordis, Goth. haírtō, heart; Lat. vidēre, to see, Goth. OE. OS. witan, O.Icel. vita, OHG. wiȥȥan, to know; Lat. edere, Goth. itan, OE. OS. etan, O.Icel. eta, OHG. eȥȥan, to eat.
g>k. Lat. genu, Gr. γόνυ, Goth. kniu, OE. cnēo, OS. OHG. kneo, O.Icel. knē, knee; Lat. gustō, I taste, Gr. γεύω, I let taste, Goth. kiusan, OE. cēosan, OS. OHG. kiosan (keosan), O.Icel. kjōsa, to test, choose: Lat. ager, Gr. ἀγρός, Goth. akrs, OE. æcer, OS. akkar, OHG. ackar, field, land; Lat. egō, Gr. ἐγώ, Goth. OS. ik, OE. ic, O.Icel. ek, OHG. ih, I.
ɡ>k(kw). Lat. gelu, frost, Goth. kalds, OE. ceald, OS. kald, OHG. kalt, O.Icel. kaldr, cold; Lat. augēre, Goth. áukan, O.Icel. auka, OS. ōkian (wv.), OHG. ouhhōn (wv.), to add, increase, cp. also OE. part. adj. ēacen, great; Lat. jugum, Gr. ζυγόν, Goth. juk, OE. geoc, OHG. joh, yoke.
Gr. βίος from *ɡīwos, life, Lat. vīvos (*gwīwos), Goth. qius (gen. qiwis), OE. cwicu, OS. quik, OHG. quec, O.Icel. kvikr, quick, alive; Gr. βαίνω for *βανjω, older *βαμjω, I go, Lat. veniō for *gwemjō, I come, Indg. form *ɡmjō, Goth. qiman, OHG. queman, OE. OS. cuman, O.Icel. koma, to come; Skr. gurúṣ, Gr. βαρύς, from *ɡr-rus, Lat. gravis, Goth. kaúrus from prim. Germ. *k(w)uruz, heavy; Gr. ἔρεβος, Goth. riqis (stem riqiza-), prim. form *reɡos, darkness; Gr. Boeotian βανά, Goth. qinō, OE. cwene, OS. OHG. quena, woman, wife.
§ 130. The Indg. tenues aspiratae became voiceless spirants in prim. Germanic, and thus fell together with and underwent all further changes in common with the voiceless spirants which arose from the Indg. tenues (§ 128), the latter having also passed through the intermediate stage of tenues aspiratae before they became spirants. The tenues aspiratae were, however, of so rare occurrence in the prim. Indg. language that two or three examples must suffice for the purposes of this book; for further examples and details, the learner should consult Brugmann’s Grundriss der vergleichenden Grammatik der indogermanischen Sprachen, vol. I:—Skr. root sphal-, run violently against, O.Icel. falla, OS. OHG. fallan, OE. feallan, to fall; Gr. ἀ-σκηθής, unhurt, Goth. skaþjan, OE. sceþþan, OHG. skadōn, to injure; Gr. σχίζω, I split, Goth. skáidan, OE. scādan, OHG. sceidan, to divide, separate; φάλλη, O.Icel. hvalr, OE. hwæl, OHG. (h)wal, whale; Skr. kváthati, it boils, Goth. ƕaþjan, to foam.
§ 131. The Indg. mediae aspiratae probably became first of all the voiced spirants ƀ, đ, ʒ, ʒ(w). For the further development of these sounds during the prim. Germanic period see §§ 132, 133.
§ 132. ƀ, đ initially, and ƀ, đ, ʒ medially after their corresponding nasals, became the voiced explosives b, d, g:—
b. Goth. baíran, OE. OS. OHG. beran, O.Icel. bera, to bear, Skr. bhárāmi, Gr. φέρω, Lat. ferō, I bear; Goth. beitan, O.Icel. bīta, OE. OS. bītan, OHG. bīȥȥan, to bite, Skr. bhédāmi, Lat. findō, I cleave; Goth. brōþar, OE. brōðor, OS. brōthar, OHG. bruoder, O.Icel. brōðir, Skr. bhrátar-, Lat. frāter, brother, cp. also Gr. φράτηρ, φράτωρ.
Goth. *kambs, OE. camb, OHG. camb (chamb), O.Icel. kambr, comb, Skr. jámbhas, tooth, Gr. γόμφος, bolt, nail, prim. form *gombhos.
d. Goth. dags, OE. dæg, OS. dag, O.Icel. dagr, OHG. tag, day, Skr. ni-dāghás, older *ni-dhāghás, hot season, summer, Indg. form *dhoghos; Goth. ga-dēþs (stem ga-dēdi-), OE. dæd, OS. dād, O.Icel. dāð, OHG. tāt, deed, related to Gr. θή-σω, I shall place, Skr. dhāma, law, dwelling-place, rt. dhē-; Goth. daúhtar, OE. dohtor, OS. dohter, OHG. tohter, Gr. θυγάτηρ, daughter.
Goth. OE. OS. bindan, O.Icel. binda, OHG. bintan, to bind, Skr. bándhanam, a binding, cp. Gr. πενθερός, father-in-law, Lat. of-fendimentum, chin-cloth, rt. bhendh-.
g. Goth. aggwus, OE. enge, OS. OHG. engi, narrow, cp. Lat. angō, Gr. ἄγχω, I press tight, rt. angh-; Goth. laggs, OE. lang, long, OS. OHG. lang, O.Icel. langr, Lat. longus, long.
§ 133. ƀ, đ, ʒ remained in other positions, and their further development belongs to the history of the separate Germanic languages. In Goth. ƀ, đ (written b, d) remained medially after vowels, but became explosives (b, d) after consonants. They became f, þ finally after vowels and before final -s. ʒ remained medially between vowels, and medially after vowels before voiced consonants, but became ꭓ (written g) finally after vowels and before final -s. It became g initially, and also medially after voiced consonants. See §§ 166-9. In O.Icel. ƀ (written f) remained medially between and finally after voiced sounds, but became f before voiceless sounds. đ (written ð) generally remained medially and finally. ʒ remained medially after vowels and liquids, but became ꭓ and then disappeared finally. It became g initially. đ became d in all the West Germanic languages and then d became t in OHG. In OE. ƀ (generally written f) remained between voiced sounds, but became voiceless f finally. ʒ remained in the oldest period of the language. In OS. ƀ (written ƀ, b) generally remained between voiced sounds. It became f medially before l and n, and before voiceless consonants, and also finally. ʒ (written g) remained initially and medially, but became ꭓ finally, although it was generally written g. In OHG. ƀ, ʒ became b, g. Geminated ƀƀ, đđ, ʒʒ, of whatever origin, became bb, dd, gg in the prehistoric period of all the Germanic languages. Examples are:—Goth. *nibls, OS. neƀal, OHG. nebul, Lat. nebula, Gr. νεφέλη, mist, cloud, cp. Skr. nábhas, Gr. νέφος, cloud; Goth. liufs, O.Icel. ljūfr, OE. lēof, OS. liof, OHG. liob, dear, original form *leubhos, cp. Skr. lúbhyāmi, I feel a strong desire, Lat. lubet (libet), it pleases; OE. OS. ūder, OHG. uter, Skr. udhar, Gr. οὖθαρ, udder; Goth. ráuþs, O.Icel. rauðr, OE. rēad, OS. rōd, OHG. rōt, prim. form *roudhos, cp. Skr. rudhirás, Gr. ἐ-ρυθρός, prim. form *rudhros, red; Goth. OE. guma, O.Icel. gume, OS. OHG. gumo, Lat. homō, prim. stem-form *ghomon-, -en-, man; OE. gōs, O.Icel. gās, OHG. gans, Gr. χήν, goose; OE. OS. OHG. wegan, Goth. ga-wigan, O.Icel. vega, to move, carry, Lat. vehō, prim. form *weghō, I carry; Goth. gasts, OE. giest, O.Icel. gestr, OS. OHG. gast, guest, Lat. hostis, stranger, enemy, prim. form *ghostis; Goth. steigan, O.Icel. stīga, OE. OS. OHG. stīgan, to ascend, Gr. στείχω, prim. form *steighō, I go, cp. Lat. vestīgium, footstep.
Note.—ʒ was dropped in the initial combination ʒw = Indg. gh, as Goth. warmjan, to warm, OE. wearm, OS. OHG. warm, warm, Skr. gharmás, Gk. θερμός, Lat. formus, warm.
§ 134. From the examples given in §§ 128-33, it will be seen that the Germanic sounds, which arose from the Indg. velars, appear partly with and partly without labialization. In the latter case they fell together with prim. Germ. ꭓ, k, ʒ from Indg. k, g, gh, cp. e.g. Goth. hafjan (q), kalds (ɡ), gasts (ɡh), beside Goth. hund (k), kniu (g), guma (gh). The conditions for this twofold development of the Indg. velars in the Germanic languages have not yet been definitely ascertained for all cases. It is, however, now pretty certain that the parent Indg. language contained two series of velars: (1) Pure velars which never had labialization. These velars fell together with the palatals in the Germanic, Greek, Latin, and Keltic languages, but were kept apart in the Aryan and Baltic-Slavonic languages. (2) Velars with labialization. These velars appear in the Germanic languages partly with and partly without labialization; in the latter case they also fell together with prim. Germ. ꭓ, k, ʒ which arose from Indg. k, g, gh. The most commonly accepted theory is that the Indg. labialized velars q, ɡ, ɡh regularly became ꭓ, k, ʒ in prim. Germ. before Indg. ŭ, ō, o (= Germ. a § 39), and ꭓw, kw, ʒw before Indg. ĕ, ĭ, ə, a, ā (= Germ. ō § 42); and that then the law became greatly obscured during the prim. Germ. period through form-transference and levelling out in various directions, as Goth. qam, OHG. quam, prim. form *ɡoma, I came, for Goth. OHG. *kam after the analogy of Goth. qima, OHG. quimu, original form *ɡemō, I come; Goth. ƕas, who? = Indg. *qos, for *ƕas after the analogy of the gen. ƕis = Indg. *qeso, &c.
Note.—In several words the Indg. velars, when preceded or followed by a w or another labial in the same word, appear in the Germanic languages as labials by assimilation. The most important examples are:—Goth. wulfs, OE. OS. wulf, OHG. wolf, O.Icel. ulfr = Gr. λύκος for *ϝλύκος, prim. form *wl̥qos, cp. Skr. vŕkas, wolf; Goth. fidwōr, OE. fēower (but fyþer-fēte, four-footed), OS. OHG. fior, prim. form *qetwóres, cp. Lithuanian keturi, Lat. quattuor, Gr. τέσσαρες, Skr. catváras; Goth. fimf, OE. OS. fīf, OHG. fimf (finf) from *fimfi, prim. form *peŋqe, cp. Skr. pánca, Gr. πέντε, Lat. quīnque (for *pīnque), five; OHG. wulpa, she-wolf, from *wulƀī, prim. form *wl̥qī, cp. Skr. vŕkī; Goth. waírpan, OE. weorpan, OS. werpan, OHG. werfan, O.Icel. verpa, to throw, cp. O. Bulgarian vrígǫ, I throw, OE. swāpan, OHG. sweifan, to swing, cp. Lithuanian swaikstù, I become dizzy.
§ 135. Various theories have been propounded as to the chronological order in which the Indg. tenues, tenues aspiratae, mediae, and mediae aspiratae, were changed by the first sound-shifting in prim. Germanic. But not one of these theories is satisfactory. Only so much is certain that at the time when the Indg. mediae became tenues, the Indg. tenues must have been on the way to becoming voiceless spirants, otherwise the two sets of sounds would have fallen together.
§ 136. After the completion of the first sound-shifting, and while the principal accent was not yet confined to the root-syllable, a uniform interchange took place between the voiceless and voiced spirants, which may be thus stated:—
The medial or final spirants f, þ, ꭓ, ꭓw, s regularly became ƀ, đ, ʒ, ʒw, z when the vowel next preceding them did not, according to the original Indg. system of accentuation, bear the principal accent of the word.
The ƀ, đ, ʒ, ʒw which thus arose from Indg. p, t, k, q underwent in the Germanic languages all further changes in common with the ƀ, đ, ʒ, ʒw from Indg. bh, dh, gh, ɡh.
Verner’s law manifests itself most clearly in the various forms of strong verbs, where the infinitive, present participle, present tense, and preterite (properly perfect) singular had the principal accent on the root-syllable, but the indic. pret. plural, the pret. subj. (properly optative), and past participle had the principal accent on the ending, as prim. Germ. *wérþō > OE. weorþe, I become = Skr. vártā-mi, I turn, pret. 3 sing. *wárþi > OE. wearþ, he became = Skr. va-várta, has turned, pret. 1 pl. *wurđumí > OE. *wurdum (wurdon is the 3 pers. pl. used for all persons) = Skr. va-vrtimá; past part. *wurđaná- > OE. worden = Skr. va-vrtāná-; OS. birid = Skr. bhárati, he bears, Goth. 2 sing. indic. pass. baíraza = Skr. bhárasē. Goth. baírand, OHG. berant = Skr. bháranti, they bear; present participle Goth. baírands, O.Icel. berandi, OE. berende, OS. berandi, OHG. beranti, Gr. gen. φέροντος. Or to take examples from noun-forms, &c., we have e.g. Skr. pitár-, Gr. πατέρ- = prim. Germanic *fađér-, Goth. fadar, OE. fæder, O.Icel. faðir, OS. fađer, OHG. fater, father; Gr. πλωτός, floating, swimming, Goth. flōdus, OE. OS. flōd, O.Icel. flōð, OHG. fluot, flood, tide; Skr. çatám, Gr. ἑ-κατόν, Lat. centum = prim. Germanic *ꭓunđóm, older *ꭓumđóm, Goth. OE. OS. hund, OHG. hunt, hundred; Indg. *swékuros, Goth. swaíhra, OHG. swehur, father-in-law, beside Gr. ἑκυρά, OE. sweger, OHG. swigar, mother-in-law; Gr. δέκα, Goth. taíhun, OS. tehan, OHG. zehan, ten, beside Gr. δεκάς, OE. OS. -tig, OHG. -zug, Goth. pl. tigjus, decade; Skr. saptá, Gr. ἑπτά, Goth. sibun, OE. seofon, OS. sibun, OHG. sibun, seven; prim. Germ. *juŋɡás, Goth. juggs, OS. OHG. jung, young, beside Goth. jūhiza from *juŋꭓizō, younger (§§ 63, 142); Gr. υἱός from *σνυσός, OE. snoru, OHG. snura, daughter-in-law; OHG. haso beside OE. hara, hare; Goth. áusō beside OE. ēare, ear.
The combinations sp, st, sk, ss, ft, fs, hs, and ht were not subject to this law.
Note.—The prim. Germanic system of accentuation was like that of Sanskrit, Greek, &c., i.e. the principal accent could fall on any syllable; it was not until a later period of the prim. Germanic language that the principal accent was confined to the root-syllable. See § 32.
§ 137. From what has been said above it follows that the interchanging pairs of consonants due to Verner’s law were in prim. Germanic: f—ƀ, þ—đ, s—z, ꭓ—ʒ, ꭓw—ʒw.
In Gothic the regular interchange between the voiceless and voiced spirants in the forms of strong verbs was, with two or three exceptions, given up by levelling out in favour of the voiceless spirants. In this respect the West-Germanic languages show an older stage than Gothic.
f—ƀ. Goth. þarf, I need, pl. þaúrbum; OHG. heffen, to raise, huobun, gihaban, but Goth. hafjan, hōfum, hafans.
þ—đ. Goth. fraþjan, to understand, frōdei (d = đ), understanding; OE. weorþan, to become, wurdon, worden, but Goth. waírþan, waúrþum, waúrþans; OE. snīþan, to cut, snidon, sniden, but Goth. sneiþan, sniþum, sniþans.
s—z. Prim. Germ. *kéusō, I test, pret. 1 pl. *kuzumí, pp. *kuzaná-; OE. cēosan, to choose, curon, coren, but Goth. kiusan, kusum, kusans.
The West-Germanic languages and Old Norse regularly developed this z to r. Cp. also Goth. áusō, ear, beside OE. ēare, OS. OHG. ōra, O.Icel. eyra.
ꭓ—ʒ. Goth. áih, I have, pl. áigum (g = ʒ); Goth. fahēþs, gladness, faginōn, to be glad; hūhrus (§§ 62, 142), hunger, huggrjan, to hunger; filhan, to hide, fulgins (adj.), hidden; jūhiza (§§ 62, 142), younger, juggs, young; OE. tēon (from *tēohan, to draw, tugon, togen, but Goth. tiuhan, taúhum, taúhans; OE. slēan (from *sleahan), to smite, slōgon, slægen, but Goth. slahan, slōhum, slahans.
ꭓw—ʒw. Prim. Germ. séꭓwan-, to see, pret. 1 pl. *sǣʒwumí, pp. *seʒwaná-, cp. OE. sēon from *seo(hw)an, sǣgon, sewen, but Goth. saíƕan, sēƕum, saíƕans.
ʒw became ʒ before u, in other cases it became w, as Goth. magus, boy, beside mawi from *ma(ʒ)wí, girl; Goth. siuns, OE. sēon(sīon), OS. siun, from *se(ʒ)wnís, a seeing, face; Goth. snáiws, OE. snāw (with -w from the oblique cases) from *snai(ʒ)waz, prim. form *snoighós.
Note.—Causative verbs had originally suffix accentuation, and therefore also exhibit the change of consonants given above. But here too Gothic, partly through the influence of the corresponding strong verbs, has not always preserved the law so faithfully as the West Germanic languages, e.g. Goth. waírþan, to become—fra-wardjan, to destroy, cp. Skr. vartá-yāmi, I cause to turn; Goth. leiþan, OE. līþan, to go—OE. lǣdan from *laidjan, to lead; Goth. ur-reisan, OE. ā-rīsan, to arise—Goth. ur-ráisjan, to raise up, OE. rǣran, to raise; Goth. ga-nisan, to become whole, OE. ge-nesan, to be saved—Goth. nasjan, OE. nerian, to save; Goth. *leisan (cp. 1 sing. láis, I know), to know—Goth. láisjan, OE. lǣran, to teach. Cp. the regular form hazjan, beside OE. herian, to praise.
§ 138. Most of the sound changes comprised under this paragraph might have been disposed of in the paragraphs treating of the shifting of the Indg. mediae and mediae aspiratae, but to prevent any possible misunderstanding or confusion, it was thought advisable to reserve them for a special paragraph.
The Indg. mediae and mediae aspiratae became tenues before a suffixal t or s already in the pre-Germanic period; thus:—
| bt | } | pt | bs | } | ps | |
| bht | bhs | |||||
| dt | } | tt | ds | } | ts | |
| dht | dhs | |||||
| gt | } | kt | gs | } | ks | |
| ght | ghs | |||||
| ɡt | } | qt | ɡs | } | qs | |
| ɡht | ɡhs |
Examples are Lat. nūptum, nūpsī, beside nūbere, to marry; Skr. loc. pl. patsú, beside loc. sing. padí, on foot; Lat. rēxī, rectum, beside regere, to rule; Lat. vēxī, vectum, beside vehere, to carry, rt. wegh-; Lat. lectus, Gr. λέχος, bed, couch, Goth. ligan, to lie down; Skr. yuktá-, Gr. ζευκτός, Lat. jūnctus, yoked, rt. jeug-; &c.
Then pt, kt, qt; ps, ks, qs were shifted to ft, ꭓt; fs, ꭓs at the same time as the original Indg. tenues became voiceless spirants (§ 128). And tt, ts became ss through the intermediate stages of þt, þs respectively. ss then became simplified to s after long syllables and before r, and then between the s and r there was developed a t.
This explains the frequent interchange between p, ƀ(b), and f; between k, ʒ(g), and h (i.e. ꭓ); and between t, þ, đ(d), and ss, s in forms which are etymologically related.
p, ƀ(b)—f. Goth. skapjan, OE. scieppan, OHG. skephen, to create, beside Goth. ga-skafts, creation, OE. ge-sceaft, OHG. gi-scaft, creature; Goth. giban, OHG. geban, to give, beside Goth. fra-gifts, a giving, OE. OHG. gift, gift; OHG. weban, to weave, beside English weft.
k, ʒ(g)—h. Goth. waúrkjan, OE. wyrcan, OHG. wurken, to work, beside pret. and pp. Goth. waúrhta, waúrhts, OE. worhte, worht, OHG. worhta, gi-worht; Goth. þugkjan, OE. þync(e)an, OHG. dunken, to seem, appear, beside pret. and pp. Goth. þūhta, *þūhts, OE. þūhte, þūht, OHG. dūhta, gi-dūht; 1 pers. pl. Goth. magum, OE. magon, OHG. magun (mugun), we may, can, beside pret. sing. Goth. mahta, OE. meahte, OHG. mahta, pp. Goth. mahts, cp. also Goth. mahts, OE. meaht, OHG. maht, might, power; Goth. bugjan, OE. bycg(e)an, to buy, beside pret. and pp. Goth. baúhta, baúhts, OE. bohte, boht; Goth. briggan, OE. OHG. bringan, to bring, beside pret. and pp. Goth. brāhta, *brāhts, OE. brōhte, brōht, OHG. brāhta, brāht.
t, þ, đ(d)—ss, s. Goth. witan, OE. witan, to know, beside pret. Goth. wissa, OE. wisse, OHG. wissa (wessa), part. adj. Goth. *ga-wiss, OE. ge-wis(s), OHG. gi-wis(s), sure, certain; Goth. ga-ƕatjan, OE. hwettan, to sharpen, beside Goth. ƕassei, sharpness, ƕassaba, sharply; Goth. qiþan, to say, beside ga-qiss, consent; Goth. ana-biudan, to command, beside ana-busns (ana-būsns?), commandment, from pre-Germ. *bhutsni-, rt. bheudh-; Goth. us-standan, to rise again, beside us-stass, resurrection.
ss > s after long syllables and before r: Goth. háitan, to command, call, OE. hātan, to call, beside OE. hǣs, from *haissi-, command; Goth. OE. witan, to know, beside Goth. un-weis, unknowing, OE. OHG. wīs, wise, cp. Lat. vīsus; Goth. itan, OE. etan, to eat, beside OE. ǣs, OHG. ās, carrion, cp. Lat. ēsum. Goth. guþ-blōstreis, worshipper of God, OHG. bluoster, sacrifice, cp. Goth. blōtan, to worship; OE. fōstor, O.Icel. fōstr, sustenance, cp. Goth. fōdjan, to feed.
Instead of ss (s) we often meet with st. In such cases the st is due to the analogy of forms where t was quite regular, e.g. regular forms were Goth. last, thou didst gather, inf. lisan; slōht, thou didst strike, inf. slahan; OE. meaht, OHG. maht, thou canst, inf. OHG. magan; then after the analogy of such forms were made 2 pers. sing. Goth. wáist for *wáis, OE. wāst for *wās, OHG. weist for *weis; Goth. qast for *qass, inf. qiþan, to say; Goth. báust for *báus, inf. biudan, to bid; regular forms were pret. sing. Goth. waúrhta, OE. worhte, OHG. worhta, Goth. inf. waúrkjan, to work; then after the analogy of such forms were made OE. wiste, beside wisse, OHG. westa, beside wissa (wessa), I knew, inf. OE. witan; Goth. pret. sing. káupasta for *káupassa, inf. káupatjan, to strike with the palm of the hand, buffet.
For purely practical purposes the above laws may be thus formulated:—every labial + t appears as ft, every guttural + t as ht, every dental + t as ss, s (st).
§ 139. Assimilation:—-nw- > -nn-, as Goth. OE. OHG. rinnan from *rinwan, to run; Goth. kinnus, OE. cinn, OHG. kinni, from *genw-, Gr. γένυς, chin, cheek; Goth. minniza, OS. minnira, OHG. minniro, from *minwizō, less, cp. Lat. minuō, Gr. μινύθω, I lessen; OE. þynne, O.Icel. þunnr, OHG. dunni, thin, cp. Skr. fem. tanví, thin.
-md- > -nd-, as Goth. OE. OS. hund, OHG. hunt, prim. form *km̥tóm, hundred; Goth. skaman, OE. scamian, OHG. scamēn, to be ashamed, beside Goth. skanda, OE. scand, OHG. scanta, shame, disgrace.
-ln- > -ll-, as Goth. fulls, OE. full, Lithuanian pilnas, prim. form *pl̥nós, full; Goth. wulla, OE. wulle, OHG. wolla, Lithuanian wilna, wool.
§ 140. Prim. Germanic ƀn, đn, ʒn = Indg. pn̥, tn̥, kn̥, qn̥ (by Verner’s law), and bhn̥, dhn̥, ghn̥, ɡhn̥, became ƀƀ, đđ, ʒʒ before the principal accent, then later bb, dd, gg; and in like manner Indg. bn̥, dn̥, gn̥, ɡn̥ became bb, dd, gg. And these mediae were shifted to pp, tt, kk at the same time as the original Indg. mediae became tenues (§ 129). These geminated consonants were simplified to p, t, k after long syllables. Examples are: OE. hnæpp, OHG. napf, from *ꭓnaƀn̥ or *ꭓnabn̥, basin, bowl; OE. hoppian, O.Icel. hoppa, MHG. hopfen, from *ꭓoƀn̥, to hop; OE. OS. topp, O.Icel. toppr, from *toƀn̥ or *tobn̥, top, summit; OE. hēap, OS. hōp, OHG. houf, from *ꭓauƀn̥; OE. cnotta, from *knođn̥, beside OHG. chnodo, chnoto, knot; Goth. ƕeits, OE. OS. hwīt, from *ꭓwīđn̥, white; OE. bucc, O.Icel. bokkr, OHG. boc (gen. bockes), prim. form *bhugnós, buck; OE. liccian, OS. leccōn, OHG. lecchōn, from *legn̥, to lick; OE. locc, O.Icel. lokkr, prim. form *lugnós, lock; OE. smocc, O.Icel. smokkr, from *smogn̥, smock; OE. lōcian, OS. lōkōn, from *lōgn̥ or *logn̥, to look.
§ 141. Indg. z + media became s + tenuis, as Goth. asts, OHG. ast = Gr. ὄζος, from *ozdos, branch, twig; OE. OHG. nest, Lat. nīdus, from *ni-zdos, nest, related to root sed-, sit; OE. masc, OHG. masca, mesh, net, cp. Lithuanian mezgù, I tie in knots.
Indg. z + media aspirata became z + voiced spirant, as Goth. mizdō, OE. meord, pay, reward, cp. O. Bulgarian mīzda, Gr. μισθός, pay; OE. mearg, OHG. marg, O. Bulgarian mozgŭ, marrow, root mezgh-; Goth. huzd, OE. hord, OHG. hort, hoard, treasure, root kuzdh-.
§ 142. Guttural n (ŋ) disappeared before ꭓ, as Goth. OS. OHG. fāhan, OE. fōn, from *faŋꭓanan, to seize; Goth. OS. OHG. hāhan, OE. hōn, from *ꭓaŋꭓanan, to hang; Goth. þeihan, OS. thīhan, OHG. dīhan, OE. þīon, þēon, from *þiŋꭓanan, to thrive; pret. Goth. þāhta, OE. þōhte, OS. thāhta, OHG. dāhta, from *þaŋꭓtō-, I thought, beside inf. Goth. þagkjan, OS. thenkian, OHG. denken, OE. þencan.
§ 143. ꭓ became an aspirate (written h) initially before vowels, as Goth. OE. OS. hund, OHG. hunt, from *ꭓundan, prim. form *km̥tóm, hundred; Goth. hunds, O.Icel. hundr, OE. OS. hund, OHG. hunt, from *ꭓundaz, dog, hound. Some scholars assume that it also became an aspirate medially between vowels. Upon this assumption it would be difficult to account for the breaking in OE., as OE. slēan, from *sleahan, older *slaꭓan-, Goth. slahan, to strike, slay; OE. swēor, from *sweohur, older *sweꭓur, OHG. swehur, father-in-law.
Medial and final ꭓw became ꭓ in O.Icel. and the West Germanic languages, as OS. OHG. sehan, OE. sēon, O.Icel. sjā, from *seꭓ(w)an-, beside Goth. saíƕan, to see; OS. OHG. līhan, OE. līon, lēon, O.Icel. ljā, from *līꭓ(w)an-, beside Goth. leiƕan, to lend; OS. OHG. aha, OE. ēa from *eahu, beside Goth. aƕa, water, river; OE. seah, OS. OHG. sah, beside Goth. saƕ, he saw; OE. nēah, OS. OHG. nāh, beside Goth. nēƕ, near.
§ 144. The consonants, which arose from the Indg. final explosives (t, d), were dropped in prim. Germanic, except after a short accented vowel, as OE. OHG. bere, Goth. baírái, from an original form *bheroít, he may bear. See § 87, (2).
§ 145. Original final -m became -n, and then it, as also Indg. final -n, disappeared after short vowels in dissyllabic and polysyllabic words during the prim. Germanic period. For examples, see § 87, (1).
§ 146. w disappeared before u, as Goth. kaúrus, from *k(w)uruz = Gr. βαρύς, heavy, prim. form *ɡr-rús; OE. nacod, older *nakud, OHG. nackut, from *nak(w)ud-, beside Goth. naqaþs, naked; OE. O.Icel. sund, a swimming, from *swumda-, cp. OE. swimman, O.Icel. svimma, to swim; pp. OE. cumen, OHG. koman (beside quoman, a new formation), O.Icel. komenn, OHG. inf. queman, to come; OE. swingan, to swing, beside pp. s(w)ungen; O.Icel. svimma, to swim, beside pp. summenn. In verbal forms the w was mostly re-introduced in the pret. pl. and pp. after the analogy of forms which regularly had w, e.g. Goth. swultum, swultans, for *sultum, *sultans, through the influence of forms like inf. swiltan, to die, pret. sing. swalt; similarly qumum, qumans, for *kumum, *kumans, inf. qiman, to come. For levelling out in the opposite direction, cp. Goth. siggwan (regular form), beside OE. OS. OHG. singan, to sing; Goth. sigqan, beside OE. sincan, OHG. sinkan, to sink.
§ 147. Initial and medial sr became str, as OE. strēam, O.Icel. straumr, OS. OHG. strōm, stream, cp. Skr. srávati, it flows; pl. OE. ēastron, OHG. ōstarūn, Easter, cp. Skr. usrá, dawn; Goth. swistar, OE. sweostor, OHG. swester, sister, with t from the weak stem-form, as in the locative singular Goth. swistr = prim. Germanic *swesri = Skr. dat. svásrē.
§ 148. The remaining Indg. consonants suffered no further material changes which need be mentioned here. Summing up the results of §§ 128-47, we arrive at the following system of consonants for the close of the prim. Germanic period:—
| Labial. | Inter-dental. | Dental. | Palatal and Guttural. | ||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| Explosives | voiceless | p | t | k | |
| voiced | b | d | g | ||
| Spirants | voiceless | f | þ | s | ꭓ |
| voiced | ƀ | đ | z | ʒ | |
| Nasals | m | n | ŋ | ||
| Liquids | l, r | ||||
| Semivowels | w | j (palatal) | |||
To these must be added the aspirate h.
§ 149. Germanic w remained initially before vowels and also initially before and after consonants except in the combinations kw (§ 163) and ꭓw (§ 165), as wigs, O.Icel. vegr, OE. OS. OHG. weg, way; wulfs, OE. OS. wulf, OHG. wolf, wolf; wlits, OE. wlite, OS. wliti, face, look, beauty; wraka, OE. wracu, revenge, persecution; swistar, OE. sweostor, OS. OHG. swester, sister; and similarly wahsjan, to grow; waírs, worse; waúrd, word; wrikan, to persecute; dwals, foolish; twái, two; twalif, twelve; þwahan, to wash.
It also remained: (1) Medially before vowels, as fidwōr, four; hawi, hay; nidwa, nest; siggwan, to sing; slawan, to be silent; sparwa, sparrow; taíhswō, right hand; gen. kniwis, OE. cneowes, OHG. knewes, of a knee; mawi, girl; þiwi, maid-servant; tawida, he did; nom. pl. masc. qiwái, alive; fawái, few; sniwan, to hasten. (2) Medially between a long vowel, diphthong, or consonant and a following j or s, as lēwjan, to betray; hnáiwjan, to abase; hnáiws, lowly; snáiws, snow; ufarskadwjan, to overshadow. (3) Finally after long vowels, diphthongs, and consonants, as lēw, occasion; hláiw, grave; fráiw, seed; waúrstw (cp. § 29), work.
§ 150. Germanic w became u after a short vowel with which it combined to form a diphthong: (1) Finally, as kniu, knee; triu, wood; beside gen. kniwis, triwis; pret. snáu, he hastened, beside inf. sniwan. (2) Before consonants, as gen. máujōs, þiujōs, beside nom. mawi, girl; þiwi, maid-servant; inf. táujan, to do, beside pret. tawida; náus, corpse, beside nom. pl. naweis; siuns from *se(ʒ)wnís, sight, face. It also became u before -s, older -z, after the loss of an intervening vowel, as skadus from *skadwaz, shadow.
Note.—1. iu from older iw became ju in unaccented syllables, as nom. pl. sunjus from *suniu(i)z, older *suniwiz, *sunewes, sons.
§ 151. In a few instances medial -w- (or -ww- the origin of which is uncertain) after short vowels became -ggw- in Gothic and -ggv-, -gg- in O.Icel., whereas the West-Germanic lan- guages developed an u before this -w- which united with the preceding vowel to form a diphthong, or ū (when the preceding vowel was u). The conditions under which this sound-change took place have not yet been satisfactorily explained. The examples are:—Goth. bliggwan, OE. *blēowan, OHG. bliuwan, to strike; Goth. triggws, O.Icel. tryggr, OE. trīewe, OS. OHG. triuwi, true, faithful, cp. also Goth. triggwaba, truly, triggwa, covenant; Goth. *glaggwus, exact, accurate, O.Icel. glöggr, OE. glēaw, OHG. glau (inflected form glauwēr), wise, prudent; cp. also Goth. glaggwō (av.), diligently, glaggwuba (av.), diligently, accurately; Goth. skuggwa, O.Icel. skugg-sjā, mirror, OE. scūwa, OHG. scūwo, shade, shadow.
§ 152. Germanic j remained in Gothic: (1) Initially, as juggs, OS. OHG. jung, young; jēr, year; juk, yoke. (2) Medially between vowels which remained as such in the historic period of the language, except in the combination ǣj + vowel, as frijōnds, friend; fijan, to hate; ija (acc.), her; þrija (neut.), three; stōjan, to judge. For the treatment of ǣj in Goth. see § 76. (3) Medially between a consonant and a following guttural vowel which remained as such in the historic period of the language, as lēwjan, to betray; frawardjan, to destroy; harjōs, armies; haïrdjōs, shepherds; nasjan, to save; sōkjan, to seek. Cp. § 157.
§ 153. Medial -ij- became -ī- before -s, older -z, after the loss of a vowel in final syllables, as nom. haïrdeis from *ꭓirđij-az, shepherd; freis from *frij-az, free; gasteis from *ʒastij-iz, guests = Lat. hostēs from *hostejes.
Germanic -iji- from older -eje-, -ije- became i(j)i = ī after long closed stem-syllables and after unaccented syllables, but -ji- in other cases, as sōkeis, thou seekest, from *sōki(j)izi = Indg. *sāgéjesi; sōkeiþ, he seeks, from *sōki(j)iđi = Indg. *sāgéjeti; and similarly frawardeiþ, he destroys; mikileiþ, he praises; gen. sing. haïrdeis from *ꭓirđi(j)iz, older -ijes (with pronominal ending (§ 265)); láisareis, teacher; ragineis, counsellor; dáupeins, baptism, from *đaupi(j)iniz, older -ejenis; beside nasjis, nasjiþ, inf. nasjan, to save; stōjis, stōjiþ, inf. stōjan, to judge.
Note.—The gen. and dat. sing. of the long and polysyllabic -jan-stems of nouns and adjectives were remodelled after the analogy of the short stems, as fiskjins, fiskjin (§ 208), wilþjins, wilþjin (§ 238) for *fiskeins, *fiskein, *wilþeins, *wilþein, after the analogy of forms like wiljins, wiljin, midjins, midjin. See also § 183. On the other hand in the fem. abstract nouns formed from the first class of weak verbs (§ 200), those with short stems were remodelled after the analogy of those with long stems, as naseins for *nasjins after the analogy of forms like dáupeins, láiseins.
§ 154. Final -ī which arose from medial -ij- after the loss of a final vowel or syllable was shortened to i (cp. § 89), as voc. haïrdi from *ꭓirđij(i), older -ije; acc. haïrdi from *ꭓirđij-an. In like manner we should expect the imperative 2 pers. sing. of the first class of weak verbs to end in -i, as *sōki, seek thou; *hazi, praise thou, from *sōkij(i), *ꭓazij(i), older -eje-, cp. Gr. φόβει from *φόβε(j)ε, frighten thou. It is difficult to account for sōkei, hazei unless we may assume either that they were new formations from the 2 pers. sing. pres. indic. of verbs with long closed stem-syllables and of simple trisyllabic verbs or else that forms like voc. acc. sing. haïrdi were new formations formed after the analogy of forms like voc. acc. sing. hari (§ 155).
§ 155. When medial -j- came to stand finally after the loss of a final vowel or syllable, it became -i, as voc. sing. hari, from *ꭓarj(i); acc. sing. hari from *ꭓarj-an, army; nom. acc. sing. kuni from *kunj-an, race, generation.
§ 156. In a few words medial -j- (or -jj- the origin of which is uncertain) after short vowels became -ddj- in Gothic, and -ggj-, -gg- in O.Icel., whereas the West-Germanic languages developed an i before this -j-, which united with the preceding vowel to form a diphthong, or ī (when the preceding vowel was i). A satisfactory explanation of this sound-law has not yet been found. The examples are:—gen. Goth. twaddjē, O.Icel. tveggja, OHG. zweio, of two, cp. Skr. dváyōs; Goth. waddjus, O.Icel. veggr, wall, related to Lat. viēre, to plait; Goth. iddja, I went, cp. Skr. áyām, I went; Goth. daddjan, to suckle, cp. Skr. dháyāmi, I suckle.
§ 157. In Indg. -j- alternated with -ij-. The former occurred after short and the latter after long syllables, as Gr. μέσος, μέσσος from *μέθjος, Skr. madhyas, Indg. *medhjos, middle, beside Gr. πάτριος from *πάτρjος, Skr. pítriyas, Indg. *pətrijos, paternal. This original distinction was not fully preserved in Gothic, because the -ij- became simplified to -j- before guttural vowels which remained as such in the historic period of the language, as nom. pl. haïrdjōs from *ꭓirđ(i)jōz, shepherds; and similarly in the other plural forms and in the dat. singular (§ 184).
Prim. Germanic -ij- from Indg. -ej- had become -j- before guttural vowels in the prehistoric period of all the Germanic languages, as nasjan, to save; sōkjan, to seek = Indg. *nosejonom, *sāgejonom; pres. first pers. sing. nasja, sōkja = Indg. *nosejō, *sāgejō; pl. nasjam, sōkjam. Cp. § 152, (3).
§ 158. Germanic l, m, n, ŋ, r generally remained in Gothic:
l. Goth. lagjan, O.Icel. leggja, OE. lecgan, OS. leggian, OHG. leggen, to lay; Goth. O.Icel. OS. OHG. skal, OE. sceal, shall; and similarly laggs, long; haldan, to hold; salt, salt; wulfs, wolf; mēl, time; wulla, wool; fulls, full.
m. Goth. mēna, O.Icel. māne, OE. mōna, OS. OHG. māno, moon; Goth. OE. guma, O.Icel. gume, OS. gumo, OHG. gomo, man; Goth. O.Icel. OS. OHG. nam, I took; and similarly mēl, time; manna, man; niman, to take.
Note.—Medial -mn- became -ƀn- which remained when the preceding syllable began with a voiceless consonant, but became -fn- by dissimilation when the preceding syllable began with a voiced consonant, as witubni, knowledge; fastubni, observance, fasting; fráistubni, temptation; stibna, voice, cp. OHG. stimna; wundufni, wound, plague; waldufni, power, might. See § 386.
In namnjan, to name; namnē, of names, the -mn- was reintroduced after the analogy of namō, namins, &c.
n. Goth. OE. niman, O.Icel. nema, OS. OHG. neman, to take; Goth. sunus, OE. OS. OHG. sunu, O.Icel. sunr, son; Goth. O.Icel. kann, OS. OHG. kan, OE. can(n), I know; and similarly nahts, night; mēna, moon; anþar, other; manna, man; rinnan, to run; pret. rann, I ran.
Note.—-nn- became -n- before consonants except j, as kant, thou knowest, beside kann, inf. kannjan, to make known; mins (adv.) from *minniz, less, beside adj. minniza, less.
ŋ. On the representation of Germanic ŋ in Gothic, see § 17. It only occurred before k, q and g, as briggan, OE. OS. OHG. bringan, to bring; drigkan, OE. drincan, OS. drinkan, OHG. trincan, to drink; and similarly figgrs, finger; gaggan, to go; þagkjan, to think; sigqan, to sink; pret. sagq, he sank.
r. Goth. ráuþs, O.Icel. rauþr, OE. rēad, OS. rōd, OHG. rōt, red; Goth. harjis, OE. here, OS. OHG. heri, army; Goth. OS. fadar, O.Icel. faðir, OE. fæder, OHG. fater, father; and similarly raíhts, right; razn, house; barn, child; baúrgs, city; swaran, to swear; daúr, door; fidwōr, four; faírra (adv.), far.
§ 159. l, m, n, r, preceded by an explosive or spirant, became vocalic in unaccented syllables after the loss of a short vowel (§ 88). The West Germanic languages generated a new vowel before the vocalic liquids and nasals which then became consonantal again, as Goth. nom. fugls, acc. fugl, OE. fugol, OS. fugal, OHG. fogal, from *fuʒlaz, *fuʒlan, bird; Goth. ibns, ibn, OE. efen, OS. eƀan, OHG. eban, from *eƀnaz, *eƀnan, even; Goth. akrs, akr, OE. æcer, OS. akkar, OHG. acchar, from *akraz, *akran, field; and similarly Goth. tagl, hair; hunsl, sacrifice; sitls, seat; máiþms, acc. máiþm, treasure; bagms, tree; razn, house; táikns, token; láugnjan, to deny; tagr, tear; ligrs, bed; timrjan, timbrjan, to build; timrja, carpenter.
§ 160. Germanic p and f remained in Gothic, as páida, OE. pād, OS. pēda, coat; Goth. O.Icel. OE. OS. pund, OHG. pfunt, pound; slēpan, OE. slæpan, OS. slāpan, OHG. slāfan, to sleep; diups, O.Icel. djūpr, OE. dēop, OS. diop, OHG. tiof, deep; and similarly plinsjan, to dance; hilpan, to help; skapjan, to create; skip, ship.
Note.—Initial p does not occur in Gothic in pure Germanic words.
Goth. fadar, O.Icel. faðir, OE. fæder, OS. fadar, OHG. fater, father; Goth. OHG. fimf, OE. OS. fīf, five; and similarly faran, to go; fulls, full; hlifan, to steal; ufar, over; wulfs, wolf.
§ 161. Germanic b, which only occurred initially and after m, remained in Gothic (§ 132), as baíran, O.Icel. bera, OE. OS. OHG. beran, to bear; dumbs, O.Icel. dumbr, OE. dumb, OHG. tumb, dumb; and similarly badi, bed; barn, child; bindan, to bind; brōþar, brother; wamba, womb; lamb, lamb.
ƀ>b after r and l, as arbi, heritage; swaírban, to wipe; swarb, he wiped; silba, self; kalbō, calf; salbōn, to anoint.
ƀ>f after vowels both finally and before final -s. Hence the frequent interchange between ƀ (written b in Gothic) and f in inflexion, as giban, to give, pret. sing. gaf; sweiban, to cease, pret. sing. swáif; bi-leiban, to remain, pret. sing. bi-láif; gen. hláibis, nom. sing. hláifs, acc. hláif, loaf, bread, cp. on the other hand swaírban, to wipe, pret. swarb.
Note.—In occasional forms like grōb beside grōf, he dug; hláib beside hláif, the b had been transferred from forms where it was regular.
Medial ƀ (written b) remained unchanged after vowels, as haban, to have; liban, to live; sibun, seven; ga-láubjan, to believe; ibns, even. See § 133.
§ 162. Germanic k remained in Gothic, as kuni, O.Icel. kyn, OS. OHG. kunni, OE. cynn, race, generation; juk, O.Icel. ok, OE. geoc, OHG. joh, yoke; and similarly kalds, cold; kinnus, cheek; kniu, knee; akrs, field; áukan, to increase; skalks, servant; sōkjan, to seek; ik, I.
§ 163. kw (OE. cw, OS. OHG. qu, O.Icel. kv) became a labialized k which had the same sound-value as Lat. qu, i.e. it was a simple sound, and not a compound one composed of the elements k + w; hence Ulfilas expressed it in his alphabet by a single letter 𐌵. In modern philological works the sound in question is transcribed by q. Examples are:—qēns, O.Icel. kvān, OE. cwēn, OS. quān, wife, woman; qiþan, O.Icel. kveða, OE. cweþan, OS. queðan, OHG. quedan, to say; and similarly qiman, to come; riqis, darkness; naqaþs, naked; sigqan, to sink; sagq, he sank.
§ 164. Prim. Germanic ꭓ had already become an aspirate initially before vowels during the prim. Germanic period (§ 143). It probably also became an aspirate in Gothic medially between vowels. Examples are:—haban, O.Icel. hafa, OE. habban, OHG. habēn, to have; faíhu, OE. feoh, OHG. fihu, cattle, property; and similarly haírtō, heart; hafjan, to raise; hund, hundred; taíhun, ten; þeihan, to thrive.
Germanic ꭓ (written h, and pronounced like NHG. ch) remained in Gothic in other positions, as hláifs, loaf, bread; hliftus, thief; hráins, pure, clean; daúhtar, daughter; filhan, to hide, bury; nahts, night; jah, and; áih, he throve.
Note.—The final -h in unaccented particles was often assimilated to the initial consonant of the following word, as wasuþ-þan = wasuh-þan, anþaruþ-þan = anþaruh-þan, jan-ni = jah-ni, jas-sa = jah-sa, niþ-þan = nih-þan.
§ 165. Initial Germanic ꭓw (OE. OS. OHG. hw, O.Icel. hv) became ƕ (§ 19) in Gothic, as ƕas, OE. hwā, OS. hwē, OHG. hwer, who?; ƕeila, O.Icel. hvīl, OE. hwīl, OS. OHG. hwīla, space of time; and similarly ƕaírban, to walk; ƕaþar, which of two; ƕeits, white; ƕōpan, to boast.
Medial and final ꭓw also became ƕ in Gothic, but in O.Icel. and the West Germanic languages it became ꭓ. For examples see § 143.
Note.—The reasons for assuming that Goth. ƕ was a simple sound, and not a compound one composed of h + w, are:— (1) Ulfilas uniformly represented it by a single letter 𐍈. (2) Ulfilas wrote hw only in compound words where h and w came together by composition, e.g. ubuhwōpida = uf + uh + wōpida, and he cried out; baírhwakandans = baírh + wakandans (pres. part. nom. acc. pl. of wakan, to wake, watch). (3) The principal parts of saíƕan, to see, are the same as those of strong verbs with stems ending in a single consonant other than a nasal or liquid (§ 307). (4) ƕ is treated as a single consonant in reduplicated syllables, as ƕaíƕōp, he boasted, inf. ƕōpan.
§ 166. Prim. Germanic g, which only occurred after ŋ (§ 132), remained in Gothic as in the other Germanic languages, as tuggō, OE. tunge, OS. tunga, OHG. zunga, tongue; and similarly briggan, to bring; figgrs, finger; huggrjan, to hunger; laggs, long.
§ 167. The changes which Germanic ʒ underwent in Gothic cannot be determined with perfect certainty. For the history of ʒ in the other Germanic languages, see § 133. Initially, and medially after consonants, it probably became g, as Goth. OE. guma, O.Icel. gumi, OS. gumo, OHG. gomo, man; baírgan, O.Icel. bjarga, OE. beorgan, OHG. bergan, to hide; and similarly gasts, guest; giban, to give; gōþs, good; grētan, to weep; faírguni, mountain; tulgus, steadfast; azgō, ash, cinder.
§ 168. ʒ (written g) remained medially between vowels, and medially after vowels before voiced consonants, as áugō, O.Icel. auga, OE. ēage, OS. ōga, OHG. ouga, eye; fugls, OE. fugol, OS. fugal, OHG. fogal, bird; and similarly agis, fright; biugan, to bend; steigan, to ascend; bagms, tree; lagjan, to lay; rign, rain; tagr, tear.
§ 169. After vowels both finally and before -s, ʒ probably became ꭓ (= NHG. ch), but was written g. This change of ʒ to ꭓ can be assumed from the corresponding Gothic treatment of ƀ (§ 161) and đ (§ 173). Examples are acc. sing. dag, day; wig, way; ōg, I fear; mag, he can, may; nom. sing. dags, wigs; manags, much, many; baúrgs, city.
§ 170. Germanic t remained in Gothic, as tuggō, O.Icel. OS. tunga, OE. tunge, OHG. zunga, tongue; itan, O.Icel. eta, OE. OS. etan, OHG. eȥȥan, to eat; wáit, O.Icel. veit, OE. wāt, OS. wēt, OHG. weiȥ, he knows; and similarly tagr, tear; tamjan, to tame; twái, two; watō, water; witan, to know; haírtō, heart; at, at; mat, he measured.
§ 171. Germanic þ remained in Gothic, as þagkjan, OE. þencan, OS. thenkian, OHG. denken, to think; qiþan, O.Icel. kveða, OE. cweþan, OS. queðan, OHG. quedan, to say; acc. áiþ, OE. āþ, OS. ēð, OHG. eid, oath; and similarly þaírh, through; þaúrnus, thorn; þiuþ, good; brōþar, brother; aírþa, earth; fraþjan, to understand; waírþan, to become; qaþ, he said; warþ, he became.
§ 172. Germanic d, which only occurred initially and after n, remained in Gothic (§ 132), as dags, O.Icel. dagr, OE. dæg, OS. dag, OHG. tag, day; Goth. OE. OS. bindan, OHG. bintan, to bind; and similarly diups, deep; driusan, to fall; daúhtar, daughter; dēþs, deed; handus, hand; hund, hundred.
§ 173. đ became d after voiced consonants, as waúrd, O.Icel. orð, OE. OS. word, OHG. wort, word; haldan, O.Icel. halda, OE. healdan, OS. haldan, OHG. haltan, to hold; and similarly alds, age, generation; gards, house; gazds, goad; huzd, treasure.
đ became þ after vowels both finally and before final -s; hence the frequent interchange between đ (written d) and þ in inflexion, as inf. beidan, to abide, await; ana-biudan, to command; bidjan, to pray, beside pret. sing. báiþ, -báuþ, baþ; gen. sing. gōdis, háubidis, nasidis, beside nom. sing. gōþs, good, háubiþ, head, nasiþs (pp.), saved.
Note.—In occasional forms like bad, -báud, gōds, gōd, beside the regular forms baþ, -báuþ, gōþs, gōþ, the d had been transferred from forms where it was regular.
Medial đ (written d) remained after vowels, as fadar, father; beidan, to abide, await; fidwōr, four; midjis, middle; fadrein, paternity, parents. See § 133.
§ 174. Germanic s remained in Gothic, as slēpan, OE. slæpan, OS. slāpan, OHG. slāfan, to sleep; wisan, O.Icel. vesa, OE. OS. OHG. wesan, to be; hūs (in gud-hūs, house of God), O.Icel. OE. OS. OHG. hūs, house; and similarly sandjan, to send; sibun, seven; sitan, to sit; ganisan, to become whole; lisan, to gather; aúhsa, ox; hals, neck; was, I was.
§ 175. z only occurred medially and finally in prim. Germanic (§§ 137, 141). Medial z, which became r in the other Germanic languages, generally remained in Gothic, as huzd, OE. OS. hord, OHG. hort, treasure; máiza, OE. māra, OS. mēra, OHG. mēro, more, greater; and similarly azgō, ash, cinder; razda, speech; mizdō, pay, reward; alþiza, older; hazjan, to praise; talzjan, to instruct.
Note.—In the forms of strong verbs, medial z was supplanted by s through the levelling out of the s-forms, e.g. kusum, kusans for *kuzum, *kuzans, after the analogy of kiusan, káus, &c., see § 137.
z was also supplanted by s in several weak verbs, which in some cases was due to the influence of the corresponding strong verbs, as nasjan, for *nazjan, after the analogy of nisan, cp. OE. nerian, OHG. nerien, to save; ur-ráisjan, to raise up, sv. ur-reisan, to arise, cp. OE. ræran, to raise; láisjan, cp. OE. læran, OHG. lēren, to teach; wasjan, to clothe, cp. OE. werian, OHG. werien, to wear, see § 137 note.
Germanic final -z became -s in Gothic, as gen. diuz-is, riqiz-is, but nom. dius, wild beast; riqis, darkness; nom. sing. dags, from *dagaz, day; gasts from *gastiz, guest; nom. pl. dagōs from *dagōz; gasteis from *ʒastīz; nom. sing. akrs from *akraz, field; nimis from *nimiz(i), thou takest. This -s was dropped when it came to stand after an original s through the loss of a vowel, as waírs from *wirs(i)s older *wirsiz (av.), worse, cp. adj. waírsiza, worse; nom. drus (gen. drusis) from *drusiz, fall; láus, empty, but gen. láusis; freihals, freedom, but gen. freihalsis.
Final -s (-z) was dropped after a short vowel + consonantal r, cp. nom. sing. waír, man; baúr, son; anþar, second; unsar, our, &c., beside nom. sing. dags, day; gasts, guest; akrs, field; swērs, honoured; skeirs, clear; gen. brōþrs, of a brother, &c.
Final -(i)z also disappeared in the dat. pl. (originally instrumental) ending of nouns, adjectives and pronouns, if we are right in assuming that the ending was originally -mis = prim. Germanic -miz, as in dagam, gibōm, gastim, brōþrum, blindáim, þáim. But the original ending may have been simply -mi. And similarly in the first pers. pl. of the pres. indic. which originally ended in -mes, -mos = prim. Germanic -miz, -maz (§ 287).
Note.—1. The z, in such forms as riqiz, darkness; mimz, flesh, meat, beside the regular forms riqis, mims, was due to the levelling out of the stem-form of the oblique cases.
2. Final -z remained when protected by a particle, cp. e.g. wileiz-u? wilt thou?; ƕaz-uh, each, every; iz-ei (rel. pr.), who; uz-uh (prep.), whether from; beside wileis, thou wilt; ƕas? who?; is, he; us, out, from.
3. The prep. us became ur before r in compounds, as ur-reisan, to arise; ur-rinnan, to go out. The s in us- was sometimes dropped in compounds before st, as u-standan = us-standan, to stand up, cp. also di-skritnan, beside dis-skritnan, to be rent in twain.
§ 176. Gothic nouns have two numbers—singular and plural; three genders—masculine, feminine, and neuter, as in the other Old Germanic languages, from which the gender of nouns in Gothic does not materially differ; four cases—Nominative, Accusative, Genitive, and Dative. The Vocative is mostly like the Nominative, but in the singular of some classes of nouns it regularly fell together with the Accusative, see §§ 87-8.
Note.—It should be noted that what is called the dat. sing. in Gothic is originally the instrumental in the a-stems (§ 179) and masc. i-stems (§ 196); locative in the fem. i- (§ 198), u- (§ 202), and all consonant-stems (§§ 207-22); and the dat. only in the ō-stems (§ 190).
§ 177. In Gothic, as in the oldest periods of the other Germanic languages, nouns are divided into two great classes, according as the stem originally ended in a vowel or consonant, cp. the similar division of nouns in Sanskrit, Latin and Greek. Nouns, whose stems originally ended in a vowel, belong to the vocalic or so-called Strong Declension. Those, whose stems end in -n, belong to the Weak Declension. All other consonantal stems are in this grammar put together under the general heading of ‘Minor Declensions’.
The learner, who wishes to compare the Gothic case-endings with the corresponding forms of Latin, Greek, &c., will find it useful to master Chapter V before attempting to do so, because what has already been stated there will not, as a rule, be repeated in the chapters on the Accidence.
§ 178. The a-declension comprises masculine and neuter nouns only, and corresponds to the Latin and Greek o-declension (Gr. masc. -ος, neut. -ον, Lat. -us, -um), for which reason it is sometimes called the o-declension. The a-declension is divided into pure a-stems, ja-stems, and wa-stems.
| Sing. | ||
|---|---|---|
| Nom. | dags, day | hláifs, loaf, bread |
| Acc. Voc. | dag | hláif |
| Gen. | dagis | hláibis |
| Dat. | daga | hláiba |
| Plur. | ||
| Nom. | dagōs | hláibōs |
| Acc. | dagans | hláibans |
| Gen. | dagē | hláibē |
| Dat. | dagam | hláibam |
Note.—1. On the interchange of f (hláifs, hláif) and b (hláibis, &c.), see § 161.
2. On nom. forms like waír, man, freihals, freedom, gen. waíris, freihalsis, see § 175.
The prim. Germanic forms of dags were: Sing. nom. *đaʒaz, acc. *đaʒan, voc. *đaʒ(e), gen. *đaʒesa (with pronominal ending, § 265), dat. *đaʒai, Indg. *dhoghōī (cp. Gr. θεῷ, to a god), instr. *đaʒē, -ō; Pl. nom. *đaʒōz, acc. *đaʒanz, gen. *đaʒōn (cp. Gr. θεῶν, of gods), dat. *đaʒomiz. From what has been said in Chapter V on the vowels of unaccented syllables, it will be seen that all the forms of the sing. and plural, except the dat. sing. and gen. pl., are regularly developed from the corresponding prim. Germ. forms. daga is the old instrumental used for the dative. The -ē in dagē, which presupposes a prim. Germ. ending -ǣn (§ 87, 1), has never been satisfactorily explained.1 The gen. in OE. O.Icel. daga, OS. dago, OHG. tago regularly goes back to *đaʒōn which would have become *đaʒō in Gothic, cp. gibō (§ 191).
§ 180. Like dags are declined a great many Gothic masculine nouns, e.g. áiþs (gen. áiþis), oath; asts, bough, twig; akrs, field; bagms, tree; fisks, fish; fugls, bird, fowl; hunds, dog, hound; himins, heaven; ligrs, bed, couch; máiþms, gift; maúrgins, morning; stains, stone; sitls, seat; skalks, servant; þiudans, king; wigs, way; winds, wind; wulfs, wolf. Like hláifs is declined láufs, leaf.
| Sing. | ||
|---|---|---|
| Nom. Voc. Acc. | waúrd, word | háubiþ, head |
| Gen. | waúrdis | háubidis |
| Dat. | waúrda | háubida |
| Plur. | ||
| Nom. Voc. Acc. | waúrda | háubida |
| Gen. | waúrdē | háubidē |
| Dat. | waúrdam | háubidam |
The neuters only differed from the masculines in the nom. voc. sing. and nom. acc. plural, the prim. Germ. forms of which were *worđan, *worđō (§ 62). These regularly became waúrd, waúrda in Gothic.
Note.—On the interchange of þ and đ see § 173.
1 For suggested explanations see Jellinek, p. 100.
§ 182. Like waúrd are declined a great many Gothic neuter nouns, e.g. agis (gen. agisis), fear; akran, fruit; awistr, sheepfold; barn, child; blōþ (gen. blōþis), blood; dius (gen. diuzis), wild beast; daúr, door; eisarn, iron; gras (gen. grasis), grass; haúrn, horn; huzd, treasure; jēr, year; juk, yoke; kaúrn, corn; láun, pay, reward; leik, body, flesh; maúrþr, murder; riqis (gen. riqizis), darkness; silubr, silver; skip, ship; tagl, hair; tagr, tear. Like háubiþ are declined liuhaþ, light; witōþ, law.
§ 183. Apart from the -j- it is necessary in this class of nouns to distinguish between (1) nouns which have a short stem-syllable or a long open stem-syllable and (2) those which have a long closed stem-syllable or when the stem (apart from any prefix) is of more than one syllable. In the former case the gen. sing. regularly ends in -jis and in the latter in -eis, see §§ 153, 157. This distinction was preserved in the masculines, but in the neuters the original difference was almost entirely obliterated in favour of nouns belonging to (1). The old and the new forms exist side by side in a few words, as gen. andbahteis, gawaírþeis, beside andbahtjis, gawaírþjis. Cp. § 153 note.
| Sing. | ||
|---|---|---|
| Nom. | harjis, army | haírdeis, herdsman |
| Acc. Voc. | hari | haírdi |
| Gen. | harjis | haírdeis |
| Dat. | harja | haírdja |
| Plur. | ||
| Nom. | harjōs | haírdjōs |
| Acc. | harjans | haírdjans |
| Gen. | harjē | haírdjē |
| Dat. | harjam | haírdjam |
The prim. Germ. forms of harjis were: Sing. nom. *ꭓarjaz, acc. *ꭓarjan, voc. *ꭓarj(e), gen. *ꭓarjesa (with pronominal ending), dat. *ꭓarjē, -ō (originally instr.); Pl. nom. *ꭓarjōz, acc. *ꭓarjans, gen. ꭓarjōn, dat. *ꭓarjomiz. All the forms of the sing. except the nom., and all forms of the pl. except the gen., are regularly developed from the corresponding prim. Germ. forms. *ꭓarjaz became *haris (cp. § 155) and then the -j- in the cases where it was regular was extended to the nom. On harjē, see § 179.
The prim. Germ. forms of haïrdeis were: Sing. nom. *ꭓirđijaz, acc. *ꭓirđijan, voc. *ꭓirđij(e), gen. *ꭓirđijesa, dat. *ꭓirđijē, -ō; Pl. nom. *ꭓirđijōz, acc. *ꭓirđijanz, gen. *ꭓirđijōn, dat. *ꭓirđijomiz. In the nom. acc. voc. sing. the -ij- became ī after the loss of a, -(e), -an, then the ī (written ei) being protected by a consonant remained in the nom., but became shortened in the acc. and voc. (but see § 154). In the gen. sing. -ije- became -iji- and then the j disappeared between vowels; whence haïrdeis. After the -ij- had become -j- in the dat. sing. and all forms of the pl. the further development of these case endings was the same as that of harjis (§ 157).
§ 185. Like harjis are declined andastaþjis, adversary; niþjis, kinsman. Like haïrdeis are declined andeis, end; asneis, servant; ƕáiteis, wheat; lēkeis, physician; ragineis, counsellor; sipōneis, disciple; faúra-maþleis, ruler, prince; bōkareis, scribe; láisareis, teacher; mōtareis, toll-taker.
| Sing. | Plur. | |
|---|---|---|
| Nom. Voc. Acc. | kuni, race | kunja |
| Gen. | kunjis | kunjē |
| Dat. | kunja | kunjam |
The nom. acc. sing. and pl. regularly go back to prim. Germ. *kunjan, *kunjō.
§ 187. Like kuni are declined badi, bed; fraþi, understanding; nati, net; wadi, pledge; gawi (gen. gáujis, § 150), region, district; hawi (dat. háuja), hay; taui (gen. tōjis, § 81), deed, work; andbahti, service; arbi, heritage; garūni, counsel; gawaírþi, peace; kunþi, knowledge; reiki, power; þiubi, theft; ufar-mēli, superscription; faírguni, mountain; fastubni, observance; waldufni, power. See § 183.
| Sing. | Plur. | |
|---|---|---|
| Nom. | þius, servant | þiwōs |
| Acc. | þiu | þiwans |
| Gen. | þiwis | þiwē |
| Dat. | þiwa | þiwam |
Note.—Of the masculine wa-stems there are only traces extant, viz. the nom. and gen. pl. of *þius (§ 150), and the nom. sing. snáiws, snow, the acc. sing. of which would be snáiw, gen. snáiwis, see § 149, (3).
| Sing. | Plur. | |
|---|---|---|
| Nom. Voc. Acc. | kniu, knee | kniwa |
| Gen. | kniwis | kniwē |
| Dat. | kniwa | kniwam |
Note.—1. Only plural forms of kniu are extant. Like kniu is also declined triu, wood (§ 150).
2. fráiw, seed; gáidw (OE. gād), want, lack; hláiw, grave; lēw, occasion; waúrstw, work, retain the w in the nom. acc. sing., see § 149, (3), and are declined like waúrd.
§ 190. The ō-declension contains feminine nouns only, and corresponds to the Latin and Greek ā-declension, for which reason it is sometimes called the ā-declension. It is divided into pure ō-stems, jō-stems, and wō-stems. The wō-stems and also the jō-stems with a short radical syllable are declined exactly like the pure ō-stems. The remaining jō-stems are also declined like the pure ō-stems, except that the nom. sing. ends in -i.
| Sing. | Plur. | |
|---|---|---|
| Nom. Acc. | giba, gift | gibōs |
| Gen. | gibōs | gibō |
| Dat. | gibái | gibōm |
The prim. Germ. forms of giba were: Sing. nom. *ʒeƀō; acc. *ʒeƀōn (cp. Gr. χΌραν, land), gen. *ʒeƀōz, dat. *ʒeƀai older *ʒeƀōī (= Indg. -āī, cp. Gr. θεᾷ, to a goddess); Pl. nom. acc. *ʒeƀōz, gen. *ʒeƀōn, dat. *ʒeƀōmiz, from which the corresponding Gothic forms are regularly developed.
§ 192. Like giba are declined a very large number of feminine nouns, as aƕa, river; aírþa, earth; bida, request; bōka, letter; bōta, advantage; kara, care; fēra, country, region; graba, ditch; haírda, herd; ƕeila, time; karkara, prison; láiba, remnant; mōta, custom-house; mulda, dust; nēþla, needle; rūna, mystery; razda, language; sáiwala, soul; saúrga, sorrow; stibna, voice; staua, judgment; þiuda, people; wamba, womb.
Wō-stems—bandwa, sign, token; fijaþwa (fiaþwa), hatred; frijaþwa (friaþwa), love; nidwa, rust; triggwa, covenant.
jō-stems—with a short radical syllable—brakja, strife; halja, hell; ludja, face; plapja, street; sibja, relationship; sunja, truth; wrakja, persecution. The nom. sing. had its -a either from the pure ō-stems or else it was the acc. used for the old nominative. See § 193.
| Sing. | Plur. | |
|---|---|---|
| Nom. | bandi, band | bandjōs |
| Acc. | bandja | bandjōs |
| Gen. | bandjōs | bandjō |
| Dat. | bandjái | bandjōm |
Excepting the nom. sing. the prim. Germ. case endings were the same as those of the pure ō-stems. The nom. sing. was *bandī, which regularly became bandi in Gothic.
§ 194. Like bandi are declined jō-stems which have a long stem-syllable, and those whose stems are polysyllabic, as frijōndi, friend; fráistubni, temptation; háiþi, field; háiti, command; mawi (gen. máujōs, § 150), maiden; þiudangardi, kingdom; þiwi (gen. þiujōs, § 150), maid-servant; þūsundi, thousand; wasti, clothing; wundufni, wound.
§ 195. The i-declension contains only masculine and feminine nouns, and corresponds to the Lat. and Gr. i-declension (nom. Lat. -is, Gr. -ις, acc. -im, -ιν). In the parent language the masc. and fem. i-stems were declined alike. In Gothic the nom. acc. voc. sing. regularly fell together with the a-declension (§ 179), which was the reason why the gen. and dat. sing. and probably also the gen. pl. of the masc. nouns were re-formed after the analogy of the a-declension.
| Sing. | Plur. | |
|---|---|---|
| Nom. | gasts, guest | gasteis |
| Voc. | gast | |
| Acc. | gast | gastins |
| Gen. | gastis | gastē |
| Dat. | gasta | gastim |
On the pl. forms see § 198.
Note.—1. On nom. forms like drus, fall, baúr, child, son, gen. drusis, baúris, see § 175. On the nom. sing. náus, corpse, beside nom. pl. naweis, see § 150.
2. The endings of the whole of the singular and of the gen. plural being the same as those of the a-declension, it can only be decided by aid of comparison with the other Germanic languages, whether a noun, whose pl. nom. dat. or acc. is not extant, belongs to this or to the a-declension. Thus the mutated vowel in OE. cyme, coming; dryre, fall, shows that Goth. qums, drus belong to the i-declension.
§ 197. Like gasts are declined arms, arm; balgs, wine-skin; barms, bosom, lap; brūþfaþs (gen. -fadis, § 173), bridegroom; gards, house; hups, hip; láists, track; mats, meat; muns, thought; saggws, song; sáiws, sea; sáuþs (gen. sáudis, § 173), sacrifice; staþs (gen. stadis, § 173), place; striks, stroke; þlaúhs, flight.
| Sing. | Plur. | |
|---|---|---|
| Nom. | ansts, favour | ansteis |
| Voc. | anst | |
| Acc. | anst | anstins |
| Gen. | anstáis | anstē |
| Dat. | anstái | anstim |
The prim. Germ. forms of ansts were: Sing. nom. *anstiz, acc. *anstin, voc. *ansti, gen. *anstaiz (= Indg. -eīs, -oīs), dat. *anstēi (originally the loc. ending); Pl. nom. *anstīz (older -ijiz = Indg. -ejes, cp. Skr. tráyas, Gr. τρεῖς from *τρέ(j)ες, three); acc. *anstinz, gen. *ansti(j)ōn, dat. *anstimiz, from which the Gothic forms are regularly developed except the gen. pl. which was formed direct from anst- + the gen. pl. ending -ē, see §§ 87, 179.
Note.—On forms like nom. usstass, gen. usstassáis, resurrection, see § 175.
§ 199. Like ansts are declined a great many feminine nouns, as áihts, property; arbáiþs (gen. arbáidáis), labour; asans, harvest; anabūsns (anabusns?), command; anda-hafts, answer; dáils, portion; dēþs (gen. dēdáis), deed; fadreins, family; fahēþs (gen. fahēdáis), joy; fralusts, loss; frawaúrhts, sin; gabaúrþs, birth; gahugds, thought; gakusts, test; gamunds, remembrance; ganists, salvation; gaqumþs, assembly; garuns, market-place; gaskafts, creation; gataúrþs, destruction; haúrds, door; lists, craftiness; missadēþs (-dēds), misdeed; magaþs, maid; mahts, power; manasēþs (gen. -sēdáis), world; mikildūþs, greatness; náuþs, need; qēns, woman; saúhts, sickness; siuns, sight; slaúhts, slaughter; sōkns, search; táikns, token; þaúrfts, need; urrists, resurrection; wēns, hope; waúrts, root; wrōhs, accusation.
Note.—háims, village, is declined like ansts in the singular, but like giba (§ 191) in the plural.
§ 200. In the same manner are also declined the abstract nouns formed from weak verbs of the second and third conjugation; as laðōns, invitation, inf. laðōn, to invite; mitōns, a thought, inf. mitōn, to think over; salbōns, ointment, inf. salbōn, to anoint; sunjōns, a verifying, inf. sunjōn, to verify; bauáins, dwelling, inf. bauan, to inhabit; libáins, life, inf. liban, to live; þuláins, sufferance, inf. þulan, to suffer. Abstract nouns formed from weak verbs of the first conjugation are also declined in the same manner except that the nom. and gen. plural are like those of the ō-declension (§ 191), thus láiseins, doctrine, gen. láiseináis, but nom. gen. pl. láiseinōs, láiseinō; other examples are galáubeins, faith, inf. galáubjan, to believe; dáupeins, baptism, inf. dáupjan, to baptize; naseins, salvation, inf. nasjan, to save. See § 153 note.
§ 201. The u-declension comprises masculine, feminine and neuter nouns, and corresponds to the Lat. and Gr. u-declension (nom. masc. and fem. Lat. -us, Gr. -υς, acc. -um, -υν; neut. nom. acc. -ū, -u, -υ).
| Sing. | ||
|---|---|---|
| Nom. | sunus (masc.), son | handus (fem.), hand |
| Voc. Acc. | sunu | handu |
| Gen. | sunáus | handáus |
| Dat. | sunáu | handáu |
| Plur. | ||
| Nom. | sunjus | handjus |
| Acc. | sununs | handuns |
| Gen. | suniwē | handiwē |
| Dat. | sunum | handum |
Note.—The above are the regular endings, but in a few instances the singular áu- and u-endings have been confused by later scribes, e.g. nom. sunáus beside sunus, dat. sunu beside sunáu, voc. sunáu (frequently) beside sunu.
The prim. Germ. forms of sunus were: Sing. nom. *sunuz, acc. *sunun, voc. *sunu and *sunau (= Indg. -ou, cp. Lith. sūnaũ), gen. *sunauz (= Indg. -eūs, ous, cp. Lith. sūnáus), dat. *sunēu (originally loc.); Pl. nom. *suniwiz (= Indg. -ewes, cp. Gr. Ionic πήχεες from *πήχεϝες, fore-arms); acc. *sununz, gen. *suniwōn (= Indg. -ewōm, cp. Gr. πήχεων from *πήχεϝων), dat. *sunumiz, from which the Gothic forms are all regularly developed except the -ē in the gen. plural, see § 179. The fluctuation between sunu and sunáu in the voc. sing. may be due to the old double forms. In the nom. pl. *suniwiz became *suniuz and then sunjus (§ 150 note).
§ 203. Similarly are declined the following masculine nouns and a few others: áirus, messenger; asilus, ass; dáuþus, death; faírƕus, world; fōtus, foot; hūhrus, hunger; haírus, sword; hliftus, thief; ibnassus, evenness; kustus, test; liþus, limb; luftus, air; lustus, desire; magus, boy; sakkus, sackcloth; sidus, custom; skadus, shadow; skildus, shield; tunþus, tooth; þaúrnus, thorn; þiudinassus, kingdom; wiþrus, lamb; wulþus, glory; wintrus, winter.
§ 204. Besides handus also the three feminine nouns asilus, she-ass; kinnus, cheek; waddjus, wall.
§ 205. Of the neuter u-stems only a few traces are extant in Gothic. No plural forms occur.
| Sing. | |
|---|---|
| Nom. Acc. | faíhu, cattle |
| Gen. | faíháus |
| Dat. | faíháu |
Note.—The gen. faíháus does not occur, but it can be inferred from filáus, the adverbial gen. of filu, much. gáiru (nom. sing.), goad, and sihu (acc. sing.), victory, occur only once, and as glosses; the latter is probably miswritten for sigu, which would then presuppose a masc. form *sigus = OHG. sigu, otherwise we should expect saihu (§ 69). The acc. form leiþu, strong drink, probably also belongs here, since it is neuter in all the other old Germanic languages.
The nom. acc. ended in the parent language in -u which regularly remained in Gothic (§ 88).
§ 206. In the parent language the nom. sing. ended partly in -en, -on, and partly in -ē, -ō. The reason for this difference is unknown. The various Indg. languages generalized one or other of the two forms in prehistoric times, as in Gr. nom. ποιμήν, shepherd; ἡγεμών, leader; acc. ποιμένα, ἡγεμόνα, beside nom. Skr. rájā, king; Lat. homo, man; sermo, discourse; acc. rājānam, hominem, sermōnem. In prim. Germanic the two forms existed side by side, as in Goth. hana from -en, -on (§ 87, (1)), beside tuggō, haírtō from -ō (§ 89). In Goth. the -ō became restricted to the feminine and neuter, whereas in the West Germanic languages it became restricted to the masculine, as OE. guma, OS. gumo, OHG. gomo, man, from -ō, beside OE. tunge, OS. tunga, OHG. zunga, tongue; OE. ēage, OS. ōga, OHG. ouga, eye, from -on.
In the inflected forms the stem-endings had originally the following phases of ablaut: acc. sing. and nom. pl. -on-, loc. sing. -en-, gen. dat. sing. and acc. gen. pl. consonantal -n-, dat. and loc. pl. vocalic -ņ-. These distinctions were not faithfully preserved in the historic period of any of the Indg. languages. Owing to levelling out in various directions the different stem-endings were extended to cases to which they did not originally belong. Thus in Gothic the -an- in the nom. pl. hanans from prim. Germ. *ꭓananiz was extended to the gen. The old form is still found in ab-n-ē, of men; aúhs-n-ē, of oxen; man-n-ē, of men. In tuggō the ō of the nom. sing. was extended to the other cases. And similarly in OE. the -an- of the acc. sing. of guma, man; tunge, tongue, was extended to the gen. and dat., so that all three cases became the same: guman, tungan.
The masc. and fem. n-stems were originally declined alike, as in Latin, Greek and Sanskrit, but already in the prehistoric period of the Germanic languages they became differentiated in some of the cases by partly generalizing one or other of the forms. Thus, as we have seen above, the nom. sing. originally ended in -ō or -on in both genders, Gothic restricted -ō to the feminine and -on to the masculine, but in the West Germanic languages the reverse took place. In the feminine Gothic O.Icel. OS. and OHG. levelled out the original long vowel of the nom. sing. into the oblique cases, whereas OE. had the same forms as the masculine except in the nom. sing. tunge from prim. Germanic -on.
From a morphological point of view the n-stems should be divided into -an, -jan, and -wan stems, but in Gothic as in the other Germanic languages all three classes were declined alike.
| Sing. | Plur. | |
|---|---|---|
| Nom. | hana, cock | hanans |
| Acc. | hanan | hanans |
| Gen. | hanins | hananē |
| Dat. | hanin | hanam |
The prim. Germanic forms of hana were: Sing. nom. *ꭓanēn or -on (cp. Gr. ποιμήν, shepherd; ἡγεμών, leader), acc. *ꭓananun (cp. Gr. ἡγεμόνα), gen. *ꭓanenaz or *ꭓaniniz (cp. Gr. ποιμένος), dat. (originally loc.) *ꭓanini (cp. Gr. ποιμένι); Pl. nom. *ꭓananiz (cp. Gr. ἡγεμόνες), acc. *ꭓananunz older *ꭓannunz (cp. Gr. ἡγεμόνας, κύνας = Indg. *kun-ns (§§ 53-4), dogs), gen. *ꭓannōn (cp. Goth. aúhsn-ē, OE. oxn-a, of oxen, Gr. κυν-ῶν, of dogs), dat. *ꭓanunmiz. The Gothic cases of the sing. and the nom. pl. are regularly developed from the corresponding prim. Germanic forms. The acc. pl. hanans is the nom. used for the accusative. *ꭓannōn would have become *hannō; hananē had the second -an- from the nom. pl., and the -ē is of the same unknown origin as in dagē (§ 179). The dat. pl. was formed direct from han- + am, the ending of the a-stems.
§ 208. Like hana are declined a great number of weak masculines; as aha, mind; ahma, spirit; atta, father; brunna, well, spring; blōma, flower; fana, bit of cloth; galga, cross, gallows; gajuka, companion; garda, fold; gataúra, tear, rent; guma, man; hiuhma, crowd; hliuma, hearing; liuta, hypocrite; lukarnastaþa, candlestick; magula, little boy; malma, sand; mēna, moon; nōta, stern of a ship; nuta, fisherman; skula, debtor; smakka, fig; snaga, garment; swaíhra, father-in-law; staua, judge; weiha, priest. arbi-numja, heir; arbja, heir; baúrgja, citizen; bandja, prisoner; faúra-gaggja, governor; fiskja, fisher; fráuja, master; gasinþja, companion; gudja, priest; baúrnja, horn-blower; nēƕundja, neighbour; swiglja, piper; timrja, carpenter; wardja, guard; wilja, will. See § 158 note.
gawaúrstwa, fellow-worker; skuggwa, mirror; sparwa, sparrow.
Note.—aba, man, has in the gen. pl. abnē, dat. pl. abnam; and aúhsa, ox, has in the gen. pl. aúhsnē. See § 206.
| Sing. | Plur. | |
|---|---|---|
| Nom. | manna, man | mans, mannans |
| Acc. | mannan | mans, mannans |
| Gen. | mans | mannē |
| Dat. | mann | mannam |
manna generalized the weak stem-form man-n- which originally belonged only to the gen. dat. sing. and to all forms of the pl. except the nom. (§ 206), cp. the similar levelling in Latin in caro, flesh, acc. carnem, gen. carnis, dat. carnī, nom. pl. carnēs, beside homo, man, hominem, hominis, hominī, nom. pl. homines. Sing. nom. manna for *mana; acc. mannan for *manan; gen. mans from *man-n-iz, for *manins, dat. mann from *manni, for *manin; Pl. nom. mannans for *manans from *mananiz, mans from *man-n-iz, gen. mannē like aúhsnē (§ 206), dat. mannam formed like han-am (§ 207). The acc. pl. is the nom. used for the accusative. In the gen. sing. and nom. acc. pl. the -nnz was simplified to -ns after the loss of the -i- (§ 158 note).
| Sing. | ||
|---|---|---|
| Nom. | tuggō, tongue | managei, multitude |
| Voc. Acc. | tuggōn | managein |
| Gen. | tuggōns | manageins |
| Dat. | tuggōn | managein |
| Plur. | ||
| Nom. Acc. | tuggōns | manageins |
| Gen. | tuggōno | manageino |
| Dat. | tuggōm | manageim |
The fem. n-stems were originally declined like the masculine. As has been pointed out in § 206 the -ō of the nom. tuggō was levelled out into the oblique cases just as in Lat. sermo, discourse, acc. sermōnem, gen. sermōnis, dat. sermōnī, abl. sermōne; Pl. nom. acc. sermōnēs, gen. sermōnum, dat. abl. sermōnibus. The -ō in the gen. pl. regularly goes back to prim. Germanic -ōn (§ 87, (1)). The dat. pl. was formed direct from tugg- + ōm, the ending of the ō-stems (§ 191).
The īn-stems had -in- in all forms of the sing. and pl. already in prim. Germanic, as Sing. nom. *manaʒīn, acc. *manaʒīnun; gen. *manaʒīnaz, or -iz, dat. *manaʒīni, Pl. nom. *manaʒīniz, acc. *manaʒīnunz, gen. *manaʒīnōn, dat. *manaʒīnmiz, from which the Gothic forms, except the nom. sing. and acc. dat. plural, were regularly developed. The regular nom. sing. would be *manaʒi (§ 87, (1)). managei was a new formation with -ei from the oblique cases. The acc. pl. manageins is the nom. used for the accusative (cp. § 207). The dat. pl. manageim was a new formation similar to hanam, tuggōm. On the origin of this declension, see Brugmann’s Grundriss, vol. II (second ed.), pp. 312-18.
§ 211. Like tuggō are declined a large number of nouns, as aglō, anguish; azgō, ash; brinnō, fever; driusō, slope; fullō, fulness; gajukō, parable; kalbō, calf; mawilō, young maiden; mizdō, reward; qinō, woman; staírnō, star; swaíhrō, mother-in-law; þāhō, clay; þeiƕō, thunder.
arbjō, heiress; brunjō, breast-plate; gatimrjō, building; hēþjō, chamber; niþjō, female cousin; raþjō, account; sakjō, strife.
gatwō, street; ūhtwō, early morn; wahtwō, watch.
§ 212. Like managei are declined a large number of nouns, most of which are formed from adjectives, as agláitei, lasciviousness; áiþei, mother; áudagei, blessedness; báitrei, bitterness; balþei, boldness; baírhtei, brightness; bleiþei, mercy; diupei, depth; drugkanei, drunkenness; frōdei, understanding; gagudei, piety; garaíhtei, righteousness; háuhhaírtei, pride; hlūtrei, purity; kilþei, womb; liutei, deceit; marei, sea; mikilei, greatness; þramstei, locust; þaúrstei, thirst.
| Sing. | Plur. | |
|---|---|---|
| Nom. Acc. | háirtō, heart | háirtōna |
| Gen. | háirtins | háirtanē |
| Dat. | háirtin | háirtam |
The neuter n-stems had originally the same endings as the masc. and fem. except in the acc. sing. and nom. acc. plural. Nom. acc. sing. haírtō from *ꭓertō (§ 206). The nom. acc. pl. had -ōnə in the Indg. parent language. This was changed in prim. Germanic into -ōnō with -ō from the neut. a-stems (§ 181). -ōnō regularly became -ōna in Gothic. The dat. pl. haírtam was formed in the same manner as hanam (§ 207).
§ 214. Like haírtō are declined the following nouns:—áugō, eye; áusō, ear; áugadaúrō, window; barnilō, little child; kaúrnō, corn; sigljō, seal; þaírkō, hole.
Note.—watō, water, has in the dat. pl. watnam, and namō, name, has in the nom. acc. pl. namna; other plural cases of these two words are not extant.
| Sing. | Plur. | |
|---|---|---|
| Nom. | brōþar, brother | brōþrjus |
| Acc. | brōþar | brōþrjuns |
| Gen. | brōþrs | brōþrē |
| Dat. | brōþr | brōþrum |
In the parent language the words for father, mother and daughter had in the sing. nom. -tēr, acc. loc. -ter-, voc. -ter, gen. dat. -tr- (with consonantal r), Pl. nom. -ter-, acc. gen. -tr- (with consonantal r), dat. loc. -tr- (with vocalic r), cp. § 206. The word for brother had sing. nom. -tor or -tēr, and the word for sister -or (see § 147) with short -or- or loss of -o- in the other cases just as in -tēr, -ter-, -tr-. In Goth. -e-, -o- regularly became -a- before the following -r- (cp. §§ 89 note, 106). The prim. Germ. forms of brōþar were: Sing. nom. *brōþōr, or -ēr (cp. Gr. Dor. φράτωρ, φράτηρ, member of a clan, πατήρ, father), acc. *brōþarun, or -erun (cp. φράτορα, φράτερα), voc. *brōþar, or -er (cp. φράτορ, φράτερ), gen. *brōþraz, or -iz (cp. πατρός, Lat. patris), dat. *brōþri (cp. πατρί); Pl. nom. *brōþariz, or -iriz (cp. φράτορες, πατέρες), acc. *brōþrunz, gen. *brōþrōn (cp. πατρῶν), dat. *brōþrumiz; from which all the Gothic forms are regularly developed except the nom. sing. and the nom. and gen. plural. The nom. sing. is the acc. or voc. used for the nominative. The ending -or, -ēr would not have become -ar in Gothic, see § 89 note. The nom. pl. was formed after the analogy of sunjus (§ 202) owing to the acc. and dat. pl. regularly falling together in both declensions. On the -ē in brōþrē see § 179.
§ 216. In the same manner are declined:—daúhtar, daughter; swistar (§ 147), sister. The word fadar, father, only occurs once, and that in the voc. or nom. sing. *mōdar, mother, does not occur at all, instead of which áiþei (§ 212) is used.
§ 217. The nouns of this declension are old present participles, like Lat. ferēns, bearing, gen. ferentis, and originally had the same case endings as the other consonantal stems. But in Gothic as in the other Germanic languages they underwent various new formations. The nom. sing. was a new formation with -d- from the inflected forms, cp. Lat. ferēns from *ferenss older *ferents (§ 138); acc. frijōnd from *frijōndun, dat. frijōnd from *frijōndi; nom. pl. frijōnds from *frijōndiz, which was also used for the accusative. The gen. sing. and gen. dat. pl. were formed after the analogy of the a-stems (§ 179). For the declension of the present participles in Gothic, see § 239.
| Sing. | Plur. | |
|---|---|---|
| Nom. | frijōnds, friend | frijōnds |
| Acc. | frijōnd | frijōnds |
| Gen. | frijōndis | frijōndē |
| Dat. | frijōnd | frijōndam |
§ 218. In like manner are inflected the extant forms of allwaldands, the Almighty; bisitands, neighbour; dáupjands, baptizer; fráujinōnds, ruler; fijands, enemy; fraweitands, avenger; gibands, giver; mērjands, proclaimer; midumōnds, mediator; nasjands, saviour; talzjands, teacher.
§ 219. Of the masculines belonging here we have only traces, as sing. nom. mēnōþs, month, gen. mēnōþs (or mēnōþis?), dat. mēnōþ, pl. nom. acc. mēnōþs, dat. mēnōþum; sing. nom. reiks, ruler, gen. reikis, dat. reik, pl. nom. acc. reiks, gen. reikē, dat. reikam; sing. nom. weitwōs, witness, acc. weitwōd, pl. nom. weitwōds, gen. weitwōdē.
| Sing. | Plur. | |
|---|---|---|
| Nom. | baúrgs, city | baúrgs |
| Acc. | baúrg | baúrgs |
| Gen. | baúrgs | baúrgē |
| Dat. | baúrg | baúrgim |
The prim. Germ. forms of baúrgs were: Sing. nom. *ƀurꭓs (§ 138), acc. *ƀurʒun, gen. *ƀurʒaz or -iz, dat. *ƀurʒi; Pl. nom. *ƀurʒiz, acc. *ƀurʒunz, gen. *ƀurʒōn, dat. *ƀurʒumiz, from which are regularly developed the gen. dat. sing. and nom. plural (but see § 169). Nom. sing. baúrgs for *baúrhs with g from the other cases. The acc. pl. is the nom. used for the accusative. The acc. sing. and gen. and dat. pl. were formed after the analogy of the i-stems (§ 198). The regular forms would have been *baúrgu, *baúrgō, *baúrgum.
§ 221. In the same manner are declined:—alhs, temple; brusts, breast; dulþs, feast; miluks, milk; mitaþs (gen. mitads), measure; nahts, night, but dat. pl. nahtam, formed after the analogy of dagam (§ 179); spaúrds, racecourse; waíhts, thing.
Note.—dulþs and waíhts are also declined according to the i-declension (§ 198).
§ 222. Sing. nom. acc. fōn, fire, gen. funins, dat. funin. No plural forms occur.
§ 223. In the parent Indg. language nouns and adjectives were declined alike without any distinction in endings, as in Latin, Greek, and Sanskrit. What is called the uninflected form of adjectives in the Germanic languages is a remnant of the time when nouns and adjectives were declined alike. But already in Indo-Germanic the pronominal adjectives had partly nominal and partly pronominal endings as in Sanskrit. In prim. Germanic the endings of the pronominal adjectives were extended to all adjectives. These remarks apply to what is called in the Germanic languages the strong declension of adjectives.
The so-called weak declension of adjectives is a special Germanic formation by means of the suffixes -en-, -on-, which were originally used to form nomina agentis, and attributive nouns, as Lat. edō (gen. edōnis), glutton, Goth. staua, judge, wardja, guard, watchman, gen. stauins, wardjins; Lat. adjectives catus, sly, cunning, rūfus, red, red-haired, silus, pug-nosed, beside the proper names Catō (gen. Catōnis), lit. the sly one, Rufō, the red-haired man, Silō, the pug-nosed man; and similarly in Gothic blinds, blind, liuts, hypocritical, deceitful, weihs, holy, beside blinda, blind man, liuta, hypocrite, weiha, priest, lit. holy one. Such nouns came to be used attributively at an early period, and then later as adjectives. And already in prim. Germanic this weak declension became the rule when the adjective followed the definite article, as ahma sa weiha, lit. ghost the holy one; OE. Wulfmǣr se geonga, Wulfmǣr the Young, OHG. Ludowīg ther snello, Ludwig the Brave, cp. NHG. Karl der Grosse. At a later period, but still in prim. Germanic, the two kinds of adjectives—strong and weak—became differentiated in use. When the one and when the other form was used in Gothic is a question of syntax (§ 430). It should be noted that there were also adjectival n-stems in the parent Indg. language, but that they did not have vocalic stems beside them as is the case in the Germanic languages.
§ 224. In Gothic the adjectives are declined as strong or weak (§ 430). They have three genders and the same cases as nouns.
§ 225. The strong declension contains a-stems, i-stems, and u-stems. The case endings are partly nominal and partly pronominal, the latter are printed in italics. The nominal endings have already been explained in the vocalic declension of nouns. The pronominal endings will be explained in § 266.
§ 226. The a-stems are sub-divided into pure a-stems, ja-stems, and wa-stems. The nominal endings of the pure a-stems for the three genders are the same as those of dags (§ 179), waúrd (§ 181), giba (§ 191).
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | blinds, blind | blind, blindata | blinda |
| Acc. | blindana | blind, blindata | blinda |
| Gen. | blindis | blindis | blindáizōs |
| Dat. | blindamma | blindamma | blindái |
| Plur. | |||
| Nom. | blindái | blinda | blindōs |
| Acc. | blindans | blinda | blindōs |
| Gen. | blindáizē | blindáizē | blindáizō |
| Dat. | blindáim | blindáim | blindáim |
Note.—On adjectives like láus, empty (gen. láusis); gaqiss, consenting (gen. gaqissis), see § 175; gōþs (gen. gōdis), good, see § 173; liufs (gen. liubis), dear, see § 161.
§ 227. Like blinds are declined by far the greater majority of Gothic adjectives. Examples are áiweins, eternal; aírþeins, earthly; alls, all; arms, poor; áudags, blessed; baírhts, bright; báitrs, bitter; barnisks, childish; diups, deep; dumbs, dumb; dwals, foolish; fagrs, beautiful; frōþs (gen. frōdis), wise; fulgins, hidden; fulls, full; galeiks, like; gáurs, sad; gōþs (gen. gōdis), good; grēdags, hungry; gulþeins, golden; hails, whole; halts, lame; handugs, wise; hlūtrs, pure; hulþs, gracious; ibns, even; juggs, young; kalds, cold; laggs, long; lats, slothful; leitils, little; liufs (gen. liubis), dear; mahts, possible; mahteigs, mighty; manags, much; mikils, great; mōdags, angry; raíhts, right; saþs (gen. sadis), full; sineigs, old; siuks, sick; smals, small; snutrs, wise; swarts, black; swērs, honoured; swinþs, strong; tils, fit; ubils, evil; unweis, unlearned; waírþs, worthy; weihs, holy.
§ 228. The ja-stems are divided into two classes like the corresponding declension of nouns (§ 183): (1) ja-stems with a short radical syllable, and those whose stems end in a vowel; (2) ja-stems with a long stem-syllable. The latter only differ from the former in the singular. The nominal endings of (1) are the same as those of harjis (§ 184), kuni (§ 186), giba (§ 191); and of (2) haïrdeis (§ 184), kuni (§ 186), bandi (§ 193).
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | midjis, middle | midi, midjata | midja |
| Acc. | midjana | midi, midjata | midja |
| Gen. | midjis | midjis | midjáizōs |
| Dat. | midjamma | midjamma | midjái |
| Plur. | |||
| Nom. | midjái | midja | midjōs |
| Acc. | midjans | midja | midjōs |
| Gen. | midjáizē | midjáizē | midjáizō |
| Dat. | midjáim | midjáim | midjáim |
§ 229. Like midjis are declined aljis, other; gawiljis, willing; sunjis, true; unsibjis, lawless; fullatōjis, perfect; niujis, new; ubiltōjis, evil-doing. Frija-, free, has in the nom. sing. masc. freis (§ 153).
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | wilþeis, wild | wilþi, wilþjata | wilþi |
| Acc. | wilþjana | wilþi, wilþjata | wilþja |
| Gen. | wilþeis | wilþeis (or -jis ?) | wilþjáizōs |
| Dat. | wilþjamma | wilþjamma | wilþjái |
Note.—The gen. sing. of an adjective belonging to this class is not extant.
§ 231. Like wilþeis are declined aírzeis, astray; alþeis, old; faírneis, old; wōþeis, sweet.
§ 232. The wa-stems are declined like the pure a-stems. Only a very few adjectives of this class are extant in Gothic: triggws, true; lasiws, weak, the regular form of which would be *lasius (§ 150), occurs once only, and that in the nom. sing. masc. The nom. singular forms *qius, alive, pl. qiwái; *fáus, little, pl. fawái; *usskáus, vigilant, pl. usskawái, do not occur. See §§ 149, 150.
§ 233. With the exception of the nom. sing. all genders, the acc. sing. neut., and the gen. sing. masc. and neut., all the forms went over into the ja-declension with the same endings as midjis (§ 228). Nom. sing. hráins like gasts (§ 196), ansts (§ 198); gen. sing. hráinis like gastis; nom. acc. sing. neut. hráin from prim. Germ. *ꭓraini, cp. OE. bryce (neut.) from *bruki, brittle; Gr. ἴδρι, skilful. The gen. sing. fem. of an adjective of this class is not extant; nor is the -ata form of the nom. acc. sing. neuter.
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | hráins, clean | hráin | hráins |
| Acc. | hráinjana | hráin | hráinja |
| Gen. | hráinis | hráinis | *hráinjáizōs |
| Dat. | hráinjamma | hráinjamma | hráinjái |
| Plur. | |||
| Nom. | hráinjái | hráinja | hráinjōs |
| Acc. | hráinjans | hráinja | hráinjōs |
| Gen. | hráináizē | hráináizē | hráináizō |
| Dat. | hráináim | hráináim | hráináim |
§ 234. Like hráins are declined analáugns, hidden; anasiuns, visible; andanēms, pleasant; áuþs, desert; brūks, useful; gafáurs, well-behaved; gamáins, common; sēls, kind; skáuns, beautiful; skeirs, clear; suts (? sūts), sweet; and a few others.
§ 235. The u-forms appear only in the nom. sing. of all genders and in the acc. sing. neut. and are like sunus (§ 202), faíhu (§ 205). The gen. and dat. sing. of all genders are wanting. The ending of the gen. sing. masc. and neut. would probably be -áus; cp. the adverbial gen. filáus (§ 205 note). The nom. acc. neut. pl. are also wanting. All the other extant cases have passed over into the ja-declension.
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | hardus, hard | hardu, hardjata | hardus |
| Acc. | hardjana | hardu, hardjata | hardja |
| Gen. | *hardáus | *hardáus | *hardjáizōs |
| Dat. | *hardjamma | *hardjamma | *hardjái |
| Plur. | |||
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | hardjái | *hardja | hardjōs |
| Acc. | hardjans | *hardja | hardjōs |
| Gen. | hardjáizē | hardjáizē | hardjáizō |
| Dat. | hardjáim | hardjáim | hardjáim |
§ 236. Like hardus are declined the following adjectives:—aggwus, narrow; aglus, difficult; hnasqus, soft; kaúrus, heavy; manwus, ready; qaírrus, gentle; seiþus, late; tulgus, steadfast; twalibwintrus, twelve years old; þaúrsus, withered; þlaqus, soft.
§ 237. The weak declension of adjectives agrees exactly with that of the three nouns hana (§ 207), haírtō (§ 213), and tuggō (§ 210).
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | blinda, blind | blindō | blindō |
| Acc. | blindan | blindō | blindōn |
| Gen. | blindins | blindins | blindōns |
| Dat. | blindin | blindin | blindōn |
| Plur. | |||
| Nom. | blindans | blindōna | blindōns |
| Acc. | blindans | blindōna | blindōns |
| Gen. | blindanē | blindanē | blindōnō |
| Dat. | blindam | blindam | blindōm |
§ 238. In the same manner are declined the weak forms of the ja-stems. See § 153 note. The i- and u-stems are also thus declined, but have the endings -ja, -jō, -jō in the nom. sing. like the ja-stems, thus:—
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | niuja, new | niujō | niujō |
| Acc. | niujan | niujō | niujōn |
| &c. | &c. | &c. | |
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | wilþja, wild | *wilþjō | wilþjō |
| Acc. | wilþjan | *wilþjō | wilþjōn |
| &c. | &c. | &c. | |
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | hráinja, clean | hráinjō | hráinjō |
| Acc. | hráinjan | hráinjō | hráinjōn |
| &c. | &c. | &c. | |
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | hardja, hard | hardjō | hardjō |
| Acc. | hardjan | hardjō | hardjōn |
| &c. | &c. | &c. | |
§ 239. In the parent language the stem of the present participle ended in -nt, as in Lat. ferent-, Gr. φέροντ-, bearing. The masc. and neut. were originally declined like consonant stems (§ 217), and the fem. like bandi (§ 193). This original distinction was not preserved either in Gothic or the West Germanic languages. In Gothic the present participle came to have only weak forms except in the masc. nom. sing. nimands (§ 217) beside nimanda. In other respects it is always declined weak like the three nouns hana (§ 207), haïrtō (§ 213), managei (§ 210). The reason why the fem. is declined like managei and not like tuggō is owing to the fact that the original ending of the nom. was -ī (§§ 193, 210). In the West Germanic languages the masc. and neut. went over into the ja-declension after the analogy of the feminine, and then the pres. participle came to be declined like an ordinary adjective according to both the strong and the weak declension.
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | nimands, nimanda, taking | nimandō | nimandei |
| Acc. | nimandan | nimandō | nimandein |
| Gen. | nimandins | nimandins | nimandeins |
| Dat. | nimandin | nimandin | nimandein |
| Plur. | |||
| Nom. | nimandans | nimandōna | nimandeins |
| Acc. | nimandans | nimandōna | nimandeins |
| Gen. | nimandanē | nimandanē | nimandeinō |
| Dat. | nimandam | nimandam | nimandeim |
§ 240. The past participle has both the strong and the weak declension. In the former case it is declined like blinds (§ 226), and in the latter like blinda (§ 237).
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | numans, taken | numan, numanata | numana |
| Acc. | numanana | numan, numanata | numana |
| &c. | &c. | &c. | |
In the same manner are declined the past participles of weak verbs, as nasiþs, saved, acc. nasidana; salbōþs, anointed, acc. salbōdana, &c. On the interchange of þ and d see § 173.
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | numana nasida |
numanō nasidō |
numanō nasidō |
| Acc. | numanan nasidan |
numanō nasidō |
numanōn nasidōn |
| &c. | &c. | &c. | |
§ 243. The Indg. parent language had several suffixes by means of which the comparative degree was formed. But in the individual branches of the parent language one of the suffixes generally became more productive than the rest, and in the course of time came to be the principal one from which the comparative was formed, the other suffixes only being preserved in isolated forms. The only Indg. comparative suffix which remained productive in the Germanic languages is -is-, which became -iz- (= Goth. -iz-, OHG. -ir-, OE. -r-) in prim. Germanic by Verner’s law (§ 136). To this suffix was added in prim. Germanic, or probably in the pre-Germanic period, the formative suffix -en-, -on-, as in Gr. ἡδίων from *σϝᾱδίσων, gen. ἡδίονος = Goth. sŭtiza, gen. sŭtizins, OHG. suoziro, gen. suoziren, OE. swētra, sweeter, gen. swētran. This explains why the comparative is declined weak in the oldest periods of the Germanic languages. In Gothic it is declined like the present participle (§ 239), except that the nom. sing. masc. is always weak. Beside the suffix -iz- there was also in prim. Germanic a suffix -ōz- (Goth. -ōz-, OHG. -ōr-, OE. -r-) which did not exist in Indo-Germanic. This suffix is a special Germanic new formation, and arose from the comparative of adverbs whose positive originally ended in -ō = Indg. ablative ending -ōd (§ 89). And then at a later period it became extended to adjectives. In Gothic the ja-stems, i-stems, and u-stems take the suffix -iz-; pure a-stems sometimes take the one, sometimes the other suffix, thus:—
| Positive. | Comparative. |
|---|---|
| manags, great | managiza |
| juggs, young | jūhiza (§§ 62, 137) |
| swinþs, strong | swinþōza |
| alþeis, old | alþiza |
| sŭts, sweet | sŭtiza |
| hardus, hard | hardiza |
§ 244. The superlative, like the comparative degree, was formed in the Indg. parent language by means of several suffixes. But in the individual branches of the parent language one of the suffixes generally became more productive than the rest, and in the course of time came to be the principal one from which the superlative degree was formed, the other suffixes only being preserved in isolated forms. The only superlative suffix which remained productive in the Germanic languages is -to- in the combination -isto-, formed by adding the original superlative suffix -to- to the comparative suffix -is-, as in Sanskrit and Greek, as Gr. ἥδιστος = Goth. sŭtists, OHG. suozisto, OE. swētest(a), sweetest. The simple superlative suffix -to- has been preserved in Gr., Lat., and the Germanic languages in the formation of the ordinal numerals, as Gr. ἕκτος, Lat. sextus, Goth. saíhsta, OHG. sehsto, OE. siexta, sixth. The Germanic suffix -ōst- was a new formation like -ōz- in the comparative. In Gothic the rule seems to have been that adjectives which had -iz- in the comparative had -ist- in the superlative, and those which had -ōz- in the comparative had -ōst- in the superlative; but there are not sufficient examples of the comparative and superlative of the same adjective extant to enable us to establish the rule with certainty. The superlative has both the strong and weak declension. In the former case it is declined like blinds (§ 226), except that the neut. nom. acc. sing. in -ata does not occur, and perhaps was not in use; and in the latter case like blinda (§ 237). Examples of the superlative are armōsts, poorest; háuhists, highest; managists, greatest.
§ 245. The following adjectives form their comparative and superlative from a different root or stem than the positive:—
| Pos. | Comp. | Superl. |
|---|---|---|
| gōþs (gen. gōdis), good | batiza | batists |
| leitils, little | minniza | minnists |
| mikils, great | máiza | máists |
| sineigs, old | wanting | sinista |
| ubils, evil | waírsiza | wanting |
Note.—sinista is used as the translation of Gr. πρεσβύτερος, elder, þái sinistans, the elders.
§ 246. There are six superlative forms ending in -ma, -tuma, -duma which were formed from adverbial stems with the Germanic superlative suffixes -um-, -tum-, -dum-, cp. Lat. optimus, best; intimus from *entemos, inmost = Indg. *en-tmos with vocalic m (§ 53). On the -t- beside đ see §§ 128 note 2, 136. The forms are: aúhuma, higher; fruma, the former, prior, first; innuma, the inner, innermost; aftuma, the following, next, posterus; iftuma, the following, next; hleiduma, the left, which are all declined weak like hana (§ 207), haírtō (§ 213), managei (§ 210). These came to have a comparative meaning in Gothic, and then to aúhuma, aftuma, and fruma new superlatives aúhumists (aúhmists), highest, aftumists, last, aftermost, frumists, first, were formed; and similarly hindumists, hindmost, spēdumists, last, from *hinduma, *spēduma.
§ 247. The extant cardinal numerals are:—áins, one; twái, two; þrija (neut.), three; fidwōr, four; fimf, five; saíhs, six; sibun, seven; ahtáu, eight; niun, nine; taíhun, ten; *áinlif (but dat. áinlibim), eleven; twalif (dat. twalibim), twelve; fidwōrtaíhun, fourteen; fimftaíhun, fifteen; twái tigjus, twenty; *þreis tigjus (but acc. þrins tiguns), thirty; fidwōr tigjus, forty; fimf tigjus, fifty; saíhs tigjus, sixty; sibuntēhund, seventy; ahtáutēhund, eighty; niuntēhund (gen. niuntēhundis), ninety; taíhuntēhund (taíhuntaíhund), hundred; twa hunda, two hundred; þrija hunda, three hundred; fimf hunda, five hundred; niun hunda, nine hundred; þūsundi, thousand; twōs þūsundjōs, two thousand; ·g· (= *þreis, see § 2) þūsundjōs, three thousand; fidwōr þūsundjōs, four thousand; fimf þūsundjōs, five thousand; and the datives miþ taíhun þūsundjōm, with ten thousand; miþ twáim tigum þūsundjō, with twenty thousand. See § 2.
The final -n in sibun, niun, taíhun = prim. Germ. *seƀun, older -um, *newun (Indg. *newn with vocalic n), *tehun, older -um (§ 87), was either due to the inflected forms (§ 252) or else to the influence of the ordinals (§ 253) as in OS. and OHG. *áinlif and twalif originally meant something like (ten and) one left over, (ten and) two left over, cp. Lithuanian vēnūlika, eleven, dvýlika, twelve, &c., where Goth. -lif and Lith. -lika are from *liq-, the weak form of the Indg. root leiq-, to leave, and are ultimately related to Goth. leiƕan, to lend, Gr. λείπω, Lat. linquō, I leave. The assimilation of *-lih to -lif first took place in twalif because of the preceding labial (§ 134 note), and then, at a later period, the -lif was extended to *áinlif (cp. dat. áinlibim) for older *áinlih. 13 to 19 were formed by the simple ordinals plus taíhun, but of these only fidwōrtaíhun and fimftaíhun are extant.
The decades 20 to 60 were formed in prim. Germanic from the units 2 to 6 and the abstract noun *teʒundi- = Indg. *dekmti-, decade, whence the Goth. stem-form tigu- which went over into the u-declension with a plural tigjus, as nom. twái tigjus, twenty, dat. twáim tigum. Prim. Germanic *teʒundi- is a derivative of prim. Germanic *teꭓun (= Indg. *dekm, Gr. δέκα, Lat. decem, Goth. taíhun) with change of ꭓ to ʒ by Verner’s law (§ 136) and the loss of the final consonants (§ 87). These numerals govern the gen. case. The existing acc. gen. dat. forms are:—acc. þrins tiguns, fidwōr tiguns, fimf tiguns; gen. þrijē tigiwē; dat. twáim tigum, saíhs tigum. The formation of the numerals 70-100 is difficult to explain; for an account of the various explanations hitherto proposed, see Osthoff-Brugmann’s Morphologische Untersuchungen, v. pp. 11-17. The numerals 200, 300, 500, 900 are formed from the units and the neut. noun hund (= Gr. ἑ-κατόν, Lat. centum), hundred, which is declined like waúrd (§ 181). They govern the gen. case. The only existing inflected forms of the oblique cases are: dat. twáim hundam, fimf hundam; þūsundi is a fem. noun, declined like bandi (§ 193), and governs the gen. case. The examples of the oblique cases are: dat. fidwōr þūsundjōm, fimf þūsundjōm, and those given on p. 115.
§ 248. The first three cardinal numerals are declinable in all cases and genders.
§ 249. (1) áins, neut. áin, áinata, fem. áina, is always strong and is declined like blinds (§ 226). Plural forms meaning only, alone also occur.
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | twái | twa | twōs |
| Acc. | twans | twa | twōs |
| Gen. | twaddjē | twaddjē | — |
| Dat. | twáim | twáim | twáim |
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | *þreis | þrija | *þreis |
| Acc. | þrins | þrija | þrins |
| Gen. | þrijē | þrijē | — |
| Dat. | þrim | þrim | — |
§ 252. The cardinal numerals 4-15 usually remain uninflected; when inflected they follow the i-declension (§ 196), forming their dat. in -im and gen. in -ē; the existing examples are dat. fidwōrim, taíhunim, áinlibim, twalibim, fimf taíhunim; gen. niunē, twalibē.
§ 253. The extant ordinals are:—fruma (frumists, § 246), first; anþar, second; þridja, third; fimfta-, fifth; saíhsta, sixth; ahtuda, eighth; niunda, ninth; taíhunda, tenth; fimftataíhunda, fifteenth (dat. fimftataíhundin).
þridja (Gr. τρίτος) with weak stem-form from Indg. *tri-, the weak form of *trei-, three. From þridja onwards the other ordinals were formed from the cardinals by means of the Indg. superlative suffix -to- (§ 244), the t of which regularly remained unshifted in fimfta- and saíhsta (§ 128 note 2). In other positions the t became þ by the first sound-shifting (§ 128), then þ became đ by Verner’s law (§ 136), which regularly became d after n (see §§ 172-3). It is difficult to account for the -u- in ahtuda.
§ 254. fruma follows the weak declension, the fem. of which is declined like managei (§ 210). anþar is declined strong like blinds (§ 226), except that the nom. acc. neut. never ends in -ata; nom. masc. anþar (§ 175), neut. anþar, fem. anþara. The remaining ordinals are declined weak like blinda (§ 237).
§ 255. Both is expressed by masc. nom. bái, acc. bans, dat. báim, neut. nom. acc. ba; also by masc. nom. bajōþs, dat. bajōþum.
§ 256. The only extant simple distributive numeral is tweihnái, two each, of which the fem. acc. tweihnōs, dat. tweihnáim, occur. Distributive numerals are expressed by prepositional or pronominal phrases: bi twans aíþþau máist þrins, by twos or at most by threes; ana ƕarjanōh (§ 275) fimftiguns, by fifties in each (company); insandida ins twans ƕanzuh (§ 275), he sent them forth two and two.
§ 257. Multiplicatives are formed by adding the adj. falþ- to the cardinals. They are áinfalþs, onefold, simple; fidurfalþs, fourfold; taíhuntaíhundfalþs, hundredfold; managfalþs, manifold.
Note.—Observe that instead of fidwōr we have fidur- in compounds; other examples are: fidurdōgs (adj.), space of four days; fidurragineis, tetrarchate; cp. OE. fyðerfēte, fourfooted.
§ 258. Numeral adverbs in answer to the question, how often? are expressed by numerals together with the dat. sing. and pl. of *sinþs, time (lit. a going): áinamma sinþa, once; anþaramma sinþa, a second time; twáim sinþam, twice; þrim sinþam, thrice; fimf sinþam, five times; sibun sinþam, seven times; cp. OE. ǣne sīða, once; fīf sīðum, five times.
§ 259. The most difficult chapter in works on comparative grammar is the one dealing with the pronouns. It is impossible to state with any degree of certainty how many pronouns the parent Indg. language had and what forms they had assumed at the time it became differentiated into the various branches which constitute the Indg. family of languages. The difficulty is rendered still more complicated by the fact that most of the pronouns, especially the personal and demonstrative, must have had accented and unaccented forms existing side by side in the parent language itself; and that one or other of the forms became generalized already in the prehistoric period of the individual branches of the parent language. And then at a later period, but still in prehistoric times, there arose new accented and unaccented forms side by side in the individual branches, as e. g. in prim. Germanic ek, mek beside ik, mik. The separate Germanic languages generalized one or other of these forms before the beginning of the oldest literary monuments and then new accented beside unaccented forms came into existence again. And similarly during the historic periods of the different languages. Thus, e. g. the OE. for I is ic, this became in ME. ich accented form beside i unaccented form, ich then disappeared in standard ME. (but it is still preserved in one of the modern dialects of Somersetshire) and i came to be used as the accented and unaccented form. At a later period it became ī when accented and remained i when unaccented. The former has become NE. I, and the latter has disappeared from the literary language, but it is still preserved in many northern Engl. dialects, as i. In these dialects i is regularly used in interrogative and subordinate sentences; the ME. accented form ī has become ai and is only used in the dialects to express special emphasis, and from it a new unaccented form a has been developed which can only be used in making direct assertions. Thus in one and the same dialect (Windhill, Yorks.) we arrive at three forms: ai, a, i, which are never mixed up syntactically by genuine native dialect speakers. Something similar to what has happened and still is happening in the modern dialects must also have taken place in the prehistoric and historic periods of all the Indg. languages; hence in the prehistoric forms of the pronouns given below it must not be assumed that they were the only ones existing in prim. Germanic. They are merely given as the nearest ascertainable forms from which the Gothic forms were descended.
| First Person. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Sing. | Dual. | Plur. | |
| Nom. | ik, I | wit | weis |
| Acc. | mik | ugkis | uns, unsis |
| Gen. | meina | *ugkara | unsara |
| Dat. | mis | ugkis | uns, unsis |
| Second Person. | |||
| Nom. | þu, thou | *jut | jus |
| Acc. | þuk | igqis | izwis |
| Gen. | þeina | igqara | izwara |
| Dat. | þus | igqis | izwis |
| Third Person. | |||
| Sing. | |||
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | is, he | ita, it | si, she |
| Acc. | ina | ita | ija |
| Gen. | is | is | izōs |
| Dat. | imma | imma | izái |
| Plur. | |||
| Nom. | eis | ija | *ijōs |
| Acc. | ins | *ija | ijōs |
| Gen. | izē | *izē | izō |
| Dat. | im | im | im |
§ 261. In the parent language the nom. was rarely used except to express emphasis (cp. Skr. Lat. and Gr.), because it was sufficiently indicated by the personal endings of the verb. Beside the accented form of each case of the personal pronouns, there also existed one or more unaccented forms just as in many modern dialects, where we often find three or even four forms for the nom. case of each pronoun. It is impossible to determine whether forms like ik, mik, mis, and þu, þuk, þus, jus represent the original accented or unaccented forms, because prim. Germanic e became i in Gothic both in accented (§ 66) and unaccented syllables (§ 107), and u, ū were not distinguished in writing (§ 3). Forms with medial -z- like izwis, izōs, izē, &c. represent unaccented forms (§ 136). The -k in mik, þuk, sik (§ 262) goes back to a prim. Germanic emphatic particle *ke = Indg. *ge, which is found in Gr. pronominal forms like ἐμέγε, me indeed. The gen. of the sing., dual and plural of the first and second persons probably represents the nom. acc. neut. pl. of the corresponding possessive pronouns (§ 263), which came to be used for the gen. of the personal pronouns. The origin of the final -s in mis, þus, sis, and of the -is in unsis, izwis, ugkis, igqis is unknown.
Prim. Germanic *ek (O.Icel. ek, cp. Lat. ego, Gr. ἐγώ): *ik (OE. ic, OS. ik, OHG. ih); *mek : *mik (O.Icel. OS. mik, OHG. mih); *mes : *miz (OS. mĭ, OHG. mir); *wīs (Goth. weis) : *wiz (OS. wĭ, OHG. wir); *unz (= OE. OS. ūs, OHG. uns, Indg. *ns with vocalic n, § 54), the unaccented form of *nes = Skr. nas, us; *unsiz formed from Goth. uns + iz; Goth. OE. OS. wi-t, O.Icel. vi-t are unaccented plural forms with the addition of -t which is of obscure origin; *uŋ-kiz (§ 158) where uŋ- = the un- in un-s, cp. OE. unc, OS. unk. *þū (Lat. tū, O.Icel. OE. þū, OS. thū, OHG. dū) : *þu (Gr. σύ, OE. þu, OS. thu, OHG. du); *þek (? OE. þec) : *þik (O.Icel. þik, OS. thik, OHG. dih), the Goth. acc. and dat. had u from the nominative; *þes : *þiz (OS. thĭ, OHG. dir); *jūs (Lith. jūs) : *juz, Goth. may represent either form. It is doubtful what were the original forms of izwis and igqis (OE. inc, OS. ink).
Nom. sing. is (Lat. is); in-a (O.Lat. im, OS. ina, OHG. in), the final -a from prim. Germanic -ō̃ is originally a preposition governing the acc. case like Skr. ā́, up to, used after accusatives; and similarly in ita, þata, þana (§ 265), ƕana (§ 273), the -ō̃ is regularly preserved in ƕanōh (§ 275), ƕarjanōh, ƕarjatōh (§ 275), þisƕanōh (§ 276); it-a (Lat. id, OS. it, OHG. iz); gen. is from Indg. *eso (OHG. OS. is with i from in, iz; ina, it); imma from the Indg. instr. *esmē, -ō̃ (OS. OHG. imu, -ō̃) with the assimilation of -sm- to -mm- after vowels; and similarly in þamma (§ 265), ƕamma (§ 273), ƕammēh (§ 275) where the -ē is regularly preserved. eis, ins, im (OS. OHG. im), neut. nom. acc. pl. ija, from prim. Germanic *īs, ins, im-, *ijō older *ijā; izē, formed from the gen. sing. is + the gen. ending -ē (§§ 87 (1), 179), and similarly OS. OHG. iro with -o from older -ō̃n. The original Indg. gen. pl. was *eisō̃m which would have become *eizō in Goth. and *īro in OS. OHG.
*sī (Gr. ῑ̔́, O.Ir. OHG. sī) : *si (Goth. OHG. si); ija from *ijōn older *ijām (cp. bandja, § 193); izōs from *ezōz older *esās (cp. gibōs, § 191); izái = Indg. *esāi (cp. gibái); ijōs = Indg. *ijās (cp. bandjōs); izō, formed from the iz- in the gen. sing. + the gen. ending -ō̃, cp. the similar formation of OS. OHG. iro. The regular form would have been *eizō, see above.
| Acc. | sik, oneself |
| Gen. | seina |
| Dat. | sis |
The reflexive pronoun originally referred to the chief person of the sentence (generally the subject), irrespectively as to whether the subject was the first, second, or third person singular or plural. This usage remained in Sanskrit, but in the Germanic languages the pronouns of the first and second person came to be used reflexively already in prim. Germanic, and then the original reflexive pronoun became restricted to the third person. In Goth. sik, seina, sis were used for both numbers and all genders. sik from prim. Germ. se+ke (§ 261), OHG. sih, cp. Gr. ἑ from *σε, Lat. sē; seina is of the same origin as meina, þeina (§ 261); on sis see § 261.
§ 263. The possessive pronouns meins, my; þeins, thy; *seins, his, are originally old locatives, Indg. *mei, *tei, *sei with the addition of the nominal suffix -no-, whence prim. Germanic masc. nom. *mīnaz, *þīnaz, *sīnaz; fem. nom. *mīnō, *þīnō, *sīnō. Only the acc. gen. dat. sing. and pl. of *seins occur. This form of the possessive pronoun is only used when it relates to the subject of its own sentence. When it relates to any word other than the subject of its own sentence, it is expressed by the gen. case of the personal pronoun masc. and neut. sing. is, plural izē; fem. sing. izōs, plural izō. The nom. of the third person for both sing. and plural all genders is expressed by the gen. case of the personal pronoun (§ 260). See § 431.
The remaining possessive pronouns were formed from the personal pronouns by means of the Indg. comparative suffix -ero-, prim. Germanic -era-, as unsar, our; *ugkar, of us two; izwar, your; igqar, of you two.
§ 264. The possessive pronouns are declined according to the strong declension like blinds (§ 226). The possessive pronouns ending in -ar do not have the form in -ata in the nom. acc. sing. neut. On the nom. sing. masc. unsar, &c., see § 175:
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | meins | mein, meinata | meina |
| unsar | unsar | unsara | |
| Acc. | meinana | mein, meinata | meina |
| unsarana | unsar | unsara | |
| seinana | sein, seinata | seina | |
§ 265. The simple demonstrative sa, þata, sō was used both as demonstrative pronoun this, that, and as definite article, the.
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | sa | þata | sō |
| Acc. | þana | þata | þō |
| Gen. | þis | þis | þizōs |
| Dat. | þamma | þamma | þizái |
| Plur. | |||
| Nom. | þái | þō | þōs |
| Acc. | þans | þō | þōs |
| Gen. | þizē | þizē | þizō |
| Dat. | þáim | þáim | þáim |
In the parent Indg. language the nom. sing. masc. and fem. was *so, *sā = Gr. ὁ, ἡ, Goth. sa, sō. All the other cases of the sing. and pl. were formed from the stems te-, to-, toi-; tā-, tai-, as acc. sing. Gr. τόν, τήν, Lat. is-tum, is-tam, Goth. þan-a, þō; nom. pl. Gr. τοί, ταί, Lat. is-tī, is-tae, Goth. þái, þōs.
sa = Skr. sá, Gr. ὁ, OE. sĕ; þan-a (OE. þon-e, OS. then-a, than-a, OHG. den), on the final -a see § 261, cp. Skr. tám, Gr. τόν, Lat. is-tum; þat-a, originally acc. only (§ 261), but in Goth. it came to be used for the nom. also (O.Icel. þat, OE. þæt, OS. that, OHG. daʒ), cp. Gr. τό, Lat. is-tud = Indg. *tod; þis (OS. thes, OHG. des) = prim. Germ. *þesa, Indg. *teso; þamma (cp. OS. themu, OHG. demu) from Indg. instr. *tosmē, -ō̃ (§ 261), cp. ƕammēh (§ 275); þái (OE. þā, OS. thē, OHG. dē), cp. Gr. τοί, Lat. is-tī; þans = Gr. (Cretan dial.) τόνς; nom. acc. neut. þō, cp. Skr. tā́, Lat. is-ta, Indg. *tā; þizē, formed from the gen. sing. þis + the gen. pl. ending -ē (§§ 87 (1), 179), the regular Goth. form would have been *þáizē, which has been preserved in the adjectives as blindáizē (§ 226), the prim. Germanic form was *þaizō̃n (O.Icel. þeira, OE. þāra), Indg. *toisō̃m; þáim (cp. O.Icel. þeim, OE. þǣm, OHG. dēm) from prim. Germ. *þaimiz (§ 175) with ai from the nom. plural.
sō = Skr. sá, Gr. Doric ἁ, Att. Ionic ἡ, O.Icel. sū; þō = Skr. tā́m, Gr. τάν, τήν, Lat. is-tam; þizōs (OS. thera, OHG. dera) from prim. Germanic *þezōs, Indg. *tesās, the ái in adjectival forms like blindáizōs was from the genitive plural; þizái from prim. Germanic *þezōi = Indg. *tesāi; nom. acc. pl. þōs from prim. Germanic *þōs = Skr. tás, Lat. is-tās, Indg. *tās; þizō, with þiz- from the gen. sing. + -ō from older -ō̃n, the ending of the gen. plural. The regular Goth. form would be *þáizō from prim. Germanic *þaizō̃n, corresponding to an Indg. *toisō̃m with oi from the masculine. The -áizō has been preserved in adjectival forms like blindáizō (§ 226). The original gen. pl. fem. was *tásō̃m which was preserved in Skr. tásām, Gr. (Homer) τάων from *τάσων.
Note.—1. An instrumental neut. sing. has been preserved in the phrase ni þē haldis, none the more, and as a factor in several conjunctions: bi-þē, whilst; jaþ-þē, and if; þē-ei, that, &c.; and also an old locative in the conjunction þei (= Doric Gr. τεῖ-δε, here), that.
2. The final a in þata is usually elided before ist: þat’ ist.
§ 266. The compound demonstrative pronoun is formed from the simple one by affixing the enclitic particle -uh. The origin of this particle is unknown, see § 73 note.
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | sah, this, that | þatuh | sōh |
| Acc. | þanuh | þatuh | þōh |
| Gen. | þizuh | þizuh | þizōzuh |
| Dat. | þammuh | þammuh | þizáih |
| Plur. | |||
| Nom. | þáih | þōh | þōzuh |
| Acc. | þanzuh | þōh | þōzuh |
| Gen. | þizēh | þizēh | þizōh |
| Dat. | þáimuh | þáimuh | þáimuh |
Note.—1. Of the plural of all genders only the nom. masc. is extant, and of the fem. sing. only the nom. is found.
2. Where the cases of the simple pronoun end in -a this a is elided before the u (except in the nom. sing. masc.), but after a long vowel or a diphthong the u of uh is elided. On the z in þizuh, &c., see §§ 175 note 2, 261.
3. The instrumental occurs in the adverb bi-þēh, after that, then afterward.
§ 267. Of the demonstrative pronoun hi-, formed from the Indg. stem *ki- (cp. Lat. ci-s, ci-ter, on this side), only the acc. and dat. sing. of the masc. and neut. have been preserved in a few adverbial phrases of time, as himma daga, on this day, to-day; und hina dag, to this day; fram himma, henceforth; und hita, und hita nu, till now, hitherto. In OE. it was declined in full and used as the personal pronoun of the third person for all genders. In OS. and OHG. (Franconian dial.) it was used for the masc. nom. sing. of the third person, as OS. hĕ, OHG. hē beside er, he. The instr. sing. occurs in OS. hiu-du, OHG. hiu-tu, to-day; OHG. hī-naht, to-night.
§ 268. jáins, that, yon, is declined like blinds (§ 226). The nom. acc. sing. neut. is always jáinata.
§ 269. silba, self; and sama, same; are declined like blinda (§ 237).
§ 270. A relative pronoun proper did not exist in prim. Germanic. The separate Germanic languages expressed it in various ways. In O.Icel. it was generally expressed by the particles sem, es (later er) and the conjunction at, that; in OE. by the relative particle þĕ alone or in combination with the personal or the simple demonstrative pronoun; in OS. and OHG. generally by the simple demonstrative; and in Goth. by affixing to simple demonstrative or personal pronouns the particle ei (= Gr. εἰ, if; εἶ-τα, then) which is originally the loc. sing. of the pronominal stem *e-, nom. *es; acc. *em (= O.Lat. em), gen. *e-so, instr. *e-smē, -ō̃ = Goth. is, imma (§ 261).
§ 271. The relative pronoun of the third person is expressed by affixing the particle ei to the simple demonstrative sa, þata, sō, and is declined as follows:
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | saei | þatei | sōei |
| Acc. | þanei | þatei | þōei |
| Gen. | þizei | þizei | þizōzei |
| Dat. | þammei | þammei | þizáiei |
| Plur. | |||
| Nom. | þáiei | þōei | þōzei |
| Acc. | þanzei | þōei | þōzei |
| Gen. | þizēei | þizēei | *þizōei |
| Dat. | þáimei | þáimei | þáimei |
Note.—1. An instrumental neut. þē-ei also occurs, but only as a conjunction. þatei is also used as a conjunction.
2. Where the cases of the simple pronoun end in -a this -a is elided before the particle ei (except in the nom. sing. masc.). On the z in þizei, &c., see §§ 175 note, 261.
3. Besides the nom. sing. forms saei, sōei, there also occur forms made from the personal pronouns, thus masc. izei (from is+ei); fem. sei (from si+ei), which is more frequently met with than sōei. Instead of izei the form izē occasionally occurs (cp. § 5). The form izei (izē) is sometimes also used for the nom. pl. masc.; þái sind þái izē, these are they who; atsaíƕiþ faúra liugnapraúfētum þáim izei qimand at izwis, beware of false prophets, of them who come to you.
Some scholars assume that sei is an indeclinable demonstrative particle representing an old locative like Latin sī, if; sīc from *sei-ke, so, thus; and that izei is from an older *e-sei (cp. Gr. ἐ-κεῖ, there), where e- is the pronominal stem mentioned in § 270. At a later period sei and izei came to be regarded as compounds of si+ei and is+ei. This theory has much in its favour, because it explains why sei and izei have no oblique cases and why izei is used for the masc. nom. singular and plural.
§ 272. The relative pronoun for the first and second persons is expressed by suffixing ei to the respective personal pronouns, thus ikei, (I) who; þuei, (thou) who; þukei, (thee) whom; þuzei, (to thee) whom; juzei, (ye) who; dat. pl. izwizei, (to you) whom.
§ 273. The parent Indg. language had two stems from which the interrogative pronoun was formed, viz. qo- and qi- with labialized q (§§ 127, 134). The former occurs in Gr. πό-τερος, which of two?, Goth. ƕas, OE. hwā, who?, from an original form *qos; Lat. quod, Goth. ƕa, O.Icel. huat, OS. hwat, OHG. hwaz, OE. hwæt, what?, from an original form *qod. And the latter occurs in Gr. τίς, Lat. quis, who?, from an original form *qis; Goth. ƕileiks, OE. hwilc, what sort of?
Of the simple interrogative pronoun, only singular forms occur.
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | ƕas, who | ƕa, what | ƕō |
| Acc. | ƕana | ƕa | ƕō |
| Gen. | ƕis | ƕis | *ƕizōs |
| Dat. | ƕamma | ƕamma | ƕizái |
Note.—1. An instrumental neut. ƕē from prim. Germanic *ꭓwē, how, is also found.
2. A trace of the plural occurs in the compound form ƕanzuh (§ 275 note); insandida ins twans ƕanzuh, he sent them forth two and two.
3. On ƕas, ƕa, ƕō, used as an indefinite pronoun, see § 279.
The prim. Germanic forms were: nom. *ꭓwas = Skr. kás, Indg. *qos; *ꭓwat (Lat. quod, O.Icel. hvat, OE. hwæt, OS. hwat, OHG. hwaz), Goth. ƕa was probably the unaccented form when used as an indef. pronoun (§ 279), see § 87, (2); *ꭓwō = Skr. ká, Indg. *qā; acc. *ꭓwanō = OE. hwone (§ 261); *ꭓwat; *ꭓwōn, Skr. kám, Indg. *qām; gen. *ꭓwesa (Gr. (Homer) τέο from *τέσο, O.Bulgarian česo, O.Icel. hvess, OS. OHG. hwes); dat. *ꭓwammē, -ō̃ = Indg. *qo-smē, -ō̃ (§ 261); *ꭓwesai, cp. gibái (§ 191).
§ 274. Nom. sing. masc. and neut. ƕaþar, which of two (other cases do not occur); ƕarjis, which (out of many), inflected like midjis (§ 228), except that the neut. nom. sing. always ends in -ata; ƕileiks, what sort of; ƕēláuþs (fem. ƕēláuda), how great; swaleiks, such; swaláuþs (fem. swaláuda), so great. The extant cases of the last four words are inflected like blinds (§ 226).
§ 275. From ƕas, ƕarjis, ƕaþar are formed by means of the particle uh (§ 266) the three indefinite pronouns ƕazuh, each, every; ƕarjizuh, each, every; ƕaþaruh, each of two; but of the last only the dat. masc. occurs, ƕaþarammēh (and in the form áinƕaþarammēh, to each one of two). The other two are declined thus:—
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | ƕazuh | ƕah | ƕōh |
| Acc. | ƕanōh | ƕah | ƕōh |
| Gen. | ƕizuh | ƕizuh | ƕizōzuh |
| Dat. | ƕammēh | ƕammēh | ƕizáih |
Note.—Of the fem. only the nom. occurs. Acc. pl. masc. ƕanzuh also occurs (§ 273 note 2).
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | ƕarjizuh | ƕarjatōh | ƕarjōh |
| Acc. | ƕarjanōh | ƕarjatōh | ƕarjōh |
| Gen. | ƕarjizuh | ƕarjizuh | ƕarjizōzuh |
| Dat. | ƕarjammēh | ƕarjammēh | ƕarjáih |
Note.—1. Of the neut. only the nom. and of the fem. only the acc. occurs.
2. The uninflected form áin- prefixed to ƕarjizuh forms the compound áinƕarjizuh, every one. The following cases are found: masc. sing. nom. áinƕarjizuh, acc. áinƕarjanōh, gen. áinƕarjizuh, dat. áinƕarjammēh, nom. sing. neut. áinƕarjatōh.
3. On -uh beside -h, see § 266 note 2. And on the preservation of the long vowels when protected by -h, see § 89 and note.
§ 276. The three combinations ƕazuh saei, saƕazuh saei, saƕazuh izei are used in the nom. sing. masc. with the meaning whosoever; the corresponding neut., which only occurs in the acc. sing., is þataƕah þei, whatsoever. Another compound indefinite pronoun with the same meaning is formed by prefixing an indeclinable þis (gen. of þata, § 265) to ƕazuh, ƕah, followed by saei (neut. þatei), þei (§ 265 note 1), or ei (§ 270). It is declined as follows:—
| Masc. | Neut. | |
| Nom. | þisƕazuh saei | þisƕah þei or þatei |
| Acc. | þisƕanōh saei | þisƕah þei or þatei |
| Gen. | wanting | þisƕizuh þei |
| Dat. | þisƕammēh saei | þisƕammēh þei |
§ 277. sums, some one, a certain one, declined like blinds (§ 226). sums ... sums (= Gr. ὁ μέν ... ὁ δέ), the one ... the other; in this usage the particle uh is generally added to the second member, and sometimes to the first also, as nom. pl. sumái(h) ... sumáih, some ... and others.
§ 278. From ƕas, who, manna, man, áins, one, are formed with the enclitic particle hun the three indefinite pronouns ƕashun, mannahun, áinshun. They always occur along with the negative particle ni in the meaning no one, no, none (neut.), nothing. Of the first only the nom. sing. masc. ni ƕashun, no one, occurs. Of the second, which is naturally always masc., we have sing. nom. ni mannahun, no one, acc. ni mannanhun, gen. ni manshun, dat. ni mannhun. Ni áinshun, no one, no, none (neut.), nothing, is declined thus:—
| Sing. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Masc. | Neut. | Fem. | |
| Nom. | áinshun | áinhun | áinōhun |
| Acc. | áinnōhun, áinōhun | áinhun | áinōhun |
| Gen. | áinishun | áinishun | *áináizōshun |
| Dat. | áinummēhun | áinummēhun | áináihun |
Note.—1. The pronominal particle -hun is related to Skr. ca, Gr. τέ, Lat. que, and, and was always used along with the negative ni, cp. Skr. ná káś caná (= ca + neg.) = Goth. ni ƕas-hun, no one whatever, no one, none, lit. not who and not.
2. On the preservation of the long vowels when protected by -h, -hun, see § 89 and note.
3. Acc. masc. áinnōhun, áinōhun from older *áinanōhun. It is difficult to account for the u in áinummēhun.
§ 279. The simple interrogative ƕas, ƕa is often used indefinitely with the meaning anyone, neut. anything; also the numeral áins, one, a certain one.
§ 280. In the parent Indg. language the verbs were divided into two great classes: athematic and thematic. In the athematic verbs the personal endings were added to the bare root which had the strong grade form of ablaut in the singular, but the weak grade in the dual and plural. Thus, for example, the singular and plural of the verbs for ‘to be’ and ‘to go’ were: *és-mi, *és-si, *és-ti, *s-més or *s-mós, *s-té, *s-énti; *éi-mi, *éi-si, *éi-ti, *i-més or *i-mós, *i-té, *j-énti. Verbs of this class are often called mi-verbs because the first person singular ends in -mi. The Germanic languages have only preserved a few traces of the mi-conjugation (§§ 341-3). Nearly all the verbal forms, which originally belonged to this class, passed over into the ō-conjugation in the prim. Germanic period.
In the thematic verbs the stem-vowel, which could be either of the strong or weak grade of ablaut, remained unchanged throughout the present; in the former case they are called imperfect presents (as kiusan, to choose; hilpan, to help; itan, to eat; &c.), and in the latter case aorist presents (as ga-lūkan, to shut; trudan, to tread; &c.). The present was formed by means of the thematic vowels, e, o, which came between the root and the personal endings, thus the present singular and plural of the verb for ‘to bear’ was *bhérō (from *bhér-ō), *bhér-e-si, *bhér-e-ti, *bhér-o-mes, (-mos), *bhér-e-te, *bhér-o-nti. Verbs of this class are generally called ō-verbs because the first person singular ends in -ō. The old distinction between the mi- and the ō-conjugation was fairly well preserved in Greek, as εἰμί, I am, εἶμι, I go, δίδωμι, I give; μένω, I remain, πείθω, I persuade; τρίβω, I rub, τύφω, I smoke.
§ 281. In treating the history of the verbal forms in Gothic it is advisable to start out partly from prim. Germanic and partly from Gothic itself. The Indg. verbal system underwent so many radical changes in prim. Germanic that it would be necessary to treat here in detail the verbal system of the non-Germanic languages such as Sanskrit, Greek, and Latin in order to account for all the changes.
In Gothic, as in the other Germanic languages, the verbs are divided into two great classes—Strong and Weak—according to the formation of the preterite tense. Besides these two great classes of strong and weak verbs, there are a few others which will be treated under the general heading Minor Groups.
§ 282. Strong verbs form their preterite by ablaut (nima, I take, nam, I took), or simply by reduplication (háita, I call, haíháit, I called), or else by ablaut and reduplication combined (tēka, I touch, taítōk, I touched). The strong verbs are sub-divided into two classes: non-reduplicated and reduplicated verbs. The non-reduplicated verbs are divided into six classes according to the first six ablaut-series given in §§ 122-4. The reduplicated verbs, which form their preterite by ablaut and reduplication combined, belong to the seventh ablaut-series (§ 124). Both these, and those which form their preterite by reduplication simply, are here put together and called Class VII.
§ 283. Weak verbs form their preterite by the addition of a syllable containing a dental (Goth. -da, (-ta), OE. -de, -te; OHG. -ta), and their past participle by means of a dental suffix (Goth. -þ, (-t), OE. -d, (-t), OHG. -t), as sōkja, I seek, sōkida, I sought, sōkiþs, sought; bugja, I buy, baúhta, I bought, baúhts, bought. The weak verbs, which for the most part are derivatives, are divided into four classes according as the infinitive ends in -jan (sōkjan, to seek, pret. sōkida), -ōn (salbōn, to anoint, pret. salbōda), -an (haban, to have, pret. habáida), -nan (fullnan, to become full, pret. fullnōda).
§ 284. The Gothic verb has the following independent forms:—
Two voices: active and passive. The passive (originally middle) only occurs in the indicative and subjunctive present; the other forms are supplied by the past participle used with waírþan or wisan. See § 435.
Three numbers: singular, dual, and plural. In the passive there is no dual, and in the dual active the third person is wanting.
Three persons: The third person of the dual is wanting. In the present passive there is only one form for all three persons of the plural.
Two tenses: present and preterite.
Two complete moods: indicative and subjunctive (originally optative), besides an imperative which is only used in the present tense of the active.
A present infinitive which is an uninflected verbal substantive, a present participle with active meaning, and a past participle with passive meaning.
§ 285. We are able to conjugate a strong verb in Gothic when we know the four stems, as seen (1) in the infinitive, to which belong all forms of the present, (2) the stem of the preterite singular, (3) the stem of the preterite plural, to which also belongs the whole of the preterite subjunctive, (4) the stem of the past participle.
§ 286. The conjugation of niman, to take, and háitan, to call, will serve as models for all strong verbs.
| Present | ||||
| Indic. | Subj. | |||
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Sing 1. | nima | háita | nimáu | háitáu |
| 2. | nimis | háitis | nimáis | háitáis |
| 3. | nimiþ | háitiþ | nimái | háitái |
| Dual 1. | nimōs | háitōs | nimáiwa | háitáiwa |
| 2. | nimats | háitats | nimáits | háitáits |
| Plur 1. | nimam | háitam | nimáima | háitáima |
| 2. | nimiþ | háitiþ | nimáiþ | háitáiþ |
| 3. | nimand | háitand | nimáina | háitáina |
| Imperative. | ||||
| Sing 2. | nim | háit | ||
| 3. | nimadáu | háitadáu | ||
| Dual 2. | nimats | háitats | ||
| Plur 1. | nimam | háitam | ||
| 2. | nimiþ | háitiþ | ||
| 3. | nimandáu | háitandáu | ||
| Infinitive. | ||||
| niman | háitan | |||
| Participle. | ||||
| nimands | háitands | |||
| Preterite. | ||||
| Indic. | Subj. | |||
| Sing 1. | nam | haíháit | nēmjáu | haíháitjau |
| 2. | namt | haíháist | nēmeis | haíháiteis |
| 3. | nam | haíháit | nēmi | haíháiti |
| Dual 1. | nēmu | haíháitu | nēmeiwa | haíháiteiwa |
| 2. | nēmuts | haíháituts | nēmeits | haíháiteits |
| Plur 1. | nēmum | haíháitum | nēmeima | haíháiteima |
| 2. | nēmuþ | haíháituþ | nēmeiþ | haíháiteiþ |
| 3. | nēmun | haíháitun | nēmeina | haíháiteina |
| Participle. | ||||
| numans | háitans | |||
| Sing 1. | nimada | háitada | nimáidáu | háitáidáu |
| 2. | nimaza | háitaza | nimáizáu | háitáizáu |
| 3. | nimada | háitada | nimáidáu | háitáidáu |
| Plur 1, 2, 3. | nimanda | háitanda | nimáindáu | háitáindáu |
Note.—1. Owing to the limited amount of Gothic which has come down to us, there is not a single verb extant in all its forms. Of most verbs only very few forms occur, and of many only one or two. The forms wanting in the paradigms of niman and háitan have been supplied from the extant forms of other verbs. The first pers. dual pret. subj. does not occur at all, either in strong or weak verbs, but it may be inferred to have been nēm-eiwa because of the corresponding present, nim-áiwa.
2. In the imperative 2 pers. sing. and pret. indic. 1, 3 pers. sing., final b, d became f, þ, as imper. gif, pret. gaf, inf. giban, to give; pret. af-skáuf, baþ, -báuþ, inf. af-skiuban, to push aside; bidjan, to pray; -biudan, to bid. See §§ 161, 173.
3. In the 2 pers. sing. pret. indic., b appears as f, and a dental appears as s, before the personal ending, as gaft, inf. giban, to give; grōft, inf. graban, to dig; ana-báust, inf. ana-biudan, to bid; bi-gast, inf. bi-gitan, to find; haíháist, inf. háitan, to call; qast, inf. qiþan, to say. See § 138.
§ 287. Pres. Indicative: The prim. Germanic forms were: Sing. *nemō (cp. Lat. fero, Gr. φέρω, I bear), *nimizi, Indg. *némesi (cp. Skr. bhárasi, thou bearest), *nimiði, Indg. *németi (cp. Skr. bhárati); Dual *nemō-(w)iz (probably formed from the first pers. sing. + the Indg. dual ending -wes, cp. Skr. bhárā-vas), *nemaðiz with -a- from the first and third pers. plural, the regular form would have been *nimiðiz = Indg. *némethes, *németes (cp. Skr. bhárathas); *nemaðiz would regularly have become *nimaþs in Gothic; nimats has -ts from the pret. dual (§ 292); Pl. *nemamiz, -maz (cp. Gr. Doric φέρομες, Skr. bhárāmas, see § 175), *nimiði, older *nemeðe (cp. Gr. φέρετε), *nemanði (cp. Gr. Doric φέροντι).
§ 288. Pres. Subjunctive: This tense is properly an old optative. The original forms were: Sing. *nemoĭ-, *nemoĭs (cp. Gr. φέροις, Skr. bhárēš), *nemoĭt (cp. Gr. φέροι, Skr. bhárēt); Dual *nemoîwē, *nemoîthes, -tes; Pl. *nemoîmē, *nemoîte (cp. Gr. φέροιτε, Skr. bháreta), *nemoînt = prim. Germanic *nemai- (it is difficult to account for nimáu unless we may suppose that it represents the first pers. sing. pres. indic. *nemō + the particle -u), *nemaiz, *nemai; *nemaiwæ, *nemaiþs (cp. pres. indic.); *nemaimæ, *nemaiði, *nemain (Goth. with final -a from the first pers. pl.).
§ 289. Imperative: Sing. *nimi older *neme (cp. Gk. φέρε, Skr. bhára), *nemetōd (Gr. φερέτω, cp. Gr. ἔστω = O.Lat. estōd, let him be) = prim. Germanic *nemeðō̃ + particle -u (cp. Skr. bhárat-u, let him bear; bhárant-u, let them bear), which would have become in Goth. *nimidáu; nimadáu had -a- from the third pers. plural. nimats, nimam and nimiþ are indicative forms. *nemontōd (cp. Gr. Doric φερόντω) = prim. Germanic *nemanðō̃ + particle -u, which regularly became nimandáu in Gothic.
§ 290. Infinitive: The inf. was originally a nomen actionis, formed by means of various suffixes in the Indg. languages. The suffix -ono-, to which was added the nom. acc. neuter ending -m, became generalized in prim. Germanic, thus the original form of niman was *nem-onom, the -onom of which regularly became -an in Goth. OE. OS. and OHG., and -a in O.Icel.
§ 291. Pres. Participle: In the parent language the stem of the pres. participle ended in -nt, as in Lat. ferent-, Gr. φέροντ-, Indg. *bhéront- = Goth. baírand-s, O.Icel. berand-i, OE. berend-e, OHG. berant-i, bearing. See § 239.
§ 292. Pret. Indicative: The pret. indic. is morphologically an old perfect, which already in prim. Germanic was chiefly used to express the past tense. The prim. Germanic forms were: Sing. *nama (cp. Gr. οἶδα, Skr. véda, I know), *namþa (cp. Gr. οἶσθα, Skr. véttha), *nami (cp. Gr. οἶδε, Skr. véda). -tha, the original ending of the second pers., would regularly have become -þ (§ 130) in Goth. O.Icel. OE. and OS., except after prim. Germanic s, f, ꭓ where it regularly became -t (§ 128 notes, and cp. § 138), as Goth. last, thou didst gather; þarft, thou needest; slōht, thou didst slay. This -t became generalized in prim. Germanic, as Goth. O.Icel. namt. But in the West Germanic languages the old ending was only preserved in the preterite-present verbs, as Goth. O.Icel. þarft, OE. þearft, OS. tharft, OHG. darft, thou needest, but Goth. O.Icel. namt beside OE. nōme, OS. OHG. nāmi. Dual *nǣm-wi (older -we), *nǣm-ðiz (older -thes, -tes); Pl. *nǣm-mi (older -me), *nǣm-ði (older -te), *nǣm-un (older -nt with vocalic n). During the prim. Germanic period the u of the third pers. pl. was levelled out into all forms of the dual and plural, cp. pl. O.Icel. nǫm-um, -uð, -u, OE. nōm-on, OS. nām-un, OHG. nām-um, -ut, -un. Goth. nēmu from *nǣm-uwi through the intermediate stages *nǣm-uw, *nǣm-ū. The t in nēmuts is of the same origin as in namt. nēmum, nēmuþ, nēmun from older *nǣm-umi, *nǣm-uði, *nǣm-un.
§ 293. Pret. Subjunctive: The original endings were: Sing. -jēm, -jēs, -jēt (cp. O.Lat. siem, I may be, siēs, siet = Skr. syǽm, syás, syát); dual -īwē, -īthes, or -ītes; pl. -īmē, -īte, -īnt (cp. O.Lat. pl. sīmus, sītis, si-ent), consisting of the optative element -jē-, (-ī-) and the personal endings. Already during the prim. Germanic period the -ī- of the dual and plural was levelled out into the singular, so that the forms became *nǣmīn, *nǣmīz, *nǣmī(t), *nǣmīwæ, *nǣmīðiz, *nǣmīmæ, *nǣmīði, *nǣmīn(t), from which the corresponding Gothic forms were regularly developed except nēmjáu, nēmeits, nēmeina. *nǣmīn would have become *nēmi, the form nēmjáu was a new formation with -áu from the pres. subjunctive, and the change of i to j (cp. sunjus from older *suniuz (§ 150 note 1); the -ts in nēmeits is of the same origin as in namt (§ 292); nēmeina with -a from nēmeima.
§ 294. Past Participle: The past participle was formed in various ways in the parent language. In prim. Germanic the suffix -éno-, -óno- became restricted to strong verbs, and the suffix -tó- to weak verbs. In the strong verbs OE. and O.Icel. generalized the form -éno-, and Goth. OS. and OHG. the form -óno-. Beside the suffix -éno-, -óno- there also existed in prim. Germanic -ini- = Indg. -éni-. But prim. Germanic -énaz, -íniz = Indg. -énos, -énis regularly fell together in -ins in Gothic, so that the isolated pp. fulgins (§ 137), hidden, can represent either form.
§ 295. Pass. Indicative: The original forms were: Sing. *nemo-mai or -ai (cp. Gr. φέρομαι, Skr. bhárē),—the first pers. does not exist in any of the Germanic languages; in Goth. the third pers. was used for it, *neme-sai (cp. Gr. φέρεαι from *φέρεσαι, Skr. bhárasē), *neme-tai (cp. Gr. φέρεται, Skr. bháratē); pl. *nemo-ntai (cp. Gr. Doric φέρονται, Skr. bhárantē) = prim. Germanic *nimizai, *nimiðai, *nemandai. The medial -a- in the pl. was levelled out into the two other forms, whence nimaza (§ 90), nimada, nimanda.
§ 296. Pass. Subjunctive: The subjunctive passive has the same stem-form as the subjunctive active (§ 288), and the same endings as the indic. passive + the particle -u. Some scholars assume that the original forms were: *nemoĭ-so (cp. Gr. φέροιο from *φέροισο), *nemoĭ-to (cp. Gr. φέροιτο), *nemoĭ-nto (cp. Gr. φέροιντο) = prim. Germanic *nemaiza, *nemaiða, *nemainða; we should then have to assume that the addition of the particle -u was older than the loss of final unaccented -a, which is improbable.
§ 297. Several of the imperative and subjunctive forms end in -u, viz. nimadáu, nimandáu, nimáu, nēmjáu, nimáidáu, nimáizáu, nimáindáu. This -u did not originally form a part of the personal endings, but was a deictic particle added enclitically especially to verbal and pronominal forms to emphasize them. It also occurs in Skr. and the Slavonic languages and probably in Greek in such words as πάν-υ, altogether, at all, beside neut. πᾶν, all. Skr. id-ám-u, this, this ‘here’, cp. Lat. id-em, the same; Skr. a-sā-ú, that, yon, that ‘there’; Skr. bhárat-u, let him bear; bhárant-u, let them bear; O.Bulgarian beret-ŭ, he bears; berat-ŭ, they bear. The same u occurs in Goth. as an interrogative particle, as skuld-u ist?, is it lawful?; ga-u-láubjats?, do ye two believe?; sa-u ist sa sunus izwar?, Gr. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς ὑμῶν; is this your son?
§ 298. In order to be able to conjugate a strong verb of the non-reduplicated class, it is necessary to know the four stems, as seen (1) in the infin., (2) 1 pers. sing. pret. indic., (3) 1 pers. pl. pret. indic., (4) the past participle. See §§ 122-5.
| Infin. | Pret. Sing. | Pret. Pl. | P.P. | |
| ei | ái | i (aí § 69) | i (aí § 69) | |
| Goth. | beidan, to await | báiþ | bidum | bidans |
| O.Icel. | bīða | beið | biðum | beðinn |
| OE. | bīdan | bād | bidon | biden |
| OS. | bīdan | bēd | bidun | gibidan |
| OHG. | bītan | beit | bitun | gibitan |
| Goth. | sneiþan, to cut | snáiþ | sniþum | sniþans |
| Goth. | leiƕan, to lend | láiƕ | laíƕum | laíƕans |
§ 300. To this class also belong:—beitan, to bite; deigan, to knead; dreiban, to drive; greipan, to seize; hneiwan, to bow; bi-leiban, to remain; ga-leiþan, to go; ur-reisan, to arise; skeinan, to shine; dis-skreitan, to rend; ga-smeitan, to smear; speiwan, to spit; steigan, to ascend; sweiban, to cease; ga-teihan, to tell; þeihan, to thrive; þreihan, to press upon; weihan, to fight; weipan, to crown; in-weitan, to worship.
| Infin. | Pret. Sing. | Pret. Pl. | P.P. | |
| iu | áu | u (aú § 73) | u (aú § 71) | |
| Goth. | -biudan, to bid | -báuþ | -budum | -budans |
| O.Icel. | bjóða | bauð | buðum | boðinn |
| OE. | bēodan | bēad | budon | boden |
| OS. | biodan | bōd | budun | gibodan |
| OHG. | biotan | bōt | butun | gibotan |
| Goth. | driusan, to fall | dráus | drusum | drusans |
| Goth. | tiuhan, to lead | táuh | taúhum | taúhans |
§ 302. To this class also belong:—biugan, to bend; driugan, to serve as a soldier; giutan, to pour; hiufan, to mourn; dis-hniupan, to break asunder; kiusan, to test; kriustan, to gnash; liudan, to grow; liugan, to lie; fra-liusan, to lose; ga-lūkan, to shut; niutan, to enjoy; siukan, to be sick; af-skiuban, to push aside; sliupan, to slip; þliuhan, to flee; us-þriutan, to trouble.
Note.—ga-lūkan (-láuk, -lukum, -lukans) is properly an aorist present, like Gr. τύφω, τρίβω. See § 280.
§ 303. To this class belong all strong verbs having a medial nasal or liquid + a consonant, and a few others in which the vowel is followed by two consonants other than nasal or liquid + a consonant. Cp. § 124.
| Infin. | Pret. Sing. | Pret. Pl. | P.P. | |
| i (aí, §§ 67, 69) | a | u (aú, § 73) | u (aú, §§ 71, 73) | |
| Goth. | bindan, to bind | band | bundum | bundans |
| O.Icel. | binda | batt | bundum | bundinn |
| OE. | bindan | band | bundon | bunden |
| OS. | bindan | band | bundun | gibundan |
| OHG. | bintan | bant | buntun | gibuntan |
| Goth. | hilpan, to help | halp | hulpum | hulpans |
| O.Icel. | hjalpa | halp | hulpum | holpinn |
| OE. | helpan | healp | hulpon | holpen |
| OS. | helpan | halp | hulpun | giholpan |
| OHG. | helfan | half | hulfun | giholfan |
| Goth. | waírþan, to become | warþ | waúrþum | waúrþans |
§ 304. To this class also belong:—baírgan, to keep; bliggwan (§ 151), to beat; brinnan, to burn; drigkan, to drink; filhan, to hide; finþan, to find; us-gildan, to repay; du-ginnan, to begin; uf-gaírdan, to gird up; fra-hinþan, to capture; ƕaírban, to walk; af-linnan, to depart; rinnan, to run; siggwan, to sing; sigqan, to sink; fra-slindan, to swallow up; spinnan, to spin; stigqan, to thrust; af-swaírban, to wipe out; swiltan, to die; ana-trimpan, to tread on; at-þinsan, to attract; ga-þaírsan, to wither; þriskan, to thresh; waírpan, to throw; wilwan, to rob; windan, to wind; winnan, to suffer; ga-wrisqan, to bear fruit.
§ 305. To this class belong strong verbs whose stems end in a single nasal or liquid, and a few others. Cp. § 124.
| Infin. | Pret. Sing. | Pret. Pl. | P.P. | |
| i (aí, § 67) | a | ē | u (aú, § 71) | |
| Goth. | niman, to take | nam | nēmum | numans |
| Goth. | baíran, to bear | bar | bērum | baúrans |
| O.Icel. | bera | bar | bǫrum | borinn |
| OE. | beran | bær | bæron | boren |
| OS. OHG. | beran | bar | bārun | giboran |
§ 306. To this class belong also:—brikan, to break; qiman, to come; stilan, to steal; ga-taíran, to destroy; ga-timan, to suit; trudan, to tread.
Note.—trudan (*traþ, *trēdum, trudans) is properly an aorist present, like ga-lūkan (§ 280).
§ 307. To this class belong strong verbs having i (aí) in the infinitive, and whose stems end in a single consonant other than a liquid or a nasal. Cp. § 124.
| Infin. | Pret. Sing. | Pret. Pl. | P.P. | |
| i (aí, § 67) | a | ē | i (aí, § 67) | |
| giban, to give | gaf | gēbum | gibans | |
| qiþan, to say | qaþ | qēþum | qiþans | |
| saíƕan, to see | saƕ | sēƕum | saíƕans | |
| sniwan, to hasten | snáu (§ 150) | snēwum | sniwans | |
| Goth. | mitan, to measure | mat | mētum | mitans |
| O.Icel. | meta | mat | mǫtum | metinn |
| OE. | metan | mæt | mæton | meten |
| OHG. | meȥȥan | maȥ | māȥȥun | gimeȥȥan |
§ 308. To this class also belong:—bidjan, to pray; diwan, to die; fitan, to travail in birth; fraíhnan, to ask; bi-gitan, to find; hlifan, to steal; itan, to eat; ligan, to lie down; lisan, to gather; ga-nisan, to be saved; niþan, to help; rikan, to heap up; sitan, to sit; ga-widan, to bind; ga-wigan, to shake down; wisan, to be, remain; wrikan, to persecute.
Note.—In bidjan (baþ, bēdum, bidans) the j belongs to the present only. In the present tense bidjan is conjugated like nasjan (§ 317). sitan, ligan are new formations. The regular forms would be *sitjan, *ligjan, cp. the corresponding forms of the other Germanic languages. O.Icel. sitja, liggja, OE. sittan, licgan, OS. sittian, liggian, OHG. siȥȥen, liggen. In fraíhnan (frah, frēhum, fraíhans) the n belongs to the present only. The pret. of itan is ēt (occurring in frēt, pret. of fra-itan, to devour) = OE. ǣt, OHG. āȥ, Lat. ēdī.
| Infin. | Pret. Sing. | Pret. Pl. | P.P. | |
| a | ō | ō | a | |
| Goth. | faran, to go | fōr | fōrum | farans |
| O.Icel. | fara | fōr | fōrum | farinn |
| OE. | faran | fōr | fōron | færen |
| OS. | faran | fōr | fōrun | gifaran |
| OHG. | faran | fuor | fuorun | gifaran |
| Goth. | slahan, to smite | slōh | slōhum | slahans |
| graban, to dig | grōf | grōbum | grabans | |
| fraþjan, to understand | frōþ | frōþum | fraþans |
§ 310. To this class also belong:—alan, to grow; us-anan, to expire; ga-daban, to beseem; ga-draban, to hew out; ga-dragan, to heap up; af-hlaþan, to lade; malan, to grind; sakan, to dispute; skaban, to shave; standan, to stand; swaran, to swear; þwahan, to wash; wakan, to wake.
Seven verbs of this class have j in the present; but in other respects are like faran, &c.; fraþjan, to understand; hafjan, to raise; hlahjan, to laugh; ga-raþjan, to count; ga-skapjan, to create; skaþjan, to injure; wahsjan, to grow. Cp. the similar formation of the present in verbs like Lat. capiō, faciō. These seven verbs are conjugated in the present tense like nasjan or sōkjan according to the rules given in § 316.
Note.—OE. OS. swerian, OHG. swerien, O.Icel. sverja, to swear, show that Goth. swaran is a new formation for *swarjan.
The n in standan (stōþ, stōþum, *staþans) belongs to the present only, cp. Engl. stand, stood, and Lat. perfects like frēgī, vīcī to presents frangō, vincō.
§ 311. The perfect (cp. § 292) was formed in the parent language partly with and partly without reduplication. The reason for this difference is unknown. Examples are: Skr. va-várta, I have turned, va-várttha, va-várta = Goth. warþ, warst, warþ; pl. va-vrtimá = Goth. waúrþum; Gr. λείπω, I leave, πέμπω, I send, pf. λέ-λοιπα, πέ-πομφα; δέ-δωκα, Lat. de-dī, I have given; but Skr. véda, Gr. οἶδα, Goth. wáit, I know, lit. I have seen. Classes I to VI of strong verbs, and the preterite-presents, belong to the type of Skr. véda.
The reduplicated syllable originally contained the vowel e as in Greek λέ-λοιπα. In Gothic the vowel in the reduplicated syllable would regularly be i (§ 66), except in verbs beginning with r, h, ƕ, where the aí is quite regular (§ 67), but from forms like rēdan, háitan, ƕōpan, pret. raí-rōþ, haí-háit, ƕaí-ƕōp, the aí was extended to the reduplicated syllable of all verbs of this class.
In the sing. the accent was on the stem and in the dual and plural originally on the ending with corresponding change of ablaut (cp. §§ 32, 122-5, 136). Sanskrit preserved this distinction more faithfully than any of the other Indg. languages. It was also preserved in the Germanic languages in the first five classes of strong verbs. In the sixth class the vowel of the sing. was levelled out into the dual and plural. This levelling also took place in division (b) of the seventh class in Gothic, and the stem of the present was extended to the past participle which originally had the same stem as the pret. plural, cp. bitum, bundum, pp. bitans, bundans; whereas in division (a) the stem of the present was extended to all parts of the verb.
§ 312. The reduplicated verbs in Gothic are most conveniently divided into two classes:—(a) verbs which retain the same stem-vowel through all tenses, and form their preterite simply by reduplication, as háitan, to call; haíháit, haíháitum, háitans; (b) verbs which form their preterite by reduplication and ablaut combined. These verbs have the same stem-vowel in the pret. sing. and plural, and the stem-vowel of the past participle is the same as that of the present tense.
Note.—In verbs beginning with two consonants, only the first is repeated in the reduplicated syllable except in the combinations st, sk, as fráisan, to tempt, pret. faífráis; but ga-staldan, to possess, pret. ga-staístald; skáidan, to sever, pret. skaískáiþ.
When the verb begins with a vowel, the reduplication consists in prefixing aí, as áukan, to add, pret. aíáuk.
§ 313. Five sub-classes are to be distinguished according as the present stem contains:—a(ā), ái, ē, ō, áu.
| Infin. | Pret. Sing. | P.P. | |
| a(ā):— | falþan, to fold | faífalþ | falþans |
| haldan, to hold | haíhald | haldans | |
| ga-staldan, to possess | ga-staístald | ga-staldans | |
| fāhan (§ 59), to seize | faífāh | fāhans | |
| hāhan (§ 59), to hang | haíhāh | hāhans |
Note.—1. The following verbs, the preterites of which are not extant, also belong here: us-alþan, to grow old; blandan, to mix; ana-praggan, to oppress; saltan, to salt; waldan, to rule; gaggan, to go, pp. gaggans, the wanting pret. *gaígagg is supplied by the weak pret. iddja (§ 321).
| Infin. | Pret. Sing. | P.P. | |
| ái:— | af-áikan, to deny | af-aíáik | af-áikans |
| fráisan, to tempt | faífráis | fráisans | |
| háitan, to call | haíháit | háitans | |
| láikan, to leap | laíláik | láikans | |
| máitan, to cut | maímáit | máitans | |
| skáidan, to divide | skaískáiþ | skáidans |
Note.—2. Here belongs also ga-þláihan, to cherish, comfort, the pret. of which is not extant.
| Infin. | Pret. Sing. | P.P. | |
| ē:— | slēpan, to sleep | saíslēp, saízlēp | slēpans |
Note.—3. Here belongs also uf-blēsan, to blow up, puff up, which only occurs in the pres. pass. 3 pers. sing. and the pp.
| Infin. | Pret. Sing. | P.P. | |
| ō:— | ƕōpan, to boast | ƕaíƕōp | ƕōpans |
Note.—4. Here belong also the preterites faíflōkun, they bewailed, laíloun, they reviled, the presents of which *flōkan, *lauan are wanting; as also the verb blōtan, to worship, pret. wanting.
| Infin. | Pret. Sing. | P.P. | |
| áu:— | áukan, to add | aíáuk | áukans |
Note.—5. Here belong also hláupan, to leap; stáutan, to smite, which only occur in the present.
§ 314. The verbs of this division belong to the seventh ablaut-series (§ 124).
| Infin. | Pret. Sing. | P.P. | |
| grētan, to weep | gaígrōt | grētans | |
| lētan, to let | laílōt | lētans | |
| ga-rēdan, to reflect upon | ga-raírōþ | ga-rēdans | |
| tēkan, to touch | taítōk | tēkans | |
| saian, to sow | saísō | saians | |
| waian, to blow | waíwōun (pl.) | waians |
Note.—Of waian only the pres. part. masc. dat. sing. (waiandin), and the pret. 3 pers. pl. occur. The 2 pers. sing. pret. of saian is saísōst, with the ending -st, instead of -t, from verbs like last, where -st was regular, see § 138.
§ 315. The weak verbs, which for the most part are derivative or denominative, are divided in Gothic into four classes according as the infinitives end in -jan, pret. -ida, (-ta); -ōn, pret. -ōda; -an, pret. -áida; -nan, pret. -nōda. The weak preterite is a special Germanic formation, and many points connected with its origin are still uncertain. Some scholars are inclined to regard it as a periphrastic formation which was originally confined to denominative verbs, and then at a later period became extended to primary verbs as well. The Gothic endings of the singular:— -da, -dēs, -da would thus represent an old aorist formed from the root dhē-, put, place (Gr. τί-θη-μι), which stands in ablaut relation to OE. OS. dōn, OHG. tuon, to do, as Indg. *dhóm, (*dhém), *dhés, dhét, prim. Germanic *ðōn, (*ðæn), *ðæs, ðæ = Goth. -da, -dēs, -da. But it is also probable that the dental in the pret. sing. stands in close relationship to the dental of the past participle, where the -þs = prim. Germanic -ðás, Gr. -τός. In Gothic the old preterite (perfect) of dōn has been preserved in the pret. dual and plural, as -dēd-u, -dēd-uts; pl. -dēd-um, -dēd-uþ, -dēd-un (with the same personal endings as in the pret. of strong verbs, § 292) = OHG. tāt-um, (-un), tāt-ut, tāt-un (OS. dād-un), the pret. plural of tuon.
Note.—Many points concerning the inflexion of weak verbs in the oldest periods of the Germanic languages have never been satisfactorily explained. For a summary and discussion of the various explanations which have been suggested by scholars, the student should consult: Brugmann’s Kurze vergleichende Grammatik der indogermanischen Sprachen; Streitberg’s Urgermanische Grammatik; and Kluge’s ‘Vorgeschichte der altgermanischen Dialekte’ in Paul’s Grundriss der germanischen Philologie, vol. I.
§ 316. The verbs of this conjugation are sub-divided into two classes:—(1) verbs with a short stem-syllable, as nasjan, to save; or with a long open syllable, as stōjan, to judge; (2) verbs with a long closed syllable, as sōkjan, to seek; and polysyllabic verbs, as glitmunjan, to shine. The two classes only differ in the 2 and 3 pers. sing. and the 2 pers. pl. of the pres. indic. and in the 2 pers. pl. imperative. Class (1) has -ji-, but class (2) -ei-. See §§ 153-4.
§ 317. The full conjugation of nasjan, stōjan, sōkjan will serve as models.
| Present. | |||
| Indicative. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Sing 1. | nasja | stōja | sōkja |
| 2. | nasjis | stōjis | sōkeis |
| 3. | nasjiþ | stōjiþ | sōkeiþ |
| Dual 1. | nasjōs | stōjōs | sōkjōs |
| 2. | nasjats | stōjats | sōkjats |
| Plur 1. | nasjam | stōjam | sōkjam |
| 2. | nasjiþ | stōjiþ | sōkeiþ |
| 3. | nasjand | stōjand | sōkjand |
| Subjunctive. | |||
| Sing 1. | nasjáu | stōjáu | sōkjáu |
| 2. | nasjáis | stōjáis | sōkjáis |
| 3. | nasjái | stōjái | sōkjái |
| Dual 1. | nasjáiwa | stōjáiwa | sōkjáiwa |
| 2. | nasjáits | stōjáits | sōkjáits |
| Plur 1. | nasjáima | stōjáima | sōkjáima |
| 2. | nasjáiþ | stōjáiþ | sōkjáiþ |
| 3. | nasjáina | stōjáina | sōkjáina |
| Imperative. | |||
| Sing 2. | nasei | *stauei | sōkei |
| 3. | nasjadáu | stōjadáu | sōkjadáu |
| Dual 2. | nasjats | stōjats | sōkjats |
| Plur 1. | nasjam | stōjam | sōkjam |
| 2. | nasjiþ | stōjiþ | sōkeiþ |
| 3. | nasjandáu | stōjandáu | sōkjandáu |
| Infinitive. | |||
| nasjan | stōjan | sōkjan | |
| Participle. | |||
| nasjands | stōjands | sōkjands | |
| Preterite. | |||
| Indicative. | |||
| Sing 1. | nasida | stauida | sōkida |
| 2. | nasidēs | stauidēs | sōkidēs |
| 3. | nasida | stauida | sōkida |
| Dual 1. | nasidēdu | stauidēdu | sōkidēdu |
| 2. | nasidēduts | stauidēduts | sōkidēduts |
| Plur 1. | nasidēdum | stauidēdum | sōkidēdum |
| 2. | nasidēduþ | stauidēduþ | sōkidēduþ |
| 3. | nasidēdun | stauidēdun | sōkidēdun |
| Subjunctive. | |||
| Sing 1. | nasidēdjáu | stauidēdjáu | sōkidēdjáu |
| 2. | nasidēdeis | stauidēdeis | sōkidēdeis |
| 3. | nasidēdi | stauidēdi | sōkidēdi |
| Dual 1. | nasidēdeiwa | stauidēdeiwa | sōkidēdeiwa |
| 2. | nasidēdeits | stauidēdeits | sōkidēdeits |
| Plur 1. | nasidēdeima | stauidēdeima | sōkidēdeima |
| 2. | nasidēdeiþ | stauidēdeiþ | sōkidēdeiþ |
| 3. | nasidēdeina | stauidēdeina | sōkidēdeina |
| Participle. | |||
| nasiþs | stauiþs | sōkiþs | |
| Present. | |||
| Indicative. | |||
|---|---|---|---|
| Sing 1. | nasjada | stōjada | sōkjada |
| 2. | nasjaza | stōjaza | sōkjaza |
| 3. | nasjada | stōjada | sōkjada |
| Plur 1, 2, 3. | nasjanda | stōjanda | sōkjanda |
| Subjunctive. | |||
| Sing 1. | nasjáidáu | stōjáidáu | sōkjáidáu |
| 2. | nasjáizáu | stōjáizáu | sōkjáizáu |
| 3. | nasjáidáu | stōjáidáu | sōkjáidáu |
| Plur 1, 2, 3. | nasjáindáu | stōjáindáu | sōkjáindáu |
§ 318. Like nasjan are conjugated the following and many other verbs: arjan, to plough; gatamjan, to tame; hazjan, to praise; huljan, to hide; kukjan, to kiss; lagjan, to lay; matjan, to eat; natjan, to wet; satjan, to set; þragjan, to run; waljan, to choose; warjan, to forbid; wasjan, to clothe.
§ 319. Like stōjan are conjugated the following verbs which change iu, áu back to iw, aw before a following vowel (§ 150): ana-niujan, to renew; ga-qiujan, to give life to; siujan, to sew; *stráujan (pret. strawida), to strew; táujan, to do.
Note.—Here would also belong *af-mōjan, to fatigue, *af-dōjan, to fatigue, but of these two verbs only the nom. pl. masc. of the pp. occurs once, af-mauidái, af-dauidái, cp. § 80.
§ 320. Like sōkjan are conjugated the following and a great many others: and-bahtjan, to serve; áugjan, to show; dáiljan, to deal out; dáupjan, to baptize; dáuþjan, to put to death; dōmjan, to judge; dragkjan, to give to drink; dráibjan, to trouble; faúrhtjan, to fear; fōdjan, to feed; fra-wardjan, to destroy; ga-brannjan, to burn; ga-láubjan, to believe; ga-mōtjan, to meet; gáumjan, to perceive; glitmunjan, to shine; gōljan, to greet; háiljan, to heal; háusjan, to hear; hnáiwjan, to abase; hráinjan, to make clean; huggrjan, to hunger; láisjan, to teach; láistjan, to follow; liuhtjan, to give light; máidjan, to falsify; maúrþrjan, to murder; mēljan, to write; mērjan, to preach, proclaim; mikiljan, to magnify; namnjan, to name; ōgjan, to terrify; ráisjan, to raise; rōdjan, to speak; sipōnjan, to be a disciple; sniumjan, to hasten; swōgatjan, to sigh; þaúrsjan, to thirst; wandjan, to turn; wēnjan, to hope.
§ 321. A certain number of verbs belonging to Class I formed their pret. and past participle already in prim. Germanic without the medial vowel -i-, cp. pret. Goth. þāhta, O.Icel. þátta, OE. þōhte, OS. thāhta, OHG. dāhta; pp. Goth. þāhts, OE. geþōht, OHG. gidāht. The following Gothic verbs belong to this type except the pp. káupatiþs. See § 340.
| Infin. | Pret. | P.P. | |
| briggan, to bring | brāhta | *brāhts | |
| brūkjan, to use | brūhta | *brūhts | |
| bugjan, to buy | baúhta | baúhts | |
| gaggan, to go | iddja | gaggans | |
| káupatjan, to buffet | káupasta | káupatiþs | |
| þagkjan, to think | þāhta | þāhts | |
| þugkjan, to seem | þūhta | þūhts | |
| waúrkjan, to work | waúrhta | waúrhts |
Note.—1. On the consonant changes in the pret. forms (except iddja), see § 138. On the vowel-lengthening in brāhta, þāhta, see § 59, and þūhta, § 62. The pp. þāhts, þūhts occur only in compound adjectives, anda-þāhts, cautious, vigilant; háuh-þūhts, high-minded.
2. gaggan (§ 313, note 1) is properly a reduplicated verb, the pret. of which, gaígagg, has been lost. The extant forms of iddja (§ 156) are inflected like nasida (§ 317); in one instance a weak pret. gaggida also occurs.
3. The present briggan is a strong verb of the third class (§ 303). The regular weak present *braggjan (= OE. breng(e)an, OS. brengian) has been lost. Cp. also OHG. bringan, pret. brāhta beside the rare strong form brang.
§ 322. The first class of weak verbs contains partly causative and partly denominative verbs as in the other Indg. languages, as Skr. bhāráyāmi (Gr. φορέω), I cause to bear; Skr. vartáyāmi (Goth. fra-wardja), I cause to turn; Goth. nasjan, to save, ráisjan, to raise, beside Skr. bhárāmi, Gr. φέρω, I bear; Skr. vártāmi, I turn, Goth. waírþa, I become; ga-nisan, to be saved; ur-reisan, to arise. Gr. δακρύω, I weep, ὀνομαίνω, I name; Goth. dáiljan, to deal out; háiljan, to heal; namnjan, to name; beside Gr. δάκρυ, tear; ὄνομα, name; Goth. dáils, portion; háils, whole; namō, name.
Irrespectively of the nature of the stems of the nouns and adjectives from which denominative verbs were formed, the two kinds of verbs had come to have the same inflexional endings already in prim. Germanic. In the parent language the endings of the pres. sing. and pl. of the causative verbs were: Sing. -éjō, -éjesi, -éjeti; -éjomes, (-mos), -éjete, -éjonti. Thus—
| Indg. | Prim. Germ. | |
| *noséjō | *nazijō | |
| *noséjesi | *nazijizi | |
| *noséjeti | *nazijiði | |
| *noséjomes | *nazijamiz | |
| *noséjete | *nazijiði | |
| *noséjonti | *nazijandi |
The -ij- = Indg. -ej- regularly became j before guttural vowels, whence Goth. nasja, sōkja; nasjam, nasjand, nasjands, nasjan, &c., see §§ 152, (3), 157. The combination -iji- regularly became -ī- after long closed stem-syllables and after unaccented syllables, but -ji- in other cases (§ 153), whence Goth. sōkeis, sōkeiþ, beside nasjis, nasjiþ. On the imperative forms nasei, sōkei, see § 154.
Apart from the forms with -ei-, -ei, and the indic. pret. sing. all forms of the finite verb have the same endings as the corresponding tenses and moods of the strong verbs (§§ 287-97). On the indic. pret. singular, see § 315. Past participle nasiþs, sōkiþs, prim. Germanic *naziðaz, *sōkiðaz, Indg. -itós.
| Present. | |||
| Indic. | Subj. | Imperative. | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Sing 1. | salbō, I anoint | salbō | — |
| 2. | salbōs | salbōs | salbō |
| 3. | salbōþ | salbō | salbōdáu |
| Dual 1. | salbōs | salbōwa | — |
| 2. | salbōts | salbōts | salbōts |
| Plur 1. | salbōm | salbōma | salbōm |
| 2. | salbōþ | salbōþ | salbōþ |
| 3. | salbōnd | salbōna | salbōndáu |
| Infinitive. | Participle. | ||
| salbōn | salbōnds | ||
| Preterite. | |||
| Indic. | Subj. | ||
| Sing 1. | salbōda | salbōdēdjáu | |
| 2. | salbōdēs | salbōdēdeis | |
| [&c. like nasida] | [&c. like nasi-dēdjáu] | ||
| Participle. | |||
| salbōþs | |||
| Present. | ||
| Indic. | Subj. | |
|---|---|---|
| Sing 1. | salbōda | salbōdáu |
| 2. | salbōza | salbōzáu |
| 3. | salbōda | salbōdáu |
| Plur 1, 2, 3. | salbōnda | salbōndáu |
§ 324. The second class of verbs is denominative and originally belonged partly to the athematic and partly to the thematic conjugation (§ 280). The first pers. sing. of the former ended in -āmi and of the latter in -ājō. The ā became -ō in the prim. Germanic period (§ 42). In Gothic the -ō became extended to all forms of the verb. The Gothic and OHG. pres. indic. belongs to the athematic conjugation and OE. partly to the one and partly to the other. The prim. Germanic forms corresponding to the Gothic and OHG. were: Sing. *salbō-mi, *salbō-zi, *salbō-ði; dual *salbō-(w)iz, *salbō-diz; Pl. *salbō-miz, *salbō-ði, *salbō-nði; from which the corresponding Gothic forms were regularly developed except salbōts (on which see §§ 287, 292) and the first pers. singular which would have become *salbōm as in OHG. The form salbō presents difficulties. It was probably a new formation with -a from the other classes of weak verbs and then *salba became salbō with ō from the other forms of the present. The cause of the new formation was doubtless due to the fact that the first pers. sing. and pl. would otherwise have been alike.
The pres. subjunctive is an old conjunctive (not optative as in Class I) and corresponds to the pres. subjunctive forms in the OHG. Franconian dialect: salbo, salbōs(t), salbo; salbōm, salbōt, salbōn. The prim. Germanic forms were: Sing. *salbō-m, *salbō-z, *salbō (Indg. -t); dual *salbō-wǣ, *salbō-diz; Pl. *salbō-mǣ, *salbō-ði, *salbō-n (Indg. -nt). In Goth. the first and third pers. sing. would regularly be *salba. The -ō in salbō was due to levelling out the ō of the other forms. On salbōts see §§ 287, 292. The -a in salbōna was from the first pers. plural as in all the other classes of verbs.
The regular form of the imperative second pers. singular would be *salba (with -a from older -ō = Indg. -ā, cp. Gr. Doric τίμᾱ, honour thou; Lat. amā, love thou), but here again the ō in the other forms was levelled out. The other forms of the imperative have the same endings as in Class I (§ 317).
The pret. indic. and subjunctive and the passive have the same endings as in Class I.
Past participle salbōþs from prim. Germanic *salbōðás, Indg. -ātós (Gr. Doric -ātós, Lat. -ātus).
§ 325. Like salbōn are conjugated the following and several others: áihtrōn, to beg for; áirinōn, to be a messenger; awiliudōn, to thank; dwalmōn, to be mad; faginōn, to rejoice; fiskōn, to fish; fráujinōn, to be lord or king; frijōn, to love; gáunōn, to lament; ga-leikōn, to liken; hatizōn, to hate; hōlōn, to treat with violence; ƕarbōn, to go about; idreigōn, to repent; karōn, to care for; káupōn, to traffic; laþōn, to invite; lustōn, to desire; mitōn, to consider; reikinōn, to rule; sidōn, to practise; skalkinōn, to serve; spillōn, to narrate; sunjōn, to justify; swiglōn, to pipe; ufar-munnōn, to forget.
| Present. | |||
| Indic. | Subj. | Imperative. | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Sing 1. | haba, I have | habáu | — |
| 2. | habáis | habáis | habái |
| 3. | habáiþ | habái | habadáu |
| Dual 1. | habōs | habáiwa | — |
| 2. | habats | habáits | habats |
| Plur 1. | habam | habáima | habam |
| 2. | habáiþ | habáiþ | habáiþ |
| 3. | haband | habáina | habandáu |
| Infinitive. | Participle. | ||
| haban | habands | ||
| Preterite. | |||
| Indic. | Subj. | ||
| Sing 1. | habáida | habáidēdjáu | |
| 2. | habáidēs | habáidēdeis | |
| [&c. like nasida] | [&c. like nasidēdjáu] | ||
| Participle. | |||
| habáiþs | |||
| Present. | ||
| Indic. | Subj. | |
|---|---|---|
| Sing 1. | habada | habáidáu |
| 2. | habaza | habáizáu |
| 3. | habada | habáidáu |
| Plur 1, 2, 3. | habanda | habáindáu |
§ 327. Most of the verbs belonging to the third class were originally primary verbs like Lat. habē-re, to have. In prim. Germanic there were at least two stem-forms of haban, viz. present *ꭓaƀǣj- and pret. *ꭓaƀ-. In Gothic as in the other Germanic languages the different types became mixed, which gave rise to many new formations. In OHG. the stem-form of the present was extended to all parts of the verb, as pret. habēta, pp. gihabēt, but OE. hæfde, gehæfd, OS. habda, gihabd. In Gothic the stem-form of the present was extended to the preterite and pp. just as in OHG. The prim. Germanic forms of the pres. indic. were: Sing. *ꭓaƀǣjō, *ꭓaƀǣjizi, *ꭓaƀǣjiði; dual *ꭓaƀǣjō-(w)iz (§ 287), *ꭓaƀǣjiðiz; Pl. *ꭓaƀǣjamiz, *ꭓaƀǣjiði, *ꭓaƀǣjandi; from which with the loss of intervocalic -j- (§§ 76, 152) were regularly developed the second and third pers. sing. habáis, habáiþ and the second pers. pl. habáiþ. The other forms of the present would have become in Gothic *habaia; *habaiōs, *habáiþs; *habaiam, *habaiand, see § 76. But the whole of the pres. indic. (except the forms habáis, habáiþ), the pres. subjunctive, the imperative (except habái, habáiþ), the infinitive, the pres. participle, the passive indic. and subjunctive, were formed direct from the stem-form *ꭓaƀ- + the endings of the first Class of weak verbs. The imperative forms habái, habáiþ were regularly developed from prim. Germanic *ꭓaƀǣj(i), *ꭓaƀǣ(j)ið(i).
§ 328. Like haban are also conjugated: áistan, to reverence; ana-silan, to be silent; and-staúrran, to murmur against; arman, to pity; bauan, to dwell; fastan, to fast, hold firm; fijan, to hate; ga-geigan, to gain; ga-kunnan, to recognize; hatan, to hate; jiukan, to contend; leikan, to please; liban, to live; liugan, to marry; maúrnan, to mourn; munan, to consider; reiran, to tremble; saúrgan, to sorrow; sifan, to rejoice; skaman (sik), to be ashamed; slawan, to be silent; trauan, to trust; swēran, to honour; þahan, to be silent; witan, to watch, observe.
Note.—1. On the stem-vowel in bauan, trauan, see § 80.
2. bauan belonged originally to the reduplicated verbs (cp. O.Icel. būa, to dwell, pret. sing. bjō, pp. būenn), and the strong form is still regularly preserved in bauiþ, the 3 pers. sing. pres. indic. 3. Beside hatan there also occurs twice hatjan.
4. It cannot be determined whether bnauan (§ 80), to rub, of which only the pres. participle occurs, belongs here or to the reduplicated verbs.
| Present. | |||
| Indic. | Subj. | Imperative. | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Sing 1. | fullna, I become full | fullnáu | — |
| 2. | fullnis | fullnáis | fulln |
| 3. | fullniþ | fullnái | fullnadáu |
| Dual 1. | fullnōs | fullnáiwa | — |
| 2. | fullnats | fullnáits | fullnats |
| Plur 1. | fullnam | fullnáima | fullnam |
| 2. | fullniþ | fullnáiþ | fullniþ |
| 3. | fullnand | fullnáina | fullnandáu |
| Infinitive. | Participle. | ||
| fullnan | fullnands | ||
| Preterite. | |||
| Indic. | Subj. | ||
| Sing 1. | fullnōda | fullnōdēdjáu | |
| 2. | fullnōdēs | fullnōdēdeis | |
| [&c. like nasida] | [&c. like nasidēdjáu] | ||
Note.—All verbs belonging to this class are intransitive, and accordingly have no passive voice.
§ 330. The verbs of the fourth class are partly denominative and partly deverbative, and denote the entering into a state expressed by the simplex, as fullnan, to become full; and-bundnan, to become unbound, as compared with fulls, full; and-bindan, to unbind. They correspond in meaning with the inceptive or inchoative verbs in Latin and Greek. They belonged originally to the athematic conjugation (§ 280) and contained in the pres. indic. the formative suffix -ná- in the singular and -nə- in the dual and plural, as in Skr. Sing. badh-ná-mi, I bind, badh-ná-si, badh-ná-ti; dual badh-nī-vás, badh-nī-thás, badh-nī-tás; Pl. badh-nī-más, badh-nī-thá, badh-n-ánti (= Indg. bhndh-n-énti with vocalic n in the stem). Such verbs had the weak grade form of the stem (like the pret. pl. and pp. of the first three classes of strong verbs) owing to the accent being on the ná- in the singular and on the ending in the dual and plural. The -ná-, -nə- became -nó- (§ 42), -na- (§ 41) in prim. Germanic. The prim. Germanic forms corresponding to the Skr. were: Sing. *bundnómi, *bundnósi, *bundnóþi; dual *bundnawés, *bundnaðés; Pl. *bundnamés, *bundnaðé, *bundnínþi; from which the first pers. pl. Goth. -bundnam is regularly developed. All the other forms of the pres. indic. were new formations formed direct from the stem-form bundn-, fulln-, &c. + the endings of strong verbs; and similarly with the pres. subjunctive, imperative, infinitive and pres. participle. The pret. was formed from the original stem-form of the pres. sing. bundnō-, fullnō-, &c. + the endings of the first class of weak verbs.
§ 331. Like fullnan are conjugated the following verbs and a few others: af-dumbnan, to hold one’s peace; af-dáubnan, to become deaf; af-taúrnan, to be torn away from; and-bundnan, to be unbound; bi-áuknan, to become larger; dis-skritnan, to become torn; fra-lusnan, to perish; fra-qistnan, to perish; ga-batnan, to profit; ga-blindnan, to become blind; ga-dáupnan, to die; ga-haftnan, to be attached to; ga-háilnan, to become whole; ga-qiunan, to be made alive; ga-skáidnan, to become parted; ga-þaúrsnan, to dry up, wither away; ga-waknan, to awake; in-feinan, to be moved with compassion; mikilnan, to be magnified; tundnan, to take fire; ufar-hafnan, to be exalted; us-geisnan, to be aghast; us-gutnan, to be poured out; us-háuhnan, to be exalted; us-luknan, to become unlocked; us-mērnan, to be proclaimed; weihnan, to become holy.
§ 332. These verbs were originally unreduplicated perfects which acquired a pres. meaning like Skr. véda, Gr. οἶδα, Lat. nōvī, I know, to which a new weak preterite (see § 340), an infinitive, and a pres. participle were formed in the prim. Germanic period. They are inflected in the pres. like the preterite of strong verbs. The following verbs, most of which are very defective, belong to this class:—
§ 333. wáit, I know, 2 sing. wáist (§ 138), 1 pl. witum, subj. witjáu, pret. wissa (§ 138), subj. pret. wissēdjáu, pres. part. witands, infin. *witan.
láis, I know. This is the only form extant.
§ 334. dáug, it is good for, profits. The only form extant.
§ 335. kann, I know, 2 sing. kant (kannt), 1 pl. kunnum, pret. indic. kunþa, pret. subj. kunþēdjáu, infin. kunnan, pres. part. kunnands, pp. kunþs.
Note.—The pret. and pp. of this verb presents difficulties in all the Germanic languages. The pp. kunþs, O.Icel. kūþr (kunnr), OE. cūþ, OS. kūþ, O.Fris. kūth, OHG. kund (§ 127, Table I), all go back to prim. Germanic *kúnþaz, Indg. *gntós (with vocalic n). The regular prim. Germanic form would have been *kundás, but the separate languages show that the accent must have been shifted from the ending to the stem some time prior to the operation of Verner’s law, and that then a preterite was formed direct from the base kunþ-+the endings -ōn, (-æn), -æs, -æ, &c. (§ 315), whence Goth. kunþa, O.Icel. kunna from older *kunþa, OE. cūþe, OHG. konda. See § 340
þarf, I need, 2 sing. þarft, 1 pl. þaúrbum, subj. þaúrbjáu, pret. indic. þaúrfta, infin. *þaúrban, pres. part. þaúrbands, pp. þaúrfts, necessary.
ga-dars, I dare, 1 pl. ga-daúrsum, subj. ga-daúrsjáu, pret. indic. ga-daúrsta, infin. ga-daúrsan.
§ 336. skal, I shall, owe, 2 sing. skalt, 1 pl. skulum, subj. skuljáu, pret. indic. skulda, pret. subj. skuldēdjáu, infin. *skulan, pres. part. skulands, pp. skulds, owing, lawful.
man, I think, 1 pl. munum, subj. munjáu, pret. indic. munda, infin. munan, pres. part. munands, pp. munds.
bi-nah, it is permitted or lawful; ga-nah, it suffices, pp. bi-naúhts, sufficient, infin. *-naúhan. Other forms are wanting.
§ 337. mag, I can, may, 2 sing. magt for *maht, dual magu, maguts, 1 pl. magum, subj. magjáu, pret. indic. mahta, pret. subj. mahtēdjáu, infin. *magan, pres. part. magands, pp. mahts.
§ 338. ga-mōt, I find room, 1 pl. *ga-mōtum, subj. gamōtjáu, pret. indic. ga-mōsta, infin. *ga-mōtan.
ōg, I fear, 1 pl. *ōgum, subj. ōgjáu, pret. indic. ōhta; imperative 2 sing. ōgs, from prim. Germanic *ōʒiz, is originally an injunctive form. 2 pl. ōgeiþ (properly subj.), infin. *ōgan. The pres. part. of the real old infin. still survives in unagands, fearless.
§ 339. áih, I have, probably belonged originally to the seventh class of strong verbs (§ 311), 1, 3 sing. áih (7) and áig (1), plural 1. áigum (2) and áihum (2), 2. áihuþ (1), 3. áigun (2), subj. 3 sing. áigi (2), plural 2 pers. áigeiþ (1), 3. áigeina (1), pres. part. áigands (5) and áihands (1), infin. áihan (1) occurring in the compound faír-áihan, to partake of, pret. indic. 1, 3 sing. áihta, 3 pl. áihtēdun, subj. 2 sing. áihtēdeis.
Note.—In the pres. h was regular in the 1, 3 pers. sing. indic. (§§ 136-7), and g in all other forms of the present. But in a few cases we find h where we should expect g, and in one case g instead of h. The figures in brackets give the number of times h and g occur in forms of the present.
§ 340. It should be noted that the ending of the past participle of all verbs belonging to the preterite presents goes back to Indg. -tós (not -itós as in the first class of weak verbs, § 322), as kunþs (§ 335 note), munds, skulds = prim. Germanic *kúnþaz, *mundás, *skuldás, Indg. *gntós, *mntós, *skltós; and similarly with the other past participles. This is no doubt the reason why the preterites do not have the medial -i- which is found in the preterites and past participles of the first class of weak verbs, as nasida, sōkida, pp. nasiþs, sōkiþs; and similarly with the preterites baúhta, brāhta, &c. (§ 321).
§ 341. Only scanty remains of the athematic verbs have been preserved in Gothic. These are the pres. indicative and subjunctive of the substantive verb, and the verb will.
§ 342. The substantive verb forms its present tense from the root es-. The other parts of the verb are supplied by wisan (§ 308).
| Present. | ||
| Indic. | Subj. | |
|---|---|---|
| Sing 1. | im, I am | sijáu |
| 2. | is | sijáis |
| 3. | ist | sijái |
| Dual 1. | siju | *sijáiwa |
| 2. | *sijuts | *sijáits |
| Plur 1. | sijum | sijáima |
| 2. | sijuþ | sijáiþ |
| 3. | sind | sijáina |
| Infin. | Participle. | |
| wisan | wisands | |
| Preterite. | ||
| Indic. | Subj. | |
| Sing 1. | was | wēsjáu |
| 2. | wast | wēseis |
| [&c. like nam, § 286] | [&c. like nēmjáu] | |
| Participle. | ||
| wisans | ||
Note.—1. For the imperative the subj. forms sijáis, &c., are used.
2. Observe the elision of the vowel in nist = ni ist, þatist = þata ist, karist = kara ist.
3. Beside sijum, sijuþ there also occur sium, siuþ, which points to a weak articulation of the intervocalic -j-.
The original forms of the pres. indic. were: Sing. *ésmi (Skr. ásmi), *ési beside *éssi (Skr. ási, Homer ἐσσί), *ésti (Skr. ásti, Gr. ἐστί); dual *swés (Skr. svás), *stés (Skr. sthás); Pl. *smés (Skr. smás), *sté (Skr. sthá), *sénti (Skr. sánti). Beside the accented there also were unaccented forms just as in the pronouns (§ 259). *ésmi regularly became im through the intermediate stages *izmi, *immi, *imm. is from *isi, *izi; ist from *isti; sind from *sindi. siju, sijum, sijuþ with sij- from the pres. subjunctive and the endings of the pret. of strong verbs (§ 292), cp. the same endings in O.Icel. erum, we are, eruþ, eru (OE. earon); OHG. bir-um, bir-ut; OE. sindon, OS. sindun.
The original forms of the pres. subjunctive were: Sing. *s(i)jém (Skr. syǽm), *s(i)jés (Skr. syás), *s(i)jét (Skr. syát); Pl. *sīmé, *sīté, *sijént, which would have become in Gothic *sija, *sijēs, *sija; *seima (OHG. sīm), *seiþ (OHG. sīt), *sein (OHG. OS. sīn). In Gothic the original sij- of the singular was extended to the plural and then the whole tense was remodelled after the analogy of the pres. subjunctive of strong verbs (§ 288).
§ 343. The present tense of this verb was originally an optative (subjunctive) form of a verb in -mi, which already in prim. Germanic came to be used indicatively. To this was formed in Gothic a new infinitive, present participle, and weak preterite. The endings of the present are those of the pret. subjunctive (§ 293). The existing forms are:—
| Present. | ||
| Sing 1. | wiljáu | |
| 2. | wileis | |
| 3. | wili | |
| Dual 2. | wileits | |
| Plur 1. | wileima | |
| 2. | wileiþ | |
| 3. | wileina | |
| Infin. | Participle. | |
|---|---|---|
| wiljan | wiljands | |
| Preterite. | ||
| Indic. | Subj. | |
| Sing 1. | wilda | wildēdjáu |
| [&c. like nasida, § 317] | [&c. like nasidēdjáu] | |
§ 344. Most adverbs of manner are formed from adjectives by means of the suffix -ba, the origin of which is uncertain. Some scholars regard it as an instrumental ending, representing an Indg. *-bhē or *-bhō. Examples are: baírhtaba, brightly; báitraba, bitterly; háuhaba, highly; ƕassaba, sharply; mikilaba, greatly; raíhtaba, rightly; ubilaba, evilly. sunjaba, truly. ana-láugniba, secretly; ga-tēmiba, fitly. agluba, with difficulty; harduba beside hardaba, grievously; manwuba, in readiness.
The original ablative of adjectives (Indg. -ōd, -ēd, OE. -a, OS. OHG. -o) was often used adverbially, as and-áugjō, openly; ana-leikō, in like manner; ga-leikō, like; glaggwō, diligently; sinteinō, continually; sniumundō, quickly; spráutō, quickly; þiubjō, secretly; þridjō, for the third time; ūhteigō, in season. The same ending also occurs in aftarō, behind; aúftō, perhaps, surely; missō, one another; sundrō, asunder; ufarō, above; undarō, beneath; simlē, once.
§ 345. The comparative degree of adverbs generally ends in -is, ōs (see § 243), as áiris, earlier; faúrþis, beforehand; framis, further; haldis, rather; háuhis, higher; máis, more; nēƕis, nearer; mins from *minniz, less; waírs from *wirsiz, worse; aljaleikōs, otherwise; sniumundōs, with more haste.
Of the superlative degree two examples only are extant: frumist, first of all; máist, at most.
§ 346. The gen. case is sometimes used adverbially, as allis, in general, wholly; and-waírþis, over against; nahts, at night; raíhtis, however, indeed.
§ 347. Adverbs of time are expressed either by simple adverbs, as áir, early; ƕan, when; ju, already; nu, now; þan, then; or by the oblique cases of nouns and pronouns, as himma daga, to-day; gistra-dagis, du maúrgina, to-morrow; dagis ƕizuh, day by day; ni áiw, never; fram himma nu, henceforth.
§ 348. Adverbs of place denoting rest in a place have the ending -r or -a (cp. the -r in Lat. cūr, why, Lith. kuŕ, where. The -a is originally an instrumental ending), as aljar, elsewhere; hēr, here; ƕar, where; jáinar, yonder; þar, there; afta, behind; faúra, before; inna, within; iupa, above; ūta, without; dalaþa, below.
Those denoting motion to a place have either no suffix or one of the suffixes -þ (-d), -drē. The -þ (-d) goes back to an Indg. particle *-te, denoting motion to a place, and is also preserved in Greek in words like πό-σε from *πό-τε, whither; ἄλλο-σε, elsewhither. -drē represents an original ablative ending *-trēd. Examples are: aljaþ, in another direction; dalaþ, down; ƕaþ, ƕadrē, whither; jaind, jaindrē, thither; samaþ, to the same place; hidrē, hither.
Those denoting motion from a place have either the suffix -þrō or -na, where -þrō represents an original ablative ending *-trōd and is related to the -tra in Skr. words like tá-tra, there; anyá-tra, elsewhere; and -na from an original particle -nē denoting motion from a place, cp. Lat. super-ne, from above. Examples are: aljaþrō, from elsewhere; allaþrō, from all directions; dalaþrō, from below; faírraþrō, from afar; innaþrō, innana, from within; iupana, iupaþrō, from above; jáinþrō, thence; ƕaþrō, whence; þaþrō, thence; ūtaþrō, ūtana, from without; aftana, hindana, from behind.
§ 349. The affirmative and negative particles are ja, jái, yea, yes; ni, not; nē, nay, no.
The interrogative particles are u, which is attached enclitically to the first word of its clause, as skuldu (=skuld-u) ist?, is it lawful?; in compounds having a prefix it is attached to the prefix, as gauláubjats? (= ga-u-láubjats?), do ye two believe?; niu (= ni-u), not; an, nuh, then; jau (= ja-u), whether; þáu (in the second of two alternative questions), or; ibái, which like Gr. μή, Lat. num, requires a negative answer, cp. St. Mark ii. 19. See § 297.
§ 350. (1) With the accusative: and, along, throughout, towards; faúr, for, before; inuh, without; þaírh, through, by; undar, under; wiþra, against.
(2) With the dative: af, of, from; alja, except; du, to; faúra, before; fram, from; miþ, with; nēƕa, nigh to, near; undarō, under; us, out, out of.
(3) With accusative and dative: afar, after, according to; ana, on, upon; at, at, by, to; bi, by, about, around, against, according to; hindar, behind, beyond, among; uf, under; ufar, over, above; und with acc. until, up to, with dat. for.
(4) With accusative, dative, and genitive: in with acc. in, into, towards, with dat. in, into, among, with gen. on account of.
§ 351. (1) Copulative: jah, and, also; uh (enclitic), and; nih, and not; jah … jah, both … and; ni þatáinei … ak jah, not only … but also; nih … ak jah, not only … but also.
(2) Disjunctive: aíþþáu, or; andizuh … aíþþáu, either … or; jaþþē … jaþþē, whether … or; ni (or nih) … ni (or nih), neither … nor.
(3) Adversative: ak (after negative clauses), but; akei, but; iþ, þan, aþþan, but, however.
(4) Conclusive: nu, nunu, nuh, þannu, þanuh, þaruh, eiþan, duþē (duþþē), therefore.
(5) Concessive: þáu, in that case; þáuhjabái, even though; swēþáuh, indeed, however.
(6) Causal: allis, áuk, raíhtis, untē, for, because; (ni) þēei, (not) because; þandē, inasmuch as.
(7) Final: ei, þatei, þēei, þei, that; duþē, duþþē ei, du þamma ei, to the end that, because; ei, swaei, swaswē, so that; ibái (iba), lest, that … not.
(8) Conditional: jabái, if; nibái, niba, unless, if … not.
(9) Temporal: swē, just as; þan, þandē, when, as long as; biþē, miþþanei, whilst; sunsei, as soon as; faúrþizei, before that; untē, und þatei, þandē, until, until that, as long as.
(10) Comparative: ƕáiwa, how; swē, as; swaswē, so as.
§ 352. By far the greater part of the word-forming elements, used in the parent language, were no longer felt as such in Gothic. In this chapter we shall chiefly confine ourselves to those word-forming elements which remained productive, such as prefixes and suffixes.
§ 353. Nouns may be divided into simple, derivative and compound. Examples of simple nouns are: abba, father; ahs, ear of grain; áiþs, oath; baúrgs, city; dags, day; fōtus, foot; fisks, fish; gulþ, gold; haúrn, horn; ƕeila, time; juk, yoke; nahts, night; stáins, stone; waúrd, word; wulfs, wolf.
§ 354. Derivative nouns are formed in a great variety of ways:—
1. From adjectives, as bráidei, breadth; drugkanei, drunkenness; laggei, length; managei, multitude; siukei, sickness (§ 212); mildiþa, mildness; niujiþa, newness (§ 191); managdūþs, abundance (§ 199); manniskōdus, humanity; barniski, childhood.
2. By means of various suffixes most of which were no longer felt as such in Gothic, as fugls, fowl, bird; stikls, cup; tagl, hair; bagms, tree; máiþms, treasure; akrs, field; tagr, tear; brōþar, brother; daúhtar, daughter; figgrs, finger; baúrgja, citizen; gudja, priest; fiskja, fisher; bōkareis, scribe; mōtareis, toll-taker; lēkinassus, healing. Diminutives, as barnilō, little child; magula, little boy; mawilō, little girl.
3. From strong verbs with and without a prefix, as láiba, remnant; ur-rists, resurrection; un-witi, ignorance; drus, fall; ga-kusts, test; nuta, fisher; saúhts, sickness; bandi, band; bandja, prisoner; dragk, drink; ga-filh, burial; ga-munds, remembrance; fulhsni, secret; sagqs, sinking; saggws, song; ur-runs, running out; þarba, poverty; barn, child; baúr, son; bērusjōs, parents; ga-taúra, rent; ga-qumþs, assembly; qums, advent; skula, debtor; bida, prayer; gabei, riches; giba, gift; ga-nists, salvation; ga-qiss, consent; hliftus, thief; mahts, might; wists, substance; wraks, persecutor; fraþi, understanding; ga-skafts, creation; slaúhts, slaughter; staþs, place; us-wahsts, growth; áihts, property; ga-háit, promise.
4. By means of various prefixes. Some of the forms given as prefixes below are in reality independent words forming the first element of compounds. They have been included among the real prefixes for purely practical purposes. It should be noted that the examples given below include both nouns and adjectives:—
§ 355. af- from *aƀ- (O.Icel. OS. af-, OE. æf- (unaccented form of-), OHG. ab, Indg. *apó beside *ápo, Gr. ἀπό, ἄπο, off, from, away from), as af-drugkja, drunkard; af-ētja, glutton; af-gudei, ungodliness; af-guþs, godless; af-lageins, remission; af-lēts, forgiveness; af-stass, a falling away.
§ 356. afar- (O.Icel. afar-, OHG. avar-, a deriv. of Indg. *ápo + the comparative suffix -er-os, after, cp. Skr. áparas, the latter; adv. aparám, later), as afar-dags, the next day; afar-sabbatus, the first day after the Sabbath.
§ 357. ana- (OS. an-, OHG. ana-, OE. an-, accented form of on-, Gr. ἀνά, ἄνα, on, upon), as ana-busns, command; ana-filh, tradition; ana-lageins, a laying on; ana-minds, supposition; ana-qiss, blasphemy; ana-siuns, visible; ana-stōdeins, beginning; ana-waírþs, future.
§ 358. and-, mostly in verbs, anda-, only with nouns and adjectives (O.Icel. and-, OE. and-, ond-, OS. and-, ant-, OHG. ant-, ent-, int-, cp. Skr. ánti, Gr. ἀντί, opposite, against, Lat. ante, before), as and-áugi, face; and-huleins, revelation; and-waírþi, presence.—anda-baúhts, ransom; anda-hafts, answer; anda-nēms, pleasant; anda-nahti, evening; anda-staþjis, adversary; anda-þāhts, circumspect; anda-wáurdi, answer.
§ 359. at- (O.Icel. OS. at-, OE. æt-, OHG. aȥ-, at, to, Lat. ad, to), only in at-aþni, year; at-witáins, observation.
§ 360. bi- (OE. OS. be-, OHG. bi-, the unaccented form of OE. OS. OHG. bī, by), as bi-faíhō, covetousness; bi-háit, strife; bi-máit, circumcision; bi-sitands, neighbour.
§ 361. dis- (probably borrowed from Lat. dis-, apart, asunder), only in dis-taheins, dispersion; dis-wiss, dissolution.
§ 362. faír- (OHG. fir-, far-, NHG. ver-, Skr. pári, Gr. πέρι, περί, around, Lat. per, through), only in faír-weitl, spectacle.
§ 363. faúr- (OE. OS. for, OHG. furi, for, before), as faúr-baúhts, redemption; faúr-hāh, curtain; faúr-lageins, a laying before; faúr-stasseis, chief ruler;
§ 364. faúra- (OE. fore, OS. OHG. fora, before, for), as faúra-daúri, street; faúra-gagga, steward; faúra-hāh, curtain; faúra-maþleis, ruler; faúra-tani, sign, wonder.
§ 365. fra- (OHG. fra-, Lat. pro-, Gr. πρό, before), as fra-gifts, gift, promise; fra-qisteins, waste; fra-lusts, loss; fra-waúrhts, sin; fra-weit, revenge.
§ 366. fram- (O.Icel. OE. OS. OHG. fram-, from), as fram-aldrs, very old; fram-gāhts, progress.
§ 367. ga- (OE. ge-, OS. gi-, OHG. ga-, gi-), originally a preposition meaning together, which already in prim. Germanic was no longer used as an independent word. It was especially used in forming collective nouns, but at a later period it often had only an intensive meaning or no special meaning at all, as ga-baúrþs, birth; ga-bruka, fragment; ga-dōfs, becoming, fit; ga-filh, burial; ga-guþs, pious; ga-hugds, thought; ga-juk, a pair; ga-kusts, proof; ga-man, fellow-man; ga-munds, remembrance; ga-qumþs, assembly; ga-skafts, creation; ga-waúrstwa, fellow-worker.
§ 368. hindar- (OE. hinder, OHG. hintar, behind), only in hindar-weis, deceitful; hindar-weisei, deceitfulness.
§ 369. id- (OE. ed-, OHG. ita-, it-, back, again, re-), only in idweit (OE. edwīt, OHG. ita-wīȥ, it-wīȥ), reproach.
§ 370. in- (OE. OS. OHG. in, O.Lat. en, later in, Gr. ἐνί, ἐν, in), as in-ahei, soberness; in-ahs, sober; in-gardja, one of the same household; in-ilō, excuse; in-kunja, countryman; in-máideins, exchange; in-winds, turned aside.
§ 371. inna- (O.Icel. OE. inne, OHG. inna, within), only in inna-kunds, of the same household.
§ 372. missa- (OE. mis-, OHG. missa-, missi-, Indg. *mitto-, originally a participial adjective meaning lost), as missa-dēþs, misdeed; missa-leiks, various; missa-qiss, discord.
§ 373. miþ- (OE. OS. mid, OHG. mit, with, Gr. μετά, with, under, between), as miþ-gardi-waddjus, partition wall; miþ-ga-sinþa, travelling companion; miþ-wissei, conscience.
§ 374. uf- from *uƀ- (Skr. úpa, Gr. ὕπο, up, under), as uf-áiþeis, under an oath; uf-blōteins, entreaty; uf-háuseins, obedience; uf-kunþi, knowledge.
§ 375. ufar- (OE. ofer, OS. oƀar, OHG. ubar, Gr. ὑπέρ, Skr. upári, over, above), as ufar-fullei, overfullness; ufar-fulls, overfull; ufar-gudja, chief priest; ufar-mēli, superscription.
§ 376. un- (OE. OS. OHG. un-, Lat. en-, Gr. ἀ-, a negative particle, un-, sometimes used intensitively with the meaning bad, evil, &c.), as un-agei, fearlessness; un-baírands, barren; un-fagrs, unfit; un-frōdei, without understanding; un-háili, disease; un-hulþa, evil spirit; un-mahts, infirmity; un-wāhs, blameless.
§ 377. us- from *uz- (OE. or-, OS. OHG. ur-, out), as us-filh, burial; us-fōdeins, food; us-fulleins, fullness; us-kunþs, well-known; us-qiss, accusation; us-stass, resurrection; ur-rists, resurrection, see § 175 note 3.
§ 378. wiþra- (OE. wiþer, OHG. widar, against), only in wiþra-waírþs, opposite.
§ 379. -and- (OE. -end, -nd, OS. -and, -nd; OHG. -ant, -nt), originally the ending of the present participle (§ 217), used in forming nomina agentis, as bisitands, neighbour; frijōnds, friend; fijands, enemy; nasjands, saviour. See § 218.
§ 380. -arja- (OE. -ere, OHG. -āri, Lat. -ārius), originally used to form nomina agentis from other nouns, and then later from verbs also, as bōkareis, scribe; láisareis, teacher; liuþareis, singer; mōtareis, toll-taker; sōkareis, disputer. See § 185.
§ 381. -assu- from *-attu-, Indg. -ad-tu- (cp. § 138), the first element of which is the same as the -at- in Goth. -atjan, OE. -ettan, OHG. -aȥȥen, Gr. -άζειν, in verbs like Goth. laúhatjan, OHG. lohaȥȥen, to lighten. Mostly extended to -inassu- with -in- from verbs like fráujinōn, to rule over; gudjinōn, to be a priest (§ 415); as ibnassus, evenness; ufarassus, overflow; blōtinassus, service, worship; draúhtinassus, warfare; gudjinassus (formed from stem gudjin-, nom. gudja, priest), office of a priest; hōrinassus, adultery; lēkinassus, healing; skalkinassus, service; þiudinassus, service; waninassus, want.
§ 382. -dūþi-, forming fem. abstract nouns, cp. Lat. juventus, youth, gen. juventūtis, Indg. -tūti-, as ajukdūþs, eternity; managdūþs, abundance; mikildūþs, greatness; gamáindūþs, communion. See § 199.
§ 383. -īn-, embracing fem. abstract nouns formed from adjectives, as áudagei, blessedness; báitrei, bitterness; bleiþei, mercy; bráidei, breadth; diupei, depth; gōdei, goodness; handugei, wisdom; laggei, length; liutei, deceit; mikilei, greatness; siukei, sickness; swinþei, strength. See § 212.
§ 384. -iþa (OE. -þo, -þ, OHG. -ida, prim. Germanic -iþō with -i- from ja- and i-stems, Indg. -tā), used in forming fem. abstract nouns from adjectives, as aggwiþa, anguish; agliþa, tribulation; dáubiþa, deafness; diupiþa, depth; dwaliþa, foolishness; gáuriþa, sorrow; kaúriþa, weight; manwiþa, preparation; mēriþa, fame; mildiþa, mildness; niujiþa, newness; swēriþa, honour; swikniþa, purity; weihiþa, holiness. See § 191. -iþa generally became -ida by dissimilation when the preceding syllable began with a voiceless consonant, as áuþida, desert; waírþida, worthiness.
§ 385. -ōþu- (OE. -aþ, -oþ, OHG. -ōd, Lat. -ātu-, Gr. Doric -ātú-), used in forming masc. abstract nouns from the second class of weak verbs, as gáunōþus, mourning; gabaúrjōþus, pleasure. -ōþu- became -ōdu- by dissimilation when the preceding syllable began with a voiceless consonant, as aúhjōdus, tumult; manniskōdus, humanity; wratōdus, journey.
§ 386. -ubni, -ufni (see § 158 note), prim. Germanic -uƀnja-, Indg. -mnjo- with vocalic m, as fastubni, observance; fráistubni, temptation; witubni, knowledge; waldufni, power; wundufni, wound.
§ 387. -þwa (prim. Germanic -þwō, Indg. -twā), as fijaþwa, fiaþwa, hatred; frijaþwa, love; saliþwōs, pl., dwelling, mansion.
§ 388. -eini-, prim. Germanic -i(j)ini-, Indg. -ejeni-; -ōni-, Indg. -āni-; -áini-, prim. Germanic -æ(j)ini-, Indg. -ējeni-; used in forming verbal abstract nouns from the first three classes of weak verbs, as láiseins, doctrine; laþōns, invitation; libáins, life. See § 200.
§ 389. In compound nouns formed by composition the second element is always a noun, but the first element may be a noun, adjective, or a particle. The declension and gender of compound nouns are determined by the final element.
The final vowel of the first element generally remained in the pure a-stems, but there are many exceptions which it is difficult to account for. Examples are: áiƕa-tundi, thornbush; áina-baúr, first-born; áiza-smiþa, coppersmith; arma-haírtei, mercy; daúra-wards, door-keeper; dwala-waúrdei, foolish talk; figgra-gulþ, finger-ring; garda-waldands (but see § 197), master of the house; hunda-faþs, centurion; hunsla-staþs, altar; lagga-mōdei, long-suffering; láuna-wargs, unthankful person; láusa-waúrdi, empty talk; lukarna-staþa, candlestick; waíla-dēþs, benefit; waúrda-jiuka, a strife about words; weina-gards, vineyard; weina-triu, vine. But on the other hand: áin-falþei, simplicity; all-waldands, the Almighty; gud-hūs, temple; guþ-blōstreis, worshipper of God; hals-agga, neck; láus-handus (adj.), empty-handed; manag-falþs (adj.), manifold; sigis-láun, prize; wein-drugkja, wine-bibber.
The -a remained in the short ja-stems, but disappeared in the long, as midja-sweipáins, the flood; niuja-satiþs, novice; wilja-halþei, respect of persons; but frei-hals, freedom. arbi-numja, heir; agláiti-waúrdei, indecent language.
The final vowel of the first element regularly remained in the ō-, jō-, i-, and u-stems, as mōta-staþs, toll-place. þūsundi-faþs, leader of a thousand men. gabaúrþi-waúrda, genealogy; mari-sáiws, sea; mati-balgs, wallet; náudi-bandi, fetter; but brūþ-faþs, bridegroom. asilu-qaírnus, mill-stone; faíhu-gaírnei, covetousness; filu-waúrdei, much talking; fōtu-baúrd, footboard; grundu-waddjus, foundation; hardu-haírtei, hard-heartedness. þiuþi-qiss instead of *þiuþa-qiss, blessing.
The n-stems have a, as áuga-daúrō, window; mana-sēþs, mankind; but man-leika, image; staua-stōls, judgment seat.
Examples of consonant stems are: baúrgs-waddjus, town-wall; brōþru-lubō, brotherly love, beside the new formation brōþra-lubō; nahta-mats, supper, formed on analogy with the a-stems.
§ 390. Adjectives, like nouns, may be conveniently divided into three classes: simple, derivative, and compound. Examples of simple adjectives are: áins, one; alls, all; baírhts, bright; blinds, blind; dáuþs, dead; diups, deep; fagrs, fair; fulls, full; háils, whole; hardus, hard; ibns, even; juggs, young; kalds, cold; mikils, great; raíhts, right; siuks, sick; ubils, evil.
§ 391. Derivative adjectives often have the same prefixes as nouns (§§ 355-78), as af-guþs, godless; ana-siuns, visible; anda-nēms, pleasant; fram-aldrs, very old; ga-guþs, pious; missa-leiks, various; un-fagrs, unfit; us-kunþs, well known.
§ 392. -aga- (OE. -ig, OHG. -ag, prim. Germanic -aʒá-, Indg. -oqó-, cp. Skr. -aká-), as áudags, blessed; grēdags, hungry; mōdags, angry; un-hunslags, without offering; wulþags, glorious.
§ 393. -aha- (prim. Germanic -áꭓa-, Indg. -óqo-, cp. Skr. -áka-, the same suffix as the above with difference of accent), as áinaha (weak decl.), only; niu-klahs, under age; stáinahs, stony; un-barnahs, childless; waúrdahs, verbal; and similarly baírgahei, hill country, from *baírgahs; brōþrahans, brethren, from *brōþrahs.
§ 394. -eiga- (OE. -ig, OHG. -īg, prim. Germanic -īʒá-, Indg. *-iqó-, cp. Skr. -īká-), as anda-nēmeigs, holding fast; ansteigs, gracious; hrōþeigs, victorious; láiseigs, apt to teach; listeigs, cunning; mahteigs, mighty; sineigs, old; þiuþeigs, good; us-beisneigs, long-suffering; waúrstweigs, effective.
§ 395. -eina- (OE. -en, OHG. -īn, prim. Germanic -ina-, = Lat. -inu-s), used in forming adjectives denoting the material of which a thing is made, as áirþeins, earthen; áiweins, eternal; barizeins, of barley; filleins, leathern; gulþeins, golden; gumeins, male, qineins, female; stáineins, of stone; þaúrneins, thorny; triweins, wooden.
§ 396. -iska- (OE. -isc, OHG. -isc, -isk, Lat. -iscu-s, Gk. -ισκο-ς), generally connoting the quality of the object denoted by the simplex, as barnisks, childish; funisks, fiery; gudisks, godly; mannisks, human; *þiudisks, whence þiudiskō, after the manner of Gentiles; iudáiwisks, Jewish, formed from Iudáius, Jew; háiþiwisks, wild, with w from iudáiwisks.
§ 397. In compound adjectives formed by composition the second element is always an adjective or used as an adjective, but the first element may be a noun, adjective, verb, or particle. The final vowel in the first element of the compound follows the same rule as in nouns (§ 389), as akrana-láus, fruitless; gōda-kunds, of good origin; guda-láus, godless; himina-kunds, heavenly; witōda-láus, lawless; áin-falþs, simple; mikil-þūhts, high-minded. andi-láus beside anda-láus, endless, with a from the pure a-stems. áirþa-kunds, born of the earth; ƕeila-ƕaírbs, transitory. náudi-þaúrfts, needy. faíhu-gaírns, covetous; handu-waúrhts, made by hands. guma-kunds, male; qina-kunds, female; silba-wiljis, willing of oneself.
§ 398. In addition to the class of compound adjectives given above, the parent language had a class, the second element of which was originally a noun. Such compounds are generally called bahuvrīhi or possessive compounds, as Lat. longipēs, having a long foot, long-footed; Gr. δυσμενής, having an evil mind, hostile; Gothic alja-kuns, belonging to another race, foreign; arma-haírts, merciful; háuh-haírts, proud, haughty; ibna-leiks, equal; láus-handus, empty-handed; láusa-waúrds, talking vainly; ubil-waúrds, evil-speaking.
§ 399. From a morphological point of view, all verbs may be divided into two great classes: simple and compound. Simple verbs are sub-divided into primary and denominative verbs. To the former sub-division belong the strong verbs and a certain number of weak verbs, and to the latter the denominative verbs. The simple primary verbs are here left out of further consideration, as their formation belongs to the wider field of comparative grammar. Compound verbs are of various kinds: (1) those formed from simple verbs by means of separable or inseparable particles, (2) those formed from nouns and adjectives with verbal prefixes or suffixes.
§ 400. Simple verbs are formed direct from nouns and adjectives or from the corresponding strong verbs, as dáiljan, to deal out; fōdjan, to feed; namnjan, to name; wēnjan, to hope; fiskōn, to fish; karōn, to care for. háiljan, to heal; hráinjan, to make clean; mikiljan, to magnify; weihnan, to become holy. lagjan, to lay; nasjan, to save; ráisjan, to raise; satjan, to set; wandjan, to turn.
§ 401. Compound verbs are formed from simple verbs, nouns, and adjectives, by means of various prefixes. See below. On the accentuation of the prefixes in verbs see §§ 33-4.
§ 402. af- (§ 355), as af-áikan, to deny; af-dáuþjan, to kill; af-gaggan, to go away; af-lētan, to dismiss; af-máitan, to cut off; af-slahan, to kill; af-tiuhan, to draw away.
§ 403. afar- (§ 356), as afar-gaggan, to follow; afar-láistjan, to follow after.
§ 404. ana- (§ 357), as ana-áukan, to add to; ana-biudan, to command; ana-háitan, to call on; ana-hneiwan, to stoop down; ana-lagjan, to lay on; ana-stōdjan, to begin.
§ 405. and- (§ 358), as and-bindan, to unbind; and-hafjan, to answer; and-huljan, to uncover; and-niman, to receive; and-sakan, to dispute; and-standan, to withstand.
§ 406. at- (§ 359), as at-áugjan, to show; at-giban, to give up; at-hafjan, to take down; at-lagjan, to lay on; at-saíƕan, to take heed; at-tēkan, to touch; at-waírpan, to cast down; at-wōpjan, to call.
§ 407. bi- (§ 360), as bi-áukan, to add to; bi-gitan, to find; bi-leiban, to remain; bi-rinnan, to run about; bi-sitan, to sit about; bi-swaran, to adjure.
§ 408. dis- (§ 361), as dis-dáiljan, to share; dis-sitan, to settle upon; dis-tahjan, to waste; dis-taíran, to tear asunder; dis-wilwan, to plunder.
§ 409. -du- (of unknown origin), as du-at-gaggan, to go to; du-ginnan, to begin; du-rinnan, to run to; du-stōdjan, to begin.
§ 410. faúr- (§ 363), as faúr-biudan, to forbid; faúr-gaggan, to pass by; faúr-qiþan, to excuse; faúr-sniwan, to hasten before.
§ 411. faúra- (§ 364), as faúra-gaggan, to go before; faúra-gateihan, to inform beforehand; faúra-standan, to govern.
§ 412. fra- (§ 365), as fra-giban, to give; fra-itan, to devour; fra-lētan, to liberate; fra-liusan, to lose; fra-niman, to receive; fra-qistjan, to destroy; fra-wardjan, to destroy.
§ 413. ga- (originally added to verbs to impart to them a perfective meaning, see § 367), as ga-baíran, to bring forth; ga-bindan, to bind; ga-dáiljan, to divide; ga-fāhan, to seize; ga-fulljan, to fill; ga-háitan, to call together; ga-kiusan, to approve; ga-láubjan, to believe; ga-lisan, to gather together; ga-nasjan, to save; ga-rinnan, to hasten together; ga-taíran, to destroy; ga-wandjan, to turn round.
§ 414. hindar- (§ 368), only in hindar-leiþan, to go behind.
§ 415. in- (§ 370), as in-brannjan, to put in the fire; in-saian, to sow in; in-saíƕan, to look at; in-sandjan, to send forth; in-widan, to reject.
§ 416. twis- (OE. twi-, OHG. zwi-, Lat. bi-, Gr. δι- from *δϝι-, two), denoting separation, only in twis-standan, to depart from one.
§ 417. uf- (§ 374), as uf-blēsan, to blow up; uf-brikan, to reject; uf-dáupjan, to baptize; uf-háusjan, to submit; uf-kunnan, to recognize; uf-ligan, to lie under.
§ 418. tuz- (OE. tor-, Gr. δυς-), only in tuz-wērjan, to doubt.
§ 419. þaírh- (OE. þurh, OHG. durh, through), as þaírh-baíran, to carry through; þaírh-gaggan, to go through; þaírh-saíƕan, to see through; þaírh-wisan, to remain.
§ 420. ufar- (§ 375), as ufar-gaggan, to transgress; ufar-mēljan, to write over; ufar-munnōn, to forget; ufar-skadwjan, to overshadow; ufar-steigan, to mount up.
§ 421. und- (OE. oþ-, OHG. unt-, up to), as und-greipan, to seize; und-rēdan, to grant; und-rinnan, to run to one.
unþa- (OE. ūþ-, OHG. int-, from, away), only in unþa-þliuhan = OHG. int-fliohan, to escape.
§ 422. us- (§ 377), as us-anan, to expire; us-beidan, to await; us-dreiban, to drive out; us-giban, to give out; us-kiusan, to choose out; us-láubjan, to permit; us-qiþan, to proclaim; us-tiuhan, to lead out. ur-ráisjan, to rouse up; ur-reisan, to arise; ur-rinnan, to proceed. See § 175 note 3.
§ 423. wiþra- (§ 378), only in wiþra-gaggan, wiþra-ga-mōtjan, to go to meet.
§ 424. -atjan (OE. -ettan, OHG. -aȥȥen, cp. § 381), used in forming intensitive verbs, as laúhatjan, to lighten; káupatjan, to buffet; swōgatjan, to sigh, groan.
§ 425. -inōn (with -in- from verbs like gudjinōn, to be a priest, formed from the stem gudjin-, nom. gudja, priest; ga-áiginōn, to take possession of, from áigin, property), and similarly fráujinōn, to rule over; raginōn, to be governor. The -in- then came to be extended to verbs like skalkinōn, to serve, from skalks, servant; and similarly draúhtinōn, to wage war; faginōn, to rejoice; hōrinōn, to commit adultery; lēkinōn, to heal; reikinōn, to govern.
§ 426. Accusative. Transitive verbs govern the accusative as in other languages: ga-saíƕiþ þana sunu mans, ye shall see the son of man; akran baíran, to bear fruit; &c.
A few verbs take an accusative of kindred meaning, as ōhtēdun sis agis mikil, lit. they feared great fear for themselves, they feared exceedingly; háifstei þō gōdōn háifst, fight (thou) the good fight; similarly huzdjan huzda, to treasure up treasures; waúrkjan waúrstwa, to work works.
An accusative of closer definition occurs very rarely in Gothic: urrann sa dáuþa gabundans handuns jah fōtuns faskjam, the dead man came forth bound as to hands and feet with bandages; standáiþ nu ufgaúrdanái hupins izwarans sunjái, stand therefore, girt as to your loins with truth.
An accusative of the person is used with the impersonal verbs grēdōn, to be hungry; huggrjan, to hunger; þaúrsjan, to thirst; and also with gen. of the thing kar(a) ist, there is a care, it concerns, as ni kar-ist ina þizē lambē, he careth not for the sheep.
The space and time over which an action extends are expressed by the accusative, as qēmun dagis wig, they went a day’s journey; jabái ƕas þuk ananáuþjái rasta áina, gaggáis miþ imma twōs, if anyone (whosoever) shall compel thee to go a mile, go with him two; salida twans dagans, he abode two days.
láisjan takes two accusatives, one of the person, and one of the thing taught, as láisida ins in gajukōm manag, he taught them many a thing in parables. The following verbs and a few others have a double accusative in the active, one of the external object, and one of the predicate:—táujan, as ƕana þuk silban táujis þu? whom makest thou thyself?; waúrkjan, as raíhtōs waúrkeiþ stáigōs guþs unsaris, make ye straight the paths of our God; briggan, as sō sunja frijans izwis briggiþ, the truth shall make you free; dōmjan, as garaíhtana dōmidēdun guþ, they justified God; kunnan, as kunnands ina waír garaíhtana jah weihana, knowing him (to be) a just and holy man; bigitan, as bigētun þana siukan skalk háilana, they found the sick servant whole; qiþan, as izwis ni qiþa skalkans, I call you not servants; namnjan, as þanzei apaústaúluns namnida, whom he called apostles; rahnjan, as triggwana mik rahnida, he counted me faithful; háitan, as Daweid ina fráujan háitiþ, David calls him Lord; áihan, as attan áigum Abraham, we have Abraham as father.
§ 427. Genitive. Many verbs govern the direct or indirect object in the genitive, as hilp meináizōs un-galáubeináis, help thou my unbelief; fraíhna jah ik izwis áinis waúrdis, I will also ask you one word; saei allis skamáiþ sik meina aíþþáu meináizē waúrdē, þizuh sunus mans skamáiþ sik, for whosoever shall be ashamed of me or my words, of him shall the son of man be ashamed. Other examples are brūkjan, to use; fulljan, to fill; fullnan, to become full; gaírnjan, to long for; ga-hráinjan, to make clean; ga-þarban, to abstain from; ga-weisōn, to visit; háiljan, to make whole; lustōn, to desire; niutan, to enjoy; þaúrban, to need; &c.
The gen. is also governed by certain adjectives, as ahmins weihis fulls, full of the Holy Ghost; frija ist þis witōdis, she is free from that law; similarly filu, much; láus, empty, void; wans, lacking, wanting; waírþs, worthy; &c.
The gen. is often used in a partitive sense, especially with ni, ni waíhts, the interrogative and indefinite pronouns; also with the cardinal numerals þūsundi, taíhuntēhund, twa hunda, &c., and those expressing the decades (twái tigjus, &c., § 247). Examples are: jah ni was im barnē, they had no child; ni waíht warþigōs, nothing of (= no) condemnation; ƕas izwara, which one of you; ƕō mizdōnō, what reward; ƕazuh abnē, every man; sums mannē, a certain man; ni áinshun þiwē, no servant; all bagmē gōdáizē, every good tree; ƕarjis þizē waírþiþ qēns, of which of these shall she be wife; wēsun áuk swē fimf þūsundjōs waírē, for there were about five thousand men; taíhuntēhund lambē, a hundred sheep; twáim hundam skattē hláibōs ni ganōhái sind þáim, two hundred pennyworth of bread is not sufficient for them; dagē fidwōr tiguns, fráisans fram diabuláu, being forty days tempted of the devil. A partitive gen. is also sometimes used with verbs, as insandida skalk ei nēmi akranis, he sent a servant that he might receive (some) of the fruit.
The gen. is also sometimes used adverbially, as ni allis, not at all; raíhtis, indeed; filáus, much, very much; landis, over the land, far away; gistradagis, to-morrow; dagis ƕizuh, day by day; nahts, by night; usleiþam jáinis stadis, let us pass over to the other side; insandida ina háiþjōs seináizōs, he sent him into his field. The following adverbs of place govern the gen. when used prepositionally:—hindana, from behind, beyond; innana, from within, within; ūtana (ūtaþrō), from without, out of; ufarō (also the dat.), over, above.
Amongst other examples of the use of the gen. may be mentioned: in Saraípta Seidōnáis, unto Sarepta (a city) of Sidon; Tyrē jah Seidōnē land, the land of the Tyrians and Sidonians = Tyre and Sidon; gaggiþ sums mannē fram þis faúramaþleis synagōgeis, there cometh a certain man from (the house) of the ruler of the synagogue; gasaƕ Iakōbu þana Zaíbaídaiáus, he saw James the (son) of Zebedee; Iudan (acc.) Iakōbáus, Judas (the brother) of James; was áuk jērē twalibē, for she was (of the age) of twelve years.
§ 428. Dative. The following verbs and several others take a direct object in the dative case: afwaírpan, to cast away, put away; andhafjan, to answer; baírgan, to keep, preserve; balwjan, to torment; frabugjan, to sell; fra-liusan, to lose; fraqiman, to spend, consume; fraþjan, to understand; frakunnan, to despise; gáumjan, to perceive; idweitjan, to upbraid; kukjan, to kiss; tēkan, attēkan, to touch; ufarmunnōn, to forget. The verbs fraqistjan, usqistjan, and usqiman, to destroy; waírpan, to cast; uswaírpan and usdreiban, to cast out, sometimes take the dative and sometimes the accusative without a distinction in meaning. A few other verbs take the dative or accusative with a change of meaning, as anaháitan, with dat. to scold, with acc. to invoke; uskiusan, with dat. to reject, with acc. to prove, test.
Many adjectives take a dative, as aglus, difficult; anda-neiþa, hostile; ansteigs, gracious; azētizō, easier; brūks, useful; gōþs, good; hulþs, gracious; kunþs, known; liufs, dear; mōdags, angry; raþizō, easier; skula, guilty, liable to; skulds, owing; swērs, honoured; swikunþs, manifest; unkunþs, unknown; wiþrawaírþs, opposite.
The dative together with wisan or waírþan often has the same meaning as haban, as ni was im barnē, they had no children; saúrga mis ist mikila, I have great sorrow; waírþiþ þus fahēþs, thou shalt have joy; ei uns waírþái þata arbi, that we may have the inheritance.
The dative is often used reflexively, as leiƕan sis, to borrow; rōdida sis áins, he spake within himself; ni ōgs þus, be (thou) not afraid; ni faúrhteiþ izwis, be (ye) not affrighted; frawaúrhta mis, I have sinned; þankjan sis or mitōn sis, to think to oneself.
The dative also discharges the functions of the old ablative, instrumental, and locative, as wōpida Iēsus stibnái mikilái, Jesus cried with a loud voice; slōhun is háubiþ ráusa, they smote his head with a reed. After the comparative where we should use than together with a nominative, as sa afar mis gagganda swinþōza mis ist, he that cometh after me is mightier than I; niu sáiwala máis ist fōdeinái jah leik wastjōm, is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment; swēgnida ahmin Iēsus, Jesus rejoiced in spirit; naht jah daga, by night and day.
For the dative absolute, see § 436.
§ 429. Adjectives agree with their nouns in number, gender, and case not only when used attributively, but also when the adjective follows the noun, either predicatively or in apposition. To this general rule there are a few exceptions.
(1) An adjective accompanying managei, people, multitude, and hiuhma, crowd, mostly occurs in the masculine plural, as jah was managei beidandans Zakariins, and the people waited for Zacharias; jah alls hiuhma was manageins beidandans, and the whole crowd of the people was waiting (the Gr. has προσευχόμενον, praying).
(2) Grammatical feminines are occasionally treated as masculines, or even when denoting things as neuters; and grammatical neuters (when suggesting persons) as masculines, as ei kanniþ wēsi handugei guþs, that the wisdom of God might be known; ni waírþiþ garaíhts áinhun leikē, no man (lit. no one of bodies) becometh just.
(3) When the same adjective refers both to masculine and feminine beings, it is put in the neuter plural, as wēsunuh þan garaíhta ba in andwaírþja guþs, and they (Zacharias and Elizabeth) were both righteous before God.
§ 430. The strong and weak forms of adjectives are employed in much the same manner as in the other old Germanic languages; that is, adjectives used without the definite article follow the strong declension, and those with the definite article follow the weak declension, as was drus is mikils, great was the fall of it; ni mag bagms þiuþeigs akrana ubila gatáujan, a good tree cannot produce evil fruit; haírdeis sa gōda, the good shepherd; untē baúrgs ist þis mikilins þiudanis, for it is the city of the great king.
The pronominal form of the nom. acc. neut. of strong adjectives (§ 226) is never used predicatively.
All cardinal numerals, the ordinal numeral anþar, second, the possessive pronouns meins, my; þeins, thy; &c., the pronominal adjectives sums, some; alls, all; jáins, that; swaleiks, such; &c., as also the adjectives fulls, full; ganōhs, enough; halbs, half; midjis, middle; are always declined strong.
All ordinal numerals (except anþar), all adjectives in the comparative degree, all the old superlatives ending in -ma, as fruma, first; aftuma, last; the present participle (except in the nom. sing. masc., see § 239), and sama, same; silba, self; are always declined weak.
§ 431. The nominative of the personal pronouns is generally omitted, except when the person is to be mentioned with special emphasis. When a pronoun stands for two substantives of different genders it is put in the neuter plural, as miþþanei þō wēsun jáinar, while they (Joseph and Mary) were there; is is sometimes used where we should expect sa, as iþ is dugann mērjan filu . . . . swaswē is ni mahta in baúrg galeiþan, but he (the leper) began to publish it widely . . . . so that he (Jesus) could not enter into the city; saei bigitiþ sáiwala seina, fraqisteiþ izái, jah saei fraqisteiþ sáiwalái seinái in meina, bigitiþ þō, he that findeth his life shall lose it, and he that loseth his life for my sake shall find it.
The reflexive pronoun always relates to the subject of its own sentence, as nih Saúlaúmōn in allamma wulþáu seinamma gawasida sik swē áins þizē, not even Solomon in all his glory was clothed like one of these; swa lagga ƕeila swē miþ sis haband brūþfad, ni magun fastan, as long as they [sunjus] have the bridegroom with them, they cannot fast; jah [Iēsus] gawaúrhta twalif du wisan miþ sis, and [Jesus] appointed twelve to be with him; jah suns ufkunnands Iēsus ahmin seinamma þatei swa þái mitōdēdun sis, qaþ du im, and immediately Jesus, perceiving in his spirit that they so reasoned within themselves, said to them.
The manner in which the possessive pronoun of the third person is expressed has already been stated in § 263, examples are:—qiþa izwis þatei haband mizdōn seina, I tell you that they have their reward; urrann sa saiands du saian fráiwa seinamma, the sower went forth to sow his seed; dáupidái wēsun allái . . . . . . andháitandans frawaúrhtim seináim, they were all baptized . . . . . . confessing their sins; þugkeiþ im áuk ei in filuwaúrdein seinái andháusjáindáu, for it seems to them that they will be heard for their much talking. On the other hand we have: aflētiþ mannam missadēdins izē, ye forgive men their sins; jah [qinō] baþ ina ei þō unhulþōn uswaúrpi us daúhtr izōs, and [the woman] begged that he would cast forth the devil out of her daughter; jah qimands Iēsus in garda Paítráus gasaƕ swaíhrōn is ligandein jah in heitōm jah attaítōk handáu izōs, and Jesus coming into the house of Peter, he saw his mother-in-law lying and in a fever and he touched her hand.
sama, same, as substantive and adjective, is used both with and without the article, as niu jah mōtarjōs þata samō táujand? do not even the publicans the same?; in þamma samin landa, in the same country; ei samō hugjáima jah samō fraþjáima, that we may think the same thing and mind the same thing; sijáina þō twa du leika samin, they two (man and wife) shall become the same flesh.
silba, self, is always either actually or virtually appositional, as silba atta, the father himself; ik silba, I myself; nasei þuk silban, save thyself; ik gabaírhtja imma mik silban, I will manifest myself to him; silba faúra-qimiþ, he himself shall come before. The genitive of silba used with possessive pronouns agrees in number and gender with the noun, as þeina silbōns sáiwala þaírhgaggiþ haírus, a sword shall pierce thine own soul; waúrstw sein silbins kiusái ƕarjizuh, each man should test his own work.
The reciprocal pronoun is expressed by means of the personal pronouns and the adverb missō, reciprocally, or by using anþar twice, as ni þanamáis nu uns missō stōjáima, let us not therefore judge one another any more; jah qēþun du sis missō, and they said one to another; untē sijum anþar anþaris liþus, for we are members one of another; where liþus is in the singular agreeing with anþar.
The antecedent to a relative pronoun is sometimes omitted, the relative may then be either in the case required by the verb of its own clause or in that required by the verb of the principal clause, as ƕa wileiþ ei táujáu þammei (for þamma þanei) qiþiþ þiudan Iudaiē? what will ye that I do to him whom ye call king of the Jews?; wáit atta izwar þizei (for þata þizei) jus þaúrbuþ, your father knows of what ye have need. Instead of the conjunction þatei, that, properly the nom. acc. sing. neut. of saei, there occurs þammei or þizei when the verb of the principal sentence governs the dative or genitive, as iþ áins þizē, gáumjands þammei hráins warþ, but one of them, perceiving that he was cleansed; láisari, niu kara (ist) þuk þizei fraqistnam? master, carest thou not that we perish?
On the genitive governed by the interrogative and indefinite pronouns when used partitively, see § 427.
§ 432. Tenses. The future simple is generally expressed by the present, as gasaíƕiþ þana sunu mans, ye shall see the son of man; inuh þis bileiþái manna attin seinamma jah áiþein seinái, for this reason a man shall leave his father and his mother. The future is sometimes also expressed by the present tense forms of skulan, shall; haban, to have; duginnan, to begin; together with an infinitive, as saei skal stōjan qiwans jah dáuþans, who shall judge the quick and the dead; þarei ik im, þaruh sa andbahts meins wisan habáiþ, where I am, there shall also my servant be; gáunōn jah grētan duginniþ, ye shall mourn and weep.
The simple preterite is used in Gothic where we in Mod. English use either the preterite, perfect, or pluperfect, as jah stibna qam us himinam, and there came a voice from heaven; ni jus mik gawalidēduþ, ak ik gawalida izwis, ye have not chosen me, but I have chosen you; managans áuk gaháilida, for he had healed many. A present participle along with the preterite of wisan, to be, is sometimes used, as in Mod. English, to express a continuative past tense, as was Iōhannēs dáupjands, John was baptizing; wēsun sipōnjōs fastandans, the disciples were fasting.
§ 433. Voices. Special forms of the passive voice are extant in the present tense of the indicative and subjunctive only, as dáupjada, he is baptized; jah þu, barnilō, praúfētus háuhistins háitaza, and thou, child, shalt be called the prophet of the Highest; aflētanda þus frawaúrhteis þeinōs, thy sins are forgiven thee; ei andhuljáindáu us managáim haírtam mitōneis, that the thoughts of many hearts may be revealed. The other forms of the passive voice are expressed by the past participle and one of the auxiliary verbs wisan, to be; waírþan, to become; as gamēliþ ist, it is written; aþþan izwara jah tagla háubidis alla garaþana sind, but the very hairs of your head are all numbered; qam Iēsus jah dáupiþs was fram Iōhannē, Jesus came and was baptized by John; gaáiwiskōþs waírþa, I shall be ashamed; sabbatō in mans warþ gaskapans, the sabbath was made for man; gamarzidái waúrþun in þamma, they were offended at him.
§ 434. Subjunctive. The subjunctive is used very often in principal sentences to express a wish or command, as ni briggáis uns in fráistubnjái, lead us not into temptation; þaírhgaggáima ju und Bēþlahaím, jah saíƕáima waúrd þata waúrþanō, let us go now into Bethlehem, and see this thing (lit. word) which is come to pass; ak háitadáu Iōhannēs, but he shall be called John; wáinei þiudanōdēdeiþ, would that ye reigned as kings. It is also used in direct dubitative questions, as ƕa qiþáu? what shall I say?; ƕáiwa meináim waúrdam galáubjáiþ? how shall ye believe my words?; ƕas þanu sa sijái? who then can this be?
The most important cases in which the subjunctive is used in subordinate sentences are:—
(1) In indirect or reported commands or entreaties, as anabáuþ im ei mann ni qēþeina, he commanded them that they should not tell any man; wiljáu ei mis gibáis háubiþ Iōhannis, I will that thou give me the head of John.
(2) In reported speech when the principal sentence is negative or subjunctive or is a question implying uncertainty, as ni galáubidēdun þatei is blinds wēsi, they did not believe that he had been blind; jah jabái qēþjáu þatei ni kunnjáu ina, sijáu galeiks izwis liugnja, and if I were to say, I know him not, I shall be a liar like you; ƕa wileis ei táujáu þus? what wilt thou that I do for thee?
(3) In indirect propositions governed by verbs of hoping, trusting, supposing, and the like, as wēnja ei kunneiþ, I hope that ye know; þáiei trauáidēdun sis ei wēseina garaíhtái, who trusted in themselves that they were righteous; jáinái hugidēdun þatei is bi slēp qēþi, they supposed that he was speaking about sleep.
(4) In statements reported at second hand, as weis háusidēdum ana witōda þatei Xristus sijái du áiwa, we have heard out of the law that Christ abideth for ever.
(5) In indirect questions, as frēhun ina skuld-u sijái mann qēn afsatjan, they asked him whether it was lawful for a man to put away his wife; ni wissa ƕa rōdidēdi, he knew not what he should say; ni haband ƕa matjáina, they have nothing to eat.
(6) In a relative clause attached to an imperative or a subjunctive clause, as atta, gif mis sei undrinnái mis dáil áigins, father, give me the portion of property which falleth to me; saei habái áusōna du háusjan, gaháusjái, he that hath ears to hear, let him hear. The verb in a relative clause is also in the subjunctive when the principal clause is interrogative or negative, as ƕas sa ist saei frawaúrhtins aflētái? who is this who forgiveth sins?; nih allis ist ƕa fulginis þatei ni gabaírhtjáidáu, for there is nothing hid, which shall not be manifested.
(7) In conditional clauses implying hypothesis or uncertainty, as jabái ƕas mis andbahtjái, mik láistjái, if any man serve me, let him follow me; nih qēmjáu jah rōdidēdjáu du im, frawaúrht ni habáidēdeina, if I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have had sin.
(8) Frequently in adverbial clauses which express a reason, as ni manna giutiþ wein juggata in balgins faírnjans, ibái áuftō distaírái wein þata niujō þans balgins, no man poureth new wine into old bottles, lest perchance the new wine burst the bottles.
(9) To express purpose, as attaúhun þata barn, ei tawidēdeina bi biúhtja witōdis, they brought the child that they might do according to the custom of the law; frawardjand andwaírþja seina, ei gasaíƕáindáu mannam fastandans, they disfigure their faces, that they may appear unto men to fast.
(10) The temporal conjunction faúrþizei is always followed by the subjunctive, as wáit atta izwar þizei jus þaúrbuþ, faúrþizei jus bidjáiþ ina, your father knoweth what ye need before ye ask him.
§ 435. Infinitive. The infinitive or a clause containing an infinitive is often used as the subject or object of a finite verb. (1) As subject:—ni gōþ ist niman hláif barnē jah waírpan hundam, it is not good to take the children’s bread and to cast it to dogs; warþ afsláuþnan allans, it came to pass that they were all amazed; warþ þaírhgaggan imma þaírh atisk, it came to pass that he went through the cornfields. (2) As object:—ōhtēdun fraíhnan ina, they feared to ask him; sōkidēdun attēkan imma, they sought to touch him; qiþand usstass ni wisan, they say that there is not any resurrection.
The infinitive with and without du is also used to express purpose, as qēmun saíƕan, they came to see; gagg þuk silban atáugjan gudjin, go, show thyself to the priest; sat du áihtrōn, he sat for the purpose of begging.
The passive infinitive is variously expressed. (1) Generally by waírþan and a past participle, as skal sunus mans uskusans waírþan, the son of man shall be rejected. (2) Not unfrequently by the active infinitive, as qēmun þan mōtarjōs dáupjan, then came the publicans to be baptized; qēmun háiljan sik saúhtē seináizō, they came to be healed of their infirmities. (3) Occasionally by mahts wisan, skuld wisan, along with an active infinitive, as maht wēsi frabugjan, it might have been sold (lit. it were possible to sell); ƕáiwa þu qiþis, þatei skulds ist usháuhjan sa sunus mans? how sayest thou, that the son of man must be lifted up?
§ 436. Participles. The past participle of intransitive verbs has an active meaning, as in garda qumans, being in the house; ƕa wēsi þata waúrþanō, what it was that had come to pass; and similarly with the pp. of diwan, to die; drigkan, to drink; fra-waírþan, to corrupt; ga-leikan, to take pleasure in; ga-qiman, to assemble; ga-rinnan, to run; us-gaggan, to go out.
The nom. of the pp. is rarely used absolutely, as in jah waúrþans dags gatils, and a fitting day being come. See note to Mark vi. 21.
The dative of the participles is often used absolutely like the ablative in Latin, and the gen. in Greek, as jah usleiþandin Iēsua in skipa, gaqēmun sik manageins filu du imma, and Jesus having passed over in the ship, there came together to him a great multitude; dalaþ þan atgaggandin imma af faírgunja, láistidēdun afar imma iumjōns managōs, when he was come down from the mountain, great multitudes followed after him.
Ulfilas (Gothic Wulfila) was born about the year 311 A.D., but where his birthplace was in the wide tract of country then inhabited by the Goths is not known. Although Ulfilas was born and grew up among the Goths, he was of Cappadocian descent. According to the testimony of the historian Philostorgius, the parents, or perhaps rather the grandparents, of Ulfilas were natives of Sadagolthina, near the town of Parnassus in Cappadocia, who had been carried off as captives by the Goths, during an irruption made by this people into the northern parts of Asia Minor in the year 264.
In the year 336 he accompanied an embassy to Constantinople, where he remained until 341. In the latter year he was consecrated bishop of the Goths dwelling North of the Danube. For seven years (341—8) he laboured zealously among the Goths in Dacia, and won over a great multitude of them to the Christian faith. But the persecution and oppression, which Ulfilas and his converts suffered through Athanaric, became so great that he applied to Constantinus in 348 for permission to lead his converts into Roman territory. Constantinus readily granted the request, and Ulfilas accordingly led a great number of his people across the Danube, and settled near Nicopolis in Moesia, at the foot of the Balkan mountains, where he preached and laboured until his death, which took place in 383 while on a visit to Constantinople.
By far the most important source of our knowledge of the life and work of Ulfilas is found in the account of him given by Auxentius, from which we extract the following passage (for the full account the reader must be referred to the work: ‘Über das Leben und die Lehre des Ulfila,’ by G. Waitz, Hannover, 1840).
‘Eo ita praedicnte et per Cristum cum dilectione deo patri gratias agente haec et his similia exsequente, quadraginta annis in episcopatu gloriose florens, apostolica gratia grecam et latinam et goticam linguam sine intermissione in una et sola eclesia Cristi predicavit, quia et una est eclesia dei vivi, columna et firmamenium veritatis, et unum esse gregem Cristi domini et dei nostri, unam culturam et unum aedificium, unam virginem et unam sponsam, unam reginam et unam vineam, unam domum, unum templum, unum conventum esse Cristianorum, cetera vero omnia conventicula non esse eclesias dei, sed synagogas esse satanae adserebat et contestabatur. Et haec omnia de divinis scribturis eum dixisse et nos describsisse qui legit intelligat. Qui et ipsis tribus linguis plures tractatus et multas interpre-tationes volentibus ad utilitatem et ad aedificationem, sibi ad aeternam memoriam et mercedem post se dereliquid. Quem condigne laudare non sufficio et penitus tacere non audeo; cui plus omnium ego sum debitor, quantum et amplius in me laborabit, qui me a prima etate mea a parentibus meis discipilum suscepit et sacras litteras docuit et veritatem manifestavit et per misericordiam dei et gratiam Cristi et carnaliter et spiritaliter ut filium suum in fide educavit.’
Sokrates expressly mentions that Ulfilas invented the Gothic alphabet, and that he translated the whole of the Scriptures into Gothic, with the exception of the four books of Kings, which he is said to have omitted so as not to excite the warlike spirit of his people. The latter remark was no doubt a pure invention on the part of Sokrates, because the books of Joshua and judges would have even been more likely to stimulate the Gothic passion for fighting than the books of Kings. The probability is, as Bradley points out, that Ulfilas did not live to finish his translation, and that he intended to leave to the last the books which he thought least important for his great purpose of making good Christians.
The Manuscripts, containing the fragments of the biblical translation which have come down to us, are not contemporary with Ulfilas; but were written in Italy about the year 500. It is highly improbable that Ulfilas was the author of the fragments of a commentary on the Gospel of St. John, first published by Massmann under the title: Skeireins aíwaggēljōns þairh Jōhannēn, Munich, 1834. See also: Die Bruchstücke der Skeireins herausgegeben und erläutert von E. Dietrich, Strassburg, 1903.
The Manuscripts, containing the fragments of Gothic which have come down to us, are the following:—
I. Codex argenteus in the University library of Upsala. The codex contained originally on 330 leaves the four Gospels in the order Matthew, John, Luke, Mark; of which 187 leaves are still preserved.
II. Codex Carolinus, a codex rescriptus, in the library of Wolfenbüttel, This, consisting of four leaves, contains about forty-two verses of Chapters xi—xv of the Epistle to the Romans.
III. Codices Ambrosiani, five fragments (codices rescripti), in the Ambrosian library at Milan.
Codex A contains on ninety-five leaves fragments of the Epistles to the Romans, Corinthians, Ephesians, Galatians, Philippians, Colossians, Thessalonians, to Timothy, Titus, and Philemon; and a small fragment of a Gothic Calendar.
Codex Β contains on seventy-seven leaves the second Epistle to the Corinthians complete, and fragments of the Epistles to the Corinthians (first Epistle), Galatians, Ephesians. Philippians, Colossians, Thessalonians, to Timothy, and to Titus.
Codex C, consisting of two leaves, and containing fragments of Chapters xxv—xxvii of St. Matthew.
Codex D, consisting of three leaves, and containing fragments of the book of Nehemiah.
Codex E, consisting of eight leaves (three of which are in the Vatican at Rome), and containing a fragment of a commentary on St. John. See above.
IV. Codex Turinensis, in Turin, consisting of four damaged leaves, and containing fragments of the Epistles to the Galatians and Colossians.
V. Codex Gissensis, formerly in Giessen, now destroyed, discovered in Egypt near the ancient town of Antinoë. It consisted of a double sheet of parchment containing fragments from St. Luke in Latin and Gothic from a bilingual gospel.
For other fragments of Gothic which have come down to us see the article ‘Gotische Literatur’, by E. Sievers, in Paul’s Grundriss der germanischen Philologie, vol. ii, pp. 69, 70.
The following short list of books and articles will be useful to students wishing to pursue a further study of Gothic:—
(1) The history of the Goths and the life of Ulfllas. Über das Leben und die Lehre des Ulfila, by G. Waitz, Hannover, 1840. Über das Leben des Ulfilas und die Bekehrung der Gothen zum Christentum, by W. Bessel, Göttingen, 1860. Ulfilas, Apostle of the Goths, by Ch. A. A. Scott, Cambridge, 1885. The Goths, by H. Bradley, London, 1890. Die gotische Bibel, by W. Streitberg, pp. xiii—xxv, see (2).
(2) Editions. Ulfilas, by H. C. von der Gabelentz and J. Loebe, 2 vols., Altenburg und Leipzig, 1836—1846. Volume i, containing the text, Latin translation, and critical notes, is now antiquated. But vol. ii, containing the glossary and grammar, is very valuable, especially for the accidence and syntax. Ulfilas, by H. F. Massmann, Stuttgart, 1857, containing also a Latin and a Greek text, notes, glossary, grammar, and historical introduction. For a faithfully printed copy of the various Manuscripts all later editors of Ulfilas are especially indebted to the edition by A. Uppström, which appeared in parts, Upsala, 1854—1868 (Codex Argenteus, 1854; Decem codicis argentei rediviva folia, 1857; Fragmenta gothica selecta, 1861; Codices gotici ambrosiani, 1864—1868). Vulfila, oder die gotische Bibel, by E. Bernhardt, Halle, 1875, containing a most valuable introduction, Greek text, and commentary. The first Germanic Bible, translated from the Greek by the Gothic bishop, Wulfila, in the fourth century, and the other remains of the Gothic language. With an introduction, a syntax, and a glossary, by G. H. Balg, Milwaukee, Wis., 1891. Ulfilas, by M. Heyne, ninth edition, Paderborn, 1896, containing also a grammar and glossary. It is from this edition that our specimens have been taken. The eleventh edition appeared in 1908 under the title: Stamm-Heyne’s Ulfilas, oder die uns erhaltenen Denkmäler der gotischen Sprache: Text, Grammatik, Worterbuch neu herausgegeben von Fried. Wrede. Die gotische Bibel herausgegeben von Wilhelm Streitberg, Erster Teil: Der gotische Text und seine griechische Vorlage mit Einleitung, Lesarten und Quellennachweisen sowie den kleinern Denkmälern als Anhang, Heidelberg, 1908.
For a fairly complete list of the various editions of Ulfilas, see the introduction to Bernhardt’s edition, pp. lxii—lxv.
(3) Glossaries. Gothisches Glossar, by E, Schulze, Magdeburg, 1847; this is the most complete Gothic glossary. Vergleichendes Wörterbuch der gotischen Sprache, by L. Diefenbach, vols. i, 2, Frankfort, 1851. A Moeso-Gothic Glossary, with an introduction, an outline of Moeso-Gothic grammar, and a list of Anglo-Saxon and Old and Modern English words etymologically connected with Moeso-Gothic, by W. W. Skeat, London, 1868. A Comparative glossary of the Gothic Language, by G. H. Balg, Mayville, 1887—1889. Kurzgefasstes etymologisches Wörterbuch der gotischen Sprache, by C. C. Uhlenbeck, Amsterdam, 1896. Etymologisches Wörterbuch der gotischen Sprache mit Einschluss des sog. Krimgotischen, bearbeitet von S. Feist, Halle, 1909. Cp. also (2) above.
(4) Grammars, &c. Die gotische Sprache, by L. Meyer, Berlin, 1869. Altdeutsche Grammatik, by A. Holtzmann, Leipzig, 1870—1875, containing the phonology of the old Germanic languages. Gotische Grammatik, by W. Braune, seventh edition, Halle, 1909. Kurzgefasste gotische Grammatik, by E. Bernhardt, Halle, 1885. An Introduction, phonological, morphological, syntactic, to the Gothic of Ulfilas, by T. le Marchant Douse, London, 1886. Gotisches Elementarbuch, by W. Streitberg, Heidelberg, 1897, third edition, 1910. Einführung in das Gotische, von F. von der Leyen, München, 1908. See also (2) above. Die Aussprache des Gotischen zur Zeit des Ulfilas, by W. Weingärtner, Leipzig, 1858. Uber die Aussprache des Gotischen, by F. Dietrich, Marburg, 1862. Geschichte der gotischen Sprache, by E. Sievers, in Paul’s Grundriss der germanischen Philologie, vol. i. pp. 407—16.
(5) For a list of other works and articles relating to Gothic, see K. Goedeke’s Grundriss zur Geschichte der deutschen Dichtung, second edition, Dresden, 1884, vol. i. pp. 7—11; Braune’s Gotische Grammatik, pp. 108—14; and the two articles by E. Sievers mentioned above.
1. Atsaíƕiþ armaiōn izwara ni táujan in andwaírþja mannē du saíƕan im; aíþþáu láun ni habáiþ fram attin izwaramma þamma in himinam.
Προσέχετε τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην ὑμῶν μὴ ποιεῖν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς· εἰ δὲ μήγε, μισθὸν οὐκ ἔχετε παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ ὑμῶν τῷ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.
2. Þan nu táujáis armaiōn, ni haúrnjáis faúra þus, swaswē þái liutans táujand in gaqumþim jah in garunsim, ei háuhjáindáu fram mannam; amēn qiþa izwis: andnēmun mizdōn seina.
Ὅταν οὖν ποιῇς ἐλεημοσύνην, μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου, ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς ῥύμαις, ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν.
3. Iþ þuk táujandan armaiōn ni witi hleidumei þeina, ƕa táujiþ taíhswō þeina,
Σοῦ δὲ ποιοῦντος ἐλεημοσύνην, μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου,
4. ei sijái sō armahaírtiþa þeina in fulhsnja, jah atta þeins saei saíƕiþ in fulhsnja, usgibiþ þus in baírhtein.
ὅπως ᾖ σου ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ, καὶ ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ ἀποδώσει σοι ἐν τῷ φανερῷ.
5. Jah þan bidjáiþ, ni sijáiþ swaswē þái liutans, untē frijōnd in gaqumþim jah waíhstam plapjō standandans bidjan, ei gáumjáindáu mannam. Amēn, qiþa izwis þatei haband mizdōn seina.
Καὶ ὅταν προσεύχησθε, οὐκ ἔσεσθε ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταί, ὅτι φιλοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν ἑστῶτες προσεύχεσθαι, ὅπως ἂν φανῶσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν.
6. Iþ þu þan bidjáis, gagg in hēþjōn þeina, jah galūkands haúrdái þeinái bidei du attin þeinamma þamma in fulhsnja, jah atta þeins saei saíƕiþ in fulhsnja, usgibiþ þus in baírhtein.
Σὺ δὲ ὅταν προσεύχῃ, εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου καὶ κλείσας τὴν θύραν σου πρόσευξαι τῷ πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ, καὶ ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ ἀποδώσει σοι ἐν τῷ φανερῷ.
7. Bidjandansuþ-þan ni filuwaúrdjáiþ, swaswē þái þiudō; þugkeiþ im áuk ei in filuwaúrdein seinái andháusjáindáu.
Προσευχόμενοι δὲ μὴ βαττολογήσητε ὥσπερ οἱ ἐθνικοί· δοκοῦσι γὰρ ὅτι ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν εἰσακουσθήσονται·
8. Ni galeikōþ nu þáim; wáit áuk atta izwar þizei jus þaúrbuþ, faúrþizei jus bidjáiþ ina.
Μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς· οἶδεν γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὧν χρείαν ἔχετε πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν.
9. Swa nu bidjáiþ jus: Atta unsar þu in himinam, weihnái namō þein.
Οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς· πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς· ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου.
10. Qimái þiudinassus þeins. Waírþái wilja þeins, swē in himina jah ana aírþái.
Ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου· γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.
11. Hláif unsarana þana sinteinan gif uns himma daga.
Τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δὸς ἡμῖν σήμερον·
12. Jah aflēt uns þatei skulans sijáima, swaswē jah weis aflētam þáim skulam unsaráim.
Καὶ ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν, ὡς καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀφίεμεν τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν·
13. Jah ni briggáis uns in fráistubnjái, ak láusei uns af þamma ubilin; untē þeina ist þiudangardi jah mahts jah wulþus in áiwins. Amēn.
Καὶ μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ, ὅτι σοῦ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμήν.
14. Untē jabái aflētiþ mannam missadēdins izē, aflētiþ jah izwis atta izwar sa ufar himinam.
Ἐὰν γὰρ ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν, ἀφήσει καὶ ὑμῖν ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος.
15. Iþ jabái ni aflētiþ mannam missadēdins izē, ni þáu atta izwar aflētiþ missadēdins izwarōs.
Ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν, οὐδὲ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἀφήσει τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν.
16. Aþþan biþē fastáiþ, ni waírþáiþ swaswē þái liutans gáurái; frawardjand áuk andwaírþja seina, ei gasaíƕáindáu mannam fastandans. Amēn, qiþa izwis, þatei andnēmun mizdōn seina.
Ὅταν δὲ νηστεύητε, μὴ γίνεσθε ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ σκυθρωποί· ἀφανίζουσι γὰρ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν, ὅπως φανῶσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν.
17. Iþ þu fastands salbō háubiþ þein, jah ludja þeina þwah,
Σὺ δὲ νηστεύων ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι,
18. ei ni gasaíƕáizáu mannam fastands, ak attin þeinamma þamma in fulhsnja, jah atta þeins saei saíƕiþ in fulhsnja, usgibiþ þus.
ὅπως μὴ φανῇς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύων ἀλλὰ τῷ πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ, καὶ ὁ πατήρ σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ ἀποδώσει σοι.
19. Ni huzdjáiþ izwis huzda ana aírþái, þarei malō jah nidwa frawardeiþ, jah þarei þiubōs ufgraband jah hlifand.
Μὴ θησαυρίζετε ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει, καὶ ὅπου κλέπται διορύσσουσιν καὶ κλέπτουσιν.
20. Iþ huzdjáiþ izwis huzda in himina, þarei nih malō nih nidwa frawardeiþ, jah þarei þiubōs ni ufgraband nih stiland.
θησαυρίζετε δὲ ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ, ὅπου οὔτε σὴς οὔτε βρῶσις ἀφανίζει, καὶ ὅπου κλέπται οὐ διορύσσουσιν οὐδὲ κλέπτουσιν·
21. Þarei áuk ist huzd izwar, þaruh ist jah haírtō izwar.
Ὄπου γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν.
22. Lukarn leikis ist áugō: jabái nu áugō þein áinfalþ ist, allata leik þein liuhadein waírþiþ;
Ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός. ἐὰν οὖν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς ᾖ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται·
23. iþ jabái áugō þein unsēl ist, allata leik þein riqizein waírþiþ. Jabái nu liuhaþ þata in þus riqiz ist, þata riqiz ƕan filu!
ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν, τὸ σκότος πόσον;
24. Ni manna mag twáim fráujam skalkinōn; untē jabái fijáiþ áinana, jah anþarana frijōþ; aíþþáu áinamma ufháuseiþ, iþ anþaramma frakann. Ni maguþ guþa skalkinōn jah mammōnin.
Οὐδεὶς δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν· ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει. οὐ δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ.
25. Duþþē qiþa izwis: ni maúrnáiþ sáiwalái izwarái ƕa matjáiþ jah ƕa drigkáiþ, nih leika izwaramma ƕē wasjáiþ; niu sáiwala máis ist fōdeinái jah leik wastjōm?
Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν· μὴ μεριμνᾶτε τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν τί φάγητε καὶ τί πίητε, μηδὲ τῷ σώματι ὑμῶν τί ἐνδύσησθε· οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος;
26. Insaíƕiþ du fuglam himinis, þei ni saiand nih sneiþand, nih lisand in banstins, jah atta izwar sa ufar himinam fōdeiþ ins. Niu jus máis wulþrizans sijuþ þáim?
Ἐμβλέψατε εἰς τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν οὐδὲ συνάγουσιν εἰς ἀποθήκας, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος τρέφει αὐτά· οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν;
27. Iþ ƕas izwara maúrnands mag anaáukan ana wahstu seinana aleina áina?
Τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα;
28. Jah bi wastjōs ƕa saúrgáiþ? Gakunnáiþ blōmans háiþjōs, ƕáiwa wahsjand; nih arbáidjand nih spinnand.
Καὶ περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε; καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ πῶς αὐξάνει· οὐ κοπιᾷ οὐδὲ νήθει.
29. Qiþuh þan izwis þatei nih Saúlaúmōn in allamma wulþáu seinamma gawasida sik swē áins þizē.
Λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων.
30. Jah þandē þata hawi háiþjōs himma daga wisandō jah gistradagis in aúhn galagiþ guþ swa wasjiþ, ƕáiwa máis izwis leitil galáubjandans?
Εἰ δὲ τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ σήμερον ὄντα καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι;
31. Ni maúrnáiþ nu qiþandans: ƕa matjam aíþþáu ƕa drigkam, aíþþáu ƕē wasjáima?
Μὴ οὖν μεριμνήσητε λέγοντες· τί φάγωμεν ἢ τί πίωμεν ἢ τί περιβαλώμεθα;
32. All áuk þata þiudōs sōkjand; wáituh þan atta izwar sa ufar himinam þatei þaúrbuþ — —
Πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη ἐπιζητεῖ· οἶδεν γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῄζετε. . . . .
1. Dalaþ þan atgaggandin imma af faírgunja, láistidēdun afar imma iumjōns managōs.
2. Jah sái, manna þrūtsfill habands durinnands inwáit ina qiþands: fráuja, jabái wileis, magt mik gahráinjan.
3. Jah ufrakjands handu attaítōk imma qiþands: wiljáu, waírþ hráins! jah suns hráin warþ þata þrūtsfill is.
4. Jah qaþ imma Iēsus: saíƕ ei mann ni qiþáis, ak gagg, þuk silban atáugei gudjin, jah atbaír giba þōei anabáuþ Mōsēs du weitwōdiþái im.
5. Afaruh þan þata inn atgaggandin imma in Kafarnaum, duatiddja imma hundafaþs bidjands ina,
6. jah qiþands: fráuja, þiumagus meins ligiþ in garda usliþa, harduba balwiþs.
7. Jah qaþ du imma Iēsus: ik qimands gaháilja ina.
8. Jah andhafjands sa hundafaþs qaþ: fráuja, ni im waírþs ei uf hrōt mein inn gaggáis, ak þatáinei qiþ waúrda jah gaháilniþ sa þiumagus meins.
9. Jah áuk ik manna im habands uf waldufnja meinamma gadraúhtins, jah qiþa du þamma: gagg, jah gaggiþ; jah anþaramma: qim, jah qimiþ; jah du skalka meinamma: tawei þata, jah táujiþ.
10. Gaháusjands þan Iēsus sildaleikida, jah qaþ du þáim afarláistjandam: amēn, qiþa izwis, ni in Israēla swaláuda galáubein bigat.
11. Aþþan qiþa izwis þatei managái fram urrunsa jah saggqa qimand, jah anakumbjand miþ Abrahama jah Isaka jah Iakōba in þiudangardjái himinē:
12. iþ þái sunjus þiudangardjōs uswaírpanda in riqis þata hindumistō; jáinar waírþiþ grēts jah krusts tunþiwē.
13. Jah qaþ Iēsus þamma hundafada: gagg, jah swaswē galáubidēs waírþái þus. Jah gaháilnōda sa þiumagus is in jáinái ƕeilái.
14. Jah qimands Iēsus in garda Paítráus, gasaƕ swaíhrōn is ligandein jah in heitōm.
15. Jah attaítōk handáu izōs jah aflaílōt ija sō heitō; jah urráis jah andbahtida imma.
16. At andanahtja þan waúrþanamma, atbērun du imma daimōnarjans managans, jah uswarp þans ahmans waúrda, jah allans þans ubil habandans gaháilida,
17. ei usfullnōdēdi þata gamēlidō þaírh Ēsaïan praúfētu qiþandan: sa unmahtins unsarōs usnam jah saúhtins usbar.
18. Gasaíƕands þan Iēsus managans hiuhmans bi sik, haíháit galeiþan sipōnjans hindar marein.
19. Jah duatgaggands áins bōkareis qaþ du imma: láisari, láistja þuk, þisƕaduh þadei gaggis.
20. Jah qaþ du imma Iēsus: faúhōns grōbōs áigun, jah fuglōs himinis sitlans, iþ sunus mans ni habáiþ ƕar háubiþ sein anahnáiwjái.
21. Anþaruh þan sipōnjē is qaþ du imma: fráuja, usláubei mis frumist galeiþan jah gafilhan attan meinana.
22. Iþ Iēsus qaþ du imma: láistei afar mis, jah lēt þans dáuþans filhan seinans dáuþans.
23. Jah inn atgaggandin imma in skip, afar iddjēdun imma sipōnjōs is.
24. Jah sái, wēgs mikils warþ in marein, swaswē þata skip gahuliþ waírþan fram wēgim; iþ is saíslēp.
25. Jah duatgaggandans sipōnjōs is urráisidēdun ina qiþandans: fráuja, nasei unsis, fraqistnam.
26. Jah qaþ du im Iēsus: ƕa faúrhteiþ, leitil galáubjandans! Þanuh urreisands gasōk windam jah marein, jah warþ wis mikil.
27. Iþ þái mans sildaleikidēdun qiþandans: ƕileiks ist sa, ei jah windōs jah marei ufháusjand imma?
28. Jah qimandin imma hindar marein in gáuja Gaírgaísainē, gamōtidēdun imma twái daimōnarjōs us hláiwasnōm rinnandans, sleidjái filu, swaswē ni mahta manna usleiþan þaírh þana wig jáinana.
29. Jah sái, hrōpidēdun qiþandans: ƕa uns jah þus, Iēsu, sunáu gudis? qamt hēr faúr mēl balwjan unsis?
30. Wasuh þan faírra im haírda sweinē managáizē haldana.
31. Iþ þō skōhsla bēdun ina qiþandans: jabái uswaírpis uns, usláubei uns galeiþan in þō haírda sweinē.
32. Jah qaþ du im: gaggiþ! Iþ eis usgaggandans galiþun in haírda sweinē; jah sái, run gawaúrhtēdun sis alla sō haírda and driusōn in marein, jah gadáuþnōdēdun in watnam.
33. Iþ þái haldandans gaþláuhun jah galeiþandans gatáihun in baúrg all bi þans daimōnarjans.
34. Jah sái, alla sō baúrgs usiddja wiþra Iēsu, jah gasaíƕandans ina bēdun ei usliþi hindar markōs izē.
1. Jah warþ, biþē usfullida Iēsus anabiudands þáim twalif sipōnjam seináim, ushōf sik jáinþrō du láisjan jah mērjan and baúrgs izē.
2. Iþ Iōhannēs gaháusjands in karkarái waúrstwa Xristáus, insandjands bi sipōnjam seináim qaþ du imma:
3. Þu is sa qimanda þáu anþarizuh beidáima?
4. Jah andhafjands Iēsus qaþ du im: gaggandans gateihiþ Iōhannē þatei gaháuseiþ jah gasaíƕiþ.
5. Blindái ussaíƕand, jah haltái gaggand, þrūtsfillái hráinjái waírþand, jah báudái gaháusjand, jah dáuþái urreisand, jah unlēdái wailamērjanda:
6. jah áudags ist ƕazuh saei ni gamarzjada in mis.
7. At þáim þan afgaggandam, dugann Iēsus qiþan þáim manageim bi Iōhannēn: ƕa usiddjēduþ ana áuþida saíƕan? ráus fram winda wagidata?
8. Akei ƕa usiddjēduþ saíƕan? mannan hnasqjáim wastjōm gawasidana? Sái, þáiei hnasqjáim wasidái sind, in gardim þiudanē sind.
9. Akei ƕa usiddjēduþ saíƕan? praúfētu? Jái, qiþa izwis: jah managizō praúfētáu.
10. Sa ist áuk bi þanei gamēliþ ist: sái, ik insandja aggilu meinana faúra þus, saei gamanweiþ wig þeinana faúra þus.
11. Amēn, qiþa izwis: ni urráis in baúrim qinōnō máiza Iōhannē þamma dáupjandin; iþ sa minniza in þiudangardjái himinē máiza imma ist.
12. Framuh þan þáim dagam Iōhannis þis dáupjandins und hita þiudangardi himinē anamahtjada, jah anamahtjandans frawilwand þō.
13. Allái áuk praúfēteis jah witōþ und Iōhannē faúraqēþun:
14. jah jabái wildēdeiþ miþ niman, sa ist Hēlias, saei skulda qiman.
15. Saei habái áusōna háusjandōna, gaháusjái.
1. Anastōdeins aíwaggēljōns Iēsuis Xristáus sunáus guþs.
Ἀρχὴ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ.
2. Swē gamēliþ ist in Ēsaïin praúfētáu: sái, ik insandja aggilu meinana faúra þus, saei gamanweiþ wig þeinana faúra þus.
Ὡς γέγραπται ἐν τῷ Ἡσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ· ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου πρὸ προσώπου σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου.
3. Stibna wōpjandins in áuþidái: manweiþ wig fráujins, raíhtōs waúrkeiþ stáigōs guþs unsaris.
Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ· ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ.
4. Was Iōhannēs dáupjands in áuþidái jah mērjands dáupein idreigōs du aflageinái frawaúrhtē.
Ἐγένετο Ἰωάννης βαπτίζων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ καὶ κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν.
5. Jah usiddjēdun du imma all Iudaialand jah Iaírusaúlymeis, jah dáupidái wēsun allái in Iaúrdanē aƕái fram imma, andháitandans frawaúrhtim seináim.
Καὶ ἐξεπορεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμῖται, καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο πάντες ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν.
6. Wasuþ-þan Iōhannēs gawasiþs taglam ulbandáus jah gaírda filleina bi hup seinana, jah matida þramsteins jah miliþ háiþiwisk,
Ἦν δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐσθίων ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον.
7. jah mērida qiþands: qimiþ swinþōza mis sa afar mis, þizei ik ni im waírþs anahneiwands andbindan skáudaráip skōhē is.
Καὶ ἐκήρυσσε λέγων· ἔρχεται ὁ ἰσχυρότερός μου ὀπίσω μου, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ.
8. Aþþan ik dáupja izwis in watin, iþ is dáupeiþ izwis in ahmin weihamma.
Ἐγὼ μὲν ἐβάπτισα ὑμᾶς ἐν ὕδατι, αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ.
9. Jah warþ in jáináim dagam, qam Iēsus fram Nazaraiþ Galeilaias, jah dáupiþs was fram Iōhannē in Iaúrdanē.
Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἦλθεν Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ Ναζαρὲτ τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην.
10. Jah suns usgaggands us þamma watin gasaƕ usluknans himinans, jah ahman swē ahak atgaggandan ana ina.
Καὶ εὐθέως ἀναβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος εἶδε σχιζομένους τοὺς οὐρανοὺς καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν·
11. Jah stibna qam us himinam: þu is sunus meins sa liuba, in þuzei waila galeikáida.
Καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν· σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα.
12. Jah suns sái, ahma ina ustáuh in áuþida.
Καὶ εὐθὺς τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς τὴν ἔρημον.
13. Jah was in þizái áuþidái dagē fidwōr tiguns fráisans fram Satanin, jah was miþ diuzam, jah aggileis andbahtidēdun imma.
Καὶ ἦν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἡμέρας τεσσαράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ σατανᾶ, καὶ ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ.
14. Iþ afar þatei atgibans warþ Iōhannēs, qam Iēsus in Galeilaia mērjands aíwaggēljōn þiudangardjōs guþs,
Μετὰ δὲ τὸ παραδοθῆναι Ἰωάννην ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ,
15. qiþands þatei usfullnōda þata mēl jah atnēƕida sik þiudangardi guþs: idreigōþ jah galáubeiþ in aíwaggēljōn.
λέγων ὅτι πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ἤγγικεν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ· μετανοεῖτε καὶ πιστεύετε ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ.
16. Jah ƕarbōnds faúr marein Galeilaias gasaƕ Seimōnu jah Andraían brōþar is, þis Seimōnis, waírpandans nati in marein: wēsun áuk fiskjans.
Καὶ παράγων παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶδε Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ τοῦ Σίμωνος, βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ· ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς·
17. Jah qaþ im Iēsus: hirjats afar mis, jah gatáuja igqis waírþan nutans mannē.
Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου, καὶ ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων.
18. Jah suns aflētandans þō natja seina láistidēdun afar imma.
Καὶ εὐθέως ἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα αὐτῶν ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ.
19. Jah jáinþrō inn gaggands framis leitil gasaƕ Iakōbu þana Zaíbaídaiáus jah Iōhannē brōþar is, jah þans in skipa manwjandans natja.
Καὶ προβὰς ἐκεῖθεν ὀλίγον εἶδεν Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα,
20. Jah suns háiháit ins. Jah aflētandans attan seinana Zaíbaídaiu in þamma skipa miþ asnjam, galiþun afar imma.
καὶ εὐθέως ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς. καὶ ἀφέντες τὸν πατέρα αὐτῶν Ζεβεδαῖον ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ μετὰ τῶν μισθωτῶν ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ.
21. Jah galiþun in Kafarnaum, jah suns sabbatō daga galeiþands in synagōgēn láisida ins.
Καὶ εἰσπορεύονται εἰς Καπερναούμ· καὶ εὐθέως τοῖς σάββασιν εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐδίδασκε.
22. Jah usfilmans waúrþun ana þizái láiseinái is; untē was láisjands ins swē waldufni habands jah ni swaswē þái bōkarjōs.
Καὶ ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ· ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς.
23. Jah was in þizái synagōgēn izē manna in unhráinjamma ahmin, jah ufhrōpida
Καὶ ἦν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ, καὶ ἀνέκραξε
24. qiþands: fralēt, ƕa uns jah þus, Iēsu Nazōrēnái, qamt fraqistjan uns? Kann þuk, ƕas þu is, sa weiha guþs.
λέγων· ἔα, τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ; ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς; οἶδά σε τίς εἶ, ὁ ἅγιος τοῦ θεοῦ.
25. Jah andbáit ina Iēsus qiþands: þahái jah usgagg ūt us þamma, ahma unhráinja.
Καὶ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγων· φιμώθητι καὶ ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ.
26. Jah tahida ina ahma sa unhráinja, jah hrōpjands stibnái mikilái usiddja us imma.
Καὶ σπαράξαν αὐτὸν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον καὶ κράξαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐξῆλθεν ἐξ αὐτοῦ.
27. Jah afsláuþnōdēdun allái sildaleikjandans, swaei sōkidēdun miþ sis missō qiþandans: ƕa sijái þata? ƕō sō láiseinō sō niujō, ei miþ waldufnja jah ahmam þáim unhráinjam anabiudiþ jah ufháusjand imma?
Καὶ ἐθαμβήθησαν πάντες, ὥστε συζητεῖν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς λέγοντας· τί ἐστι τοῦτο; τίς ἡ διδαχὴ ἡ καινὴ αὕτη, ὅτι κατ᾿ ἐξουσίαν καὶ τοῖς πνεύμασι τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις ἐπιτάσσει, καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ;
28. Usiddja þan mēriþa is suns and allans bisitands Galeilaias.
Ἐξῆλθεν δὲ ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς εἰς ὅλην τὴν περίχωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας.
29. Jah suns us þizái synagōgēn usgaggandans qēmun in garda Seimōnis jah Andraíins miþ Iakōbáu jah Iōhannēn.
Καὶ εὐθέως ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς ἐξελθόντες ἦλθον εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Σίμωνος καὶ Ἀνδρέου μετὰ Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωάννου.
30. Iþ swaíhrō Seimōnis lag in brinnōn: jah suns qēþun imma bi ija.
Ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα, καὶ εὐθέως λέγουσιν αὐτῷ περὶ αὐτῆς.
31. Jah duatgaggands urráisida þō undgreipands handu izōs, jah aflaílōt þō sō brinnō suns, jah andbahtida im.
Καὶ προσελθὼν ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς· καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετὸς εὐθέως, καὶ διηκόνει αὐτοῖς.
32. Andanahtja þan waúrþanamma, þan gasaggq sáuil, bērun du imma allans þans ubil habandans jah unhulþōns habandans.
Ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος, ἔφερον πρὸς αὐτὸν πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας καὶ τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους.
33. Jah sō baúrgs alla garunnana was at daúra.
Καὶ ἡ πόλις ὅλη ἐπισυνηγμένη ἦν πρὸς τὴν θύραν.
34. Jah gaháilida managans ubil habandans missaleikáim saúhtim, jah unhulþōns managōs uswarp, jah ni fralaílōt rōdjan þōs unhulþōns, untē kunþēdun ina.
Καὶ ἐθεράπευσε πολλοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλε, καὶ οὐκ ἤφιε λαλεῖν τὰ δαιμόνια, ὅτι ᾔδεισαν αὐτόν.
35. Jah áir ūhtwōn usstandands usiddja, jah galáiþ ana áuþjana staþ, jah jáinar baþ.
Καὶ πρωῒ ἔννυχον λίαν ἀναστὰς ἐξῆλθε καὶ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς ἔρημον τόπον, κἀκεῖ προσηύχετο.
36. Jah galáistans waúrþun imma Seimōn jah þái miþ imma.
Καὶ κατεδίωξαν αὐτὸν ὁ Σίμων καὶ οἱ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ,
37. Jah bigitandans ina qēþun du imma þatei allái þuk sōkjand.
καὶ εὑρόντες αὐτὸν λέγουσιν αὐτῷ ὅτι πάντες σε ζητοῦσι.
38. Jah qaþ du im: gaggam du þáim bisunjanē háimōm jah baúrgim, ei jah jáinar mērjáu, untē duþē qam.
Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· ἄγωμεν εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις, ἵνα καὶ ἐκεῖ κηρύξω· εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ ἐξελήλυθα.
39. Jah was mērjands in synagōgim izē and alla Galeilaian jah unhulþōns uswaírpands.
Καὶ ἦν κηρύσσων ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων.
40. Jah qam at imma þrūtsfill habands, bidjands ina jah kniwam knussjands jah qiþands du imma þatei jabái wileis, magt mik gahráinjan.
Καὶ ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτὸν λεπρὸς παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν καὶ γονυπετῶν αὐτὸν καὶ λέγων αὐτῷ ὅτι ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι.
41. Iþ Iēsus infeinands, ufrakjands handu seina attaítōk imma jah qaþ imma: wiljáu, waírþ hráins.
Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἥψατο αὐτοῦ καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· θέλω, καθαρίσθητι.
42. Jah biþē qaþ þata Iēsus, suns þata þrūtsfill afláiþ af imma, jah hráins warþ.
Καὶ εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ εὐθέως ἀπῆλθεν ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα, καὶ ἐκαθαρίσθη.
43. Jah gaƕōtjands imma suns ussandida ina,
Καὶ ἐμβριμησάμενος αὐτῷ εὐθέως ἐξέβαλεν αὐτὸν
44. jah qaþ du imma: saíƕ ei mannhun ni qiþáis waíht; ak gagg þuk silban atáugjan gudjin, jah atbaír fram gahráineinái þeinái þatei anabáuþ Mōsēs du weitwōdiþái im.
καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· ὅρα μηδενὶ μηδὲν εἴπῃς, ἀλλ᾿ ὕπαγε σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ καὶ προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ σου ἃ προσέταξε Μωϋσῆς εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς.
45. Iþ is usgaggands dugann mērjan filu jah usqiþan þata waúrd, swaswē is juþan ni mahta andáugjō in baúrg galeiþan, ak ūta ana áuþjáim stadim was; jah iddjēdun du imma allaþrō.
Ὁ δὲ ἐξελθὼν ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον, ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν, ἀλλ᾿ ἔξω ἐν ἐρήμοις τόποις ἦν· καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν πανταχόθεν.
1. Jah galáiþ aftra in Kafarnaum afar dagans, jah gafrēhun þatei in garda ist.
Καὶ εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς Καπερναοὺμ δι᾿ ἡμερῶν καὶ ἠκούσθη ὅτι εἰς οἶκόν ἐστιν.
2. Jah suns gaqēmun managái, swaswē juþan ni gamōstēdun nih at daúra, jah rōdida im waúrd.
Καὶ εὐθέως συνήχθησαν πολλοί, ὥστε μηκέτι χωρεῖν μηδὲ τὰ πρὸς τὴν θύραν, καὶ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον.
3. Jah qēmun at imma usliþan baírandans, hafanana fram fidwōrim.
Καὶ ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτὸν παραλυτικὸν φέροντες αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων.
4. Jah ni magandans nēƕa qiman imma faúra manageim, andhulidēdun hrōt þarei was Iēsus, jah usgrabandans insáilidēdun þata badi, jah fralaílōtun ana þammei lag sa usliþa.
Καὶ μὴ δυνάμενοι προσεγγίσαι αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὅπου ἦν, καὶ ἐξορύξαντες χαλῶσι τὸν κράβαττον ἐφ᾿ ᾧ ὁ παραλυτικὸς κατέκειτο.
5. Gasaíƕands þan Iēsus galáubein izē qaþ du þamma usliþin: barnilō, aflētanda þus frawaúrhteis þeinōs.
Ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ· τέκνον, ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου.
6. Wēsunuh þan sumái þizē bōkarjē jáinar sitandans jah þagkjandans sis in haírtam seináim:
Ἦσαν δέ τινες τῶν γραμματέων ἐκεῖ καθήμενοι καὶ διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν·
7. ƕa sa swa rōdeiþ náiteinins? ƕas mag aflētan frawaúrhtins, niba áins guþ?
Τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ βλασφημίας; τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός;
8. Jah suns ufkunnands Iēsus ahmin seinamma þatei swa þái mitōdēdun sis, qaþ du im: duƕē mitōþ þata in haírtam izwaráim?
Καὶ εὐθέως ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ ὅτι οὕτως αὐτοὶ διαλογίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν;
9. ƕaþar ist azētizō du qiþan þamma usliþin: aflētanda þus frawaúrhteis þeinōs, þáu qiþan: urreis jah nim þata badi þeinata jah gagg?
Τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ· ἀφέωνταί σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι, ἢ εἰπεῖν· ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ περιπάτει;
10. Aþþan ei witeiþ þatei waldufni habáiþ sunus mans ana aírþái aflētan frawaúrhtins, qaþ du þamma usliþin:
Ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ·
11. þus qiþa: urreis nimuh þata badi þein jah gagg du garda þeinamma.
Σοὶ λέγω, ἔγειρε καὶ ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου.
12. Jah urráis suns jah ushafjands badi usiddja faúra andwaírþja alláizē, swaswē usgeisnōdēdun allái jah háuhidēdun mikiljandans guþ, qiþandans þatei áiw swa ni gasēƕun.
Καὶ ἠγέρθη εὐθέως, καὶ ἄρας τὸν κράβαττον ἐξῆλθεν ἐναντίον πάντων, ὥστε ἐξίστασθαι πάντας καὶ δοξάζειν τὸν θεόν, λέγοντας ὅτι οὐδέποτε οὕτως εἴδομεν.
13. Jah galáiþ aftra faúr marein, jah all manageins iddjēdun du imma, jah láisida ins.
Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν· καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς.
14. Jah ƕarbōnds gasaƕ Laíwwi þana Alfaiáus sitandan at mōtái jah qaþ du imma: gagg afar mis. Jah usstandands iddja afar imma.
Καὶ παράγων εἶδε Λευὶν τὸν τοῦ Ἀλφαίου καθήμενον ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· ἀκολούθει μοι. καὶ ἀναστὰς ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ.
15. Jah warþ, biþē is anakumbida in garda is, jah managái mōtarjōs jah frawaúrhtái miþ anakumbidēdun Iēsua jah sipōnjam is; wēsun áuk managái jah iddjēdun afar imma.
Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ κατακεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ· ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ.
16. Jah þái bōkarjōs jah Fareisaieis gasaíƕandans ina matjandan miþ þáim mōtarjam jah frawaúrhtáim, qēþun du þáim sipōnjam is: ƕa ist þatei miþ mōtarjam jah frawaúrhtáim matjiþ jah driggkiþ?
Καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ἐσθίοντα μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν, ἔλεγον τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ· τί ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει;
17. Jah gaháusjands Iēsus qaþ du im: ni þaúrbun swinþái lēkeis, ak þái ubilaba habandans; ni qam laþōn uswaúrhtans, ak frawaúrhtans.
Καὶ ἀκούσας ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς· οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ ἀλλ᾿ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες· οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς.
18. Jah wēsun sipōnjōs Iōhannis jah Fareisaieis fastandans; jah atiddjēdun jah qēþun du imma: duƕē sipōnjōs Iōhannēs jah Fareisaieis fastand, iþ þái þeinái sipōnjōs ni fastand?
Καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύοντες. καὶ ἔρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οἱ τῶν Φαρισαίων νηστεύουσιν, οἱ δὲ σοὶ μαθηταὶ οὐ νηστεύουσιν;
19. Jah qaþ im Iēsus: ibái magun sunjus brūþfadis, und þatei miþ im ist brūþfaþs, fastan? swa lagga ƕeila swē miþ sis haband brūþfad, ni magun fastan.
Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· μὴ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος, ἐν ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐστιν, νηστεύειν; ὅσον χρόνον μεθ᾿ ἑαυτῶν ἔχουσιν τὸν νυμφίον, οὐ δύνανται νηστεύειν.
20. Aþþan atgaggand dagōs þan afnimada af im sa brūþfaþs, jah þan fastand in jáinamma daga.
Ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νηστεύσουσιν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ.
21. Ni manna plat fanins niujis siujiþ ana snagan faírnjana; ibái afnimái fullōn af þamma sa niuja þamma faírnjin, jah waírsiza gataúra waírþiþ.
Οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ· εἰ δὲ μή, αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται.
22. Ni manna giutiþ wein juggata in balgins faírnjans; ibái áuftō distaírái wein þata niujō þans balgins jah wein usgutniþ, jah þái balgeis fraqistnand; ak wein juggata in balgins niujans giutand.
Καὶ οὐδεὶς βάλλει οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς· εἰ δὲ μή, ῥήσσει ὁ οἶνος ὁ νέος τοὺς ἀσκούς, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται· ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς βλητέον.
23. Jah warþ þaírhgaggan imma sabbatō daga þaírh atisk, jah dugunnun sipōnjōs is skēwjandans ráupjan ahsa.
Καὶ ἐγένετο παραπορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν διὰ τῶν σπορίμων, καὶ ἤρξαντο οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ὁδοποιεῖν τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας.
24. Jah Fareisaieis qēþun du imma: sái, ƕa táujand sipōnjōs þeinái sabbatim þatei ni skuld ist?
Καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἔλεγον αὐτῷ· ἴδε τί ποιοῦσιν τοῖς σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν;
25. Jah is qaþ du im: niu ussuggwuþ áiw ƕa gatawida Daweid, þan þaúrfta jah grēdags was, is jah þái miþ imma?
Καὶ αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυείδ, ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ;
26. ƕáiwa galáiþ in gard guþs uf Abiaþara gudjin jah hláibans faúrlageináis matida, þanzei ni skuld ist matjan niba áináim gudjam, jah gaf jah þáim miþ sis wisandam?
Πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ Ἀβιάθαρ ἀρχιερέως καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, οὓς οὐκ ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν, καὶ ἔδωκεν καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν;
27. Jah qaþ im: sabbatō in mans warþ gaskapans, ni manna in sabbatō dagis;
Καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· τὸ σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο, οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ σάββατον,
28. swaei fráuja ist sa sunus mans jah þamma sabbatō.
ὥστε κύριός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ σαββάτου.
1. Jah galáiþ aftra in synagōgēn, jah was jáinar manna gaþaúrsana habands handu.
Καὶ εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς τὴν συναγωγήν, καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα.
2. Jah witáidēdun imma háilidēdiu sabbatō daga, ei wrōhidēdeina ina.
Καὶ παρετήρουν αὐτόν, εἰ τοῖς σάββασιν θεραπεύσει αὐτόν, ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ.
3. Jah qaþ du þamma mann þamma gaþaúrsana habandin handu: urreis in midumái.
Καὶ λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ ἐξηραμμένην ἔχοντι τὴν χεῖρα· ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μέσον.
4. Jah qaþ du im: skuldu ist in sabbatim þiuþ táujan aíþþáu unþiuþ táujan, sáiwala nasjan aíþþáu usqistjan? Iþ eis þaháidēdun.
Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· ἔξεστιν τοῖς σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι; οἱ δὲ ἐσιώπων.
5. Jah ussaíƕands ins miþ mōda, gáurs in dáubiþōs haírtins izē qaþ du þamma mann: ufrakei þō handu þeina! Jah ufrakida, jah gastōþ aftra sō handus is.
Καὶ περιβλεψάμενος αὐτοὺς μετ᾿ ὀργῆς, συλλυπούμενος ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν, λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ· ἔκτεινον τὴν χεῖρά σου. καὶ ἐξέτεινεν, καὶ ἀπεκατεστάθη ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ.
6. Jah gaggandans þan Fareisaieis sunsáiw miþ þáim Hērōdianum garūni gatawidēdun bi ina, ei imma usqēmeina.
Καὶ ἐξελθόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι εὐθέως μετὰ τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν συμβούλιον ἐποίουν κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ, ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν.
7. Jah Iēsus afláiþ miþ sipōnjam seináim du marein, jah filu manageins us Galeilaia láistidēdun afar imma,
Καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν· καὶ πολὺ πλῆθος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας
8. jah us Iudaia jah us Iaírusaúlymim jah us Idumaia jah hindana Iaúrdanáus; jah þái bi Tyra jah Seidōna, manageins filu, gaháusjandans ƕan filu is tawida, qēmun at imma.
καὶ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰδουμαίας καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου καὶ οἱ περὶ Τύρον καὶ Σιδῶνα, πλῆθος πολύ, ἀκούσαντες ὅσα ἐποίει, ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν.
9. Jah qaþ þáim sipōnjam seináim ei skip habáiþ wēsi at imma in þizōs manageins, ei ni þraíheina ina.
Καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα μὴ θλίβωσιν αὐτόν.
10. Managans áuk gaháilida, swaswē drusun ana ina ei imma attaítōkeina, jah swa managái swē habáidēdun wundufnjōs
Πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται· καὶ ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας
11. jah ahmans unhráinjans, þáih þan ina gasēƕun, drusun du imma jah hrōpidēdun qiþandans þatei þu is sunus guþs.
καὶ τὰ πνεύματα τὰ ἀκάθαρτα, ὅταν αὐτὸν ἐθεώρει, προσέπιπτεν αὐτῷ καὶ ἔκραζεν λέγοντα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ.
12. Jah filu andbáit ins ei ina ni gaswikunþidēdeina.
Καὶ πολλὰ ἐπετίμα αὐτοῖς ἵνα μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν.
13. Jah ustáig in faírguni jah athaíháit þanzei wilda is, jah galiþun du imma.
Καὶ ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος καὶ προσκαλεῖται οὓς ἤθελεν αὐτός, καὶ ἀπῆλθον πρὸς αὐτόν.
14. Jah gawaúrhta twalif du wisan miþ sis, jah ei insandidēdi ins mērjan
Καὶ ἐποίησεν δώδεκα, ἵνα ὦσιν μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἵνα ἀποστέλλῃ αὐτοὺς κηρύσσειν
15. jah haban waldufni du háiljan saúhtins jah uswaírpan unhulþōns.
καὶ ἔχειν ἐξουσίαν θεραπεύειν τὰς νόσους καὶ ἐκβάλλειν τὰ δαιμόνια·
16. Jah gasatida Seimōna namō Paítrus;
Καὶ ἐπέθηκεν τῷ Σίμωνι ὄνομα Πέτρον·
17. jah Iakōbáu þamma Zaíbaídaiáus, jah Iōhannē brōþr Iakōbáus, jah gasatida im namna Baúanaírgaís, þatei ist: sunjus þeiƕōns;
Καὶ Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ Ἰακώβου καὶ ἐπέθηκεν αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν Υἱοὶ Βροντῆς·
18. jah Andraían jah Filippu jah Barþaúlaúmaiu jah Matþaiu jah Þōman jah Iakōbu þana Alfaiáus jah Þaddaiu jah Seimōna þana Kananeitēn,
Καὶ Ἀνδρέαν καὶ Φίλιππον καὶ Βαρθολομαῖον καὶ Ματθαῖον καὶ Θωμᾶν καὶ Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ἀλφαίου καὶ Θαδδαῖον καὶ Σίμωνα τὸν Κανανίτην
19. jah Iudan Iskariōtēn, saei jah galēwida ina.
καὶ Ἰούδαν Ἰσκαριώτην, ὃς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτόν. Καὶ ἔρχονται εἰς οἶκον·
20. Jah atiddjēdun in gard, jah gaïddja sik managei, swaswē ni mahtēdun nih hláif matjan.
καὶ συνέρχεται πάλιν ὁ ὄχλος, ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν.
21. Jah háusjandans fram imma bōkarjōs jah anþarái usiddjēdun gahaban ina; qēþun áuk þatei usgáisiþs ist.
Καὶ ἀκούσαντες οἱ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν· ἔλεγον γὰρ ὅτι ἐξέστη.
22. Jah bōkarjōs þái af Iaírusaúlymái qimandans qēþun þatei Baíaílzaíbul habáiþ, jah þatei in þamma reikistin unhulþōnō uswaírpiþ þáim unhulþōm.
Καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς οἱ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων καταβάντες ἔλεγον ὅτι Βεελζεβοὺλ ἔχει, καὶ ὅτι ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια.
23. Jah atháitands ins in gajukōm qaþ du im: ƕáiwa mag Satanas Satanan uswaírpan?
Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· πῶς δύναται σατανᾶς σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν;
24. Jah jabái þiudangardi wiþra sik gadáiljada, ni mag standan sō þiudangardi jáina.
Καὶ ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ βασιλεία ἐκείνη·
25. Jah jabái gards wiþra sik gadáiljada, ni mag standan sa gards jáins.
Καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη·
26. Jah jabái Satana usstōþ ana sik silban jah gadáiliþs warþ, ni mag gastandan, ak andi habáiþ.
Καὶ εἰ ὁ σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτὸν καὶ μεμέρισται, οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι, ἀλλὰ τέλος ἔχει.
27. Ni manna mag kasa swinþis galeiþands in gard is wilwan, niba faúrþis þana swinþan gabindiþ; jah þan þana gard is diswilwái.
Οὐδεὶς δύναται τὰ σκεύη τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ, καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσῃ.
28. Amēn, qiþa izwis, þatei allata aflētada þata frawaúrhtē sunum mannē, jah náiteinōs swa managōs swaswē wajamērjand;
Ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι πάντα ἀφεθήσεται τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ αἱ βλασφημίαι ὅσας ἂν βλασφημήσωσιν·
29. aþþan saei wajamēreiþ ahman weihana ni habáiþ fralēt áiw, ak skula ist áiweináizōs frawaúrhtáis.
ὃς δ᾿ ἂν βλασφημήσῃ εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, οὐκ ἔχει ἄφεσιν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἀλλ᾿ ἔνοχός ἐστιν αἰωνίου ἁμαρτήματος.
30. Untē qēþun: ahman unhráinjana habáiþ.
Ὅτι ἔλεγον· πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει.
31. Jah qēmun þan áiþei is jah brōþrjus is jah ūta standandōna insandidēdun du imma, háitandōna ina.
Ἔρχονται οὖν ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔξω ἑστῶτες ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν φωνοῦντες αὐτόν.
32. Jah sētun bi ina managei; qēþun þan du imma: sái, áiþei þeina jah brōþrjus þeinái jah swistrjus þeinōs ūta sōkjand þuk.
Καὶ ἐκάθητο περὶ αὐτὸν ὄχλος, εἶπον δὲ αὐτῷ· ἰδοὺ ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου καὶ αἱ ἀδελφαί σου ἔξω ζητοῦσίν σε.
33. Jah andhōf im qiþands: ƕō ist sō áiþei meina aíþþáu þái brōþrjus meinái?
Καὶ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς λέγων· τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου ἢ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου;
34. Jah bisaíƕands bisunjanē þans bi sik sitandans qaþ: sái, áiþei meina jah þái brōþrjus meinái.
Καὶ περιβλεψάμενος κύκλῳ τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν καθημένους λέγει· ἴδε ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου.
35. Saei allis waúrkeiþ wiljan guþs, sa jah brōþar meins jah swistar jah áiþei ist.
Ὃς γὰρ ἂν ποιήσῃ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν.
1. Jah aftra Iēsus dugann láisjan at marein, jah galēsun sik du imma manageins filu, swaswē ina galeiþandan in skip gasitan in marein; jah alla sō managei wiþra marein ana staþa was.
Καὶ πάλιν ἤρξατο διδάσκειν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν. καὶ συνήχθη πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλος πολύς, ὥστε αὐτὸν ἐμβάντα εἰς τὸ πλοῖον καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος πρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἦν.
2. Jah láisida ins in gajukōm manag, jah qaþ im in láiseinái seinái:
Καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ·
3. háuseiþ! Sái, urrann sa saiands du saian fráiwa seinamma.
Ἀκούετε. ἰδοὺ ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖραι τὸν σπόρον αὐτοῦ.
4. Jah warþ, miþþanei saisō, sum raíhtis gadráus faúr wig, jah qēmun fuglōs jah frētun þata.
Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ σπείρειν ὃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, καὶ ἦλθεν τὰ πετεινὰ καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτό.
5. Anþaruþ-þan gadráus ana stáinahamma, þarei ni habáida aírþa managa, jah suns urrann, in þizei ni habáida diupáizōs aírþōs;
Ἄλλο δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸ πετρῶδες, ὅπου οὐκ εἶχεν γῆν πολλήν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν βάθος γῆς·
6. at sunnin þan urrinnandin ufbrann, jah untē ni habáida waúrtins gaþaúrsnōda.
ἡλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος ἐκαυματίσθη, καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη.
7. Jah sum gadráus in þaúrnuns; jah ufarstigun þái þaúrnjus jah afƕapidēdun þata, jah akran ni gaf.
Καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας, καὶ ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ συνέπνιξαν αὐτό, καὶ καρπὸν οὐκ ἔδωκεν.
8. Jah sum gadráus in aírþa gōda, jah gaf akran urrinnandō jah wahsjandō, jah bar áin ·l· jah áin ·j· jah áin ·r·.
Καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν καὶ ἐδίδου καρπὸν ἀναβαίνοντα καὶ αὐξάνοντα, καὶ ἔφερεν ἓν τριάκοντα καὶ ἓν ἑξήκοντα καὶ ἓν ἑκατόν.
9. Jah qaþ: saei habái áusōna háusjandōna, gaháusjái.
Καὶ ἔλεγεν· ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω.
10. Iþ biþē warþ sundrō, frēhun ina þái bi ina miþ þáim twalibim þizōs gajukōns.
Ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο κατὰ μόνας, ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν σὺν τοῖς δώδεκα τὴν παραβολήν.
11. Jah qaþ im: izwis atgiban ist kunnan rūna þiudangardjōs guþs, iþ jáináim þáim ūta in gajukōm allata waírþiþ,
Καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὸ μυστήριον τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ· ἐκείνοις δὲ τοῖς ἔξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὰ πάντα γίνεται,
12. ei saíƕandans saíƕáina jah ni gáumjáina, jah háusjandans háusjáina jah ni fraþjáina, nibái ƕan gawandjáina sik jah aflētáindáu im frawaúrhteis.
ἵνα βλέποντες βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες ἀκούωσι καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν, μήποτε ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ ἀφεθῇ αὐτοῖς τὰ ἁμαρτήματα.
13. Jah qaþ du im: ni wituþ þō gajukōn, jah ƕáiwa allōs þōs gajukōns kunneiþ?
Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην, καὶ πῶς πάσας τὰς παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε;
14. Sa saijands waúrd saijiþ.
Ὁ σπείρων τὸν λόγον σπείρει.
15. Aþþan þái wiþra wig sind, þarei saiada þata waúrd, jah þan gaháusjand unkarjans, suns qimiþ Satanas jah usnimiþ waúrd þata insaianō in haírtam izē.
Οὗτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ὅπου σπείρεται ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν, εὐθέως ἔρχεται ὁ σατανᾶς καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐσπαρμένον ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν.
16. Jah sind samaleikō þái ana stáinahamma saianans, þáiei þan háusjand þata waúrd, suns miþ fahēdái nimand ita,
Καὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν ὁμοίως οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι, οἳ ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν τὸν λόγον, εὐθέως μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνουσιν αὐτόν,
17. jah ni haband waúrtins in sis, ak ƕeilaƕaírbái sind; þaþrōh, biþē qimiþ aglō aíþþáu wrakja in þis waúrdis, suns gamarzjanda.
καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιροί εἰσιν· εἶτα γενομένης θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον εὐθέως σκανδαλίζονται.
18. Jah þái sind þái in þaúrnuns saianans, þái waúrd háusjandans,
Καὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόμενοι, οἱ τὸν λόγον ἀκούοντες,
19. jah saúrgōs þizōs libáináis jah afmarzeins gabeins jah þái bi þata anþar lustjus inn atgaggandans afƕapjand þata waúrd, jah akranaláus waírþiþ.
καὶ αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου καὶ αἱ περὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι εἰσπορευόμεναι συμπνίγουσιν τὸν λόγον, καὶ ἄκαρπος γίνεται.
20. Jah þái sind þái ana aírþái þizái gōdōn saianans, þáiei háusjand þata waúrd jah andnimand jah akran baírand, áin ·l· jah áin ·j· jah áin ·r·.
Καὶ οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν σπαρέντες, οἵτινες ἀκούουσιν τὸν λόγον καὶ παραδέχονται καὶ καρποφοροῦσιν ἐν τριάκοντα καὶ ἐν ἑξήκοντα καὶ ἐν ἑκατόν.
21. Jah qaþ du im: ibái lukarn qimiþ duþē ei uf mēlan satjáidáu aíþþáu undar ligr? niu ei ana lukarnastaþan satjáidáu?
Καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· μήτι ὁ λύχνος ἔρχεται ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην; οὐχ ἵνα ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν τεθῇ;
22. Nih allis ist ƕa fulginis þatei ni gabaírhtjáidáu: nih warþ analáugn, ak ei swikunþ waírþái.
Οὐ γάρ ἐστι τι κρυπτὸν ὃ ἐὰν μὴ φανερωθῇ, οὐδὲ ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον ἀλλ᾿ ἵνα εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ.
23. Jabái ƕas habái áusōna háusjandōna, gaháusjái.
Εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω.
24. Jah qaþ du im: saíƕiþ, ƕa háuseiþ! In þizáiei mitaþ mitiþ, mitada izwis jah biáukada izwis þáim galáubjandam.
Καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς· βλέπετε τί ἀκούετε. ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν.
25. Untē þisƕammēh saei habáiþ gibada imma; jah saei ni habáiþ jah þatei habáiþ afnimada imma.
Ὃς γὰρ ἂν ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ· καὶ ὃς οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ.
26. Jah qaþ: swa ist þiudangardi guþs, swaswē jabái manna waírpiþ fráiwa ana aírþa.
Καὶ ἔλεγεν· οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς ἐὰν ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς,
27. Jah slēpiþ jah urreisiþ naht jah daga, jah þata fráiw keiniþ jah liudiþ swē ni wáit is.
καὶ καθεύδῃ καὶ ἐγείρηται νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ ὁ σπόρος βλαστάνῃ καὶ μηκύνηται ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός.
28. Silbō áuk aírþa akran baíriþ: frumist gras, þaþrōh ahs, þaþrōh fulleiþ kaúrnis in þamma ahsa.
Αὐτομάτη γὰρ ἡ γῆ καρποφορεῖ, πρῶτον χόρτον, εἶτα στάχυν, εἶτα πλήρη σῖτον ἐν τῷ στάχυϊ.
29. Þanuh biþē atgibada akran, suns insandeiþ gilþa, untē atist asans.
Ὅταν δὲ παραδῷ ὁ καρπός, εὐθέως ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον, ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισμός.
30. Jah qaþ: ƕē galeikōm þiudangardja guþs, aíþþáu in ƕileikái gajukōn gabaíram þō?
Καὶ ἔλεγεν· τίνι ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, ἢ ἐν ποίᾳ παραβολῇ παραβάλωμεν αὐτήν;
31. Swē kaúrnō sinapis, þatei þan saiada ana aírþa, minnist alláizē fráiwē ist þizē ana aírþái;
Ὡς κόκκῳ σινάπεως, ὃς ὅταν σπαρῇ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, μικρότερος πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων ἐστὶν τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς,
32. jah þan saiada, urrinniþ jah waírþiþ alláizē grasē máist, jah gatáujiþ astans mikilans, swaswē magun uf skadáu is fuglōs himinis gabáuan.
καὶ ὅταν σπαρῇ, ἀναβαίνει καὶ γίνεται πάντων τῶν λαχάνων μείζων, καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδους μεγάλους, ὥστε δύνασθαι ὑπὸ τὴν σκιὰν αὐτοῦ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνοῦν.
33. Jah swaleikáim managáim gajukōm rōdida du im þata waúrd, swaswē mahtēdun háusjōn.
Καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον, καθὼς ἠδύναντο ἀκούειν·
34. Iþ inuh gajukōn ni rōdida im, iþ sundrō sipōnjam seináim andband allata.
χωρὶς δὲ παραβολῆς οὐκ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς, κατ᾿ ἰδίαν δὲ τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ ἐπέλυεν πάντα.
35. Jah qaþ du im in jáinamma daga at andanahtja þan waúrþanamma: usleiþam jáinis stadis.
Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὀψίας γενομένης· διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πέραν.
36. Jah aflētandans þō managein andnēmun ina swē was in skipa; jah þan anþara skipa wēsun miþ imma.
καὶ ἀφέντες τὸν ὄχλον παραλαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν ὡς ἦν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, καὶ ἄλλα δὲ πλοιάρια ἦν μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ.
37. Jah warþ skūra windis mikila jah wēgōs waltidēdun in skip, swaswē ita juþan gafullnōda.
καὶ γίνεται λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου μεγάλη καὶ τὰ κύματα ἐπέβαλλεν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, ὥστε αὐτὸ ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι.
38. Jah was is ana nōtin ana waggarja slēpands, jah urráisidēdun ina jah qēþun du imma: láisari, niu kara þuk þizei fraqistnam?
καὶ ἦν αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τῇ πρύμνῃ ἐπὶ τὸ προσκεφάλαιον καθεύδων· καὶ διεγείρουσιν αὐτὸν καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· διδάσκαλε, οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι ἀπολλύμεθα;
39. Jah urreisands gasōk winda jah qaþ du marein: gaslawái, afdumbn! Jah anasiláida sa winds jah warþ wis mikil.
καὶ διεγερθεὶς ἐπετίμησεν τῷ ἀνέμῳ καὶ εἶπεν τῇ θαλάσσῃ· σιώπα, πεφίμωσο. καὶ ἐκόπασεν ὁ ἄνεμος, καὶ ἐγένετο γαλήνη μεγάλη.
40. Jah qaþ du im: duƕē faúrhtái sijuþ swa? ƕáiwa ni náuh habáiþ galáubein?
Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· τί δειλοί ἐστε οὕτως; πῶς οὐκ ἔχετε πίστιν;
41. Jah ōhtēdun sis agis mikil, jah qēþun du sis missō: ƕas þannu sa sijái, untē jah winds jah marei ufháusjand imma?
Καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν, καὶ ἔλεγον πρὸς ἀλλήλους· τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ;
1. Jah qēmun hindar marein in landa Gaddarēnē.
Καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν Γαδαρηνῶν.
2. Jah usgaggandin imma us skipa suns gamōtida imma manna us aúrahjōm in ahmin unhráinjamma,
Καὶ ἐξελθόντι αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου εὐθέως ἀπήντησεν αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ,
3. saei bauáin habáida in aúrahjōm: jah ni náudibandjōm eisarneináim manna mahta ina gabindan.
ὃς τὴν κατοίκησιν εἶχεν ἐν τοῖς μνήμασιν, καὶ οὔτε ἁλύσεσιν οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο αὐτὸν δῆσαι,
4. Untē is ufta eisarnam bi fōtuns gabuganáim jah náudibandjōm eisarneináim gabundans was, jah galáusida af sis þōs náudibandjōs, jah þō ana fōtum eisarna gabrak, jah manna ni mahta ina gatamjan.
διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσιν δεδέσθαι καὶ διεσπάσθαι ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις καὶ τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι.
5. Jah sinteinō nahtam jah dagam in aúrahjōm jah in faírgunjam was hrōpjands jah bliggwands sik stáinam.
Καὶ διὰ παντὸς νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς μνήμασιν καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἦν κράζων καὶ κατακόπτων ἑαυτὸν λίθοις.
6. Gasaíƕands þan Iēsu faírraþrō rann jah inwáit ina,
Ἰδὼν δὲ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἔδραμεν καὶ προσεκύνησεν αὐτόν,
7. jah hrōpjands stibnái mikilái qaþ: ƕa mis jah þus, Iēsu, sunáu guþs þis háuhistins? biswara þuk bi guþa, ni balwjáis mis!
καὶ κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν· τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ υἱὲ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου; ὁρκίζω σε τὸν θεόν, μή με βασανίσῃς.
8. Untē qaþ imma: usgagg, ahma unhráinja, us þamma mann!
ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ· ἔξελθε τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.
9. Jah frah ina: ƕa namō þein? Jah qaþ du imma: namō mein Laígaíōn, untē managái sijum.
Καὶ ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν· τί ὄνομά σοι; καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· λεγεὼν ὄνομά μοι, ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν.
10. Jah baþ ina filu ei ni usdrēbi im us landa.
καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν πολλὰ ἵνα μὴ αὐτοὺς ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας.
11. Wasuh þan jáinar haírda sweinē haldana at þamma faírgunja.
Ἦν δὲ ἐκεῖ ἀγέλη χοίρων μεγάλη βοσκομένη πρὸς τῷ ὄρει·
12. Jah bēdun ina allōs þōs unhulþōns qiþandeins: insandei unsis in þō sweina, ei in þō galeiþáima.
καὶ παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ δαίμονες λέγοντες· πέμψον ἡμᾶς εἰς τοὺς χοίρους, ἵνα εἰς αὐτοὺς εἰσέλθωμεν.
13. Jah usláubida im Iēsus suns. Jah usgaggandans ahmans þái unhráinjans galiþun in þō sweina, jah rann sō haírda and driusōn in marein; wēsunuþ-þan swē twōs þūsundjōs, jah afƕapnōdēdun in marein.
καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς εὐθέως ὁ Ἰησοῦς. καὶ ἐξελθόντα τὰ πνεύματα τὰ ἀκάθαρτα εἰσῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους, καὶ ὥρμησεν ἡ ἀγέλη κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ἦσαν δὲ ὡς δισχίλιοι, καὶ ἐπνίγοντο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ.
14. Jah þái haldandans þō sweina gaþláuhun jah gatáihun in baúrg jah in háimōm, jah qēmun saíƕan ƕa wēsi þata waúrþanō.
Καὶ οἱ βόσκοντες τοὺς χοίρους ἔφυγον καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς· καὶ ἦλθον ἰδεῖν τί ἐστιν τὸ γεγονός.
15. Jah atiddjēdun du Iēsua, jah gasaíƕand þana wōdan sitandan jah gawasidana jah fraþjandan þana saei habáida laígaíōn, jah ōhtēdun.
Καὶ ἔρχονται πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ θεωροῦσιν τὸν δαιμονιζόμενον καθήμενον καὶ ἱματισμένον καὶ σωφρονοῦντα, τὸν ἐσχηκότα τὸν λεγεῶνα, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν.
16. Jah spillōdēdun im þáiei gasēƕun, ƕáiwa warþ bi þana wōdan jah bi þō sweina.
Καὶ διηγήσαντο αὐτοῖς οἱ ἰδόντες πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαιμονιζομένῳ καὶ περὶ τῶν χοίρων.
17. Jah dugunnun bidjan ina galeiþan hindar markōs seinōs.
Καὶ ἤρξαντο παρακαλεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν.
18. Jah inn gaggandan ina in skip baþ ina, saei was wōds, ei miþ imma wēsi.
Καὶ ἐμβάντος αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ πλοῖον παρεκάλει αὐτὸν ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς ἵνα μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ ᾖ.
19. Jah ni laílōt ina, ak qaþ du imma: gagg du garda þeinamma du þeináim jah gateih im, ƕan filu þus fráuja gatawida jah gaarmáida þuk.
καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ λέγει αὐτῷ· ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου πρὸς τοὺς σοὺς καὶ ἀνάγγειλον αὐτοῖς ὅσα σοι ὁ κύριος πεποίηκεν καὶ ἠλέησέν σε.
20. Jah galáiþ jah dugann mērjan in Daíkapaúlein, ƕan filu gatawida imma Iēsus; jah allái sildaleikidēdun.
Καὶ ἀπῆλθεν καὶ ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν ἐν τῇ Δεκαπόλει ὅσα ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ πάντες ἐθαύμαζον.
21. Jah usleiþandin Iēsua in skipa aftra hindar marein, gaqēmun sik manageins filu du imma, jah was faúra marein.
Καὶ διαπεράσαντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ πάλιν εἰς τὸ πέραν συνήχθη ὄχλος πολὺς ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν, καὶ ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν.
22. Jah sái, qimiþ áins þizē synagōgafadē namin Jaeirus; jah saíƕands ina gadráus du fōtum Iēsuis,
Καὶ ἰδοὺ ἔρχεται εἷς τῶν ἀρχισυναγώγων, ὀνόματι Ἰάειρος, καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν πίπτει πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ,
23. jah baþ ina filu, qiþands þatei daúhtar meina aftumist habáiþ, ei qimands lagjáis ana þō handuns, ei ganisái jah libái.
καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν πολλὰ λέγων ὅτι τὸ θυγάτριόν μου ἐσχάτως ἔχει, ἵνα ἐλθὼν ἐπιθῇς αὐτῇ τὰς χεῖρας, ἵνα σωθῇ καὶ ζήσῃ.
24. Jah galáiþ miþ imma, jah iddjēdun afar imma manageins filu jah þraíhun ina.
καὶ ἀπῆλθεν μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ὄχλος πολύς, καὶ συνέθλιβον αὐτόν.
25. Jah qinōnō suma wisandei in runa blōþis jēra twalif,
Καὶ γυνή τις οὖσα ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος ἔτη δώδεκα,
26. jah manag gaþulandei fram managáim lēkjam jah fraqimandei allamma seinamma jah ni waíhtái bōtida, ak máis waírs habáida,
καὶ πολλὰ παθοῦσα ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἰατρῶν καὶ δαπανήσασα τὰ παρ᾿ αὐτῆς πάντα καὶ μηδὲν ὠφεληθεῖσα ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εἰς τὸ χεῖρον ἐλθοῦσα,
27. gaháusjandei bi Iēsu, atgaggandei in managein aftana attaítōk wastjái is.
ἀκούσασα περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἐλθοῦσα ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ ὄπισθεν ἥψατο τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ·
28. Untē qaþ þatei jabái wastjōm is attēka, ganisa.
ἔλεγεν γὰρ ὅτι κἂν τῶν ἱματίων αὐτοῦ ἅψωμαι σωθήσομαι.
29. Jah sunsáiw gaþaúrsnōda sa brunna blōþis izōs, jah ufkunþa ana leika þatei gaháilnōda af þamma slaha.
Καὶ εὐθέως ἐξηράνθη ἡ πηγὴ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτῆς, καὶ ἔγνω τῷ σώματι ὅτι ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος.
30. Jah sunsáiw Iēsus ufkunþa in sis silbin þō us sis maht usgaggandein; gawandjands sik in managein qaþ: ƕas mis taítōk wastjōm?
Καὶ εὐθέως ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐπιγνοὺς ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν ἐπιστραφεὶς ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ ἔλεγεν· τίς μου ἥψατο τῶν ἱματίων;
31. Jah qēþun du imma sipōnjōs is: saíƕis þō managein þreihandein þuk, jah qiþis: ƕas mis taítōk?
Καὶ ἔλεγον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ· βλέπεις τὸν ὄχλον συνθλίβοντά σε, καὶ λέγεις· τίς μου ἥψατο;
32. Jah wláitōda saíƕan þō þata táujandein.
Καὶ περιεβλέπετο ἰδεῖν τὴν τοῦτο ποιήσασαν.
33. Iþ sō qinō ōgandei jah reirandei, witandei þatei warþ bi ija, qam jah dráus du imma jah qaþ imma alla þō sunja.
Ἡ δὲ γυνὴ φοβηθεῖσα καὶ τρέμουσα, εἰδυῖα ὃ γέγονεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ, ἦλθεν καὶ προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν.
34. Iþ is qaþ du izái: daúhtar, galáubeins þeina ganasida þuk, gagg in gawaírþi, jah sijáis háila af þamma slaha þeinamma.
Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ· θύγατερ, ἡ πίστις σου σέσωκέν σε· ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην καὶ ἴσθι ὑγιὴς ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγός σου.
35. Nauhþanuh imma rōdjandin qēmun fram þamma synagōgafada, qiþandans þatei daúhtar þeina gaswalt: ƕa þanamáis dráibeis þana láisari?
Ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου λέγοντες ὅτι ἡ θυγάτηρ σου ἀπέθανεν· τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον;
36. Iþ Iēsus sunsáiw gaháusjands þata waúrd rōdiþ, qaþ du þamma synagōgafada: ni faúrhtei; þatáinei galáubei.
Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εὐθέως ἀκούσας τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον λέγει τῷ ἀρχισυναγώγῳ· μὴ φοβοῦ, μόνον πίστευε.
37. Jah ni fralaílōt áinōhun izē miþ sis afargaggan, nibái Paítru jah Iakōbu jah Iōhannēn brōþar Iakōbis.
καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν οὐδένα μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ συνακολουθῆσαι εἰ μὴ Πέτρον καὶ Ἰάκωβον καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰακώβου.
38. Jah galáiþ in gard þis synagōgafadis, jah gasaƕ áuhjōdu jah grētandans jah wáifaírƕjandans filu.
Καὶ ἔρχεται εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου, καὶ θεωρεῖ θόρυβον καὶ κλαίοντας καὶ ἀλαλάζοντας πολλά,
39. Jah inn atgaggands qaþ du im: ƕa áuhjōþ jah grētiþ? þata barn ni gadáuþnōda, ak slēpiþ.
Καὶ εἰσελθὼν λέγει αὐτοῖς· τί θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε; τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν ἀλλὰ καθεύδει.
40. Jah bihlōhun ina. Iþ is uswaírpands alláim ganimiþ attan þis barnis jah áiþein jah þans miþ sis, jah galáiþ inn þarei was þata barn ligandō.
Καὶ κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ. ὁ δὲ ἐκβαλὼν πάντας παραλαμβάνει τὸν πατέρα τοῦ παιδίου καὶ τὴν μητέρα καὶ τοὺς μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰσπορεύεται ὅπου ἦν τὸ παιδίον·
41. Jah faírgráip bi handáu þata barn qaþuh du izái: taleiþa kumei, þatei ist gaskeiriþ: mawilō, du þus qiþa: urreis.
Καὶ κρατήσας τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ παιδίου λέγει αὐτῇ· ταλιθὰ κούμει, ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον· τὸ κοράσιον, σοὶ λέγω, ἔγειρε.
42. Jah suns urráis sō mawi jah iddja; was áuk jērē twalibē; jah usgeisnōdēdun faúrhtein mikilái.
Καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα· καὶ ἐξέστησαν ἐκστάσει μεγάλῃ.
43. Jah anabáuþ im filu ei manna ni funþi þata; jah haíháit izái giban matjan.
Καὶ διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο, καὶ εἶπεν δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν.
1. Jah usstōþ jáinþrō jah qam in landa seinamma, jah láistidēdun afar imma sipōnjōs is.
2. Jah biþē warþ sabbatō, dugann in synagōgē láisjan, jah managái háusjandans sildaleikidēdun qiþandans: ƕaþrō þamma þata, jah ƕō sō handugeinō sō gibanō imma, ei mahteis swaleikōs þaírh handuns is waírþand?
3. Niu þata ist sa timrja, sa sunus Marjins, iþ brōþar Iakōba jah Iusē jah Iudins jah Seimōnis? jah niu sind swistrjus is hēr at unsis? Jah gamarzidái waúrþun in þamma.
4. Qaþ þan im Iēsus þatei nist praúfētus unswērs, niba in gabaúrþái seinái jah in ganiþjam jah in garda seinamma.
5. Jah ni mahta jáinar áinōhun mahtē gatáujan, niba fawáim siukáim handuns galagjands gaháilida.
6. Jah sildaleikida in ungaláubeináis izē, jah bitáuh weihsa bisunjanē láisjands.
7. Jah athaíháit þans twalif jah dugann ins insandjan twans ƕanzuh, jah gaf im waldufni ahmanē unhráinjáizē.
8. Jah faúrbáuþ im ei waíht ni nēmeina in wig, niba hrugga áina, nih matibalg nih hláif nih in gaírdōs áiz,
9. ak gaskōhái suljōm: jah ni wasjáiþ twáim páidōm.
10. Jah qaþ du im: þisƕaduh þei gaggáiþ in gard, þar saljáiþ, untē usgaggáiþ jáinþrō.
11. Jah swa managái swē ni andnimáina izwis nih háusjáina izwis, usgaggandans jáinþrō ushrisjáiþ mulda þō undarō fōtum izwaráim du weitwōdiþái im. Amēn, qiþa izwis: sutizō ist Saúdaúmjam aíþþáu Gaúmaúrjam in daga stauōs þáu þizái baúrg jáinái.
12. Jah usgaggandans mēridēdun ei idreigōdēdeina.
13. Jah unhulþōns managōs usdribun, jah gasalbōdēdun alēwa managans siukans, jah gaháilidēdun.
14. Jah gaháusida þiudans Hērōdēs, swikunþ allis warþ namō is, jah qaþ þatei Iōhannis sa dáupjands us dáuþaim urráis, duþþē waúrkjand þōs mahteis in imma.
15. Anþarái þan qēþun þatei Hēlias ist; anþarái þan qēþun þatei praúfētēs ist swē áins þizē praúfētē.
16. Gaháusjands þan Hērōdēs qaþ þatei þammei ik háubiþ afmaímáit Iōhannē, sa ist: sah urráis us dáuþaim.
17. Sa áuk raíhtis Hērōdēs insandjands gahabáida Iōhannēn jah gaband ina in karkarái in Hairōdiadins qēnáis Filippáus brōþrs seinis, untē þō galiugáida.
18. Qaþ áuk Iōhannēs du Hērōda þatei ni skuld ist þus haban qēn brōþrs þeinis.
19. Iþ sō Hērōdia náiw imma jah wilda imma usqiman, jah ni mahta:
20. untē Hērōdis ōhta sis Iōhannēn, kunnands ina waír garaíhtana jah weihana, jah witáida imma, jah háusjands imma manag gatawida, jah gabaúrjaba imma andháusida.
21. Jah waúrþans dags gatils, þan Hērōdis mēla gabaúrþáis seináizōs nahtamat waúrhta þáim máistam seináizē jah þūsundifadim jah þáim frumistam Galeilaias,
22. jah atgaggandein inn daúhtr Hērōdiadins jah plinsjandein jah galeikandein Hērōda jah þáim miþ anakumbjandam, qaþ þiudans du þizái máujái: bidei mik þisƕizuh þei wileis, jah giba þus.
23. Jah swōr izái þatei þisƕah þei bidjáis mik, giba þus und halba þiudangardja meina.
24. Iþ si usgaggandei qaþ du áiþein seinái: ƕis bidjáu? Iþ si qaþ: háubidis Iōhannis þis dáupjandins.
25. Jah atgaggandei sunsáiw sniumundō du þamma þiudana baþ qiþandei: wiljáu ei mis gibáis ana mēsa háubiþ Iōhannis þis dáupjandins.
26. Jah gáurs waúrþans sa þiudans in þizē áiþē jah in þizē miþ anakumbjandanē ni wilda izái ufbrikan.
27. Jah suns insandjands sa þiudans spaíkulātur, anabáuþ briggan háubiþ is. Iþ is galeiþands afmaímáit imma háubiþ in karkarái,
28. jah atbar þata háubiþ is ana mēsa jah atgaf ita þizái máujái, jah sō mawi atgaf ita áiþein seinái.
29. Jah gaháusjandans sipōnjōs is qēmun jah usnēmun leik is jah galagidēdun ita in hláiwa.
30. Jah gaïddjēdun apaústaúleis du Iēsua jah gatáihun imma allata jah swa filu swē gatawidēdun — —
53. — — jah duatsniwun.
54. Jah usgaggandam im us skipa, sunsáiw ufkunnandans ina,
55. birinnandans all þata gawi dugunnun ana badjam þans ubil habandans baíran, þadei háusidēdun ei is wēsi.
56. Jah þisƕaduh þadei iddja in háimōs aíþþáu baúrgs aíþþáu in weihsa, ana gagga lagidēdun siukans jah bēdun ina ei þáu skáuta wastjōs is attaítōkeina; jah swa managái swē attaítōkun imma, ganēsun.
1. Jah gaqēmun sik du imma Fareisaieis jah sumái þizē bōkarjē, qimandans us Iaírusaúlymim.
2. jah gasaƕandans sumans þizē sipōnjē is gamáinjáim handum, þat-ist unþwahanáim, matjandans hláibans;
3. iþ Fareisaieis jah allái Iudaieis, niba ufta þwahand handuns, ni matjand, habandans anafilh þizē sinistanē,
4. jah af maþla niba dáupjand ni matjand, jah anþar ist manag þatei andnēmun du haban: dáupeinins stiklē jah aúrkjē jah katilē jah ligrē;
5. þaþrōh þan frēhun ina þái Fareisaieis jah þái bōkarjōs: duƕē þái sipōnjōs þeinái ni gaggand bi þammei anafulhun þái sinistans, ak unþwahanáim handum matjand hláif?
6. iþ is andhafjands qaþ du im þatei waila praúfētida Ēsaïas bi izwis þans liutans, swē gamēliþ ist: sō managei waírilōm mik swēráiþ, iþ haírtō izē faírra habáiþ sik mis.
7. iþ swarē mik blōtand, láisjandans láiseinins, anabusnins mannē;
8. aflētandans raíhtis anabusn guþs habáiþ þatei anafulhun mannans, dáupeinins aúrkjē jah stiklē, jah anþar galeik swaleikata manag táujiþ.
9. Jah qaþ du im: waila inwidiþ anabusn guþs, ei þata anafulhanō izwar fastáiþ.
10. Mōsēs áuk raíhtis qaþ: swērái attan þeinana jah áiþein þeina; jah: saei ubil qiþái attin seinamma aíþþáu áiþein seinái, dáuþáu afdáuþjáidáu.
11. Iþ jus qiþiþ: jabái qiþái manna attin seinamma aíþþáu áiþein: kaúrban, þatei ist máiþms, þisƕah þatei us mis gabatnis;
12. jah ni fralētiþ ina ni waíht táujan attin seinamma aíþþáu áiþein seinái,
13. bláuþjandans waúrd guþs þizái anabusnái izwarái, þōei anafulhuþ; jah galeik swaleikata manag táujiþ.
14. Jah atháitands alla þō managein qaþ im: háuseiþ mis allái jah fraþjáiþ.
15. Ni waíhts ist ūtaþrō mans inn gaggandō in ina þatei magi ina gamáinjan; ak þata ūt gaggandō us mann þata ist þata gamáinjandō mannan.
16. Jabái ƕas habái áusōna háusjandōna, gaháusjái.
17. Jah þan galáiþ in gard us þizái managein, frēhun ina sipōnjōs is bi þō gajukōn.
18. Jah qaþ du im: swa jah jus unwitans sijuþ? Ni fraþjiþ þammei all þata ūtaþrō inn gaggandō in mannan ni mag ina gamáinjan:
19. untē ni galeiþiþ imma in haírtō, ak in wamba, jah in urrunsa usgaggiþ, gahráineiþ allans matins.
20. Qaþuþ-þan þatei þata us mann usgaggandō þata gamáineiþ mannan.
21. Innaþrō áuk us haírtin mannē mitōneis ubilōs usgaggand: kalkinassjus, hōrinassjus, maúrþra,
22. þiubja, faíhufrikeins, unsēleins, liutei, agláitei, áugō unsēl, wajamēreins, háuhhaírtei, unwiti.
23. Þō alla ubilōna innaþrō usgaggand jah gagamáinjand mannan.
24. Jah jáinþrō usstandands galáiþ in markōs Tyrē jah Seidōnē, jah galeiþands in gard ni wilda witan mannan jah ni mahta galáugnjan.
25. Gaháusjandei raíhtis qinō bi ina, þizōzei habáida daúhtar ahman unhráinjana, qimandei dráus du fōtum is.
26. Wasuþ-þan sō qinō háiþnō, Saúrini fwnikiska gabaúrþái, jah baþ ina ei þō unhulþōn uswaúrpi us daúhtr izōs.
27. Iþ Iēsus qaþ du izái: lēt faúrþis sada waírþan barna, untē ni gōþ ist niman hláib barnē jah waírpan hundam.
28. Iþ si andhōf imma jah qaþ du imma: jái fráuja; jah áuk hundōs undarō biuda matjand af draúhsnōm barnē.
29. Jah qaþ du izái: in þis waúrdis gagg, usiddja unhulþō us daúhtr þeinái.
30. Jah galeiþandei du garda seinamma bigat unhulþōn usgaggana jah þō daúhtar ligandein ana ligra.
31. Jah aftra galeiþands af markōm Tyrē jah Seidōnē qam at marein Galeilaiē miþ tweihnáim markōm Daíkapaúlaiōs.
32. Jah bērun du imma báudana stammana jah bēdun ina ei lagidēdi imma handáu.
33. Jah afnimands ina af managein sundrō, lagida figgrans seinans in áusōna imma jah spēwands attaítōk tuggōn is,
34. jah ussaƕands du himina gaswōgida jah qaþ du imma: aíffaþa, þatei ist: uslukn.
35. Jah sunsáiw usluknōdēdun imma hliumans, jah andbundnōda bandi tuggōns is jah rōdida raíhtaba.
36. Jah anabáuþ im ei mann ni qēþeina. Ƕan filu is im anabáuþ, máis þamma eis mēridēdun,
37. jah ufarassáu sildaleikidēdun qiþandans: waila allata gatawida jah báudans gatáujiþ gaháusjan jah unrōdjandans rōdjan.
1. In jáináim þan dagam aftra at filu managái managein wisandein jah ni habandam ƕa matidēdeina, atháitands sipōnjans qaþuh du im:
2. infeinōda du þizái managein, untē ju dagans þrins miþ mis wēsun, jah ni haband ƕa matjáina;
3. jah jabái fralēta ins láusqiþrans du garda izē, ufligand ana wiga; sumái raíhtis izē faírraþrō qēmun.
4. Jah andhōfun imma sipōnjōs is: ƕaþrō þans mag ƕas gasōþjan hláibam ana áuþidái?
5. Jah frah ins: ƕan managans habáiþ hláibans? Iþ eis qēþun: sibun.
6. Jah anabáuþ þizái managein anakumbjan ana aírþái; jah nimands þans sibun hláibans jah awiliudōnds gabrak jah atgaf sipōnjam seináim, ei atlagidēdeina faúr; jah atlagidēdun faúr þō managein.
7. Jah habáidēdun fiskans fawans, jah þans gaþiuþjands qaþ ei atlagidēdeina jah þans.
8. Gamatidēdun þan jah sadái waúrþun; jah usnēmun láibōs gabrukō sibun spyreidans.
9. Wēsunuþ-þan þái matjandans swē fidwōr þūsundjōs; jah fralaílōt ins.
10. Jah galáiþ sunsáiw in skip miþ sipōnjam seináim, jah qam ana fēra Magdalan.
11. Jah urrunnun Fareisaieis jah dugunnun miþ sōkjan imma sōkjandans du imma táikn us himina, fráisandans ina.
12. Jah ufswōgjands ahmin seinamma qaþ: ƕa þata kuni táikn sōkeiþ? Amēn, qiþa izwis: jabái gibáidáu kunja þamma táiknē.
13. Jah aflētands ins, galeiþands aftra in skip usláiþ hindar marein.
14. Jah ufarmunnōdēdun niman hláibans jah niba áinana hláif ni habáidēdun miþ sis in skipa.
15. Jah anabáuþ im qiþands: saíƕiþ ei atsaíƕiþ izwis þis beistis Fareisaiē jah beistis Hērōdis.
16. Jah þahtēdun miþ sis missō qiþandans: untē hláibans ni habam.
17. Jah fraþjands Iēsus qaþ du im: ƕa þaggkeiþ untē hláibans ni habáiþ? Ni náuh fraþjiþ nih wituþ, untē dáubata habáiþ haírtō izwar.
18. Áugōna habandans ni gasaíƕiþ, jah áusōna habandans ni gaháuseiþ jah ni gamunuþ.
19. Þan þans fimf hláibans gabrak fimf þūsundjōm, ƕan managōs táinjōns fullōs gabrukō usnēmuþ? Qēþun du imma: twalif.
20. Aþþan þan þans sibun hláibans fidwōr þūsundjōm, ƕan managans spyreidans fullans gabrukō usnēmuþ? Iþ eis qēþun: sibun.
21. Jah qaþ du im: ƕáiwa ni náuh fraþjiþ?
22. Jah qēmun in Beþaniin jah bērun du imma blindan jah bēdun ina ei imma attaítōki.
23. Jah faírgreipands handu þis blindins ustáuh ina ūtana weihsis jah speiwands in áugōna is, atlagjands ana handuns seinōs frah ina ga-u-ƕa-sēƕi?
24. Jah ussaƕands qaþ: gasaíƕa mans, þatei swē bagmans gasaíƕa gaggandans.
25. Þaþrōh aftra galagida handuns ana þō áugōna is jah gatawida ina ussaíƕan; jah aftra gasatiþs warþ jah gasaƕ baírhtaba allans.
26. Jah insandida ina du garda is qiþands: ni in þata weihs gaggáis, ni mannhun qiþáis in þamma wēhsa.
27. Jah usiddja Iēsus jah sipōnjōs is in wēhsa Kaisarias þizōs Filippáus: jah ana wiga frah sipōnjans seinans qiþands du im: ƕana mik qiþand mans wisan?
28. Iþ eis andhōfun: Iōhannēn þana dáupjand, jah anþarái Hēlian: sumáih þan áinana praúfētē.
29. Jah is qaþ du im: aþþan jus, ƕana mik qiþiþ wisan? Andhafjands þan Paítrus qaþ du imma: þu is Xristus.
30. Jah faúrbáuþ im ei mannhun ni qēþeina bi ina.
31. Jah dugann láisjan ins þatei skal sunus mans filu winnan jah uskiusan skulds ist fram þáim sinistam jah þáim aúhumistam gudjam jah bōkarjam, jah usqiman jah afar þrins dagans usstandan.
32. Jah swikunþaba þata waúrd rōdida; jah aftiuhands ina Paítrus dugann andbeitan ina;
33. iþ is gawandjands sik jah gasaƕands þans sipōnjans seinans andbáit Paítru qiþands: gagg hindar mik, Satana, untē ni fraþjis þáim guþs, ak þáim mannē.
34. Jah atháitands þō managein miþ sipōnjam seináim qaþ du im: saei wili afar mis láistjan, inwidái sik silban, jah nimái galgan seinana jah láistjái mik.
35. Saei allis wili sáiwala seina ganasjan, fraqisteiþ izái: iþ saei fraqisteiþ sáiwalái seinái in meina jah in þizōs aíwaggēljōns, ganasjiþ þō.
36. ƕa áuk bōteiþ mannan, jabái gageigáiþ þana faírƕu allana jah gasleiþeiþ sik sáiwalái seinái?
37. Aíþþáu ƕa gibiþ manna inmáidein sáiwalōs seináizōs?
38. Untē saei skamáiþ sik meina jah waúrdē meináizē in gabaúrþái þizái hōrinōndein jah frawaúrhtōn, jah sunus mans skamáiþ sik is, þan qimiþ in wulþáu attins seinis miþ aggilum þáim weiham.
1. Jah qaþ du im: amēn, qiþa izwis þatei sind sumái þizē hēr standandanē, þái izē ni káusjand dáuþáus, untē gasaíƕand þiudinassu guþs qumanana in mahtái.
2. Jah afar dagans saíhs ganam Iēsus Paítru jah Iakōbu jah Iōhannēn, jah ustáuh ins ana faírguni háuh sundrō áinans: jah inmáidida sik in andwaírþja izē.
3. Jah wastjōs is waúrþun glitmunjandeins, ƕeitōs swē snáiws, swaleikōs swē wullareis ana aírþái ni mag gaƕeitjan.
4. Jah atáugiþs warþ im Hēlias miþ Mōsē; jah wēsun rōdjandans miþ Iēsua.
5. Jah andhafjands Paítrus qaþ du Iēsua: rabbei, gōþ ist unsis hēr wisan, jah gawaúrkjam hlijans þrins, þus áinana jah Mōsē áinana jah áinana Hēlijin.
6. Ni áuk wissa ƕa rōdidēdi; wēsun áuk usagidái.
7. Jah warþ milhma ufarskadwjands im, jah qam stibna us þamma milhmin: sa ist sunus meins sa liuba, þamma háusjáiþ.
8. Jah anaks insaíƕandans ni þanaseiþs áinōhun gasēƕun, alja Iēsu áinana miþ sis.
9. Dalaþ þan atgaggandam im af þamma faírgunja, anabáuþ im ei mannhun ni spillōdēdeina þatei gasēƕun, niba biþē sunus mans us dáuþáim usstōþi.
10. Jah þata waúrd habáidēdun du sis missō sōkjandans: ƕa ist þata us dáuþáim usstandan?
11. Jah frēhun ina qiþandans: untē qiþand þái bōkarjōs þatei Hēlias skuli qiman faúrþis?
12. Iþ is andhafjands qaþ du im: Hēlias swēþáuh qimands faúrþis aftra gabōteiþ alla; jah ƕáiwa gamēliþ ist bi sunu mans, ei manag winnái jah frakunþs waírþái.
13. Akei qiþa izwis þatei ju Hēlias qam jah gatawidēdun imma swa filu swē wildēdun, swaswē gamēliþ ist bi ina.
14. Jah qimands at sipōnjam gasaƕ filu manageins bi ins jah bōkarjans sōkjandans miþ im.
15. Jah sunsáiw alla managei gasaƕandans ina usgeisnōdēdun jah durinnandans inwitun ina.
16. Jah frah þans bōkarjans: ƕa sōkeiþ miþ þáim?
17. Jah andhafjands áins us þizái managein qaþ: láisari, brāhta sunu meinana du þus habandan ahman unrōdjandan.
18. Jah þisƕaruh þei ina gafahiþ, gawaírpiþ ina, jah ƕaþjiþ jah kriustiþ tunþuns seinans jah gastaúrkniþ; jah qaþ sipōnjam þeináim ei usdreibeina ina, jah ni mahtēdun.
19. Iþ is andhafjands im qaþ: ō kuni ungaláubjandō! und ƕa at izwis sijáu? und ƕa þuláu izwis? baíriþ ina du mis.
20. Jah brāhtēdun ina at imma. Jah gasaƕands ina sunsáiw sa ahma tahida ina; jah driusands ana aírþa walwisōda ƕaþjands.
21. Jah frah þana attan is: ƕan lagg mēl ist ei þata warþ imma? Iþ is qaþ: us barniskja.
22. Jah ufta ina jah in fōn atwarp jah in watō, ei usqistidēdi imma; akei jabái mageis, hilp unsara, gableiþjands unsis.
23. Iþ Iēsus qaþ du imma þata jabái mageis galáubjan; allata mahteig þamma galáubjandin.
24. Jah sunsáiw ufhrōpjands sa atta þis barnis miþ tagram qaþ: galáubja; hilp meináizōs ungaláubeináis!
25. Gasaƕands þan Iēsus þatei samaþ rann managei, gaƕōtida ahmin þamma unhráinjin, qiþands du imma: þu ahma, þu unrōdjands jah báuþs, ik þus anabiuda: usgagg us þamma, jah þanaseiþs ni galeiþáis in ina.
26. Jah hrōpjands jah filu tahjands ina usiddja; jah warþ swē dáuþs, swaswē managái qēþun þatei gaswalt.
27. Iþ Iēsus undgreipands ina bi handáu urráisida ina; jah usstōþ.
28. Jah galeiþandan ina in gard, sipōnjōs is frēhun ina sundrō: duƕē weis ni mahtēdum usdreiban þana?
29. Jah qaþ du im: þata kuni in waíhtái ni mag usgaggan, niba in bidái jah fastubnja.
30. Jah jáinþrō usgaggandans iddjēdun þaírh Galeilaian, jah ni wilda ei ƕas wissēdi,
31. untē láisida sipōnjans seinans, jah qaþ du im þatei sunus mans atgibada in handuns mannē, jah usqimand imma, jah usqistiþs þridjin daga usstandiþ.
32. Iþ eis ni frōþun þamma waúrda, jah ōhtēdun ina fraíhnan.
33. Jah qam in Kafarnaum. Jah in garda qumans frah ins: ƕa in wiga miþ izwis missō mitōdēduþ?
34. Iþ eis slawáidēdun; du sis missō andrunnun, ƕarjis máists wēsi.
35. Jah sitands atwōpida þans twalif jah qaþ du im: jabái ƕas wili frumists wisan, sijái alláizē aftumists jah alláim andbahts.
36. Jah nimands barn gasatida ita in midjáim im, jah ana armins nimands ita qaþ du im:
37. saei áin þizē swaleikáizē barnē andnimiþ ana namin meinamma, mik andnimiþ; jah saƕazuh saei mik andnimiþ, ni mik andnimiþ, ak þana sandjandan mik.
38. Andhōf þan imma Iōhannēs qiþands: láisari! sēƕum sumana in þeinamma namin usdreibandan unhulþōns, saei ni láisteiþ unsis, jah waridēdum imma, untē ni láisteiþ unsis.
39. Iþ is qaþ: ni warjiþ imma; ni mannahun áuk ist saei táujiþ maht in namin meinamma jah magi spráutō ubilwaúrdjan mis;
40. untē saei nist wiþra izwis, faúr izwis ist.
41. Saei áuk allis gadragkjái izwis stikla watins in namin meinamma, untē Xristáus sijuþ, amēn qiþa izwis ei ni fraqisteiþ mizdōn seinái.
42. Jah saƕazuh saei gamarzjái áinana þizē leitilanē þizē galáubjandanē du mis, gōþ ist imma máis ei galagjáidáu asiluqaírnus ana halsaggan is jah frawaúrpans wēsi in marein.
43. Jah jabái marzjái þuk handus þeina, afmáit þō; gōþ þus ist hamfamma in libáin galeiþan, þáu twōs handuns habandin galeiþan in gaíaínnan, in fōn þata unƕapnandō,
44. þarei maþa izē ni gaswiltiþ jah fōn ni afƕapniþ.
45. Jah jabái fōtus þeins marzjái þuk, afmáit ina; gōþ þus ist galeiþan in libáin haltamma, þáu twans fōtuns habandin gawaírpan in gaíaínnan, in fōn þata unƕapnandō,
46. þarei maþa izē ni gaswiltiþ jah fōn ni afƕapniþ.
47. Jah jabái áugō þein marzjái þuk, uswaírp imma; gōþ þus ist háihamma galeiþan in þiudangardja guþs, þáu twa áugōna habandin atwaírpan in gaíaínnan funins,
48. þarei maþa izē ni gadáuþniþ jah fōn ni afƕapniþ.
49. Ƕazuh áuk funin saltada jah ƕarjatōh hunslē salta saltada.
50. Gōþ salt; iþ jabái salt unsaltan waírþiþ, ƕē supūda? Habáiþ in izwis salt, jah gawaírþeigái sijáiþ miþ izwis missō.
1. Jah jáinþrō usstandands qam in markōm Iudaias hindar Iaúrdanáu; jah gaqēmun sik aftra manageins du imma, jah, swē bi-ūhts, aftra láisida ins.
2. Jah duatgaggandans Fareisaieis frēhun ina, skuldu sijái mann qēn afsatjan, fráisandans ina.
3. Iþ is andhafjands qaþ: ƕa izwis anabáuþ Mōsēs?
4. Iþ eis qēþun: Mōsēs usláubida unsis bōkōs afsateináis mēljan jah aflētan.
5. Jah andhafjands Iēsus qaþ du im: wiþra harduhaírtein izwara gamēlida izwis þō anabusn.
6. Iþ af anastōdeinái gaskaftáis gumein jah qinein gatawida guþ.
7. Inuh þis bileiþái manna attin seinamma jah áiþein seinái,
8. jah sijáina þō twa du leika samin, swaswē þanaseiþs ni sind twa, ak leik áin.
9. Þatei nu guþ gawaþ, manna þamma ni skáidái.
10. Jah in garda aftra sipōnjōs is bi þata samō frēhun ina.
11. Jah qaþ du im: saƕazuh saei aflētiþ qēn seina jah liugáiþ anþara, hōrinōþ du þizái.
12. Jah jabái qinō aflētiþ aban seinana jah liugada anþaramma, hōrinōþ.
13. Þanuh atbērun du imma barna, ei attaítōki im: iþ þái sipōnjōs is sōkun þáim baírandam du.
14. Gasaíƕands þan Iēsus unwērida jah qaþ du im: lētiþ þō barna gaggan du mis jah ni warjiþ þō, untē þizē ist þiudangardi guþs.
15. Amēn, qiþa izwis: saei ni andnimiþ þiudangardja guþs swē barn, ni þáuh qimiþ in izái.
16. Jah gaþláihands im, lagjands handuns ana þō þiuþida im.
17. Jah usgaggandin imma in wig, duatrinnands áins jah knussjands baþ ina qiþands: láisari þiuþeiga, ƕa táujáu ei libáináis áiweinōns arbja waírþáu?
18. Iþ is qaþ du imma: ƕa mik qiþis þiuþeigana? ni ƕashun þiuþeigs, alja áins guþ.
19. Þōs anabusnins kant: ni hōrinōs; ni maúrþrjáis; ni hlifáis; ni sijáis galiugaweitwōds; ni anamahtjáis; swērái attan þeinana jah áiþein þeina.
20. þaruh andhafjands qaþ du imma: láisari, þō alla gafastáida us jundái meinái.
21. Iþ Iēsus insaíƕands du imma frijōda ina jah qaþ du imma: áinis þus wan ist; gagg, swa filu swē habáis frabugei jah gif þarbam, jah habáis huzd in himinam; jah hiri láistjan mik nimands galgan.
22. Iþ is ganipnands in þis waúrdis galáiþ gáurs; was áuk habands faíhu manag.
23. Jah bisaíƕands Iēsus qaþ sipōnjam seináim: sái, ƕáiwa agluba þái faíhō gahabandans in þiudangardja guþs galeiþand.
24. Iþ þái sipōnjōs afsláuþnōdēdun in waúrdē is. þaruh Iēsus aftra andhafjands qaþ im: barnilōna, ƕáiwa aglu ist þáim hugjandam afar faíháu in þiudangardja guþs galeiþan.
25. Azitizō ist ulbandáu þaírh þaírkō nēþlōs galeiþan, þáu gabigamma in þiudangardja guþs galeiþan.
26. Iþ eis máis usgeisnōdēdun qiþandans du sis missō: jah ƕas mag ganisan?
27. Insaíƕands du im Iēsus qaþ: fram mannam unmahteig ist, akei ni fram guþa; allata áuk mahteig ist fram guþa.
28. Dugann þan Paítrus qiþan du imma: sái, weis aflaílōtum alla jah láistidēdum þuk.
29. Andhafjands im Iēsus qaþ: amēn, qiþa izwis: ni ƕashun ist saei aflaílōti gard aíþþáu brōþruns aíþþáu áiþein aíþþáu attan aíþþáu qēn aíþþáu barna aíþþáu háimōþlja in meina jah in þizōs aíwaggēljōns,
30. saei ni andnimái ·r· falþ nu in þamma mēla gardins jah brōþruns jah swistruns jah attan jah áiþein jah barna jah háimōþlja miþ wrakōm, jah in áiwa þamma anawaírþin libáin áiweinōn.
31. Aþþan managái waírþand frumans aftumans, jah aftumans frumans.
32. Wēsunuþ-þan ana wiga gaggandans du Iaírusaúlymái jah faúrbigaggands ins Iēsus, jah sildaleikidēdun jah afarláistjandans faúrhtái waúrþun. Jah andnimands aftra þans twalif dugann im qiþan þōei habáidēdun ina gadaban.
33. Þatei sái, usgaggam in Iaírusaúlyma jah sunus mans atgibada þáim ufargudjam jah bōkarjam, jah gawargjand ina dáuþáu — —
34. jah biláikand ina jah bliggwand ina jah speiwand ana ina jah usqimand imma, jah þridjin daga usstandiþ.
35. Jah athabáidēdun sik du imma Iakōbus jah Iōhannēs, sunjus Zaíbaídaiáus, qiþandans: láisari, wileima ei þatei þuk bidjōs, táujáis uggkis.
36. Iþ Iēsus qaþ im: ƕa wileits táujan mik igqis?
37. Iþ eis qēþun du imma: fragif ugkis ei áins af taíhswōn þeinái jah áins af hleidumein þeinái sitáiwa in wulþáu þeinamma.
38. Iþ Iēsus qaþuh du im: ni wituts ƕis bidjats: magutsu driggkan stikl þanei ik driggka, jah dáupeinái þizáiei ik dáupjada, ei dáupjáindáu?
39. Iþ eis qēþun du imma: magu. Iþ Iēsus qaþuh du im: swēþáuh þana stikl þanei ik driggka, driggkats jah þizái dáupeinái þizáiei ik dáupjada dáupjanda;
40. iþ þata du sitan af taíhswōn meinái aíþþáu af hleidumein nist mein du giban, alja þáimei manwiþ was.
41. Jah gaháusjandans þái taíhun dugunnun unwērjan bi Iakōbu jah Iōhannēn.
42. Iþ is atháitands ins qaþ du im: wituþ þatei þáiei þuggkjand reikinōn þiudōm, gafráujinōnd im, iþ þái mikilans izē gawaldand im.
43. Iþ ni swa sijái in izwis; ak saƕazuh saei wili waírþan mikils in izwis, sijái izwar andbahts;
44. jah saei wili izwara waírþan frumists, sijái alláim skalks.
45. Jah áuk sunus mans ni qam at andbahtjam, ak andbahtjan jah giban sáiwala seina faúr managans lun.
46. Jah qēmun in Iaírikōn. Jah usgaggandin imma jáinþrō miþ sipōnjam seináim jah managein ganōhái, sunus Teimaiáus, Barteimaiáus blinda, sat faúr wig du áihtrōn.
47. Jah gaháusjands þatei Iēsus sa Nazōraius ist, dugann hrōpjan jah qiþan: sunáu Daweidis, Iēsu, armái mik!
48. Jah ƕōtidēdun imma managái ei gaþaháidēdi; iþ is filu máis hrōpida: sunáu Daweidis, armái mik!
49. Jah gastandands Iēsus haíháit atwōpjan ina. Jah wōpidēdun þana blindan, qiþandans du imma: þrafstei þuk; urreis, wōpeiþ þuk.
50. Iþ is afwaírpands wastjái seinái ushláupands qam at Iēsu.
51. Jah andhafjands qaþ du imma Iēsus: ƕa wileis ei táujáu þus? Iþ sa blinda qaþ du imma: rabbaunei, ei ussaíƕáu.
52. Iþ Iēsus qaþ du imma: gagg, galáubeins þeina ganasida þuk. Jah sunsáiw ussaƕ jah láistida in wiga Iēsu.
1. Jah biþē nēƕa wēsun Iaírusalēm, in Bēþsfagein jah Biþaniin at faírgunja alēwjin, insandida twans sipōnjē seináizē
2. jah qaþ du im: gaggats in háim þō wiþrawaírþōn iggqis, jah sunsáiw inn gaggandans in þō baúrg bigitats fulan gabundanana, ana þammei náuh áinshun mannē ni sat; andbindandans ina attiuhats.
3. Jah jabái ƕas iggqis qiþái: duƕē þata táujats? qiþáits: þatei fráuja þis gaírneiþ; jah sunsáiw ina insandeiþ hidrē.
4. Galiþun þan jah bigētun fulan gabundanana at daúra úta ana gagga; jah andbundun ina.
5. Jah sumái þizē jáinar standandanē qēþun du im: ƕa táujats andbindandans þana fulan?
6. Iþ eis qēþun du im swaswē anabáuþ im Iēsus, jah laílōtun ins.
7. Jah brāhtēdun þana fulan at Iēsua; jah galagidēdun ana wastjōs seinōs, jah gasat ana ina.
8. Managái þan wastjōm seináim strawidēdun ana wiga; sumái astans máimáitun us bagmam jah strawidēdun ana wiga.
9. Jah þái faúragaggandans hrōpidēdun qiþandans: ōsanna, þiuþida sa qimanda in namin fráujins!
10. Þiuþidō sō qimandei þiudangardi in namin attins unsaris Daweidis, ōsanna in háuhistjam!
11. Jah galáiþ in Iaírusaúlyma Iēsus jah in alh; jah bisaíƕands alla, at andanahtja juþan wisandin ƕeilái usiddja in Bēþanian miþ þáim twalibim.
12. Jah iftumin daga usstandandam im us Bēþaniin grēdags was.
13. Jah gasaíƕands smakkabagm faírraþrō habandan láuf atiddja, ei áuftō bigēti ƕa ana imma; jah qimands at imma ni waíht bigat ana imma niba láuf; ni áuk was mēl smakkanē.
14. Jah usbaírands qaþ du imma: ni þanaseiþs us þus áiw manna akran matjái. Jah gaháusidēdun þái sipōnjōs is.
15. Jah iddjēdun du Iaírusaúlymái. Jah atgaggands Iēsus in alh dugann uswaírpan þans frabugjandans jah bugjandans in alh jah mēsa skattjanē jah sitlans þizē frabugjandanē ahakim uswaltida.
16. Jah ni laílōt ei ƕas þaírhbēri kas þaírh þō alh.
17. Jah láisida qiþands du im: niu gamēliþ ist þatei razn mein razn bidō háitada alláim þiudōm? iþ jus gatawidēduþ ita du filigrja waídēdjanē.
18. Jah gaháusidēdun þái bōkarjōs jah gudjanē áuhumistans jah sōkidēdun, ƕáiwa imma usqistidēdeina: ōhtēdun áuk ina, untē alla managei sildaleikidēdun in láiseináis is.
19. Jah biþē andanahti warþ, usiddja ūt us þizái baúrg.
20. Jah in maúrgin faúrgaggandans gasēƕun þana smakkabagm þaúrsjana us waúrtim.
21. Jah gamunands Paítrus qaþ du imma: rabbei, sái, smakkabagms þanei fraqast gaþaúrsnōda.
22. Jah andhafjands Iēsus qaþ du im: habáiþ galáubein guþs!
23. Amēn áuk qiþa izwis, þisƕazuh ei qiþái du þamma faírgunja: ushafei þuk jah waírp þus in marein, jah ni tuzwērjái in haírtin seinamma, ak galáubjái þata, ei þatei qiþiþ gagaggiþ, waírþiþ imma þisƕah þei qiþiþ.
24. Duþþē qiþa izwis: allata þisƕah þei bidjandans sōkeiþ, galáubeiþ þatei nimiþ, jah waírþiþ izwis.
25. Jah þan standáiþ bidjandans, aflētáiþ, jabái ƕa habáiþ wiþra ƕana, ei jah atta izwar sa in himinam aflētái izwis missadēdins izwarōs.
26. Iþ jabái jus ni aflētiþ, ni þáu atta izwar sa in himinam aflētiþ izwis missadēdins izwarōs.
27. Jah iddjēdun aftra du Iaírusaúlymái. Jah in alh ƕarbōndin imma, atiddjēdun du imma þái áuhumistans gudjans jah bōkarjōs jah sinistans.
28. Jah qēþun du imma: in ƕamma waldufnjē þata táujis? jah ƕas þus þata waldufni atgaf, ei þata táujis?
29. Iþ Iēsus andhafjands qaþ du im: fraíhna jah ik izwis áinis waúrdis jah andhafjiþ mis, jah qiþa izwis in ƕamma waldufnjē þata táuja.
30. Dáupeins Iōhannis uzuh himina was þáu uzuh mannam? andhafjiþ mis.
31. Jah þāhtēdun du sis missō qiþandans, jabái qiþam: us himina, qiþiþ: aþþan duƕē ni galáubidēduþ imma?
32. Ak qiþam: us mannam, ūhtēdun þō managein. Allái áuk alakjō habáidēdun Iōhannēn þatei bi sunjái praúfētēs was.
33. Jah andhafjandans qēþun du Iēsua: ni witum. Jah andhafjands Iēsus qaþ du im: nih ik izwis qiþa in ƕamma waldufnjē þata táuja.
1. Jah dugann im in gajukōm qiþan: weinagard ussatida manna jah bisatida ina faþōm jah usgrōf dal uf mēsa jah gatimrida kēlikn jah anafalh ina waúrstwjam jah afláiþ aljaþ.
2. Jah insandida du þáim waúrstwjam at mēl skalk, ei at þáim waúrstwjam nēmi akranis þis weinagardis.
3. Iþ eis nimandans ina usbluggwun jah insandidēdun láushandjan.
4. Jah aftra insandida du im anþarana skalk; jah þana stáinam waírpandans gaáiwiskōdēdun jah háubiþ wundan brāhtēdun jah insandidēdun ganáitidana.
5. Jah aftra insandida anþarana; jah jáinana afslōhun jah managans anþarans, sumans usbliggwandans, sumanzuþ-þan usqimandans.
6. þanuh náuhþanuh áinana sunu áigands liubana sis, insandida jah þana du im spēdistana, qiþands þatei gaáistand sunu meinana.
7. Iþ jáinái þái waúrstwjans qēþun du sis missō þatei sa ist sa arbinumja; hirjiþ, usqimam imma, jah unsar waírþiþ þata arbi.
8. Jah undgreipandans ina usqēmun jah uswaúrpun imma ūt us þamma weinagarda.
9. ƕa nuh táujái fráuja þis weinagardis? Qimiþ jah usqisteiþ þans waúrstwjans jah gibiþ þana weinagard anþaráim.
10. Nih þata gamēlidō ussuggwuþ: stáins þammei uswaúrpun þái timrjans, sah warþ du háubida waíhstins?
11. Fram fráujin warþ sa jah ist sildaleiks in áugam unsaráim.
12. Jah sōkidēdun ina undgreipan jah ōhtēdun þō managein; frōþun áuk þatei du im þō gajukōn qaþ. Jah aflētandans ina galiþun.
13. Jah insandidēdun du imma sumái þizē Fareisaiē jah Hērōdianē, ei ina ganuteina waúrda.
14. Iþ eis qimandans qēþun du imma: láisari, witum þatei sunjeins is jah ni kara þuk manshun; ni áuk saíƕis in andwaírþja mannē, ak bi sunjái wig guþs láiseis: skuldu ist kaísaragild giban kaísara, þáu niu gibáima?
15. Iþ Iēsus gasaíƕands izē liutein qaþ du im: ƕa mik fráisiþ? atbaíriþ mis skatt, ei gasaíƕáu.
16. iþ eis atbērun, jah qaþ du im: ƕis ist sa manleika jah sō ufarmēleins? Iþ eis qēþun du imma: kaísaris.
17. Jah andhafjands Iēsus qaþ du im: usgibiþ þō kaísaris kaísara jah þō guþs guþa. Jah sildaleikidēdun ana þamma.
18. Jah atiddjēdun Saddukaieis du imma þáiei qiþand usstass ni wisan, jah frēhun ina qiþandans:
19. Láisari, Mōsēs gamēlida unsis þatei jabái ƕis brōþar gadáuþnái jah bileiþái qēnái jah barnē ni bileiþái, ei nimái brōþar is þō qēn is jah ussatjái barna brōþr seinamma.
20. Sibun brōþrahans wēsun; jah sa frumista nam qēn jah gaswiltands ni biláiþ fráiwa.
21. Jah anþar nam þō jah gadáuþnōda jah ni sa biláiþ fráiwa. Jah þridja samaleikō.
22. Jah nēmun þō samaleikō þái sibun jah ni biliþun fráiwa. Spēdumista alláizē gaswalt jah sō qēns.
23. In þizái usstassái, þan usstandand, ƕarjamma izē waírþiþ qēns? þái áuk sibun áihtēdun þō du qēnái.
24. Jah andhafjands Iēsus qaþ du im: niu duþē áirzjái sijuþ, ni kunnandans mēla nih maht guþs?
25. Allis þan usstandand us dáuþáim, ni liugand ni liuganda, ak sind swē aggiljus þái in himinam.
26. Aþþan bi dáuþans, þatei urreisand, niu gakunnáidēduþ ana bōkōm Mōsēzis ana aíƕatundjái, ƕáiwa imma qaþ guþ qiþands: ik im guþ Abrahamis jah guþ Isakis jah Iakōbis?
27. Nist guþ dáuþáizē, ak qiwáizē. Aþþan jus filu áirzjái sijuþ.
28. Jah duatgaggands áins þizē bōkarjē, gaháusjands ins samana sōkjandans, gasaíƕands þatei wáila im andhōf, frah ina: ƕarja ist alláizō anabusnē frumista?
29. Iþ Iēsus andhōf imma þatei frumista alláizō anabusns: háusei, Israel, fráuja guþ unsar fráuja áins ist.
30. Jah frijōs fráujan guþ þeinana us allamma haírtin þeinamma jah us allái sáiwalái þeinái jah us allái gahugdái þeinái jah us allái mahtái þeinái. Sō frumista anabusns.
31. Jah anþara galeika þizái: frijōs nēƕundjan þeinana swē þuk silban. Máizei þáim anþara anabusns nist.
32. Jah qaþ du imma sa bōkareis: wáila, láisari, bi sunjái qast þatei áins ist, jah nist anþar alja imma;
33. jah þata du frijōn ina us allamma haírtin jah us allamma fraþja jah us allái sáiwalái jah us allái mahtái, jah þata du frijōn nēƕundjan swē sik silban managizō ist alláim þáim alabrunstim jah sáudim.
34. Jah Iēsus gasaíƕands ina þatei frōdaba andhōf, qaþ du imma: ni faírra is þiudangardjái guþs. Jah áinshun þanaseiþs ni gadaúrsta ina fráihnan.
35. Jah andhafjands Iēsus qaþ láisjands in alh: ƕáiwa qiþand þái bōkarjōs þatei Xristus sunus ist Daweidis?
36. Silba áuk Daweid qaþ in ahmin weihamma: qiþiþ fráuja du fráujin meinamma, sit af taíhswōn meinái, untē ik galagja fijands þeinans fōtubaúrd fōtiwē þeináizē.
37. Silba raíhtis Daweid qiþiþ ina fráujan, jah ƕaþrō imma sunus ist? Jah alla sō managei háusidēdun imma gabaúrjaba.
38. Jah qaþ du im in láiseinái seinái: saíƕiþ faúra bōkarjam — —
16. — — wastja seina.
17. Aþþan wái þáim qiþuhaftōm jah daddjandeim in jáináim dagam.
18. Aþþan bidjáiþ ei ni waírþái sa þlaúhs izwar wintráu.
19. Waírþand áuk þái dagōs jáinái aglō swaleika, swē ni was swaleika fram anastōdeinái gaskaftáis þōei gaskōp guþ, und hita, jah ni waírþiþ.
20. Jah ni fráuja gamaúrgidēdi þans dagans, ni þáuh ganēsi áinhun leikē; akei in þizē gawalidanē, þanzei gawalida, gamaúrgida þans dagans.
21. Jah þan jabái ƕas izwis qiþái: sái, hēr Xristus, aíþþáu sái, jáinar, ni galáubjáiþ;
22. untē urreisand galiugaxristjus jah galiugapraúfēteis jah giband táiknins jah faúratanja du afáirzjan, jabái mahteig sijái, jah þans gawalidans.
23. Iþ jus saíƕiþ: sái, faúragatáih izwis allata.
24. Akei in jáinans dagans afar þō aglōn jáina sauil riqizeiþ jah mēna ni gibiþ liuhaþ sein.
25. Jah staírnōns himinis waírþand driusandeins jah mahteis þōs in himinam gawagjanda.
26. Jah þan gasaíƕand sunu mans qimandan in milhmam miþ mahtái managái jah wulþáu.
27. Jah þan insandeiþ aggiluns seinans jah galisiþ þans gawalidans seinans af fidwōr windam fram andjam aírþōs und andi himinis.
28. Aþþan af smakkabagma ganimiþ þō gajukōn. þan þis juþan asts þlaqus waírþiþ, jah uskeinand láubōs, kunnuþ þatei nēƕa ist asans.
29. Swah jah jus, þan gasaíƕiþ þata waírþan, kunneiþ þatei nēƕa sijuþ at — —.
4. — — fraqisteins þis balsanis warþ?
5. Maht wēsi áuk þata balsan frabugjan in managizō þáu þrija hunda skattē, jah giban unlēdáim. Jah andstaúrráidēdun þō.
6. Iþ Iēsus qaþ: lētiþ þō; duƕē izái usþriutiþ? þannu gōþ waúrstw waúrhta bi mis.
7. Sinteinō áuk þans unlēdans habáiþ miþ izwis, jah þan wileiþ, maguþ im waíla táujan; iþ mik ni sinteinō habáiþ.
8. Þatei habáida sō gatawida; faúrsnáu salbōn mein leik du usfilha.
9. Amēn, qiþa izwis: þisƕaruh þei mērjada sō aíwaggēljō and alla manasēþ, jah þatei gatawida sō rōdjada du gamundái izōs.
10. Jah Iudas Iskariōteis, áins þizē twalibē, galáiþ du þáim gudjam, ei galēwidēdi ina im.
11. Iþ eis gaháusjandans faginōdēdun jah gahaíháitun imma faíhu giban; jah sōkida ƕáiwa gatilaba ina galēwidēdi.
12. Jah þamma frumistin daga azymē, þan paska salidēdun, qēþun du imma þái sipōnjōs is: ƕar wileis ei galeiþandans manwjáima, ei matjáis paska?
13. Jah insandida twans sipōnjē seináizē qaþuh du im: gaggats in þō baúrg, jah gamōteiþ igqis manna kas watins baírands: gaggats afar þamma,
14. jah þadei inn galeiþái, qiþáits þamma heiwafráujin þatei láisareis qiþiþ: ƕar sind saliþwōs þarei paska miþ sipōnjam meináim matjáu?
15. Jah sa izwis táikneiþ kēlikn mikilata, gastrawiþ, manwjata; jah jáinar manwjáiþ unsis.
16. Jah usiddjēdun þái sipōnjōs —
41. — sái, galēwjada sunus mans in handuns frawaúrhtáizē.
42. Urreisiþ, gaggam! Sái, sa lēwjands mik atnēƕida.
43. Jah sunsáiw naúhþanuh at imma rōdjandin qam Iudas, sums þizē twalibē, jah miþ imma managei miþ haírum jah triwam fram þáim áuhumistam gudjam jah bōkarjam jah sinistam.
44. Atuh-þan-gaf sa lēwjands im bandwōn qiþands: þammei kukjáu, sa ist: greipiþ þana jah tiuhiþ arniba.
45. Jah qimands sunsáiw, atgaggands du imma qaþ: rabbei, rabbei! jah kukida imma.
46. Iþ eis uslagidēdun handuns ana ina jah undgripun ina.
47. Iþ áins sums þizē atstandandanē imma uslūkands haíru slōh skalk áuhumistins gudjins jah afslōh imma áusō þata taíhswō.
48. Jah andhafjands Iēsus qaþ du im: swē du wáidēdjin urrunnuþ miþ haírum jah triwam greipan mik.
49. Daga ƕammēh was at izwis in alh láisjands jah ni gripuþ mik: ak ei usfullnōdēdeina bōkōs.
50. Jah aflētandans ina gaþláuhun allái.
51. Jah áins sums juggaláuþs láistida afar imma biwáibiþs leina ana naqadana; jah gripun is þái juggaláudeis.
52. Iþ is bileiþands þamma leina naqaþs gaþláuh faúra im.
53. Jah gataúhun Iēsu du áuhumistin gudjin; jah garunnun miþ imma áuhumistans gudjans allái jah þái sinistans jah bōkarjōs.
54. Jah Paítrus faírraþrō láistida afar imma, untē qam in garda þis áuhumistins gudjins; jah was sitands miþ andbahtam jah warmjands sik at liuhada.
55. Iþ þái áuhumistans gudjans jah alla sō gafaúrds sōkidēdun ana Iēsu weitwōdiþa du afdáuþjan ina jah ni bigētun.
56. Managái áuk galiug weitwōdidēdun ana ina, jah samaleikōs þōs weitwōdiþōs ni wēsun.
57. Jah sumái usstandandans galiug weitwōdidēdun ana ina qiþandans:
58. þatei weis gaháusidēdum qiþandan ina þatei ik gataíra alh þō handuwaúrhtōn, jah bi þrins dagans anþara unhanduwaúrhta gatimrja.
59. Jah ni swa samaleika was weitwōdiþa izē.
60. Jah usstandands sa áuhumista gudja in midjáim frah Iēsu qiþands: niu andhafjis waíht, ƕa þái ana þuk weitwōdjand?
61. Iþ is þaháida jah waíht ni andhōf. Aftra sa áuhumista gudja frah ina jah qaþ du imma: þu is Xristus sa sunus þis þiuþeigins?
62. Iþ is qaþuh: ik im; jah gasaíƕiþ þana sunu mans af taíhswōn sitandan mahtáis, jah qimandan miþ milhmam himinis.
63. Iþ sa áuhumista gudja disskreitands wastjōs seinōs qaþ: ƕa þanamáis þaúrbum weis weitwōdē?
64. Háusidēduþ þō wajamērein is: ƕa izwis þugkeiþ? Þaruh eis allái gadōmidēdun ina skulan wisan dáuþáu.
65. Jah dugunnun sumái speiwan ana wlit is jah huljan andwaírþi is jah káupatjan ina, jah qēþun du imma: praúfētei! jah andbahtōs gabaúrjaba lōfam slōhun ina.
66. Jah wisandin Paítráu in rōhsnái dalaþa jah atiddja áina þiujō þis áuhumistins gudjins,
67. jah gasaíƕandei Paítru warmjandan sik, insaíƕandei du imma qaþ: jah þu miþ Iēsua þamma Nazōreináu wast.
68. Iþ is afáiáik qiþands: ni wáit, ni kann ƕa þu qiþis. Jah galáiþ faúr gard, jah hana wōpida.
69. Jah þiwi gasaíƕandei ina aftra dugann qiþan þáim faúrastandandam, þatei sa þizei ist.
70. Iþ is aftra láugnida. Jah afar leitil aftra þái atstandandans qēþun du Paítráu: bi sunjái, þizei is; jah áuk razda þeina galeika ist.
71. Iþ is dugann afáikan jah swaran þatei ni kann þana mannan þanei qiþiþ.
72. Jah anþaramma sinþa hana wōpida. Jah gamunda Paítrus þata waúrd, swē qaþ imma Iēsus, þatei faúrþizē hana hrukjái twáim sinþam, inwidis mik þrim sinþam. Jah dugann greitan.
1. Jah sunsáiw in maúrgin garūni táujandans þái áuhumistans gudjans miþ þáim sinistam jah bōkarjam, jah alla sō gafaúrds gabindandans Iēsu brāhtēdun ina at Peilātáu.
2. Jah frah ina Peilātus: þu is þiudans Iudaiē? Iþ is andhafjands qaþ du imma: þu qiþis.
3. Jah wrōhidēdun ina þái áuhumistans gudjans filu.
4. Iþ Peilātus aftra frah ina qiþands: niu andhafjis ni waíht? sái, ƕan filu ana þuk weitwōdjand.
5. Iþ Iēsus þanamáis ni andhōf, swaswē sildaleikida Peilātus.
6. Iþ and dulþ ƕarjōh fralaílōt im áinana bandjan þanei bēdun.
7. Wasuh þan sa háitana Barabbas miþ þáim miþ imma drōbjandam gabundans, þáiei in áuhjōdáu maúrþr gatawidēdun.
8. Jah usgaggandei alla managei dugunnun bidjan, swaswē sinteinō tawida im.
9. Iþ Peilātus andhōf im qiþands: wileidu fraleitan izwis þana þiudan Iudaiē?
10. Wissa áuk þatei in neiþis atgēbun ina þái áuhumistans gudjans.
11. Iþ þái áuhumistans gudjans inwagidēdun þō managein ei máis Barabban fralaílōti im.
12. Iþ Peilātus aftra andhafjands qaþ du im: ƕa nu wileiþ ei táujáu þammei qiþiþ þiudan Iudaiē?
13. Iþ eis aftra hrōpidēdun: ushramei ina.
14. Iþ Peilātus qaþ du im: ƕa allis ubilis gatawida? Iþ eis máis hrōpidēdun: ushramei ina.
15. Iþ Peilātus wiljands þizái managein fullafahjan, fralaílōt im þana Barabban, iþ Iēsu atgaf usbliggwands, ei ushramiþs wēsi.
16. Iþ gadraúhteis gataúhun ina innana gardis, þatei ist praitōriaún, jah gahaíháitun alla hansa,
17. jah gawasidēdun ina paúrpurái, jah atlagidēdun ana ina þaúrneina wipja uswindandans,
18. jah dugunnun gōljan ina: háils, þiudan Iudaiē!
19. Jah slōhun is háubiþ ráusa, jah bispiwun ina, jah lagjandans kniwa inwitun ina.
20. Jah biþē bilaílaikun ina andwasidēdun ina þizái paúrpurái, jah gawasidēdun ina wastjōm swēsáim. Jah ustaúhun ina ei ushramidēdeina ina.
21. Jah undgripun sumana mannē, Seimōna Kyreinaiu, qimandan af akra, attan Alaíksandráus jah Rufáus, ei nēmi galgan is.
22. Jah attaúhun ina ana Gaúlgaúþa staþ, þatei ist gaskeiriþ ƕaírneins staþs.
23. Jah gēbun imma drigkan wein miþ smyrna; iþ is ni nam.
24. Jah ushramjandans ina disdáiljand wastjōs is waírpandans hláuta ana þōs, ƕarjizuh ƕa nēmi.
25. Wasuh þan ƕeila þridjō, jah ushramidēdun ina.
26. Jah was ufarmēli faírinōs is ufarmēliþ: sa þiudans Iudaiē.
27. Jah miþ imma ushramidēdun twans wáidēdjans, áinana af taíhswōn jah áinana af hleidumein is.
28. Jah usfullnōda þata gamēlidō þata qiþanō: jah miþ unsibjáim rahniþs was.
29. Jah þái faúrgaggandans wajamēridēdun ina, wiþōndans háubida seina jah qiþandans: ō sa gataírands þō alh jah bi þrins dagans gatimrjands þō,
30. nasei þuk silban jah atsteig af þamma galgin!
31. Samaleikō jah þái áuhumistans gudjans biláikandans ina miþ sis missō miþ þáim bōkarjam qēþun: anþarans ganasida, iþ sik silban ni mag ganasjan.
32. Sa Xristus, sa þiudans Israēlis, atsteigadáu nu af þamma galgin, ei gasaíƕáima jah galáubjáima. Jah þái miþushramidans imma idweitidēdun imma.
33. Jah biþē warþ ƕeila saíhstō, riqis warþ ana allái aírþái und ƕeila niundōn.
34. Jah niundōn ƕeilái wōpida Iēsus stibnái mikilái qiþands: aílōē aílōē, lima sibakþanei, þatei ist gaskeiriþ: guþ meins, guþ meins, duƕē mis biláist?
35. Jah sumái þizē atstandandanē gaháusjandans qēþun: sái, Hēlian wōpeiþ.
36. Þragjands þan áins jah gafulljands swamm akeitis, galagjands ana ráus, dragkida ina qiþands: lēt, ei saíƕam qimáiu Hēlias athafjan ina.
37. Iþ Iēsus aftra lētands stibna mikila uzōn.
38. Jah faúrahāh alhs disskritnōda in twa iupaþrō und dalaþ.
39. Gasaíƕands þan sa hundafaþs sa atstandands in andwaírþja is þatei swa hrōpjands uzōn, qaþ: bi sunjái, sa manna sa sunus was guþs.
40. Wēsunuþ-þan qinōns faírraþrō saíƕandeins, in þáimei was Marja sō Magdalēnē jah Marja Iakōbis þis minnizins jah Iōsēzis áiþei jah Salōmē.
41. Jah þan was in Galeilaia, jah láistidēdun ina jah andbahtidēdun imma, jah anþarōs managōs þōzei miþ iddjēdun imma in Iaírusalēm.
42. Jah juþan at andanahtja waúrþanamma, untē was paraskaíwē, saei ist fruma sabbatō,
43. qimands Iōsēf af Areimaþaias, gaguds ragineis, saei was silba beidands þiudangardjōs guþs, anananþjands galáiþ inn du Peilātáu jah baþ þis leikis Iēsuis.
44. Iþ Peilātus sildaleikida ei is juþan gaswalt; jah atháitands þana hundafaþ frah ina juþan gadáuþnōdēdi.
45. Jah finþands at þamma hundafada fragaf þata leik Iōsēfa.
46. Jah usbugjands lein jah usnimands ita biwand þamma leina jah galagida ita in hláiwa þatei was gadraban us stáina, jah atwalwida stáin du daúra þis hláiwis.
47. Iþ Marja sō Magdalēnē jah Marja Iōsēzis sēƕun ƕar galagiþs wēsi.
1. Jah inwisandins sabbatē dagis Marja sō Magdalēnē jah Marja sō Iakōbis jah Salōmē usbaúhtēdun arōmata, ei atgaggandeins gasalbōdēdeina ina.
2. Jah filu áir þis dagis afarsabbatē atiddjēdun du þamma hláiwa at urrinnandin sunnin.
3. Jah qēþun du sis missō: ƕas afwalwjái unsis þana stáin af daúrōm þis hláiwis?
4. Jah insaíƕandeins gáumidēdun þammei afwalwiþs ist sa stáins; was áuk mikils abraba.
5. Jah atgaggandeins in þata hláiw gasēƕun juggaláuþ sitandan in taíhswái biwáibidana wastjái ƕeitái; jah usgeisnōdēdun.
6. Þaruh qaþ du im: ni faúrhteiþ izwis, Iēsu sōkeiþ Nazōraiu þana ushramidan; nist hēr, urráis, sái þana staþ þarei galagidēdun ina.
7. Akei gaggiþ qiþiduh du sipōnjam is jah du Paítráu þatei faúrbigaggiþ izwis in Galeilaian; þaruh ina gasaíƕiþ, swaswē qaþ izwis.
8. Jah usgaggandeins af þamma hláiwa gaþláuhun; diz-uh-þan-sat ijōs reirō jah usfilmei, jah ni qēþun mannhun waíht; ōhtēdun sis áuk.
9. Usstandands þan in maúrgin frumin sabbatō atáugida frumist Marjin þizái Magdalēnē, af þizáiei uswarp sibun unhulþōns.
10. Sōh gaggandei gatáih þáim miþ imma wisandam, qáinōndam jah grētandam.
11. Jah eis háusjandans þatei libáiþ jah gasaíƕans warþ fram izái, ni galáubidēdun.
12. Afaruh þan þata — —
1. Warþ þan in dagans jáinans, urrann gagrēfts fram kaisara Agustáu, gamēljan allana midjungard.
2. Sōh þan gilstramēleins frumista warþ at [wisandin kindina Syriáis] raginōndin Saúrim Kyreinaíáu.
3. Jah iddjēdun allái, ei mēlidái wēseina, ƕarjizuh in seinái baúrg.
4. Urrann þan jah Iōsēf us Galeilaia, us baúrg Nazaraiþ, in Iudaian, in baúrg Daweidis sei háitada Bēþlahaím, duþē ei was us garda fadreináis Daweidis,
5. anamēljan miþ Mariin sei in fragiftim was imma qeins, wisandein inkilþōn.
6. Warþ þan, miþþanei þō wēsun jáinar, usfullnōdēdun dagōs du baíran izái.
7. Jah gabar sunu seinana þana frumabaúr jah biwand ina jah galagida ina in uzētin, untē ni was im rūmis in stada þamma.
8. Jah haírdjos wēsun in þamma samin landa, þaírhwakandans jah witandans wahtwōm nahts ufarō haírdái seinái.
9. Iþ aggilus fráujins anaqam ins jah wulþus fráujins biskáin ins, jah ōhtēdun agisa mikilamma.
10. Jah qaþ du im sa aggilus: ni ōgeiþ, untē sái, spillō izwis faheid mikila, sei waírþiþ allái managein,
11. þatei gabaúrans ist izwis himma daga nasjands, saei ist Xristus fráuja, in baúrg Daweidis.
12. Jah þata izwis táikns: bigitid barn biwundan jah galagid in uzētin.
13. Jah anaks warþ miþ þamma aggiláu managei harjis himinakundis hazjandanē guþ jah qiþandanē:
14. wulþus in háuhistjam guþa jah ana aírþái gawaírþi in mannam gōdis wiljins.
15. Jah warþ, biþē galiþun faírra im in himin þái aggiljus, jah þái mans þái haírdjos qēþun du sis missō: þaírhgaggáima ju und Bēþlahaím jah saíƕáima waúrd þata waúrþanō, þatei fráuja gakannida unsis.
16. Jah qēmun sniumjandans, jah bigētun Marian jah Iōsēf, jah þata barn ligandō in uzētin.
17. Gasaíƕandans þan gakannidēdun bi þata waúrd þatei rōdiþ was du im bi þata barn.
18. Jah allái þái gaháusjandans sildaleikidēdun bi þō rōdidōna fram þáim haírdjam du im.
19. Iþ Maria alla gafastáida þō waúrda, þagkjandei in haírtin seinamma.
20. Jah gawandidēdun sik þái haírdjos mikiljandans jah hazjandans guþ in alláizē þizēei gaháusidēdun jah gasēƕun swaswē rōdiþ was du im.
21. Jah biþē usfulnōdēdun dagōs ahtáu du bimáitan ina, jah háitan was namō is Iēsus, þata qiþanō fram aggiláu faúrþizei ganumans wēsi in wamba.
22. Jah biþē usfulnōdēdun dagōs hráineináis izē bi witōda Mōsēzis, brāhtēdun ina in Iaírusalēm, atsatjan faúra fráujin,
23. swaswē gamēlid ist in witōda fráujins: þatei ƕazuh gumakundáizē uslūkands qiþu weihs fráujins háitada,
24. jah ei gēbeina fram imma hunsl, swaswē qiþan ist in witōda fráujins, gajuk hráiwadūbōnō aíþþáu twōs juggōns ahakē.
25. Þaruh was manna in Iaírusalēm, þizei namō Symaíōn, jah sa manna was garaíhts jah gudafaúrhts, beidands laþōnáis Israēlis, jah ahma weihs was ana imma.
26. Jah was imma gatáihan fram ahmin þamma weihin ni saíƕan dáuþu, faúrþizē sēƕi Xristu fráujins.
27. Jah qam in ahmin in þizái alh; jah miþþanei inn attaúhun bērusjōs þata barn Iēsu, ei tawidēdeina bi biuhtja witōdis bi ina,
28. jah is andnam ina ana armins seinans jah þiuþida guþa jah qaþ:
29. nu fraleitáis skalk þeinana, fráujinōnd fráuja, bi waúrda þeinamma in gawaírþja;
30. þandē sēƕun áugōna meina nasein þeina,
31. þōei manwidēs in andwaírþja alláizō manageinō,
32. liuhaþ du andhuleinái þiudōm jah wulþu managein þeinái Israēla.
33. Jah was Iōsēf jah áiþei is sildaleikjandōna ana þáim þōei rōdida wēsun bi ina.
34. jah þiuþida ina Symaíōn jah qaþ du Mariin, áiþein is: sái, sa ligiþ du drusa jah usstassái managáizē in Israēla jah du táiknái andsakanái.
35. jah þan þeina silbōns sáiwala þaírhgaggiþ haírus, ei andhuljáindáu us managáim haírtam mitōneis.
36. Jah was Anna praúfēteis, daúhtar Fanuēlis, us kunja Asēris; sōh framaldra dagē managáizē libandei miþ abin jēra sibun fram magaþein seinái,
37. sōh þan widuwō jērē ahtáutēhund jah fidwōr, sōh ni afiddja faírra alh fastubnjam jah bidōm blōtandē fráujan nahtam jah dagam.
38. Sōh þizái ƕeilái atstandandei andhaíháit fráujin jah rōdida bi ina in alláim þáim usbeidandam laþōn Iaírusaúlymōs.
39. Jah biþē ustaúhun allata bi witōda fráujins, gawandidēdun sik in Galeilaian, in baúrg seina Nazaraiþ.
40. Iþ þata barn wōhs jah swinþnōda ahmins fullnands jah handugeins, jah ansts guþs was ana imma.
41. Jah wratōdēdun þái birusjōs is jēra ƕammēh in Iaírusalēm at dulþ paska.
42. Jah biþē warþ twalibwintrus, usgaggandam þan im in Iaírusaúlyma bi biuhtja dulþáis,
43. jah ustiuhandam þans dagans, miþþanē gawandidēdun sik aftra, gastōþ Iēsus sa magus in Iaírusalēm, jah ni wissēdun Iōsēf jah áiþei is.
44. Hugjandōna in gasinþjam ina wisan qēmun dagis wig jah sōkidēdun ina in ganiþjam jah in kunþam.
45. Jah ni bigitandōna ina gawandidēdun sik in Iaírusalēm sōkjandōna ina.
46. Jah warþ afar dagans þrins, bigētun ina in alh sitandan in midjáim láisarjam jah háusjandan im jah fráihnandan ins.
47. Usgeisnōdēdun þan allái þái háusjandans is ana frōdein jah andawaúrdjam is.
48. Jah gasaíƕandans ina sildaleikidēdun, jah qaþ du imma sō áiþei is: magáu, ƕa gatawidēs uns swa? sái, sa atta þeins jah ik winnandōna sōkidēdum þuk.
49. Jah qaþ du im: ƕa þatei sōkidēduþ mik? niu wissēduþ þatei in þáim attins meinis skulda wisan?
50. Jah ija ni frōþun þamma waúrda þatei rōdida du im.
51. Jah iddja miþ im jah qam in Nazaraiþ, jah was ufháusjands im; jah áiþei is gafastáida þō waúrda alla in haírtin seinamma.
52. Jah Iēsus þáih frōdein jah wahstáu jah anstái at guþa jah mannam.
1. Iþ Iēsus, ahmins weihis fulls, gawandida sik fram Iaúrdanáu, jah taúhans was in ahmin in áuþidái
2. dagē fidwōr tiguns, fráisans fram diabuláu. Jah ni matida waíht in dagam jáináim, jah at ustaúhanáim þáim dagam, biþē grēdags warþ.
3. Jah qaþ du imma diabulus: jabái sunáus sijáis guþs, qiþ þamma stáina ei waírþái hláibs.
4. Jah andhōf Iēsus wiþra ina qiþands: gamēlid ist þatei ni bi hláib áinana libáid manna, ak bi all waúrdē guþs.
5. Jah ustiuhands ina diabuláus ana faírguni háuhata, atáugida imma allans þiudinassuns þis midjungardis in stika mēlis.
6. Jah qaþ du imma sa diabulus: þus giba þata waldufni þizē allata jah wulþu izē, untē mis atgiban ist, jah þisƕammēh þei wiljáu, giba þata.
7. Þu nu jabái inweitis mik in andwaírþja meinamma, waírþiþ þein all.
8. Jah andhafjands imma Iēsus qaþ: gamēlid ist, fráujan guþ þeinana inweitáis jah imma áinamma fullafahjáis.
9. Þaþrōh gatáuh ina in Iaírusalēm jah gasatida ina ana giblin alhs, jah qaþ du imma: jabái sunus sijáis guþs, waírp þuk þaþrō dalaþ;
10. gamēlid ist áuk þatei aggilum seináim anabiudiþ bi þuk du gafastan þuk,
11. jah þatei ana handum þuk ufhaband, ei ƕan ni gastagqjáis bi stáina fōtu þeinana.
12. Jah andhafjands qaþ imma Iēsus þatei qiþan ist: ni fráisáis fráujan guþ þeinana.
13. Jah ustiuhands all fráistōbnjō diabulus, afstōþ faírra imma und mēl.
14. Jah gawandida sik Iēsus in mahtái ahmins in Galeilaian, jah mēriþa urrann and all gawi bisitandē bi ina.
15. Jah is láisida in gaqumþim izē, mikilids fram alláim.
16. Jah qam in Nazaraiþ, þarei was fōdiþs, jah galáiþ inn bi biuhtja seinamma in daga sabbatō in synagōgein, jah usstōþ siggwan bōkōs.
17. Jah atgibanōs wēsun imma bōkōs Eisaeiins praúfētus, jah uslūkands þōs bōkōs bigat stad, þarei was gamēlid:
18. ahma fráujins ana mis, in þizei gasalbōda mik du wailamērjan unlēdáim, insandida mik du ganasjan þans gamalwidans haírtin,
19. mērjan frahunþanáim fralēt jah blindáim siun, fralētan gamáidans in gaþrafstein, mērjan jēr fráujins andanēm.
20. Jah faífalþ þōs bōkōs jah usgibands andbahta gasat. Jah alláim in þizái synagōgein wēsun áugōna faírweitjandōna du imma.
21. Dugann þan rōdjan du im þatei himma daga usfullnōdēdun mēla þō in áusam izwaráim.
22. Jah allái alakjō weitwōdidēdun imma jah sildaleikidēdun bi þō waúrda anstáis þō usgaggandōna us munþa is jah qēþun: niu sa ist sunus Iōsēfis?
23. Jah qaþ du im: áuftō qiþiþ mis þō gajukōn: þu leiki, háilei þuk silban; ƕan filu háusidēdum waúrþan in Kafarnaum, tawei jah hēr in gabaúrþái þeinái.
24. Qaþ þan: amēn izwis qiþa, þatei ni áinshun praúfētē andanēms ist in gabaúrþái seinái:
25. aþþan bi sunjái qiþa izwis þatei managōs widuwōns wēsun in dagam Hēleiins in Israēla, þan galuknōda himins du jēram þrim jah mēnōþs saíhs, swē warþ hūhrus mikils and alla aírþa:
26. jah ni du áináihun þizō insandiþs was Hēlias, alja in Saraípta Seidōnáis du qinōn widuwōn.
27. Jah managái þrūtsfillái wēsun uf Haíleisaiu praúfētáu in Israēla, jah ni áinshun izē gahráinids was, alja Náiman sa Saúr.
28. Jah fullái waúrþun allái mōdis in þizái synagōgein háusjandans þata.
29. Jah usstandandans uskusun imma ūt us baúrg jah brāhtēdun ina und áuhmistō þis faírgunjis ana þammei sō baúrgs izē gatimrida was, du afdráusjan ina þaþrō.
30. Iþ is þaírhleiþands þaírh midjans ins iddja.
31. Jah galáiþ in Kafarnaum, baúrg Galeilaias, jah was láisjands ins in sabbatim.
32. Jah sildaleikidēdun bi þō láisein is, untē in waldufnja was waúrd is.
33. Jah in þizái synagōgein was manna habands ahman unhulþōns unhráinjana, jah ufhrōpida,
34. qiþands: lēt! ƕa uns jah þus, Iēsu Nazōrēnu? qamt fraqistjan unsis? kann þuk, ƕas is, sa weiha guþs.
35. Jah gaƕōtida imma Iēsus qiþands: afdōbn jah usgagg us þamma. Jah gawaírpands ina sa unhulþa in midjáim urrann af imma, ni waíhtái gaskaþjands imma.
36. Jah warþ afsláuþnan allans, jah rōdidēdun du sis missō qiþandans: ƕa waúrdē þata, þatei miþ waldufnja jah mahtái anabiudiþ þáim unhráinjam ahmam jah usgaggand?
37. Jah usiddja mēriþa fram imma and allans stadins þis bisunjanē landis.
38. Usstandands þan us þizái synagōgái galáiþ in gard Seimōnis. Swaíhrō þan þis Seimōnis was anahabáida brinnōn mikilái, jah bēdun ina bi þō.
39. Jah atstandands ufar ija gasōk þizái brinnōn, jah aflaílōt ija. Sunsáiw þan usstandandei andbahtida im.
40. Miþþanei þan sagq sunnō, allái swa managái swē habáidēdun siukans saúhtim missaleikáim, brāhtēdun ins at imma: iþ is áinƕarjammēh izē handuns analagjands gaháilida ins.
41. Usiddjēdun þan jah unhulþōns af managáim hrōpjandeins jah qiþandeins þatei þu is Xristus, sunus guþs. Jah gasakands im ni laílōt þōs rōdjan, untē wissēdun silban Xristu ina wisan.
42. Biþēh þan warþ dags, usgaggands galáiþ ana áuþjana stad, jah manageins sōkidēdun ina jah qēmun und ina jah gahabáidēdun ina, ei ni afliþi faírra im.
43. Þaruh is qaþ du im þatei jah þáim anþaráim baúrgim wailamērjan ik skal bi þiudangardja guþs, untē duþē mik insandida.
44. Jah was mērjands in synagōgim Galeilaias.
12. Qaþuþ-þan jah þamma háitandin sik: þan waúrkjáis undaúrnimat aíþþáu nahtamat, ni háitáis frijōnds þeinans nih brōþruns þeinans nih niþjans þeinans nih garaznans gabeigans, ibái áuftō jah eis aftra háitáina þuk jah waírþiþ þus usguldan;
13. ak þan waúrkjáis daúht, háit unlēdans, gamáidans, haltans, blindans.
14. Jah áudags waírþis, untē eis ni haband usgildan þus; usgildada áuk þus in usstassái þizē uswaúrhtanē.
15. Gaháusjands þan sums þizē anakumbjandanē þata qaþ du imma: áudags saei matjiþ hláif in þiudangardjái guþs.
16. Þaruh qaþ imma fráuja: manna sums gawaúrhta nahtamat mikilana jah haíháit managans.
17. Jah insandida skalk seinana ƕeilái nahtamatis qiþan þáim háitanam: gaggiþ, untē ju manwu ist allata.
18. Jah dugunnun suns faúrqiþan allái. Sa frumista qaþ: land baúhta, jah þarf galeiþan jah saíƕan þata; bidja þuk, habái mik faúrqiþanana.
19. Jah anþar qaþ: juka aúhsnē usbaúhta fimf, jah gagga káusjan þans; bidja þuk, habái mik faúrqiþanana.
20. Jah sums qaþ: qēn liugáida, jah duþē ni mag qiman.
21. Jah qimands sa skalks gatáih fráujin seinamma þata. Þanuh þwaírhs sa gardawaldands qaþ du skalka seinamma: usgagg spráutō in gatwōns jah stáigōs baúrgs jah unlēdans jah gamáidans jah blindans jah haltans attiuh hidrē.
22. Jah qaþ sa skalks: fráuja, warþ swē anabáust, jah naúh stads ist.
23. Jah qaþ sa fráuja du þamma skalka: usgagg and wigans jah faþōs, jah náuþei inn atgaggan, ei usfulnái gards meins.
24. Qiþa allis izwis þatei ni áinshun mannē jáináizē þizē faúra háitananē káuseiþ þis nahtamatis meinis.
25. Miþ iddjēdun þan imma hiuhmans managái, jah gawandjands sik qaþ du im:
26. Jabái ƕas gaggiþ du mis, jah ni fijáiþ attan seinana jah áiþein jah qēn jah barna jah brōþruns jah swistruns, naúhuþ-þan seina silbins sáiwala, ni mag meins sipōneis wisan.
27. Jah saei ni baíriþ galgan seinana jah gaggái afar mis, ni mag wisan meins sipōneis.
28. Izwara ƕas raíhtis wiljands kēlikn timbrjan, niu frumist gasitands rahneiþ manwiþō habáiu du ustiuhan?
29. ibái áuftō, biþē gasatidēdi grunduwaddju jah ni mahtēdi ustiuhan, allái þái gasaíƕandans duginnáina biláikan ina,
30. qiþandans þatei sa manna dustōdida timbrjan jah ni mahta ustiuhan.
31. Aíþþáu ƕas þiudans gaggands stigqan wiþra anþarana þiudan du wigana, niu gasitands faúrþis þankeiþ, siáiu mahteigs miþ taíhun þūsundjōm gamōtjan þamma miþ twáim tigum þūsundjō gaggandin ana sik?
32. Eiþáu [jabái nist mahteigs] naúhþanuh faírra imma wisandin insandjands áiru bidjiþ gawaírþjis.
33. Swah nu ƕarjizuh izwara saei ni afqiþiþ allamma áigina seinamma, ni mag wisan meins sipōneis.
34. Gōd salt; iþ jabái salt báud waírþiþ, ƕē gasupōda?
35. Nih du aírþái, ni du maíhstáu fagr ist; ūt uswaírpand imma. Saei habái ausōna gaháusjandōna, gaháusjái.
1. Wēsunuþ-þan imma nēƕjandans sik allái mōtarjōs jah frawaúrhtái háusjan imma.
Ἦσαν δὲ αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες πάντες οἱ τελῶναι καὶ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ.
2. Jah birōdidēdun Fareisaieis jah bōkarjōs, qiþandans þatei sa frawaúrhtans andnimiþ jah miþ matjiþ im.
Καὶ διεγόγγυζον οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγοντες ὅτι οὗτος ἁμαρτωλοὺς προσδέχεται καὶ συνεσθίει αὐτοῖς.
3. Qaþ þan du im þō gajukōn qiþands:
Εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν παραβολὴν ταύτην λέγων·
4. ƕas manna izwara áigands taíhuntēhund lambē jah fraliusands áinamma þizē, niu bileiþiþ þō niuntēhund jah niun ana áuþidái jah gaggiþ afar þamma fralusanin, untē bigitiþ þata?
Τίς ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὑμῶν ἔχων ἑκατὸν πρόβατα καὶ ἀπολέσας ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν, οὐ καταλείπει τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ καὶ πορεύεται ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλός, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό;
5. Jah bigitands uslagjiþ ana amsans seinans faginōnds,
Καὶ εὑρὼν ἐπιτίθησιν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὤμους ἑαυτοῦ χαίρων,
6. jah qimands in garda galaþōþ frijōnds jah garaznans qiþands du im: faginōþ miþ mis þammei bigat lamb mein þata fralusanō.
καὶ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὸν οἶκον συγκαλεῖ τοὺς φίλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας λέγων αὐτοῖς· συγχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὸ πρόβατόν μου τὸ ἀπολωλός.
7. Qiþa izwis þatei swa fahēds waírþiþ in himina in áinis frawaúrhtis idreigōndins þáu in niuntēhundis jah niunē garaíhtáizē þáiei ni þaúrbun idreigōs.
Λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι οὕτως χαρὰ ἔσται ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἐπὶ ἑνὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ μετανοοῦντι ἢ ἐπὶ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα δικαίοις οἵτινες οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν μετανοίας.
8. Aíþþáu suma qinō drakmans habandei taíhun, jabái fraliusiþ drakmin áinamma, niu tandeiþ lukarn jah usbáugeiþ razn jah sōkeiþ glaggwaba, untē bigitiþ?
Ἢ τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ δραχμὴν μίαν, οὐχὶ ἅπτει λύχνον καὶ σαροῖ τὴν οἰκίαν καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπιμελῶς, ἕως ὅτου εὕρῃ;
9. Jah bigitandei gaháitiþ frijōndjōs jah garaznōns qiþandei: faginōþ miþ mis, untē bigat drakmein þammei fraláus.
Καὶ εὑροῦσα συγκαλεῖται τὰς φίλας καὶ τὰς γείτονας λέγουσα· συγχάρητέ μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὴν δραχμὴν ἣν ἀπώλεσα.
10. Swa qiþa izwis, fahēds waírþiþ in andwaírþja aggilē guþs in áinis idreigōndins frawaúrhtis.
Οὕτως, λέγω ὑμῖν, χαρὰ γίνεται ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ ἑνὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ μετανοοῦντι.
11. Qaþuþ-þan: mannē sums áihta twans sununs.
Εἶπεν δέ· ἄνθρωπός τις εἶχεν δύο υἱούς.
12. Jah qaþ sa jūhiza izē du attin: atta, gif mis sei undrinnái mik dáil áiginis; jah disdáilida im swēs sein.
Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ νεώτερος αὐτῶν τῷ πατρί· πάτερ, δός μοι τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας. καὶ διεῖλεν αὐτοῖς τὸν βίον.
13. Jah afar ni managans dagans brāhta samana allata sa jūhiza sunus jah afláiþ in land faírra wisandō, jah jáinar distahida þata swēs seinata libands usstiuriba.
Καὶ μετ’ οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας συναγαγὼν ἅπαντα ὁ νεώτερος υἱὸς ἀπεδήμησεν εἰς χώραν μακράν, καὶ ἐκεῖ διεσκόρπισεν τὴν οὐσίαν αὐτοῦ ζῶν ἀσώτως.
14. Biþē þan frawas allamma, warþ hūhrus abrs and gawi jáinata, jah is dugann alaþarba waírþan.
Δαπανήσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ πάντα ἐγένετο λιμὸς ἰσχυρὸς κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην, καὶ αὐτὸς ἤρξατο ὑστερεῖσθαι.
15. Jah gaggands gahaftida sik sumamma baúrgjanē jáinis gáujis, jah insandida ina háiþjōs seináizōs haldan sweina.
Καὶ πορευθεὶς ἐκολλήθη ἑνὶ τῶν πολιτῶν τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης, καὶ ἔπεμψεν αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς ἀγροὺς αὐτοῦ βόσκειν χοίρους.
16. Jah gaírnida sad itan haúrnē, þōei matidēdun sweina, jah manna imma ni gaf.
Καὶ ἐπεθύμει χορτασθῆναι ἐκ τῶν κερατίων ὧν ἤσθιον οἱ χοῖροι, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐδίδου αὐτῷ.
17. Qimands þan in sis qaþ: ƕan filu asnjē attins meinis ufarassáu haband hláibē, iþ ik hūhráu fraqistna.
Εἰς ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἐλθὼν εἶπεν· πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός μου περισσεύουσιν ἄρτων, ἐγὼ δὲ λιμῷ ἀπόλλυμαι.
18. Usstandands gagga du attin meinamma jah qiþa du imma: atta, frawaúrhta mis in himin jah in andwaírþja þeinamma;
Ἀναστὰς πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ ἐρῶ αὐτῷ· πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου.
19. ju þanaseiþs ni im waírþs ei háitáidáu sunus þeins; gatawei mik swē áinana asnjē þeináizē.
Οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου· ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου.
20. Jah usstandands qam at attin seinamma. Naúhþanuh þan faírra wisandan gasaƕ ina atta is jah infeinōda, jah þragjands dráus ana hals is jah kukida imma.
Καὶ ἀναστὰς ἦλθεν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ἑαυτοῦ. ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος, εἶδεν αὐτὸν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη καὶ δραμὼν ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν.
21. Jah qaþ imma sa sunus: atta, frawaúrhta in himin jah in andwaírþja þeinamma, ju þanaseiþs ni im waírþs ei háitáidáu sunus þeins.
Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ υἱός· πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου, οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου.
22. Qaþ þan sa atta du skalkam seináim: spráutō bringiþ wastja þō frumistōn jah gawasjiþ ina jah gibiþ figgragulþ in handu is jah gaskōhi ana fōtuns is;
Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ· ταχὺ ἐξενέγκατε τὴν στολὴν τὴν πρώτην καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτὸν καὶ δότε δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ,
23. jah bringandans stiur þana alidan ufsneiþiþ, jah matjandans wisam waíla;
καὶ ἐνέγκαντες τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτὸν θύσατε, καὶ φαγόντες εὐφρανθῶμεν,
24. untē sa sunus meins dáuþs was jah gaqiunōda, jah fralusans was jah bigitans warþ; jah dugunnun wisan.
ὅτι οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν, καὶ ἀπολωλὼς ἦν καὶ εὑρέθη. καὶ ἤρξαντο εὐφραίνεσθαι.
25. Wasuþ-þan sunus is sa alþiza ana akra, jah qimands atiddja nēƕ razn jah gaháusida saggwins jah láikins.
Ἦν δὲ ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ πρεσβύτερος ἐν ἀγρῷ· καὶ ὡς ἐρχόμενος ἤγγισεν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας καὶ χορῶν,
26. Jah atháitands sumana magiwē frahuh ƕa wēsi þata.
καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος ἕνα τῶν παίδων ἐπυνθάνετο τί εἴη ταῦτα.
27. Þaruh is qaþ du imma þatei brōþar þeins qam, jah afsnáiþ atta þeins stiur þana alidan, untē háilana ina andnam.
Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἥκει, καὶ ἔθυσεν ὁ πατήρ σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν, ὅτι ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν.
28. Þanuh mōdags warþ jah ni wilda inn gaggan, iþ atta is usgaggands ūt bad ina.
Ὠργίσθη δὲ καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν εἰσελθεῖν, ὁ δὲ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἐξελθὼν παρεκάλει αὐτόν.
29. Þaruh is andhafjands qaþ du attin: sái, swa filu jērē skalkinōda þus, jah ni ƕanhun anabusn þeina ufariddja, jah mis ni áiw atgaft gáitein, ei miþ frijōndam meináim biwēsjáu;
Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ πατρί· ἰδοὺ τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐντολήν σου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε ἔδωκας ἔριφον, ἵνα μετὰ τῶν φίλων μου εὐφρανθῶ·
30. iþ þan sa sunus þeins, saei frēt þein swēs miþ kalkjōm, qam, ufsnáist imma stiur þana alidan.
Ὅτε δὲ ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος ὁ καταφαγών σου τὸν βίον μετὰ πορνῶν ἦλθεν, ἔθυσας αὐτῷ τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν.
31. Þaruh qaþ du imma: barnilō, þu sinteinō miþ mis wast jah is, jah all þata mein þein ist;
Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· τέκνον, σὺ πάντοτε μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἶ, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ σά ἐστιν·
32. waíla wisan jah faginōn skuld was, untē brōþar þeins dáuþs was jah gaqiunōda, jah fralusans jah bigitans warþ.
Εὐφρανθῆναι δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου οὗτος νεκρὸς ἦν καὶ ἀνέζησεν, καὶ ἀπολωλὼς καὶ εὑρέθη.
1. — — in Bēþanijin, þarei was Lazarus sa dáuþa, þanei urráisida us dáuþáim Iēsus.
2. Þaruh gawaúrhtēdun imma nahtamat jáinar, jah Marþa andbahtida; iþ Lazarus was sums þizē anakumbjandanē miþ imma.
3. Iþ Marja nam pund balsanis nardáus pistikeinis filugaláubis, jah gasalbōda fōtuns Iēsua, jah biswarb fōtuns is skufta seinamma; iþ sa gards fulls warþ dáunáis þizōs salbōnáis.
4. Qaþ þan áins þizē sipōnjē is, Judas Seimōnis sa Iskariōtēs, izei skaftida sik du galēwjan ina:
5. duƕē þata balsan ni frabaúht was in ·t· skattē jah fradáiliþ wēsi þarbam?
6. Þatuþ-þan qaþ, ni þēei ina þizē þarbanē kara wēsi, ak untē þiubs was jah arka habáida jah þata inn waúrpanō bar.
7. Qaþ þan Iēsus: lēt ija; in dag gafilhis meinis fastáida þata.
8. Iþ þans unlēdans sinteinō habáiþ miþ izwis, iþ mik ni sinteinō habáiþ.
9. Fanþ þan manageins filu Iudaiē þatei Iēsus jáinar ist, jah qēmun, ni in Iēsuis áinis, ak ei jah Lazaru sēƕeina, þanei urráisida us dáuþáim.
10. Munáidēdunuþ-þan áuk þái áuhumistans gudjans, ei jah Lazaráu usqēmeina,
11. untē managái in þis garunnun Iudaiei jah galáubidēdun Iēsua.
12. Iftumin daga manageins filu sei qam at dulþái, gaháusjandans þatei qimiþ Iēsus in Iaíraúsaúlymái,
13. nēmun astans peikabagmē jah urrunnun wiþragamōtjan imma jah hrōpidēdun: ōsanna, þiuþida sa qimanda in namin fráujins, þiudans Israēlis.
14. Bigat þan Iēsus asilu, jah gasat ana ina, swaswē ist gamēliþ:
15. ni ōgs þus, daúhtar Siōn, sái, þiudans þeins qimiþ sitands ana fulin asiláus.
16. Þatuþ-þan ni kunþēdun sipōnjōs is frumist; ak biþē gaswēráiþs was Iēsus, þanuh gamundēdun þatei þata was du þamma gamēliþ, jah þata gatawidēdun imma.
17. Weitwōdida þan sō managei, sei was miþ imma, þan Lazaru wōpida us hláiwa jah urráisida ina us dáuþáim.
18. Duþþē iddjēdun gamōtjan imma managei, untē háusidēdun ei gatawidēdi þō táikn.
19. Þanuh þái Fareisaieis qēþun du sis missō: saíƕiþ þatei ni bōteiþ waíht; sái, sō manasēds afar imma galáiþ.
20. Wēsunuþ-þan sumái þiudō þizē urrinnandanē, ei inwiteina in þizái dulþái.
21. Þái atiddjēdun du Filippáu, þamma fram Bēþsaeida Galeilaiē, jah bēdun ina qiþandans: fráuja, wileima Iēsu gasaíƕan.
22. Gaggiþ Filippus jah qiþiþ du Andraiin, jah aftra Andraias jah Filippus qēþun du Iēsua.
23. Iþ Iēsus andhōf im qiþands: qam ƕeila ei swēráidáu sunus mans.
24. Amēn amēn qiþa izwis: nibái kaúrnō ƕáiteis gadriusandō in aírþa gaswiltiþ, silbō áinata aflifniþ: iþ jabái gaswiltiþ, manag akran baíriþ.
25. Saei frijōþ sáiwala seina, fraqisteiþ izái, jah saei fiáiþ sáiwala seina in þamma faírƕáu, in libáinái áiweinōn baírgiþ izái.
26. Jabái mis ƕas andbahtjai, mik láistjai; jah þarei im ik, þaruh sa andbahts meins wisan habáiþ; jah jabái ƕas mis andbahtiþ, swēráiþ ina atta.
27. Nu sáiwala meina gadrōbnōda, jah ƕa qiþáu? atta, nasei mik us þizái ƕeilái. Akei duþþē qam in þizái ƕeilái.
28. Atta, háuhei namō þeinata! Qam þan stibna us himina: jah háuhida jah aftra háuhja.
29. Managei þan sei stōþ gaháusjandei, qēþun þeiƕōn waírþan; sumáih qēþun: aggilus du imma rōdida.
30. Andhōf Iēsus jah qaþ: ni in meina sō stibna warþ, ak in izwara.
31. Nu staua ist þizái manasēdái, nu sa reiks þis faírƕáus uswaírpada ūt.
32. Jah ik jabái usháuhjada af aírþái, alla atþinsa du mis.
33. Þatuþ-þan qaþ bandwjands ƕileikamma dáuþáu skulda gadáuþnan.
34. Andhōf imma sō managei: weis háusidēdum ana witōda þatei Xristus sijái du áiwa; jah ƕáiwa þu qiþis þatei skulds ist usháuhjan sa sunus mans? ƕas ist sa sunus mans?
35. Qaþ þan du im Iēsus: naúh leitil mēl liuhaþ in izwis ist. Gaggiþ þandē liuhaþ habáiþ, ei riqiz izwis ni gafāhái; jah saei gaggiþ in riqiza, ni wáit ƕaþ gaggiþ.
36. Þandē liuhaþ habáiþ, galáubeiþ du liuhada, ei sunjus liuhadis waírþáiþ. Þata rōdida Iēsus, jah galáiþ jah gafalh sik faúra im.
37. Swa filu imma táiknē gatáujandin in andwaírþja izē, ni galáubidēdun imma,
38. ei þata waúrd Ēsaeiins praúfētáus usfullnōdēdi þatei qaþ: fráuja, ƕas galáubida háuseinái unsarái? jah arms fráujins ƕamma andhuliþs warþ?
39. Duþþē ni mahtēdun galáubjan; untē aftra qaþ Ēsaeias:
40. gablindida izē áugōna jah gadáubida izē haírtōna, ei ni gáumidēdeina áugam jah frōþeina haírtin jah gawandidēdeina jah ganasidēdjáu ins.
41. Þata qaþ Ēsaeias, þan saƕ wulþu is jah rōdida bi ina.
42. Þanuh þan swēþáuh jah us þáim reikam managái galáubidēdun du imma, akei faúra Fareisaium ni andhaíháitun, ei us synagōgein ni uswaúrpanái waúrþeina.
43. Frijōdēdun áuk máis háuhein manniska þáu háuhein guþs.
44. Iþ Iēsus hrōpida jah qaþ: saei galáubeiþ du mis ni galáubeiþ du mis, ak du þamma sandjandin mik.
45. Jah saei saíƕiþ mik, saíƕiþ þana sandjandan mik.
46. Ik liuhad in þamma faírƕáu qam, ei ƕazuh saei galáubjái du mis, in riqiza ni wisái.
47. Jah jabái ƕas meináim háusjái waúrdam jah galáubjái, ik ni stōja ina; nih þan qam ei stōjáu manasēd, ak ei ganasjáu manasēd.
48. Saei frakann mis jah ni andnimiþ waúrda meina, habáid þana stōjandan sik. Waúrd þatei rōdida, þata stōjiþ ina in spēdistin daga.
49. Untē ik us mis silbin ni rōdida, ak saei sandida mik atta, sah mis anabusn atgaf — —
1. Ni indrōbnái izwar haírtō; galáubeiþ du guþa jah du mis galáubeiþ.
2. In garda attins meinis saliþwōs managōs sind; aþþan niba wēseina, aíþþáu qēþjáu du izwis: gagga manwjan stad izwis.
3. Jah þan jabái gagga jah manwja izwis stad, aftra qima jah franima izwis du mis silbin, ei þarei im ik, þaruh sijuþ jah jus.
4. Jah þadei ik gagga kunnuþ, jah þana wig kunnuþ.
5. Þaruh qaþ imma Þōmas: fráuja, ni witum ƕaþ gaggis, jah ƕáiwa magum þana wig kunnan?
6. Qaþ imma Iēsus: ik im sa wigs jah sunja jah libáins. Áinshun ni qimiþ at attin, niba þaírh mik.
7. Iþ kunþēdeiþ mik, aíþþáu kunþēdeiþ jah attan meinana; jah þan fram himma kunnuþ ina jah gasaíƕiþ ina.
8. Iþ Filippus qaþuh du imma: fráuja, áugei unsis þana attan; þatuh ganah unsis.
9. Þaruh qaþ imma Iēsus: swaláud mēlis miþ izwis was, jah ni ufkunþēs mik, Filippu? saei gasaƕ mik, gasaƕ attan, jah ƕáiwa þu qiþis: áugei unsis þana attan?
10. Niu galáubeis þatei ik in attin jah atta in mis ist? Þō waúrda þōei ik rōdja izwis, af mis silbin ni rōdja, ak atta saei in mis ist, sa táujiþ þō waúrstwa.
11. Galáubeiþ mis þatei ik in attin jah atta in mis; iþ jabái ni, in þizē waúrstwē galáubeiþ mis.
12. Amēn amēn qiþa izwis, saei galáubeid mis: þō waúrstwa þōei ik táuja, jah is táujiþ jah máizōna þáim táujiþ; untē ik du attin gagga.
13. Jah þatei ƕa bidjiþ in namin meinamma, þata táuja, ei háuhjáidáu atta in sunáu.
14. Jabái ƕis bidjiþ mik in namin meinamma, ik táuja.
15. Jabái mik frijōþ, anabusnins meinōs fastáid.
16. Jah ik bidja attan, jah anþarana paraklētu gibiþ izwis, ei sijái miþ izwis du áiwa,
17. ahma sunjōs, þanei sō manaseiþs ni mag niman, untē ni saíƕiþ ina, nih kann ina; iþ jus kunnuþ ina, untē is miþ izwis wisiþ jah in izwis ist.
18. Ni lēta izwis widuwaírnans; qima at izwis.
19. Naúh leitil, jah sō manaseiþs mik ni þanaseiþs saíƕiþ; iþ jus saíƕiþ mik, þatei ik liba, jah jus libáiþ.
20. In jáinamma daga ufkunnáiþ jus þatei ik in attin meinamma jah jus in mis jah ik in izwis.
21. Saei habáid anabusnins meinōs jah fastáiþ þōs, sa ist saei frijōþ mik: jah þan saei frijōþ mik, frijōda fram attin meinamma, jah ik frijō ina jah gabaírhtja imma mik silban.
22. Þaruh qaþ imma Iudas, ni sa Iskarjōtēs: fráuja, ƕa warþ, ei unsis munáis gabaírhtjan þuk silban, iþ þizái manasēdái ni?
23. Andhōf Iēsus jah qaþ du imma: jabái ƕas mik frijōþ jah waúrd mein fastáiþ, jah atta meins frijōþ ina, jah du imma galeiþōs jah saliþwōs at imma gatáujōs.
24. Iþ saei ni friōþ mik, þō waúrda meina ni fastáiþ; jah þata waúrd þatei háuseiþ nist mein, ak þis sandjandins mik attins.
25. Þata rōdida izwis at izwis wisands.
26. Aþþan sa paraklētus, ahma sa weiha, þanei sandeiþ atta in namin meinamma, sa izwis láiseiþ allata jah gamáudeiþ izwis allis þatei qaþ du izwis.
27. Gawaírþi bileiþa izwis, gawaírþi mein giba izwis; ni swaswē sō manasēþs gibiþ, ik giba izwis. Ni indrōbnáina izwara haírtōna nih faúrhtjáina.
28. Háusidēduþ ei ik qaþ izwis: galeiþa jah qima at izwis; jabái frijōdēdeiþ mik, aíþþáu jus faginōdēdeiþ ei ik gagga du attin: untē atta meins máiza mis ist.
29. Jah nu qaþ izwis, faúrþizei waúrþi, ei biþē waírþái, galáubjáiþ.
30. Þanaseiþs filu ni maþlja miþ izwis; qimiþ saei þizái manasēdái reikinōþ, jah in mis ni bigitiþ waíht.
31. Ak ei ufkunnái sō manasēþs þatei ik frijōda attan meinana, jah swaswē anabáud mis atta, swa táuja. Urreisiþ, gaggam þaþrō.
1. Ik im weinatriu þata sunjeinō, jah atta meins waúrstwja ist.
2. All táinē in mis unbaírandanē akran gōþ, usnimiþ ita: jah all akran baírandanē, gahráineiþ ita, ei managizō akran baíráina.
3. Ju jus hráinjái sijuþ in þis waúrdis þatei rōdida du izwis.
4. Wisáiþ in mis jah ik in izwis. Swē sa weinatáins ni mag akran baíran af sis silbin, niba ist ana weinatriwa, swah nih jus, niba in mis sijuþ.
5. Ik im þata weinatriu, iþ jus weinatáinōs; saei wisiþ in mis jah ik in imma, sa baíriþ akran manag, þatei inuh mik ni maguþ táujan ni waíht.
6. Niba saei wisiþ in mis, uswaírpada ūt swē weinatáins, jah gaþaúrsniþ jah galisada, jah in fōn galagjand jah inbrannjada.
7. Aþþan jabái sijuþ in mis, jah waúrda meina in izwis sind, þataƕah þei wileiþ bidjiþ, jah waírþiþ izwis.
8. In þamma háuhiþs ist atta meins, ei akran manag baíráiþ jah waírþáiþ meinái sipōnjōs.
9. Swaswē frijōda mik atta, swah ik frijōda izwis; wisáiþ in friaþwái meinái.
10. Jabái anabusnins meinōs fastáid, sijuþ in friaþwái meinái, swaswē ik anabusnins attins meinis fastáida, jah wisa in friaþwái is.
11. Þata rōdida izwis, ei fahēþs meina in izwis sijái, jah fahēds izwara usfulljáidáu.
12. Þata ist anabusns meina, ei frijōþ izwis missō, swaswē ik frijōda izwis.
13. Máizein þizái friaþwái manna ni habáiþ, ei ƕas sáiwala seina lagjiþ faúr frijōnds seinans.
14. Jus frijōnds meinái sijuþ, jabái táujiþ þatei ik anabiuda izwis.
15. Þanaseiþs izwis ni qiþa skalkans; untē skalks ni wáit ƕa táujiþ is fráuja, iþ ik izwis qaþ frijōnds, untē all þatei háusida at attin meinamma, gakannida izwis.
16. Ni jus mik gawalidēduþ, ak ik gawalida izwis, ei jus sniwáiþ jah akran baíráiþ, jah akran izwar du áiwa sijái, ei þataƕah þei bidjáiþ attan in namin meinamma, gibiþ izwis.
17. Þata anabiuda izwis ei frijōþ izwis missō.
18. Jabái sō manasēds izwis fijái, kunneiþ ei mik fruman izwis fijáida.
19. Jabái þis faírƕáus wēseiþ, aíþþáu sō manasēds swēsans frijōdēdi; aþþan untē us þamma faírƕáu ni sijuþ, ak ik gawalida izwis us þamma faírƕáu, duþþē fijáid izwis sō manasēþs.
20. Gamuneiþ þis waúrdis þatei ik qaþ du izwis: nist skalks máiza fráujin seinamma. Jabái mik wrēkun, jah izwis wrikand; jabái mein waúrd fastáidēdeina, jah izwar fastáina.
21. Ak þata allata táujand izwis in namins meinis, untē ni kunnun þana sandjandan mik.
22. Nih qēmjáu jah rōdidēdjáu du im, frawaúrht ni habáidēdeina: iþ nu inilōns ni haband bi frawaúrht seina.
23. Saei mik fijáiþ, jah attan meinana fijáiþ.
24. Iþ þō waúrstwa ni gatawidēdjáu in im þōei anþar áinshun ni gatawida, frawaúrht ni habáidēdeina; iþ nu jah gasēƕun mik jah fijáidēdun jah mik jah attan meinana.
25. Ak ei usfullnōdēdi waúrd þata gamēlidō in witōda izē: ei fijáidēdun mik arwjō.
26. Aþþan þan qimiþ paraklētus þanei ik insandja izwis fram attin, ahman sunjōs izei fram attin urrinniþ, sa weitwōdeiþ bi mik.
27. Jah þan jus weitwōdeiþ, untē fram fruma miþ mis sijuþ.
1. Þata rōdida Iēsus uzuhhōf áugōna seina du himina jah qaþ: atta, qam ƕeila, háuhei þeinana sunu, ei sunus þeins háuhjái þuk;
2. swaswē atgaft imma waldufni alláizē leikē, ei all þatei atgaft imma, gibái im libáin áiweinōn.
3. Sōh þan ist sō áiweinō libáins, ei kunneina þuk áinana sunjana guþ jah þanei insandidēs, Iēsu Xristu.
4. Ik þuk háuhida ana aírþái; waúrstw ustáuh þatei atgaft mis du waúrkjan.
5. Jah nu háuhei mik, þu atta, at þus silbin þamma wulþáu, þanei habáida at þus, faúrþizei sa faírƕus wēsi.
6. Gabaírhtida þeinata namō mannam þanzei atgaft mis us þamma faírƕáu. Þeinái wēsun jah mis atgaft ins, jah þata waúrd þeinata gafastáidēdun.
7. Nu ufkunþa ei alla þōei atgaft mis, at þus sind;
8. untē þō waúrda þōei atgaft mis, atgaf im, jah eis nēmun bi sunjái þatei fram þus urrann, jah galáubidēdun þatei þu mik insandidēs.
9. Ik bi ins bidja; ni bi þō manasēþ bidja, ak bi þans þanzei atgaft mis, untē þeinái sind.
10. Jah meina alla þeina sind jah þeina meina, jah háuhiþs im in þáim.
11. Ni þanaseiþs im in þamma faírƕáu; iþ þái in þamma faírƕáu sind, jah ik du þus gagga. Atta weiha, fastái ins in namin þeinamma, þanzei atgaft mis, ei sijáina áin swaswē wit.
12. Þan was miþ im in þamma faírƕáu, ik fastáida ins in namin þeinamma. Þanzei atgaft mis gafastáida, jah áinshun us im ni fraqistnōda, niba sa sunus fralustáis, ei þata gamēlidō usfulliþ waúrþi.
13. Iþ nu du þus gagga, jah þata rōdja in manasēdái, ei habáina fahēd meina usfullida in sis.
14. Ik atgaf im waúrd þeinata; jah sō manasēþs fijáida ins, untē ni sind us þamma faírƕáu, swaswē ik us þamma faírƕáu ni im.
15. Ni bidja ei usnimáis ins us þamma faírƕáu, ak ei baírgáis im faúra þamma unsēljin.
16. Us þamma faírƕáu ni sind, swaswē ik us þamma faírƕáu ni im.
17. Weihái ins in sunjái; waúrd þeinata sunja ist.
18. Swaswē mik insandidēs in manasēþ, swah ik insandida ins in þō manasēd.
19. Jah fram im ik weiha mik silban, ei sijáina jah eis weihái in sunjái.
20. Aþþan ni bi þans bidja áinans, ak bi þans galáubjandans þaírh waúrda izē du mis,
21. ei allái áin sijáina, swaswē þu, atta, in mis jah ik in þus, ei jah þái in uggkis áin sijáina, ei sō manasēþs galáubjái þatei þu mik insandidēs.
22. Jah ik wulþu þanei gaft mis, gaf im, ei sijáina áin, swaswē wit áin siju.
23. Ik in im jah þu in mis, ei sijáina ustáuhanái du áinamma, jah kunnei sō manasēþs þatei þu mik insandidēs jah frijōdēs ins, swaswē mik frijōdēs.
24. Atta, þatei atgaft mis, wiljáu ei þarei im ik, jah þái sijáina miþ mis, ei saíƕáina wulþu meinana þanei gaft mis, untē frijōdēs mik faúr gaskaft faírƕáus.
25. Atta garaíhta, jah sō manasēþs þuk ni ufkunþa; iþ ik þuk kunþa. Jah þái ufkunþēdun þatei þu mik insandidēs.
26. Jah gakannida im namō þeinata jah kannja, ei friaþwa þōei frijōdēs mik, in im sijái jah ik in im.
1. Pawlus, apaústaúlus Iēsuis Xristáus þaírh wiljan guþs bi gaháitam libáináis sei ist in Xristáu Iēsu,
2. Teimaúþaíáu, liubin barna, ansts, armaiō, gawaírþi fram guþa attin jah Xristáu Iēsu fráujin unsaramma.
3. Awiliudō guþa meinamma, þammei skalkinō fram fadreinam in hráinjái gahugdái, ƕáiwa unsweibandō haba bi þuk gaminþi in bidōm meináim naht jah daga,
4. gaírnjands þuk gasaíƕan, gamunands tagrē þeináizē, ei fahēdáis usfullnáu,
5. gamáudein andnimands þizōs sei ist in þus, unliutōns galáubeináis sei bauáida faúrþis in awōn þeinái Lauidjái jah áiþein þeinái Aíwneikái, gaþ-þan-traua þatei jah in þus.
6. In þizōzei waíhtáis gamáudja þuk anaqiujan anst guþs, sei ist in þus þaírh analagein handiwē meináizō.
7. Untē ni gaf unsis guþ ahman faúrhteins, ak mahtáis jah frijaþwōs jah inaheins.
8. Ni nunu skamái þuk weitwōdiþōs fráujins unsaris Iēsuis nih meina, bandjins is, ak miþ arbáidei aíwaggēljōn bi mahtái guþs,
9. þis nasjandins uns jah laþōndins uns laþōnái weihái, ni bi waúrstwam unsaráim, ak bi seinái leikáinái jah anstái sei gibana ist unsis in Xristáu Iēsu faúr mēla áiweina,
10. iþ gaswikunþida nu þaírh gabaírhtein nasjandis unsaris Iēsuis Xristáus, gataírandins raíhtis dáuþáu, iþ galiuhtjandins libáin jah unriurein þaírh aíwaggēljōn,
11. in þōei gasatiþs im ik mērjands jah apaústaúlus jah láisareis þiudō,
12. in þizōzei faírinōs jah þata winna; akei nih skama mik, untē wáit ƕamma galáubida, jah gatraua þammei mahteigs ist þata anafilh mein fastan in jáinana dag.
13. Frisaht habands háiláizē waúrdē, þōei at mis háusidēs in galáubeinái jah frijaþwái in Xristáu Iēsu,
14. þata gōdō anafilh fastái þaírh ahman weihana saei bauiþ in uns.
15. Wáist þatei afwandidēdun sik af mis allái þáiei sind in Asiái, þizēei ist Fygaílus jah Aírmōgaínēs.
16. Gibái armaiōn fráuja Aúneiseifaúráus garda, untē ufta mik anaþrafstida jah náudibandjō meináizō ni skamáida sik;
17. ak qimands in Rūmái usdáudō sōkida mik jah bigat.
18. Gibái fráuja imma bigitan armahaírtein at fráujin in jáinamma daga; jah ƕan filu máis in Aífaísōn andbahtida mis, waíla þu kant.
1. Þu nu, barn mein walisō, inswinþei þuk in anstái þizái in Xristáu Iēsu,
2. jah þōei háusidēs at mis þaírh managa weitwōdja, þō anafilh triggwáim mannam, þáiei waírþái sijáina jah anþarans láisjan.
3. Þu nu arbáidei swē gōds gadraúhts Xristáus Iēsuis.
4. Ni áinshun draúhtinōnds fráujin dugawindiþ sik gawaúrkjam þizōs aldáis, ei galeikái þammei draúhtinōþ.
5. Jah þan jabái háifsteiþ ƕas, ni weipada, niba witōdeigō brikiþ.
6. Arbáidjands aírþōs waúrstwja skal frumist akranē andniman.
7. Fraþei þatei qiþa; gibiþ áuk þus fráuja fraþi us alláim.
8. Gamuneis Xristu Iēsu urrisanana us dáuþáim us fráiwa Daweidis bi aíwaggēljōn meinái,
9. in þizáiei arbáidja und bandjōs swē ubiltōjis; akei waúrd guþs nist gabundan.
10. Inuh þis all gaþula bi þans gawalidans, ei jah þái ganist gatilōna, sei ist in Xristáu Iēsu miþ wulþáu áiweinamma.
11. Triggw þata waúrd: jabái miþ gadáuþnōdēdum, jah miþ libam;
12. jabái gaþulam, jah miþ þiudanōm; jabái afáikam, jah is afáikiþ uns;
13. jabai ni galáubjam, jáins triggws wisiþ; afáikan sik silban ni mag.
14. Þizē gamáudei, weitwōdjands in andwaírþja fráujins. Waúrdam weihan du ni waíhtái dáug, niba uswalteinái þáim háusjōndam.
15. Usdáudei þuk silban gakusanana usgiban guþa waúrstwjan unáiwiskana, raíhtaba ráidjandan waúrd sunjōs.
16. Iþ þō dwalōna usweihōna láusawaúrdja biwandei; untē filu gaggand du afgudein,
17. jah waúrd izē swē gund wuliþ; þizēei ist Ymaínaius jah Filētus,
18. þáiei bi sunjái uswissái usmētun, qiþandans usstass ju waúrþana, jah galáubein sumáizē uswaltidēdun.
19. Aþþan tulgus grunduwaddjus guþs standiþ, habands sigljō þata: kunþa fráuja þans þáiei sind is, jah: afstandái af unsēlein ƕazuh saei namnjái namō fráujins.
20. Aþþan in mikilamma garda ni sind þatáinei kasa gulþeina jah silubreina, ak jah triweina jah digana, jah suma du swēráim, sumuþ-þan du unswēráim.
21. Aþþan jabái ƕas gahráinjái sik þizē, waírþiþ kas du swēriþái, gaweiháiþ, brūk fráujin, du allamma waúrstwē gōdáizē gamanwiþ.
22. Aþþan juggans lustuns þliuh; iþ láistei garaíhtein, galáubein, friaþwa, gawaírþi miþ þáim bidái anaháitandam fráujan us hráinjamma haírtin.
23. Iþ þōs dwalōns jah untalōns sōknins biwandei, witands þatei gabaírand sakjōns.
24. Iþ skalks fráujins ni skal sakan, ak qaírrus wisan wiþra allans, láiseigs, usþulands,
25. in qaírrein talzjands þans andstandandans, niu ƕan gibái im guþ idreiga du ufkunþja sunjōs,
26. jah usskarjáindáu us unhulþins wruggōn, fram þammei gafāhanái habanda afar is wiljin.
1. Aþþan þata kunneis ei in spēdistáim dagam atgaggand jēra sleidja,
2. jah waírþand mannans sik frijōndans, faihugaírnái, biháitjans, háuhhaírtái, wajamērjandans, fadreinam ungaƕaírbái, láunawargōs, unaírknans,
3. unhunslagái, unmildjái, faírinōndans, ungahabandans sik, unmanariggwái, unsēljái,
4. fralēwjandans, untilamalskái, ufbáulidái, frijōndans wiljan seinana máis þáu guþ,
5. habandans hiwi gagudeins, iþ maht izōs inwidandans; jah þans afwandei.
6. Untē us þáim sind þáiei sliupand in gardins jah frahunþana tiuhand qineina afhlaþana frawaúrhtim, þōei tiuhanda du lustum missaleikáim,
7. sinteinō láisjandōna sik jah ni áiw ƕanhun in ufkunþja sunjōs qiman mahteiga.
8. Aþþan þamma háidáu ei Jannēs jah Mambrēs andstōþun Mōsēza, swa jah þái andstandand sunjái, mannans frawaúrþanái ahin, uskusanái bi galáubein;
9. akei ni þeihand du filusnái, untē unwiti izē swikunþ waírþiþ alláim, swaswē jah jáináizē was.
10. Iþ þu galáista is láiseinái meinái, usmēta, muna, sidáu, galáubeinái, usbeisnái, friaþwái, þuláinái,
11. wrakjōm, wunnim, ƕileika mis waúrþun in Antiaúkiái, in Eikaúniōn, in Lystrys, ƕileikōs wrakōs usþuláida, jah us alláim mik galáusida fráuja.
12. jah þan allái þáiei wileina gagudaba liban in Xristáu Iēsu, wrakōs winnand.
13. Iþ ubilái mannans jah liutái þeihand du waírsizin, aírzjái jah aírzjandans.
14. Iþ þu framwaírþis wisáis in þáimei galáisidēs þuk jah gatrauáida sind þus, witands at ƕamma ganamt,
15. jah þatei us barniskja weihōs bōkōs kunþēs, þōs mahteigōns þuk usfratwjan du ganistái þaírh galáubein þō in Xristáu Iēsu.
16. All bōkō gudiskáizōs ahmateináis jah þaúrftōs du láiseinái, du gasahtái, du garaíhteinái, du talzeinái in garaíhtein,
17. ei ustáuhans sijái manna guþs, du allamma waúrstwē gōdáizē gamanwiþs.
1. Weitwōdja in andwaírþja guþs jah fráujins Xristáus Iēsuis. Saei skal stōjan qiwans jah dáuþans bi qum is jah þiudinassu is:
2. mērei waúrd, instand ūhteigō, unūhteigō, gasak, gaþláih, gaƕōtei in allái usbeisnái jah láiseinái.
3. waírþiþ mēl þan háila láisein ni usþuland, ak du seináim lustum gadragand sis láisarjans, suþjōndans háusein;
4. aþþan af sunjái háusein afwandjand, iþ du spillam gawandjand sik.
5. Iþ þu andaþāhts sijáis in alláim, arbáidei, waúrstw waúrkei aíwaggēlistins, andbahti þein usfullei.
6. Aþþan ik ju hunsljada jah mēl meináizōs diswissáis atist.
7. Háifst þō gōdōn háifstida, run ustáuh, galáubein gafastáida;
8. þaþrōh galagiþs ist mis wáips garaíhteins, þanei usgibiþ mis fráuja in jáinamma daga, sa garaíhta staua; aþþan ni þatáinei mis, ak jah alláim þáiei frijōnd qum is.
9. Sniumei qiman at mis spráutō;
10. untē Dēmas mis biláiþ, frijōnds þō nu ald, jah galáiþ du Þaissalaúneikái, Xrēskus du Galatiái, Teitus du Dalmatiái.
11. Lukas ist miþ mis áins. Marku andnimands brigg miþ þus silbin, untē ist mis brūks du andbahtja.
12. Aþþan Tykeiku insandida in Aífaísōn.
13. hakul þanei biláiþ in Trauadái at Karpáu qimands atbaír jah bōkōs, þishun maímbranans.
14. Alaíksandrus áizasmiþa managa mis unþiuþa ustáiknida; usgildiþ imma fráuja bi waúrstwam is;
15. þammei jah þu witái, filu áuk andstōþ unsaráim waúrdam.
16. In frumistōn meinái sunjōnái ni manna mis miþ was, ak allái mis biliþun, ni rahnjáidáu im. — —
[The references refer to the paragraphs in the grammar.]
1. du saíƕan im = πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς, see § 435.
3. þuk táujandan, acc. gov. by witi. Two Lat. MSS. (Vercellensis and Veronensis) of the Gospels have the same construction; te facientem, the Greek version has here the gen. absolute: σοῦ ποιοῦντος.
4. sō armahaírtiþa þeina, a lit. rendering of σοῦ ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη. This construction is very common in the Gothic translation.
7. bidjandansuþ = bidjandans + the enclitic particle uh. The final h in the particles uh, jah, nih, is often assimilated to the initial consonant of the following word (§ 164 note). swaswē þái þiudō, lit. like those of (the) heathens.
9. þu in himinam; the Gr. has ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. In addressing a person the Gr. def. article is translated by the personal pronoun in Gothic.
11. himma daga, see § 267.
12. aflēt uns þatei skulans sijáima, forgive us what we are owing, i.e. our debts. þatei, acc. gov. by skulans, see the Glossary under skula.
13. in fráistubnjái, into temptation. With verbs of motion the prep. in sometimes takes the acc., sometimes the dat., cp. ahma ina ustáuh in áuþida, the spirit led him away into the wilderness, beside qēmun in garda (dat.) Seimōnis, they came into Simon’s house.
15. ni þáu atta izwar aflētiþ missadēdins izwarōs, in that case your father will not forgive your trespasses. For ni þáu the Gr. version has οὐδέ, and not, nor.
23. þata riqiz ƕan filu! supply ist; and on the -z in riqiz, see § 175 note 1.
24. jabái . . . aíþþáu, either . . . or. Ulfilas seems to have read εἰ, if, instead of ἤ, either.
25. niu = ni + u = Lat. nonne, where -u is an interrogative particle; cp. such phrases as skuldu ist? is it lawful? fōdeinái, wastjōm, the dat. of the things compared, dependent upon máis. Cp. the similar idiomatical construction in Greek and Latin, where the former has the gen. and the latter the ablative, as μείζων τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ = ἢ ὁ ἀδελφός; major fratre = major quam frater. See § 428.
26. þei = þatei, that. þáim, dat. pl. gov. by máis; see note to verse 25.
1. atgaggandin imma = καταβάντι αὐτῷ, is in apposition to the second imma. Similarly in verse 5.
11. saggqa = sagqa (§ 17). The guttural nasal is sometimes written gg before q and k.
24. swaswē þata skip gahuliþ waírþan fram wēgim. To indicate consequence or result swaswē with the inf. is sometimes used, in imitation of the Greek ὥστε with inf.; cp. ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι. In the pl. wēgs fluctuates between the a- and i-declension; cp. wēgōs in Mark iv. 37.
29. ƕa uns jah þus? lit. what (is there common) to us and to thee? The dat. of relationship.
30. haldana, pp. with act. meaning like the Gr. βοσκομένη, agreeing with haírda.
31. qiþandans, masc. agreeing with the natural gender.
32. haírda has the verb in the pl. because of its collective meaning. Cp. Mark ii. 13.
2. bi sipōnjam seináim, instead of þaírh sipōnjans seinans = the Gr. διὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ.
3. anþarizuh = anþaris (gen.) + uh, see § 175 and note 2 to it.
6. ƕazuh saei, see § 276.
9. praúfētáu, see note to Matth. vi. 25.
12. und hita, see § 267.
13. praúfēteis. The nom. sing. has two forms, praúfētēs = Gr. προφήτης, gen. praúfētis, nom. pl. praúfēteis, like gasteis (§ 196); and praúfētus inflected like sunus (§ 202). Cp. verse 9.
14. miþ niman = andniman, to receive, accept.
5. in Iaúrdanē alƕái, with retention of the Gr. ending in the proper name: ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ ποταμῷ.
7. swinþōza mis, see § 428.
19. jah þans in skipa manwjandans natja is a lit. rendering of καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα.
24. ƕa uns jah þus? see note to Matth. viii. 29.
27. miþ sis missō, see § 431. ƕō sō láiseinō sō niujō? What is this new one of doctrines? See §§ 200, 427.
32. ubil habandans, having an illness, a lit. translation of the Gr. κακῶς ἔχοντας. See also ch. ii. 17.
1. gafrēhun, see § 308 note.
2. ni gamōstēdun, they did not find room, see § 388.
7. guþ is properly neuter, and retains its old gender in the plural nom. acc. guda, heathen gods; in the sing. it is used for the Christian God, and is always masculine, although it retains its nom. voc. acc. form guþ. The MSS. have regularly the contracted forms: nom. voc. acc. gþ, gen. gþs, dat. gþa. But when the inflected forms are written in full they always have gud-. See also Appendix, Note H.
13. all manageins, cp. note to Matth. viii. 32.
17. ak þái ubilaba habandans, a lit. translation of the Gr. ἀλλ᾽ οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες.
21. ibái afnimái fullōn af þamma, sa niuja þamma faírnjin, lest it (the piece of new cloth) take away the fulness (the piece of the old garment lying beneath the new piece) from it, the new (sa niuja, in apposition to the subject) from the old (þamma faírnjin, in apposition to af þamma). Ulfilas took τὸ πλήρωμα as the acc., and then translated the Gr. word for word.
22. giutand, they pour, people pour.
23. warþ þaírhgaggan imma. The Gr. has ἐγένετο παραπορεύεσθαι αὐτόν, but after an impersonal predicate the dat. with the inf. is far more common than the acc. with the inf. in Gothic. For an example of the latter construction see Luke iv. 36.
25. niu, see note to Matth. vi. 25, and § 349.
26. guþs, see note to Mark ii. 7. uf, under, in the days of. hláibans faúrlageináis, lit. the loaves of laying forth, i.e. show-bread. þanzuh, see § 266.
27. sabbatō, Gr. σάββατον, is indeclinable. The nom. form sabbatus follows the u-declension in the sing., but the i-declension in the plural: cp. verses 24 and 28, and see pp. 361-2. in sabbatō dagis, Gr. διὰ τὸ σάββατον, on account of the Sabbath day.
2. háilidēdiu = háilidēdi + u, whether he would heal. The particle u is always attached enclitically to the first word of its clause, and is used to indicate direct (as in verse 4 skuld + u) or indirect interrogation, see § 349.
9. habáiþ, pp. neut. of haban.
28. frawaúrhtē, gen. pl. gov. by allata þata.
31. standandōna, háitandōna, pres. part. neut. pl., see § 429 (3).
1. swaswē ina galeiþandan in skip gasitan in marein, on the construction see note to Matth. viii. 24.
5. anþaruþ-þan = anþar + uh-þan.
8. On ·l·, ·j·, and ·r·, see § 2.
10. frēhun, see § 308 note, and § 427.
14. saijands, saijiþ = saiands, saiiþ.
19. bi þata anþar lustjus, lit. desires concerning the other thing, i.e. concerning other things.
25. þisƕammēh saei, see § 276.
27. keiniþ (cp. OHG. inf. kīnan), properly a strong verb belonging to the first ablaut-series (§ 299). The n belongs to the pres. only, just as in fraíhnan (§ 308 note). The regular pret. would be *kái, *kijum; instead of which we have a new pret. us-keinōda (Luke viii. 8), formed after the analogy of weak verbs of the fourth class (§ 329). us-kijanata, the neut. of the old strong participle occurs in Luke viii. 6.
29. atist, 3 sing. pres. of at-wisan.
33. háusjōn, the more usual form is háusjan.
37. wēgōs, cp. note to Matth. viii. 24.
38. niu kara þuk þizei fraqistnam? On the construction of kara see § 426.
5. nahtam, see § 221.
7. ƕa mis jah þus, cp. note to Matth. viii. 29. sunáu = sunu (§ 202 note).
13. wēsunuþ-þan = wēsun-uh-þan.
14. háimōm, see § 199 note. qēmun, they (the people of the villages) came.
18. wōds, see § 173 note.
23. aftumist habáiþ, is at the point of death, a literal translation of the Gr. ἐσχάτως ἔχει. After habáiþ supply bidja þuk.
26. jah ni waíhtái bōtida, ak máis waírs habáida, a literal rendering of καὶ μηδὲν ὠφεληθεῖσα ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εἰς τὸ χεῖρον ἐλθοῦσα; so that bōtida and habáida are here pp. fem. sing.
41. qaþuh = qaþ + uh. taleiþa kumei = Gr. Ταλιθὰ κούμει.
42. was áuk jērē twalibē, see § 427.
2. jah ƕō sō handugeinō sō gibanō imma? The Gr. has καὶ τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα αὐτῷ; cp. note to ch. i. 27.
15. Hērōdēs qaþ þatei þammei ik háubiþ afmaímáit Iōhannē, lit. Herod said that to whom I cut the head off, to John. The Gr. has ὁ Ἡρώδης εἶπεν ὅτι ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ἰωάννην, Herod said that it is John whom I beheaded.
21. jah waúrþans dags gatils, and a fitting day being come. Ulfilas generally used the dat. in such instances corresponding to the Gr. gen. absolute, but he has here used the nom. (§ 436). See also v. 26.
53. duatsniwun, see § 5.
4. anþar ist manag, lit. other (thing there) is many. The Gr. has the pl. ἄλλα πολλά ἐστιν.
5. bi þammei anafulhun þái sinistans, according to that which the elders have handed down as a tradition.
6. iþ haírtō izē faírra habáiþ sik mis, lit. but their heart has itself far from me.
11. þisƕah þatei us mis gabatnis, as to whatsoever thou profitest from me. Ulfilas has closely followed the Gr. ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς which omits the apodosis εὖ ἔχει.
12. ni . . . . ni waíht is a double negative like the Gr. οὐκέτι . . . . οὐδέν. Cp. also ch. xv. 4.
31. miþ tweihnáim markōm, lit. amid the two boundaries.
34. aíffaþa = Gr. ἐφφαθά, open, be opened!
36. máis þamma, by that the more, so much the more.
12. jabái gibáidáu kunja þamma táiknē, lit. if there should be given of signs to this generation. Bernhardt following Meyer’s suggestion supplies: so tue mir Gott dies und das. The Gr. has εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον.
23. frah ina ga-u-ƕa-sēƕi, he asked him whether he saw anything. See § 279.
26. 27. wēhsa = weihsa, see § 5.
31. uskiusan skulds ist, is liable to be rejected, on the inf. see § 435. Similarly usqiman.
2. áinans, see § 249.
18. usdreibeina = usdribeina, see § 5.
23. allata mahteig þamma galáubjandin, everything [is] possible to the one who believes.
50. supūda, see § 7.
14. untē þizē ist þiudangardi guþs. Here þizē is a mistranslation of the Gr. τῶν τοιούτων; the correct translation, þizē swaleikáizē, occurs in Luke xviii. 16.
21. áinis þus wan ist, lit. there is lacking to thee of one thing.
25. azitizō = azētizō, see § 5.
32. þōei habáidēdun ina gadaban, those things which were about to happen to him, cp. the Gr. τὰ μέλλοντα αὐτῷ συμβαίνειν.
1. alēwjin is here used adjectively agreeing with faírgunja. The Gr. has ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν, the Mount of Olives.
10. þiuþidō = Gr. εὐλογημένη. in namin attins unsaris Daweidis is meaningless, and does not correspond to either of the Gr. readings:—τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Δαυείδ, or ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Δαυείδ. Possibly fráujins has been inadvertently omitted in the Gothic version.
12. usstandandam im, the dat. absolute, see § 436.
14. usbaírands, answering, only occurs here in this meaning. The Gr. has ἀποκριθείς.
18. gudjanē, gen. pl. dep. on áuhumistans.
23. þisƕazuh ei, see § 276.
30. uzuh, whether from, see § 175 note 2.
32. ūhtēdun for ōhtēdun, see § 7.
2. akranis, partitive gen., see § 427.
4. háubiþ, accusative of closer definition, see § 426.
7. hirjiþ, come hither, an old imperative used as an interjection. The sing. 2 pers. hiri, and dual 2 pers. hirjats also occur. The i in the stem-syllable has not yet been satisfactorily explained. See Feist, ‘Etym. Wörterbuch der got. Sprache,’ p. 137.
14. kara þuk manshun, on the construction see § 426. skuldu = skuld + u, see note to Matth. vi. 25.
þáu niu gibáima? the Gr. has δῶμεν ἢ μὴ δῶμεν;
20. brōþrahans, brethren, from an adjective *brōþrahs (§ 393); cp. such forms as un-barnahs, childless, beside barn.
28. uskeinand, see note to ch. iv. 27.
70. jah áuk razda þeina galeika ist, after áuk supply Galeilaius is jah. Cp. the Gr. καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖος εἶ καὶ ἡ λαλιά σου ὁμοιάζει.
9. wileidu = wileiþ + u. fraleitan = fralētan, see § 5.
34. aflōē aflōē, lima sibakþanei = the Gr. text Ἐλωὶ ἐλωὶ λιμὰ σιβαχθανί.
42. fruma sabbatō, Gr. προσάββατον, the day before the Sabbath.
9. frumin sabbatō, Gr. πρώτῃ σαββάτου, on the first day of the week, i.e. the first day after the Sabbath. Cp. ch. xv. 42, where fruma sabbatō means the day before the Sabbath.
Before reading the chapters from St. Luke, the beginner should refer to §§ 5, 7, and the notes to §§ 161, 173, 202.
2. [wisandin kindina Syriáis], a marginal gloss, which has crept into the text of the MS. which has come down to us.
Kyreinaíáu = Kyrēnaíáu.
4. sei, see § 271 note 3.
5. anamēljan, on the construction see § 435. qeins = qēns.
7. rūmis, gen. gov. by ni, see § 427.
13. hazjandanē, qiþandanē, gen. plur. agreeing with the plurality implied in harjis.
20. þizēei, gen. pl. gov. by gaháusidēdun.
21. usfulnōdēdun = usfullnōdēdun (cp. v. 6). Similarly in v. 22.
27. bērusjōs, parents, originally the perfect part. act. of baíran.
33. sildaleikjandōna, on the gender see § 429. Similarly in vv. 44, 45, 48.
50. ija, neut. pl., see note to v. 33.
6. þisƕammēh þei, see § 276.
13. fráistōbnjō = fráistubnjō.
14. bisitandē, of those that dwell round about.
36. jah warþ afsláuþnan allans, see note to Mark ii. 23.
40. áinƕarjammēh, see § 275 note 2.
19. áuhsnē, see § 208 note.
28. manwiþō habáiu, whether he has the necessary means; where manwiþō is the gen. pl. used partitively and dep. upon habáiu = habái + u.
31. du wigana. The codex argenteus has wigā na. The Gr. εἰς πόλεμον suggests that du wigana means to war, in which case it is related to weihan, to fight.
þankeiþ = þagkeiþ.
siáiu for sijái + u, whether he may be.
32. eiþáu = aíþþáu. nist = ni + ist.
1. wēsunuþ-þan = wēsun-uh-þan. Similarly in v. 25.
8. Instead of suma we ought to have had ƕō. The translator mistook the indef. pronoun τὶς for the interrogative τίς. drakmans, drakmin presuppose a nom. form drakma.
9. drakmein, the Greek case form (δραχμήν) with ei for ē; but masc. as is shown by þammei.
23. bringandans = briggandans.
24. jah duginnun wisan, supply waíla.
4. Seimōnis, see § 427.
6. þatuþ-þan = þata-uh-þan, also in vv. 16, 33.
kara, on the construction see § 426.
10. munáidēdunuþ-þan = munáidēdun-uh-þan. Similarly in v. 20.
26. On habáiþ see § 432.
7. þataƕah þei, see § 276.
9. friaþwái = frijaþwái, also in vv. 10, 13.
5. gaþ-þan-traua = ga-uh-þan-traua, where ga belongs to traua.
7. friaþwōs = frijaþwōs. Similarly in v. 13.
| sm., sf., sn. = strong masculine, &c. | sv. = strong verb. |
| wm., wf., wn. = weak masculine, &c. | wv. = weak verb. |
| pret.pres. = preterite present. |
The remaining abbreviations need no explanation.
The Roman numeral after a verb indicates the class to which the verb belongs. The ordinary numerals after a word indicate the paragraph in the Grammar where the word either occurs or some peculiarity of it is explained.
The letter ƕ follows h, and þ follows t.
aba,
wm.
man, husband,
206, 208 note, 353.
O.Icel. afe.
abraba,
av.
strongly, excessively, very, very much.
abrs,
aj.
strong, violent, great, mighty.
O.Icel. afar.
af,
prep. c. dat.
of, from, by, away from, out of,
88, 350.
OE. æf, of, OHG. aba, ab.
af-aikan,
sv. VII,
to deny, to deny vehemently,
313, 402
af-airzjan,
wv. I,
to deceive, lead astray;
see airzeis, airzjan.
afar,
prep. c. acc. and dat., av.
after, according to,
350
OHG. avar, afar.
afardags,
sm.
the next day,
356
afargaggan,
sv. VII,
to follow, go after,
313 note 1, 403.
afar-láistjan,
wv. I,
to follow after, follow,
403
afar-sabbatus,
sm.
the day after the Sabbath;
þis dagis afar-sabbatē,
on the first day of the week,
356
afaruh
= afar + uh.
af-dáubnan,
wv. IV,
to become deaf,
331
af-dáuþjan,
wv. I,
to kill, put to death; pass. to die,
402.
af-dōbnan,
wv. IV,
to be silent.
*af-dōjan,
wv. I,
to fatigue,
80, 319 note.
af-dráusjan,
wv. I,
to cast down.
af-drugkja,
wm.
drunkard,
355.
af-dumbnan,
wv. IV,
to hold one’s peace, be silent or still,
331
af-ētja,
wm.
glutton,
355.
af-gaggan,
sv. VII,
to go away, depart, go to, come,
313 note 1.
af-gudei,
wf.
ungodliness,
355.
af-guþs,
aj.
godless, impious,
355, 391.
Cp. OHG. abgot, abgudi, idol, false god.
af-hlaþan,
sv. VI,
to lade, load,
310
OE. OHG. hladan.
af-ƕapjan,
wv. I,
to choke, quench.
af-ƕapnan,
wv. IV,
to be choked, be quenched.
af-lageins,
sf.
a laying aside, remission,
355
af-leitan
= af-lētan,
see § 5.
af-leiþan,
sv. I,
to go away, depart.
OE. līþan. OHG. līdan
af-lētan,
sv. VII,
to dismiss, leave, forsake, put away, let alone, forgive, absolve,
402.
af-lēts,
sm.
forgiveness, remission,
355.
af-lifnan,
wv. IV,
to remain, be left.
af-linnan,
sv. III,
to depart,
304
OE. linnan, OHG. bi-linnan.
af-maitan,
sv. VII,
to cut off,
402.
af-marzeins,
sf.
deceitfulness.
*af-mōjan,
wv. I,
to fatigue,
319 note.
OHG. muoen, muoan.
af-niman,
sv. IV,
to take away.
af-qiþan,
sv. V,
to renounce, forsake.
af-sateins,
sf.
divorcement.
af-satjan,
wv. I,
to divorce.
af-skiuban,
sv. II,
to push aside,
186 note 2, 302.
OE. scūfan, OHG. skioban.
af-slahan,
sv. VI,
to kill, slay,
402.
af-sláuþnan,
wv. IV,
to be amazed, be beside oneself.
af-sneiþan,
sv. I,
to cut off, kill.
af-standan,
sv. VI,
to stand off, depart
af-stass,
sf.
a standing off, falling off or away,
355.
af-swaírban,
sv. III,
to wipe out,
304.
OE. sweorfan, OHG. swerban.
afta,
av.
behind, backwards,
348.
aftana,
av.
from behind,
348
OE. æftan.
aftarō,
av.
from behind, behind,
344.
af-taúrnan,
wv. IV,
to be torn away,
331.
af-tiuhan,
sv. II,
to draw away, push off; to take, draw aside,
402.
aftra,
av.
back, backwards, again, once more;
aftra gabōtjan,
to restore;
aftra gasatjan,
to heal.
OE. æfter, OHG. after.
aftuma,
aj.
the following, posterus, next, hindmost, last,
246, 430.
aftumists,
aj.
last, aftermost,
246;
aftumists haban,
to be at the point of death.
OE. æftemest.
af-waírpan,
sv. III,
to cast away, put away,
428.
af-walwjan,
wv. I,
to roll away.
OE. wielwan.
af-wandjan,
wv. I,
to turn away.
-aga-,
suffix,
392.
aggilus,
sm.
angel, messenger;
the pl. fluctuates between the i- and u-declension, as nom. pl. aggileis and aggiljus,
17.
OE. engel, OHG. engil, angil, from Gr. ἄγγελος through Lat. angelus.
aggwiþa,
sf.
anguish, distress, tribulation,
384
aggwus,
aj.
narrow,
17, 132, 236.
OE. enge, OHG. engi.
agis
(gen. agisis),
sn.
fright, fear, terror,
168, 182.
OE. ege, OHG. egī.
agláitei,
wf.
lasciviousness, unchastity,
212.
OHG. aga-leizi, zeal.
agláiti-waúrdei,
wf.
indecent language,
389.
agliþa,
sf.
anguish, distress,
384.
aglō,
wf.
anguish, affliction, tribulation
agluba,
av.
hardly, with difficulty,
344.
aglus,
aj.
hard, difficult,
428.
Cp. OE. egle, troublesome.
aha,
wm.
mind, understanding
208.
-aha-,
suffix,
393.
ahaks,
sf. (?)
dove, pigeon.
ahana,
sf.
chaff.
OE. egenu, OHG. agana.
ahma,
wm.
spirit, the Holy Ghost,
208, 223.
ahmateins,
sf.
inspiration.
ahs,
sn.
ear of corn,
353.
OE. ēar, OHG. ahir, ehir.
ahtáu,
num.
eight,
4, 11, 39, 65, 90, 91, 121, 128, 147.
OE. eahta, OHG. ahto.
ahtáu-dōgs,
aj.
eight days old,
122.
Cp. OE. dōgor, day
ahtáutēhund,
num.
eighty,
247.
ahtuda,
num.
eighth,
253.
aƕa,
sf.
river, water,
19, 36, 143, 192.
OE. ēa, OHG. aha.
áigin,
sn.
property, inheritance, goods,
425
OHG. eigan.
áigum,
we have,
339.
áih,
pret.-pres.
I have,
137, 339
OE. āg later āh.
áihan,
pret.-pres.
to have, possess,
339, 426
OE. āgan, OHG. eigan.
áihtrōn,
wv. II,
to beg for, pray, desire,
325.
áihts,
sf.
property,
199, 254
OHG. ēht.
aíƕa-tundi,
sf.
thornbush, lit. horse tooth,
389
Cp. OE. eoh, horse, and Goth. tunþus, tooth.
áina-baúr,
sm.
only-born,
389.
áinaha,
w. aj.
only,
393.
áin-falþei,
wf.
simplicity, goodness of disposition,
389.
áinfalþs,
num.
onefold, simple, single,
257, 397
OE. ānfeald, OHG. einfalt.
áin-ƕarjiz-uh,
indef. pr.
everyone, each,
275 note 2.
-áini-,
suffix,
388.
*áinlif,
num.
eleven,
247, 252.
OHG. einlif.
áins,
num.
one, alone, only;
indef. pr. one,
a certain one;
áins ... jah áins,
the one ... and the other,
10, 49, 83, 89, 247, 249, 258, 390.
OE. ān, OHG. ein.
áins-hun,
indef. pr. with the neg. particle ni,
no one, no, none,
87 (1), 89, 278.
áir,
av.
(comp. áiris),
soon, early,
347.
OE. ǣr, OHG. ēr.
áirinōn,
wv. II,
to be a messenger,
325
áiris,
av.
earlier,
345.
aírþa,
sf.
earth, land, region,
10, 97, 171, 192.
OE. eorþa, OHG. erda.
aírþa-kunds,
aj.
earthy, born of the earth,
397.
aírþeins,
aj.
earthly,
227, 395
áirus,
sm.
messenger,
203.
O.Icel. ārr, OE. ār.
aírzeis,
aj.
astray, erring;
aírzeis wisan or waírþan,
to go astray, err, be deceived,
231
OE. eorre, ierre, angry, OHG. irri.
aírzjan,
wv. I,
to deceive, lead astray.
OHG. irren, cp. OE. iersian, to be angry.
áistan,
wv. III,
to reverence,
328
Cp. OE. ār, OHG. ēra, from *aizō, honour.
áiþei,
wf.
mother,
6, 212.
OHG. eidī, MHG. eide.
áiþs,
sm.
oath,
10, 171, 180, 353.
OE. āþ, OHG. eid.
aíþþáu,
cj.
or, else;
aíþþáu jah,
truly,
10, 66 note, 256, 351
OE. eþþa, OHG. eddo.
aiwaggēlista,
wm.
evangelist,
Gr. εὐαγγελιστής through Lat. euangelista.
aíwaggēljan,
wv. I,
to preach the gospel.
aíwaggēljō,
wf.
gospel,
Gr. εὐαγγελιν.
áiweins,
aj.
eternal, everlasting,
227, 395
áiws,
sm.
time, lifetime, age, world, eternity;
ni áiw
(347),
never;
in áiwins, du áiwa,
for ever.
OE. ǣ, ǣw, OHG. ewa.
áiz,
sn.
brass, coin, money,
47.
OE. ār, OHG. ēr.
áiza-smiþa,
wm.
coppersmith,
389.
ak,
cj.
but, however (after negative clauses),
351
OE. ac, OHG. oh.
akei,
cj.
but, yet, still, nevertheless,
351.
akeit
(akēt),
?sn.
or
akeits,
?sm.
vinegar.
OE. eced, OHG. eȥȥih, from Lat. acētum.
akran,
sn.
fruit,
182;
akran baíran,
to bear fruit.
OE. æcern, acorn.
akrana-láus,
aj.
unfruitful, barren,
34, 397
akrs,
sm.
field,
4, 21, 25, 36, 88, 91, 129, 159, 162, 175, 180, 354.
OE. æcer, OHG. ackar.
ajukdūþs,
sf.
time, eternity,
382
ala-brunsts,
sf.
burnt-offering, holocaust.
OHG. brunst.
alakjō,
av.
together, collectively
alan,
sv. VI,
to grow,
310.
OE. alan, Lat. alere, to nourish.
ala-þarba,
w. aj.
very needy, very poor.
alds,
sf.
age, life, generation,
OE. ieldu, OHG. altī, eltī
aleina,
sf.
ell, cubit,
OE. eln, OHG. elina.
alēw,
sn.
olive oil.
alēws,
aj.
of olives;
fairguni alēwjō,
Mount of Olives.
alhs,
sf.
temple,
221.
OE. ealh, OHG. alah.
alja,
cj.
than, except, unless, save;
prep. c. dat,
except,
350.
alja-kuns,
aj.
foreign, strange,
398.
alja-leikōs,
av.
otherwise,
345.
aljan,
wv. I,
to bring up, rear, fatten.
aljar,
av.
elsewhere,
348.
OE. ellor.
aljaþ,
av.
elsewhere, in another direction,
348;
afleiþan aljaþ,
to go away.
aljaþrō,
av.
from elsewhere, from all sides, from every quarter,
348.
aljis,
aj.
other, another,
36, 229.
OE. elles (gen.) else; ele-lande, OHG. eli-lenti, foreign.
allis,
av.
in general, wholly, at all,
346;
ni allis,
not at all;
cj.
for, because,
351;
nih allis,
for neither, for not;
allis ... iþ,
indeed ... but.
OE. ealles, OHG. alles.
alls,
aj.
all, every, much,
227, 390, 427, 430
OE. eall, OHG. al.
all-waldands,
sm.
the Almighty,
34, 218, 389.
*alþan,
sv. VII,
see us-alþan.
alþeis
(comp. alþiza),
aj.
old,
175, 231, 243.
OE. eald, OHG. ald, alt.
amēn,
av.
verily, truly,
from Hebrew through Gr. ἀμεν.
ams,
?sm.
or
amsa,
?wm.
shoulder.
an,
interrog. particle,
then,
349.
Gr. ἄν.
ana,
prep. c. acc. and dat.
in, on, upon, at, over, to, into, against,
350;
av.
on, upon.
OE. on, OHG. ana.
ana-áukan,
sv. VII,
to add to,
404.
ana-biudan,
sv. II,
to bid, command, order,
51, 122, 127, 138, 173, 286 notes 2, 3, 301, 404.
OE. bēodan, OHG. biotan.
ana-bū̆sns,
sf.
command, commandment, order,
121, 138, 199, 357.
ana-filh,
sn.
a thing committed, tradition, recommendation,
357.
ana-filhan,
sv. III,
to commit to, entrust, let out, hand down as tradition.
ana-fulhanō,
pp. n.
of ana-filhan, used as a noun,
tradition;
þata ana-fulhanō izwar,
τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν.
ana-haban,
wv. III,
to take hold of; in pass. (Luke iv. 38), to be taken (with fever).
ana-háitan,
sv. VII,
to call on,
404, 428.
ana-hnáiwjan,
wv. I,
to lay, lay down.
ana-hneiwan,
sv. I,
to stoop down,
404.
anaks,
av.
straightway, at once, suddenly.
ana-kumbjan,
wv. I,
to lie or sit down, sit at table, recline.
Lat. ac-cumbere.
ana-lageins,
sf.
a laying on,
357.
ana-lagjan,
wv. I,
to lay on,
404.
ana-láugniba,
av.
secretly,
344.
ana-láugns,
aj.
hidden, secret,
234.
ana-leikō,
av.
in like manner,
344
MHG. ane-līche.
ana-mahtjan,
wv. I,
to do violence, injure, damage, revile.
ana-mēljan,
wv. I,
to enroll.
ana-minds,
sf.
supposition,
357.
*anan,
sv. VI,
see us-anan.
ana-nanþjan,
wv. I,
to dare, have courage, be bold.
OE. nēþan, OHG. nenden.
ana-niujan,
wv. I,
to renew,
319.
ana-praggan,
sv. VII,
to oppress,
313 note 1.
ana-qiman,
sv. IV,
to come near, approach.
ana-qiss,
sf.
blasphemy,
357.
ana-qiujan,
wv. I,
to arouse, make alive.
ana-silan,
wv. III,
to be silent, be quiet, grow still,
328
Lat. silēre.
ana-siuns,
aj.
visible,
234, 357, 391.
Cp. OE. an-sīen, face.
ana-stōdeins,
sf.
beginning,
357.
ana-stōdjan,
wv. I,
to begin,
404.
ana-trimpan,
sv. III,
to tread on,
304.
ana-þrafstjan,
wv. I,
to comfort.
ana-waírþs,
aj.
future,
357.
OHG. -wert, related to waírþan
and,
prep. c. acc.
along, throughout, towards, in, on, among,
350
OE. and-, ond-, OHG. ant-
-and-,
suffix,
339.
anda-baúhts,
sf.
ransom,
358.
anda-hafts,
sf.
answer,
33, 199, 358.
anda-láus,
aj.
endless,
397.
anda-nahti,
sn.
evening,
358.
anda-neiþs,
aj.
contrary, hostile,
428.
anda-nēms,
aj.
pleasant, acceptable,
33, 234, 358, 391, 394.
anda-staþjis,
sm.
adversary,
185, 358.
anda-þāhts,
aj.
circumspect,
321 note 1, 358.
and-āugi,
sn.
face,
358.
and-áugjō,
av.
openly,
344.
anda-waúrdi,
sn.
answer,
358.
OE. and-wyrde, OHG. ant-wurti.
andbahti,
sn.
service, ministry,
183, 187.
and-bahtjan,
wv. I,
to serve, minister,
320.
and-bahts,
sm.
servant,
358.
OE. ambiht, ambeht, OHG. ambaht.
and-beitan,
sv. I,
to blame, reproach, threaten, charge.
and-bindan,
sv. III,
to loose, unbind, explain,
330, 405.
and-bundnan,
wv. IV,
to become unbound, be loosened,
330, 331.
andeis,
sm.
end,
185.
OE. ende, OHG. enti.
and-hafjan,
sv. VI,
to answer,
33, 405, 428
and-háitan,
sv. VII,
to call to one, profess, confess, acknowledge, give thanks to.
and-háusjan,
wv. I,
to listen to, obey, hear.
and-huleins,
sf.
uncovering, revelation, illumination,
358.
and-huljan,
wv. I,
to disclose, open, uncover, reveal,
405.
andi-láus,
aj.
endless,
397.
OE. ende-lēas.
andiz-uh ... aiþþáu,
either ... or,
351.
and-niman,
sv. IV,
to receive. take,
33, 405.
and-rinnan,
sv. III,
to compete in running, strive, dispute.
and-sakan,
sv. VI,
to dispute, strive against.
405.
and-standan,
sv. VI,
to withstand,
405.
and-staúrran,
wv. III,
to murmur against.
328
and-waírþi,
sn.
presence, face, person,
358;
in and-waírþja,
before, in the presence of.
and-waírþs,
aj.
present.
OHG. ant-wert.
andwasjan,
wv. I,
to unclothe, take off clothes.
and-waúrdjan,
wv. I,
answer.
OE. and-wyrdan, OHG. ant-wurten.
annō,
wf.
wages.
Cp. Lat. annōna, provisions, supplies.
ansteigs,
aj.
gracious, favourable,
394, 428.
ansts,
sf.
favour, grace,
90, 112, 120, 122, 198.
OE. ēst, OHG. anst.
anþar,
aj.
other, second,
158, 175, 253, 254, 258, 430;
plural,
the others, the rest;
anþar ... anþar,
the one ... the other.
OE. ōþer, OHG. andar.
apaústaúlus, apaúlstulus,
sm.
apostle;
pl. nom. -eis, gen. -ē, acc. -uns and -ans.
Gr. ἀπόστολος.
aqizi,
sf.
axe.
OE. æx, OHG. ackus, akis.
arbáidjan,
wv. I,
to work, toil, suffer.
OHG. arbeiten.
arbáiþs,
sf.
work, toil, labour,
199.
OE. earfoþ, OHG. arbeit.
arbi,
sn.
heritage, inheritance,
6, 14, 161, 187.
OE. ierfe, OHG. erbi, arbi.
arbi-numja,
wm.
heir,
208, 389.
OE. ierfe-numa, OHG. erbi-nomo.
arbja,
wm.
heir,
208;
arbja wairþan,
to inherit.
arbjō,
wf.
heiress,
211.
-arja-,
suffix,
380
arjan,
wv. I,
to plough.
318
OE. erian, OHG. erien.
arka,
sf.
money-box, chest.
OE. earc, OHG. arca, from Lat. arca.
arma-hairtei,
wf.
mercy,
389.
arma-hairtiþa,
sf.
pity, mercy, charity, alms.
arma-hairts,
aj.
merciful,
398.
OE. earm-heort, OHG. arm-herz.
armaiō,
wf.
mercy, pity, alms,
10.
arman,
wv. III,
to pity, have pity on,
328.
OHG. armēn, to be poor.
arms,
sm.
arm,
197.
OE. earm, OHG. arm.
arms,
aj.
poor,
227, 244
OE. earm, OHG. arm.
arniba,
av.
surely, safely.
arōmata,
pl.
sweet spices.
Gr. ἀρώματα.
arwjō,
av.
in vain, without a cause.
Cp. OHG. arwūn.
asans,
sf.
harvest, summer,
199.
OHG. arn.
asilu-qaírnus,
sf.
a mill-stone, lit. ass-mill,
389.
OE. esol-cweorn.
asilus,
sm.
ass,
203.
OE. esol, OHG. esil.
asilus,
sf.
she-ass,
203.
asneis,
sm.
servant, hireling, hired servant,
185.
OE. esne, OHG. asni, esni.
-assu-,
suffix,
381.
asts,
sm.
branch, bough, twig,
126 note 1, 141, 180.
OHG. ast.
at,
prep. c. acc. and dat.
at, by, to, with, of,
27, 170, 350.
OE. æt, OHG. aȥ.
at-aþni,
sn.
year,
359.
at-áugjan,
wv. I,
to show, appear; pass. to appear,
406.
at-baíran,
sv. IV,
to bring, take, carry, offer.
at-gaggan,
sv. VII,
to go, go up to, come to, enter, come down, descend,
313 note 1.
at-giban,
sv. V,
to give up, give up to, give away, deliver up, put in prison,
406.
at-haban,
wv. III,
with sik,
to come towards.
at-hafjan,
sv. VI,
to take down,
406.
at-háitan,
sv. VII,
to call to one.
atisk,
sn.
corn, cornfield.
OHG. eȥȥisc.
at-ist,
is at hand,
342.
-atjan,
suffix,
424.
at-lagjan,
wv. I,
to lay, lay on, put on clothes,
34, 406.
at-nēƕjan,
wv. I, refl.
to draw near, be at hand.
at-saiƕan,
sv. V,
to take heed, observe, look to,
406.
at-satjan,
wv. I,
to present, offer.
at-standan,
sv. VI,
to stand near.
at-steigan,
sv. I,
to descend, come down.
atta,
wm.
father, forefather,
31, 208.
OHG. atto, Lat. atta, Gr. ἄττα.
at-tēkan,
sv. VII,
to touch,
406, 428.
at-tiuhan,
sv. II,
to pull towards, bring.
at-þinsan,
sv. III,
to attract,
304.
OHG. dinsan.
at-waírpan,
sv. III,
to cast, cast down,
406.
at-walwjan,
wv. I,
to roll to.
at-wisan,
sv. V,
to be at hand.
at-witáins,
sf.
observation,
359.
at-wōpjan,
wv. I,
to call,
406.
aþþan,
cj.
but, however, still, yet
351.
áudagei,
wf.
blessedness,
212, 383.
áudags,
aj.
blessed,
33, 227, 392.
OE. ēadig, OHG. ōtag.
áuftō
(aúftō?),
av.
perhaps, indeed, to be sure,
344.
áuga-daúrō,
wn.
window,
214, 389.
OE. ēag-duru, OHG. ouga-tora.
áugjan,
wv. I,
to show,
320.
OHG. ougen.
áugō,
wn.
eye,
11, 17, 84, 104, 168, 214
OE. ēage, OHG. ouga.
aúhjōdus,
sm.
tumult,
385.
aúhjōn,
wv. II,
to make a noise, cry aloud.
*aúhns,
sm.
oven.
OE. ofen, OHG. ofan.
aúhsa,
wm.
ox,
11, 32, 122, 125, 174, 206, 208 note.
OE. oxa, OHG. ohso.
aúhuma,
aj.
higher, high,
246.
aúhumists
(aúhmists),
aj.
highest, chief,
246.
OE. ámest.
áuk,
cj.
for, because, but, also,
351;
áuk raíhtis,
for.
OE. ēac, OHG. ouh.
áukan,
sv. VII,
to add, increase,
10, 50, 104, 129, 162, 312 note, 313.
OE. ēacian, OHG. ouhhōn.
aúrahi,
sf.
or
aúrahjō
?wf.
tomb, grave.
aúirkeis,
sm.
jug, cup.
OE. orc, Lat. urceus.
áusō,
wn.
ear,
11, 50, 136, 137, 214
OE. ēare, OHG. ōra.
áuþida,
sf.
wilderness, desert,
384.
aúþs,
aj.
desert, waste,
234.
OHG. ōdi.
awiliudōn,
wv. II,
to thank, give thanks,
325.
awistr,
sn.
sheepfold,
182.
OE. eowestre.
awō,
wf.
grandmother.
Cp. Lat. ava.
azēts,
aj.
easy,
428.
azgō,
wf.
cinder, ash,
167, 175, 211.
OE. asce, æsce, OHG. asca.
azymus,
sm.
unleavened bread,
gen. pl. azymē
Gr. τῶν ἀζῡ́μων.
-ba,
av. suffix,
344.
badi,
sn.
bed,
15, 161, 187
OE. bedd, OHG. betti.
bagms,
sm.
tree,
22, 159, 168, 180, 351.
OE. bēam, OHG. boum.
bái
(acc. bans, dat. báim, nom. acc. neut. ba),
num.
both.
OE. masc. bā.
baíran,
sv. IV,
to bear, carry, bring forth,
10, 14, 25, 39 note, 67, 69, 71, 75, 87-9, 90 note, 97, 114, 122, 124, 132, 136, 144, 161, 291, 305.
OE. OHG. beran.
baírgahei,
wf.
hill-country,
393.
A deriv. of *bairgs, OE. beorg, OHG. berg, hill, mountain.
baírgan,
sv. IV,
to hide, keep, preserve, protect,
167, 304, 428
OE. beorgan, OHG. bergan.
baírhtaba,
av.
brightly, clearly,
344.
baírhtei,
wf.
brightness,
212;
in baírhtein,
openly.
baírhtjan,
wv. I,
to reveal.
OE. bierhtan, to shine.
baírhts,
aj.
bright, manifest,
227, 390.
OE. beorht, OHG. berht, beraht.
báitrei,
wf.
bitterness,
212, 383.
báitrs,
aj.
bitter,
227.
OE. biter, bitter, OHG. bittar.
bajōþs,
num.
both,
255.
OHG. bēde, beide.
balgs,
sm.
leather bag, wine-skin, bottle,
197.
OE. belg, OHG. balg.
bals-agga,
see hals-agga.
balsan,
sn.
balsam.
OHG. balsamo, from Gr. βάλσαμον through Lat. balsamum.
balþei,
wf.
boldness,
212.
OHG. baldī.
balwjan,
wv. I,
to torment, plague,
428.
bandi,
sf.
band, bond,
6, 87, 115, 122, 193, 354.
OE. bend, OHG. bant.
bandja,
wm.
prisoner,
208, 354.
bandwa,
sf.
sign, token,
192.
bandwō,
wf.
sign, token.
bandwjan,
wv. I,
to give a sign, signify.
O.Icel. benda.
bansts
(acc. pl. banstins),
sm.
barn.
barizeins,
aj.
of barley,
395.
From *baris, OE. bere, barley.
barms,
sm.
bosom, lap,
197.
OE. bearm, OHG. barm.
barn,
sn.
child,
14, 25, 122, 158, 161, 182, 354;
barna ussatjan,
to beget children to.
OE. bearn, OHG. barn.
*barnahs,
aj.
see un-barnahs.
barnilō,
wn.
little child, son,
33, 214, 354.
barniski,
sn.
childhood,
354.
barnisks,
aj.
childish,
227, 396.
O.Icel. bernskr.
batists,
aj.
best,
107, 245.
OE. bet(e)st, OHG. beȥȥisto.
batiza,
aj.
better,
122, 245.
OE. bet(e)ra, bettra, OHG. beȥȥiro.
bauáins,
sf.
dwelling, dwelling-place, abode,
200.
bauan,
wv. III,
to dwell, inhabit,
11, 80, 101, 200, 328 and note 1.
OE. OHG. būan.
baúhta,
wv.
I bought,
321.
OE. bohte.
baúr,
sm.
son, child,
122, 175, 196 note 1, 354.
OE. byre.
*baúrd,
sn.
board,
see fōtu-baúrd.
baúrgja,
wm.
citizen,
208, 354.
baúrgs,
f.
city, town,
87, 158, 169, 220, 353.
OE. OHG. burg.
baúrgs-waddjus,
sf.
town-wall,
389.
*baúrþs,
sf.
see ga-baúrþs.
báuþs,
aj.
deaf, dumb;
báuþs wairþan,
to become insipid.
beidan,
sv. I, c. gen.
to await, expect, look for,
49, 173, 299.
OE. bīdan, OHG. bītan.
beist,
sn.
leaven.
beitan,
sv. I,
to bite,
6, 48, 68, 93, 132, 300.
OE. bītan, OHG. bīȥan.
bērusjōs,
sm. pl.
parents,
5, 33, 122, 354.
bi,
prep. c. acc. and dat.
by, about, concerning, around, against, according to, on account of, for, at, after, near,
350.
OE. bī, be-, OHG. bī, bi-.
bi-áukan,
sv. VII,
to increase, add to,
407.
bi-áuknan,
wv. IV,
to become larger,
331.
bida,
sf.
request, prayer,
192, 354.
OHG. beta.
bidjan,
sv. V,
to ask, beg, entreat, pray,
68, 173, 286 note 2, 306 and note.
OE. biddan, OHG. bitten.
bi-faíhō,
wf.
covetousness,
360.
bi-gitan,
sv. V,
to find, meet with,
286 note 3, 308, 407, 426.
OE. be-gietan, OHG. bi-geȥȥan.
bi-háit,
sn.
strife,
360.
OHG. bi-heiȥ.
bi-háitja,
wm.
boaster.
bi-hlahjan,
sv. VI,
to deride, laugh to scorn.
bi-láikan,
sv. VII,
to mock.
bi-leiban,
sv. I,
to remain,
161, 300, 407.
OE. be-līfan, OHG. bi-līban.
bi-leiþan,
sv. I,
to leave, leave behind, forsake.
bi-máit,
sn.
circumcision,
360.
bi-máitan,
sv. VII,
to circumcise.
bi-nah,
pret.-pres.
it is permitted, is lawful,
336.
OE. be-neah, OHG. gi-nah, it suffices.
bi-naúhts,
pp.
sufficient.
336.
bindan,
sv. III,
to bind,
6, 8, 15, 60, 65, 72, 91, 93, 95, 122, 124, 127, 132, 161, 172, 303.
OE. bindan, OHG. bintan.
bi-ráubōn,
wv. II,
to rob, strip, despoil.
OE. be-rēafian, OHG. bi-roubōn.
bi-rinnan,
sv. III,
to run about,
407.
bi-rōdjan,
wv. I,
to murmur.
bi-saiƕan,
sv. V,
to see, look, look round on.
bi-satjan,
wv. I,
to beset, set round anything.
bi-sitan,
sv. V,
to sit about, sit near,
407.
bi-sitands,
m.
neighbour,
218, 360, 379.
bi-skeinan,
sv. I,
to shine round.
bi-speiwan,
sv. I,
to spit upon.
bi-stugq,
sn.
a stumbling,
407.
bi-sunjanē,
av.
round about, near.
bi-swaírban,
sv. III,
to wipe, dry.
bi-swaran,
sv. VI,
to swear, adjure, conjure,
407.
bi-tiuhan,
sv. II,
to go about, visit.
bi-þē,
cj.
whilst, when, after that, as soon as;
av.
after, then, afterward, thereupon,
265 note 1, 266 note 3, 351.
bi-þēh,
av.
after that, then, afterward,
260 note 3.
*biudan,
sv. II,
to offer, bid, order,
15, 40, 52, 70, 72, 95, 138.
OE. bēodan, OHG. biotan.
See ana-biudan.
biugan,
sv. II,
to bend,
124, 168, 302.
OHG. biogan.
bi-ūhti,
sn.
custom.
bi-ūhts,
aj.
accustomed, wont.
biuþs,
sm.
or
biuþ,
sn.
table.
OE. bēod, OHG. biot.
bi-wáibjan,
wv. I,
to wind about, encompass, clothe.
OE. wāfian, OHG. weibōn, to hesitate; OHG. zi-weiben, to divide.
bi-wandjan,
wv. I,
to shun.
bi-windan,
sv. III,
to wrap round, enwrap, swathe.
OE. be-windan, OHG. bi-wintan.
bi-wisan,
sv. V,
to make merry.
blandan,
sv. VII,
to mix,
313 note 1.
OE. blandan, OHG. blantan.
bláuþjan,
wv. I,
to make void, abolish, abrogate.
Cp. OE. blēaþ, OHG. blōdi, timid.
bleiþei,
wf.
mercy,
212, 383.
bleiþs,
aj.
merciful, kind.
OE. blīþe, OHG. blīdi, glad.
*blēssan,
sv. VII,
see uf-blēsan.
bliggwan,
sv. III,
to beat, strike, scourge,
17, 151, 304.
OHG. bliuwan.
blinda,
wm.
blind man,
223.
blinds,
aj.
blind,
14, 33, 89, 106, 111, 114, 120, 175, 223, 226, 237, 390.
OE. blind, OHG. blint.
blōma,
wm.
flower,
45, 208.
OE. blōma, OHG. bluomo.
blōtan,
sv. VII,
to worship, reverence, honour,
138, 313 note 4.
OE. blōtan, OHG. bluoȥan, to sacrifice.
blōtinassus,
sm.
service, worship,
381.
blōþ,
sn.
blood,
182.
OE. blōd, OHG. bluot.
bnauan,
sv. VII,
to rub,
80, 328 note 4.
OHG. nūan.
bōka,
sf. sing.
a letter of the alphabet;
pl.
epistle, book, the Scriptures,
42, 192;
bōkōs afsateináis,
a bill of divorcement.
OE. bōc, OHG. buoh.
bōkareis,
sm.
scribe,
185, 354, 380.
OE. bōcere, OHG. buoh-hāri.
bōta,
sf.
advantage,
122, 192.
OE. bōt, OHG. buoȥa, remedy, atonement.
bōtjan,
wv. I,
to do good, avail, help, profit.
OE. bētan, OHG. buoȥen.
brāhta,
pret.
I brought,
321.
OE. brōhte, OHG. brāhta.
bráidei,
wf.
breadth,
354, 383.
*bráiþs
(bráids),
aj.
broad.
OE. brād, OHG. breit.
brakja,
sf.
strife,
192.
*brannjan,
wv. I,
see ga-brannjan.
briggan,
wv. I,
to bring, lead,
4, 17, 74, 96, 138, 158, 166, 321 and note 3, 340, 426;
wundan briggan,
to wound.
OE. OHG. bringan.
brikan,
sv. IV,
to break, quarrel, fight,
21, 306.
OE. brecan, OHG. brehhan.
brinnan,
sv. III,
to burn,
304.
OHG. brinnan.
brinnō,
wf.
fever,
211.
brōþar,
m.
brother,
7, 28, 33, 42, 79, 87, 88, 100, 106, 108, 122, 128, 132, 161, 171, 175, 215, 354.
OE. brōþor, OHG. bruoder.
brōþrahans,
m. pl.
brethren,
393.
brōþru-lub, brōþra-lubō,
wf.
brotherly love,
389.
*bruka,
sf.
see ga-bruka.
brūkjan,
wv. I,
to use, partake of,
321, 427.
OE. brūcan, sv., OHG. brūhhan.
brūks,
aj.
useful,
234,
OE. bráce, OHG. brūhhi.
brunjō,
wf.
breastplate,
211.
OE. byrne, OHG. brunia.
brunna,
wm.
well, spring, fountain, issue,
208.
OE. burn(n)a, brunna, OHG. brunno.
brusts,
f.
breast,
221.
OHG. brust.
brūþ-faþs,
sm.
bridegroom,
34, 197, 389.
brūþs,
sf.
bride, daughter-in-law,
8, 28.
OE. brád, OHG. brūt.
bugjan,
wv. I,
to buy,
17, 138, 283, 321, 340.
OE. bycgan.
*daban,
sv. VI,
see ga-daban.
daddjan,
wv. I,
to suckle, give suck,
156.
dags,
sm.
day,
4, 15, 17, 33, 65, 87-9, 106-7, 111, 114, 117, 122, 132, 169, 172, 175, 179, 353;
dagis ƕammēh or ƕizuh,
day by day, 347, 427;
himma daga,
to-day,
267.
OE. dæg, OHG. tag.
dáiljan,
wv. I,
to deal out, divide, share,
320, 322, 400.
OE. dǣlan, OHG. teilen.
dáils,
sf.
portion, share,
199, 322.
OE. dāl, OHG. teil.
daimōnareis,
sm.
one possessed with a devil.
From Gr. δαίμων with Goth. ending -areis, 380.
dal,
sn.
dale, valley, ditch;
dal uf mēsa,
a ditch or hole for the wine-vat.
OE. dæl, OHG. tal.
dalaþ,
av.
down,
348;
und dalaþ,
to the bottom;
dalaþa,
below,
348;
dalaþrō,
from below,
33, 348.
dáubiþa,
sf.
deafness, hardness, obduracy,
33, 384.
dáufs,
aj.
deaf, dull, hardened.
OE. dēaf, OHG. toub.
dáug,
pret.-pres.
it is good for, profits,
334.
OE. dēag, OHG. toug.
daúhtar,
f.
daughter,
11, 71, 94, 132, 164, 172, 216, 354.
OE. dohtor, OHG. tohter.
daúhts,
sf.
feast.
dáuns,
sf.
smell, odour, savour,
Cp. OHG. toum.
dáupeins,
sf.
baptism, washing,
153 and note, 200.
dáupjan,
wv. I,
to baptize, wash oneself,
200, 320.
OE. *dīepan, OHG. toufen.
dáupjands,
m.
baptizer,
218.
daúr,
sn.
door,
25, 158, 182.
OE. dor, OHG. tor.
daúra-wards,
sm.
door-keeper, porter,
389.
OE. weard, OHG. -wart.
daúrō,
wf.
door.
*daúrsan,
pret.-pres.
to dare,
335.
See ga-daúrsan.
dáuþeins,
sf.
the peril of death.
dáuþjan,
wv. I,
to put to death.
OE. dīedan.
*dáuþnan,
wv. IV,
see ga-dáuþnan.
dáuþs,
aj.
dead,
390.
OE. dēad, OHG. tōt.
dáuþus,
sm.
death,
11, 15, 84, 203.
OE. dēaþ, OHG. tōd.
deigan,
sv. I,
to knead, form of earth,
300.
*dēþs,
sf.
deed,
172, 199.
OE. dǣd, OHG. tāt.
See ga-dēþs.
diabaúlus, diabulus,
sm.
devil.
OE. dēofol, OHG. tiufal, from Gr. διάβολος through Lat. diabolus.
digans,
pp.
made of earth.
dis-dáiljan,
wv. I,
to share, divide,
408.
dis-hniupan,
sv. II,
to break asunder,
302.
Cp. OE. ā-hneōpan, to pluck.
dis-sitan,
sv. V,
to settle upon, seize upon,
408.
dis-skreitan,
sv. I,
to rend, tear,
300.
dis-skritnan,
wv. IV,
to become torn, be rent apart,
175 note 3, 331.
dis-taheins,
sf.
dispersion,
361.
dis-tahjan,
wv. I,
destroy,
408.
dis-taíran,
sv. IV,
to tear to pieces,
408.
dis-wilwan,
sv. III,
to plunder,
408.
dis-wiss,
sf.
dissolution,
361.
diupei,
wf.
depth,
212, 383.
OE. dīepe, OHG. tiufī.
diupiþa,
sf.
depth,
384.
diups,
aj.
deep,
23, 86, 105, 129, 160, 172, 227, 390.
OE. dēop, OHG. tiof.
dius
(gen. diuzis),
sn.
wild beast,
175, 182.
OE. dēor, OHG. tier.
diwan,
sv. V,
to die,
308, 436;
þata diwanō,
that which is mortal, mortality.
dōmjan,
wv. I,
to judge,
320.
OE. dēman, OHG. tuomen.
dōms,
sm.
judgment, knowledge, opinion,
45, 122.
OE. dōm, OHG. tuom.
*draban,
sv. VI,
see ga-draban.
dragan,
sv. VI,
to carry, drag,
15.
OE. dragan, OHG. tragan.
dragk,
sn.
a drink,
354.
OHG. tranc.
dragkjan,
wv. I,
to give to drink,
320.
OE. drencan, OHG. trenken.
dráibjan,
wv. I,
to drive, trouble, vex,
320.
OE. drǣfan, OHG. treiben.
drakma,
wm.
drachma.
From Gr. δραχμή through Lat. drachma.
See note to Luke xv. 8, 9.
draúhsna,
sf.
crumb, fragment.
draúihtinassus,
sm.
warfare,
381.
draúhtinōn,
wv. II,
to war,
425.
dreiban,
sv. I,
to drive,
300.
OE. drīfan, OHG. trīban.
drigkan,
sv. III,
to drink,
17, 158, 304, 436.
OE. drincan, OHG. trinkan.
driugan,
sv. II,
to serve as soldier,
302.
OE. drēogan.
driusan,
sv. II,
to fall, fall down, fall upon, press against, crowd upon,
9, 172.
OE. drēosan.
driusō,
wf.
slope,
211.
drōbjan,
wv. I,
to cause trouble, stir up, excite to uproar.
OE. drēfan, OHG. truoben.
drōbnan,
wv. IV,
to become anxious, troubled.
drugkanei,
wf.
drunkenness,
212, 354.
drus,
sm.
fall,
175, 196 note 1, 354.
OE. dryre.
du,
prep. c. dat.
to, towards, against, in,
350;
du-maúrgina,
to-morrow,
347;
du þamma ei,
to the end that, because.
du-at-gaggan,
sv. VII,
to go to, come to,
409.
du-at-rinnan,
sv. III,
to run to.
du-at-sniwan,
sv. V,
to hasten towards,
5.
*dugan,
pret.-pres.
to be good for, profit,
334.
OE. dugan, OHG. tugan.
du-ga-windan,
sv. III,
to entangle.
du-ginnan,
sv. III,
to begin, undertake,
34, 304, 409, 430.
OE. be-ginnan, OHG. bi-ginnan.
du-ƕē,
av.
why, wherefore.
dulþs,
sf.
feast,
221 and note.
OHG. tuld.
*dumbnan,
wv. IV,
see af-dumbnan.
dumbs,
aj.
dumb,
161, 227.
OE. dumb, OHG. tumb.
du-rinnan,
sv. III,
to run to,
409.
du-stōdjan,
wv. I,
to begin,
409.
du-þē, duþþē,
cj.
therefore, because, besides, on that account,
351;
duþē ei,
to the end that, because.
-dūþi-,
suffix,
382.
dwala-waúirdei,
wf.
foolish talking,
389.
dwaliþa,
sf.
foolishness,
382.
dwalmōn,
wv. II,
to be foolish,
325.
OE. dwolma, OHG. twalm, chaos, bewilderment, stupefaction.
dwals,
aj.
foolish,
149, 227.
Cp. OE. ge-dwola, OHG. ga-twola, error.
ei,
cj.
that, so that,
351;
interr. part.
whether;
rel. part. used as suffix,
270-2;
also used alone, for saei, sōei, þatei;
du þamma ei,
to the end that, because.
-eiga-,
suffix,
394.
-eina-,
suffix,
395.
-eini-,
suffix,
388.
eisarn,
sn.
iron,
182;
eisarna bi fōtuns gabugana and ana fōtum eisarna,
fetters.
OE. īsen, īsern, īren, OHG. īsan, īsarn.
eisarneins,
aj.
iron.
ei-þan,
cj.
therefore,
351.
fadar,
m.
father,
15, 16, 41, 55, 65, 87, 91, 136, 158, 160, 173, 216.
OE. fæder, OHG. fater.
fadrein,
sn.
paternity;
pl.
parents,
173;
with masc. attribute and pl. v. as
þái fadrein is jah qēþun,
and his parents said.
fadreins,
sf.
family, race, lineage,
199.
faginōn,
wv. II,
to rejoice, be glad,
137, 325, 425.
OE fægnian, OHG. faginōn.
fagrs,
aj.
beautiful, suitable, fit,
227, 390.
OE. fæger, OHG. fagar.
fāhan,
sv. VII,
to seize, catch, grasp, lay hands on,
4, 59, 142, 313.
OE. fōn, OHG. fāhan.
fahēþs,
sf.
joy, gladness,
5, 137, 199.
faian,
wv. III,
to find fault with,
10.
faíhu,
sn.
cattle, property, possessions, money,
7, 8, 10, 18, 88, 92, 116, 128, 164, 205.
OE. feoh, OHG. fihu.
faíhu-frikei,
wf.
covetousness, greed.
faíhu-gaírnei,
wf.
covetousness,
389.
faíhu-gaírns,
aj.
avaricious,
397.
OE. georn, OHG. gern, eager.
faír-áihan,
pret.-pres.
to partake of,
339.
faír-greipan,
sv. I,
to seize, catch hold.
faírguni,
sn.
mountain,
167, 187.
Cp. OE. firgen-gāt, mountain goat.
faírƕus,
sm.
world,
203.
OE. feorh, OHG. ferah, life.
faírina,
sf.
accusation, charge, cause.
OE. firen, OHG. firina.
faírinōn,
wv. II,
to accuse.
OE. firenian, OHG. firinōn
faírneis,
aj.
old,
231.
faírra,
av.
far, far off;
followed by dat.
far from;
prep.
(after verbs of motion)
from,
158.
OE. feor, OHG. ferro.
faírraþrō,
av.
from afar,
348.
faír-weitjan,
wv. I,
to gaze around.
faír-weitl,
sn.
spectacle,
362.
falþan,
sv. VII,
to fold, close,
313.
OE. fealdan, OHG. faldan.
-falþs,
aj.
-fold;
áinfalþs,
onefold, simple;
fidurfalþs,
fourfold.
OE. -feald, OHG. -falt.
fana,
wm.
bit of cloth, patch,
208.
OE. fana, OHG. fano.
faran,
sv. VI,
to fare, go,
65, 79, 100, 124, 160, 309.
OE. OHG. faran.
fastan,
wv. III,
to fast, hold firm, keep,
328.
OE. fæstan, OHG. fastēn.
fastubni,
sn.
fasting, observance,
158 note, 187, 386.
faþa,
sf.
hedge.
MHG. vade.
-faþs,
sm.
master.
Cp. Gr. πόσις from *πότις, husband, Lat. hos-pes (gen. hos-pitis), he who entertains a stranger, a host.
faúhō,
wf.
fox.
OHG. foha.
faúr,
prep. c. acc.
for, before, by, to, along, from, concerning,
350;
av.
before.
faúra,
prep. c. dat.
before, for, on account of; from;
av.
before,
90, 348, 350.
OHG. fora.
faúra-daúri,
sn.
street, lit. the space before a door or gate,
364.
faúra-gagga,
wm.
steward, governor,
208, 364.
faúra-gaggan,
sv. VII,
to go before,
441.
faúra-gaggja,
wm.
governor.
faúra-ga-teihan,
sv. I,
to inform beforehand, foretell,
411.
faúra-hāh
(faúr-hāh),
sn.
curtain, veil,
74, 363, 364.
faúra-maþleis,
sm.
ruler, prince, chief,
185, 364.
faúra-qiþan,
sv. V,
to prophesy, foretell.
faúra-standan,
sv. VI,
to rule, govern, stand near,
411.
faúra-tani,
sn.
sign, wonder,
364.
faúr-baúhts,
sf.
redemption,
363.
faúr-bi-gaggan,
sv. VII,
to go before, precede.
faúr-biudan,
sv. II,
to forbid, command,
410.
faúr-gaggan,
sv. VII,
to pass by,
410.
faúr-hāh,
see faúra-hāh.
faúrhtei,
wf.
fear, astonishment.
faúrhtjan,
wv. I,
to fear, be afraid,
320, 428.
OE. forhtian, OHG. furhten.
faúrhts,
aj.
fearful, afraid.
OE. OHG. forht.
faúr-lageins,
sf.
a putting before, exhibiting,
363;
hláibōs faúrlageináis,
shew-bread.
faúr-qiþan,
sv. V,
to make excuse, excuse,
410.
faúr-sniwan,
sv. V,
to hasten before, anticipate,
410.
faúr-stasseis,
sm.
chief, ruler,
363.
faúr-þis,
av.
first, beforehand, formerly,
345.
faúr-þizei,
cj.
before that,
351.
*fáus
(masc. pl. fawái),
aj.
few,
149, 232.
OE. fēa, OHG. fao, fō.
*feinan,
wv. III,
see in-feinan.
fēra,
sf.
region, district,
77, 97, 192.
OHG. fēra, fiara.
fidur-dōgs,
aj.
space of four days,
257 note.
Cp. OE. dōgor, day.
fidur-falþs,
num.
fourfold,
257.
fidur-ragineis,
sm.
tetrarchate,
257 note.
fidwōr,
num.
four,
25, 89 note, 134 note, 149, 158, 173, 247, 252.
OE. fēower, OHG. feor, fior.
fidwōr-taíhun,
num.
fourteen,
247.
fidwōr tigjus,
num.
forty,
247.
figgra-gulþ,
sn.
finger-ring,
389.
figgrs,
sm.
finger,
17, 158, 166, 354.
OE. finger, OHG. fingar.
fijan,
wv. III,
to hate,
152, 328
OE. fēog(e)an, OHG. fīēn.
fijands
(fiands),
m.
enemy,
20, 218, 379.
OE. fēond, OHG. fīant.
fijaþwa
(fiaþwa),
sf.
hatred,
192, 387.
filhan,
sv. III,
to hide, conceal, bury,
18, 122, 137, 164, 304.
OE. fēolan, OHG. felhan.
filigri
(filēgri),
sn.
den, cave, hiding-place.
*fill,
sn.
skin, hide.
OE. fell, OHG. fel, see þrūts-fill.
filleins,
aj.
leathern,
395.
Cp. OE. fell, OHG. fel, skin.
filu,
neut. aj.,
also used adverbially, great, very much,
88, 116, 205 note, 427.
OE. fela, feola, feolu, OHG. filu.
filu-ga-láufs
(filugaláubs),
aj.
very precious, costly.
filusna,
sf.
multitude.
filu-waúrdei,
wf.
much talking,
389.
filu-waúrdjan,
wv. I,
to talk much, use many words.
fimf,
num.
five,
16, 60, 88, 134 note, 160, 247, 258.
OE. fif, OHG. fimf, finf.
fimfta-,
num.
fifth,
253.
fimf-taíhun,
num.
fifteen,
247, 252.
fimfta-taíhunda,
num.
fifteenth,
253.
fimf tigjus,
num.
fifty,
247.
finþan,
sv. III,
to find, find out, know, learn, hear,
28, 172, 304.
OE. OHG. findan.
fiskja,
wm.
fisher,
153 note, 208, 354.
fiskōn,
wv. II,
to fish,
325, 400.
fisks,
sm.
fish,
6, 38, 68, 93, 128, 180, 353.
OE. OHG. fisc.
fitan,
sv. V,
to travail in birth,
308.
flōdus,
sf.
flood, stream,
45, 79, 136.
OE. flōd, OHG. fluot.
*flōkan,
sv. VII,
to lament, bewail,
313 note 4.
OHG. fluachan, sv. fluohōn, wv. to curse.
fōdeins,
sf.
meat, food.
fōdjan,
wv. I,
to feed, nourish, bring up
138, 320, 400.
OE. fēdan, OHG. fuoten.
fōn,
n.
fire,
222.
fōtu-baúrd,
sn.
footstool,
389.
OE. fōt-bord.
fōtus,
sm.
foot,
45, 79, 87, 100, 128, 129, 203, 353.
OE. fōt, OHG. fuoȥ.
fra-bugjan,
wv. I,
to sell,
428.
fra-dáiljan,
wv. I,
to divide, distribute.
fra-giban,
sv. V,
to give, grant,
412.
fra-gifts,
sf.
a giving away, espousal,
138, 365.
Cp. OE. OHG. gift.
fra-hinþan,
sv. III,
to capture, imprison,
304;
fra-hunþans,
prisoner.
fraíhnan,
sv. V,
to ask, ask questions,
308 and note, 427.
OE. frignan, OHG. ge-fregnan.
fráisan,
sv. VII,
to tempt,
312 note, 313.
OE. frāsian, OHG. freisōn.
fráistubni,
sf.
temptation,
158 note, 194, 386.
fra-itan,
sv. V,
to eat up, devour,
2 note, 308 note, 412.
fráiw,
sn.
seed,
149, 189 note 2.
fra-kunnan,
pret.-pres.
to despise,
34, 428.
fra-kunþs,
pp.
despised,
34.
OE. fracoþ.
fra-lētan,
sv. VII,
to liberate, let free, leave, let down, permit,
412.
fra-lēts,
sm.
forgiveness, remission, deliverance.
fra-lēwjan,
wv. I,
to betray.
fra-liusan,
sv. II,
to lose,
86, 105, 122, 302, 412, 428.
OE. for-lēosan, OHG. fur-liosan.
fra-lusnan,
wv. IV,
to perish, go astray, be lost,
331.
fra-lusts,
sf.
loss, perdition,
95, 122, 199, 365.
OHG. for-lust.
fram,
prep. c. dat.
from, by, since, on account of,
350;
fram himma,
henceforth,
267;
fram himma nu,
henceforth,
347.
OE. from, OHG. fram.
fram-aldrs,
aj.
of great age,
366, 391.
Cp. OE. ealdor, OHG. altar, age, life.
fram-gāhts,
sf.
progress, furtherance,
74, 366.
framis,
av.
further, onward,
345.
O.Icel. fremr.
fram-waírþis,
av.
henceforward.
fra-niman,
sv. IV,
to receive, take,
412.
fra-qiman,
sv. IV,
to expend, spend,
428.
fra-qisteins,
sf.
waste,
365.
fra-qistjan,
wv. I,
to destroy,
412, 428.
fra-qistnan,
wv. IV,
to perish, be destroyed,
331.
fra-qiþan,
sv. V,
to curse.
fra-slindan,
sv. III,
to swallow up,
304.
OHG. fir-slintan.
fraþi,
sn.
understanding,
187, 354.
fraþjan,
sv. VI,
to understand, perceive, think, know,
122, 137, 171, 309, 310, 428.
fráuja,
wm.
master, lord,
208.
OE. frēa, OHG. frō.
fráujinōn,
wv. II
to be lord or king, rule,
325, 381, 425.
fráujinōnds,
m.
ruler,
218.
fra-waírpan,
sv. III,
to cast away.
fra-waírþan,
sv. III,
to corrupt,
436
fra-wardjan,
wv. I,
to destroy, spoil, corrupt, disfigure,
137 note, 152, 153, 320, 322, 412.
OE. wierdan, OHG. far-werten.
fra-waúrhts,
sf.
evil-doing, sin,
199, 365.
OE. for-wyrht.
fra-waúrhts,
aj.
sinful; subs. sinner.
OHG. fra-woraht.
fra-waúrkjan,
wv. I,
to sin,
428.
OE. for-wyrcan.
fra-weit,
sn.
vengeance, revenge,
365.
OE. wīte, OHG. wīȥȥi, punishment.
fra-weitan,
sv. I,
to avenge.
OHG. far-wīȥan.
fra-weitands,
m.
avenger,
218.
fra-wilwan,
sv. III,
to rob, take forcibly.
fra-wisan,
sv. V,
to spend, exhaust.
frei-hals,
sm.
freedom,
175, 179 note 2, 389.
OE. frēols.
freis,
aj.
free,
153, 229, 427.
OE. frēo, OHG. frī.
frijaþwa
(friaþwa),
sf.
love,
387.
frijōn,
wv. II,
to love,
325.
OE. frēog(e)an.
frijōndi,
sf.
friend,
89, 194.
frijōnds,
m.
friend,
154, 217, 379.
OE. frēond, OHG. friunt.
*friks,
aj.
greedy.
OHG. freh.
fri-sahts,
sf.
example.
frōdaba,
av.
wisely.
frōdei,
wf.
understanding, wisdom,
122, 137, 212.
frōþs,
aj.
wise,
227.
OE. frōd, OHG. fruot.
fruma,
aj.
the former, prior, first,
246, 253, 254, 430;
fruma sabbatō,
the day before the Sabbath.
OE. forma.
fruma-baúr,
sm.
first-born,
see § 175.
frumists,
aj.
first, foremost, best, chief (men),
246, 345.
frums,
sm.
beginning.
fugls,
sm.
bird, fowl,
22, 159, 168, 180, 354.
OE. fugol, OHG. fogal.
fula,
wm.
foal.
OE. fola, OHG. folo.
fulgins,
aj.
hidden,
122, 137, 227, 294.
fulhsni,
sn.
the thing hidden, a secret,
354.
fulla-fahjan,
wv. I,
to satisfy, serve.
fulla-tōjis,
aj.
perfect,
229.
fulleiþs,
sf.
or
fulleiþ,
sn.
fulness.
fulljan,
wv. I,
to fill, fulfil,
427.
OE. fyllan, OHG. fullen.
fullnan,
wv. IV,
to become full,
283, 329, 330, 427.
fullō,
wf.
fulness,
211.
fulls,
aj.
full,
16, 56, 139, 158, 160, 227, 330, 390, 427, 430.
OE. full, OHG. fol.
fūls,
aj.
foul,
45, 82.
OE. OHG. fūl.
funisks,
aj.
fiery,
396.
ga-,
prefix,
367, 413.
ga-áiginōn,
wv. II,
to take possession of, get an advantage of,
425.
OE. āgnian, OHG. eiginen.
ga-áistan,
wv. III,
to reverence.
ga-áiwiskōn,
wv. II,
to ill-treat, make ashamed.
Cp. OE. ǣwisc, disgrace.
ga-arman,
wv. III,
to have pity on, pity.
ga-baíran,
sv. IV,
to bring forth, compare.
ga-baírhteins,
sf.
appearance, manifestation.
ga-baírhtjan,
wv. I,
to declare, reveal, manifest.
ga-batnan,
wv. IV,
to profit, benefit,
331.
ga-bauan,
wv. III,
to dwell.
ga-baúrjaba,
av.
gladly, willingly.
Cp. OE. ga-byrian, gi-burren, to be fitting, proper.
ga-baúrjōþus,
sm.
pleasure,
385.
ga-baúrþi-waúrda,
sn.
pi. genealogy,
389.
ga-baúrþs,
sf.
birth, birthplace, native country, generation,
199, 367;
mēl gabaúr-þáis,
birthday.
OE. ge-byrd, OHG. gi-burt.
gabei,
wf.
riches,
122, 354.
gabigs
(gabeigs),
aj.
rich.
ga-bindan,
sv. III,
to bind,
413.
ga-biugan,
sv. II,
to bend.
ga-bleiþjan,
wv. I,
to pity.
Cp. OE. blīþe, OHG. blīde, glad, cheerful.
ga-blindjan,
wv. I,
to blind.
ga-blindnan,
wv. IV,
to become blind,
331.
ga-bōtjan,
wv. I,
to make useful;
aftra gabōtjan,
to restore.
ga-brannjan,
wv. I,
to burn,
320.
OE. bærnan, OHG. brennen.
ga-brikan,
sv. IV,
to break.
ga-bruka,
sf.
fragment,
367.
OHG. brocko.
ga-bundi,
sf.
bond,
122.
ga-daban,
sv. VI,
to beseem, happen, befall,
310.
Cp. OE. ge-dafen, fitting.
ga-dáiljan,
wv. I,
to divide,
413.
ga-dars,
pret.-pres.
I dare,
335.
OE. dear(r), OHG. gi-tar.
ga-dáubjan,
wv. I,
to make deaf, harden.
ga-daúrsan,
pret.-pres.
to dare,
71, 335
OE. *durran, OHG. gi-turran.
ga-dáuþnan,
wv. IV,
to die, perish,
331.
ga-dēþs,
sf.
deed,
43, 75, 97, 122, 132.
ga-dōfs,
aj.
becoming, fit,
367.
ga-dōmjan,
wv. I,
to judge, pronounce judgment, condemn.
ga-draban,
sv. VI,
to hew out,
310.
ga-dragan,
sv. VI,
to heap up, heap together,
310.
OE. dragan, OHG. tragan, to draw.
ga-dragkjan,
wv. I,
to give to drink.
ga-draúhts,
sm.
soldier.
ga-driusan,
sv. II,
to fall, be cast.
ga-drōbnan,
wv. IV,
to become troubled, anxious.
ga-fāhan,
sv. VII,
to catch, take, seize, overtake, apprehend as a criminal,
74, 413.
ga-fāhs,
sm.
a catch, haul,
74.
ga-fastan,
wv. III,
to keep, support, hold fast.
ga-faúrds,
sf.
chief council.
ga-fáurs,
aj.
well-behaved,
234.
ga-filh,
sn.
burial,
354, 367.
ga-filhan,
sv. III,
to hide, conceal, bury.
ga-fraíhnan,
sv. V,
to find out, learn by inquiry, ask, seek.
ga-fráujinōn,
wv. II,
to exercise lordship.
ga-fulljan,
wv. I,
to fill,
413.
ga-fullnan,
wv. IV,
to become full, fill
ga-gaggan,
sv. VII,
to collect, assemble, come to pass;
also with sik.
ga-ga-máinjan,
wv. I,
to make common, to defile.
ga-geigan,
wv. III,
to gain,
328.
gaggan,
sv. VII,
to go,
74, 158, 313 note 1, 321 note 2;
pret. iddja.
OE. OHG. gangan.
gaggs,
sm.
road, way.
OE. OHG. gang.
ga-grēfts,
sf.
order, decree.
ga-gudaba,
av.
godly.
ga-gudei,
wf.
piety, godliness,
212.
ga-guþs
(-guds),
aj.
godly, pious,
367, 391.
ga-haban,
wv. III,
to have, hold, secure, possess, lay hold on.
ga-haftjan sik,
wv. I,
to join oneself to, join,
331.
ga-haftnan,
wv. IV,
to be attached to.
Cp. OE. hæft, OHG. haft, bond, fetter.
ga-hāhjō,
av.
in order, connectedly,
74.
ga-háiljan,
wv. I,
to heal.
ga-háilnan,
wv. IV,
to become whole, be healed,
331.
ga-háit,
sn.
promise,
354.
OE. ge-hāt, OHG. ga-heiȥ.
ga-háitan,
sv. VII,
to call together, promise,
413.
ga-háusjan,
wv. I,
to hear.
ga-hnáiwjan,
wv. I,
to lower, abase.
ga-hráineins,
sf.
cleansing.
ga-hráinjan,
wv. I,
to cleanse, make clean,
427.
ga-hugds,
sf.
thought, mind, conscience,
199, 367.
OHG. ge-hygd, OE. gi-hugt.
ga-huljan,
wv. I,
to cover, conceal.
ga-ƕatjan,
wv. I,
to sharpen, incite, entice,
138.
OE. hwettan, OHG. wezzen.
ga-ƕeitjan,
wv. I,
to whiten.
OE. hwītan, OHG. hwīȥen.
ga-ƕōtjan,
wv. I,
to threaten, rebuke, strictly charge.
gaíaínna,
wm.
Gehenna, hell.
Gr. γέεννα
ga-iddja,
see ga-gaggan.
gáidw,
sn.
want, lack,
189 note 2.
OE. gād, gǣd.
gaírda,
sf.
girdle.
Cp. OE. gyrdel, OHG. gurtil.
*gaírdan,
sv. III,
see uf-gaírdan.
gaírnjan,
wv. I,
to be fain or willing, desire, wish, long for,
427.
OE. giernan.
*gaírns,
aj.
desirous, eager.
OE. georn, OHG. gern.
gáiru,
sn.
goad, sting,
205 note.
OE. gār.
*gáisjan,
wv. I,
see us-gáisjan.
gáiteins,
aj.
belonging to a goat;
neut. gáitein,
young goat, kid.
OE. gǣten, OHG. geiȥīn.
gáits,
sm.
goat.
OE. gāt, OHG. geiȥ.
ga-juk,
sn.
pair,
367.
ga-juka,
wm.
companion,
208.
ga-jukō,
wf.
parable, comparison,
211.
ga-kannjan,
wv. I,
to make known.
ga-kiusan,
sv. II,
to approve,
413.
ga-kunnan,
wv. III,
to recognize, observe, consider, read,
328.
ga-kunþs,
sf.
appearance, persuasion.
ga-kusts,
sf.
test,
199, 354, 367.
ga-lagjan,
wv. I,
to lay, lay down, set, place, make.
ga-láisjan,
wv. I,
to teach.
ga-láista,
wm.
follower;
ga-láista wisan,
to follow.
ga-láistjan,
wv. I,
to follow.
ga-laþōn,
wv. II,
to invite, call together.
ga-láubeins,
sf.
faith, belief,
200.
ga-láubjan,
wv. I,
to believe,
122, 161, 200, 320, 413.
OE. ge-līefan, OHG. gi-louben.
ga-láugnjan,
wv. I,
to be hid, lie hid.
ga-láusjan,
wv. I,
to loose, loosen.
ga-leikan,
wv. III,
to please, take pleasure in,
436.
ga-leikō,
av.
like, in the same manner,
344.
OE. ge-līce, OHG. gi-līhho.
ga-leikōn,
wv. II,
to liken, compare, resemble, be like,
325.
ga-leiks,
aj.
like, similar,
227.
OE. ge-līc, OHG. gi-līh.
ga-leiþan,
sv. I,
to go, travel, come,
300.
OE. līþan, OHG. līdan.
ga-lēwjan,
wv. I,
to give up, betray.
galga,
wm.
cross, gallows,
208.
OE. gealga, OHG. galgo.
ga-lisan sik,
sv. V,
to gather together, meet together, assemble,
413.
ga-liug,
sn.
lie;
galiug weit-wōdjan,
to bear false witness.
ga-liugan,
wv. III,
to marry.
ga-liuga-praúfētus,
sm.
false prophet.
ga-liuga-weitwōþs
(-wōds),
sm.
false witness.
ga-liuga-xristus,
sm.
false Christ.
ga-liuhtjan,
wv. I,
to bring to light, illumine.
ga-lūkan,
sv. II,
to shut, lock,
82, 102, 280, 302 and note.
OE. lūcan, OHG. lūhhan.
ga-luknan,
wv. IV,
to be shut up.
ga-máindūþs,
sf.
community,
382.
ga-máinjan,
wv. I,
to make common, defile.
ga-máins,
aj.
common, unclean,
234.
OE. ge-mǣne, OHG. gi-meini.
ga-máiþs
(-máids),
aj.
weak, feeble, bruised.
OE. ge-mǣdd, OHG. gi-meit, mad.
ga-malwjan,
wv. I,
to bruise.
ga-man,
sn.
fellow-man, companion, partner,
367.
ga-manwjan,
wv. I,
to prepare, make ready.
ga-marzjan,
wv. I,
to offend.
ga-matjan,
wv. I,
to eat.
ga-máudeins,
sf.
remembrance.
ga-máudjan,
wv. I,
to remember, remind.
ga-maúrgjan,
wv. I,
to curtail, cut short.
ga-mēljan,
wv. I,
to write, enroll;
þata gamēlidō,
writing, scripture.
ga-minþi,
sn.
remembrance.
ga-mōt,
pret.-pres.
I find room,
338.
OE. mōt, OHG. muoȥ, I may.
*ga-mōtan,
pret.-pres.
to find room, to have room,
338.
ga-mōtjan,
wv. I,
to meet,
320.
OE. ge-mētan.
ga-munan,
pret.-pres.
to bethink, remember.
ga-munds,
sf.
remembrance,
54, 199, 354, 367.
OE. ge-mynd, OHG. gi-munt.
ga-nah,
pret.-pres.
it suffices,
336.
Cp. OE. be-neah.
ga-náitjan,
wv. I,
to treat shamefully.
OE. nǣtan, OHG. neiȥen.
ga-nasjan,
wv. I,
to save,
413.
ga-niman,
sv. IV,
to take to oneself, take with one, conceive.
ga-nipnan,
wv. IV,
to mourn, be sorrowful.
Cp. OE. ge-nīpan, to grow dark.
ga-nisan,
sv. V,
to be saved, become whole, recover,
137 note, 174, 175 note, 308, 322.
OE. ge-nesan, OHG. gi-nesan.
ga-nists,
sf.
salvation, health,
199, 354.
OHG. gi-nist.
ga-niþjis,
sm.
kinsman.
ga-niutan,
sv. II,
to catch with nets, catch.
ga-nōhs,
aj.
enough, sufficient, numerous,
430.
OE. ge-nōh, OHG. gi-nuog.
ga-qiman,
sv. IV,
to assemble, come together,
34, 436.
ga-qiss,
sf.
consent,
226 note, 354.
ga-qiss,
aj.
consenting,
226 note.
ga-qiujan,
wv. I,
to give life to,
319.
ga-qiunan,
wv. IV,
to be made alive,
331.
ga-qumþs,
sf.
assembly, synagogue,
87, 122, 199, 354, 367.
ga-raíhtei,
wf.
righteousness,
212.
ga-raíhteins,
sf.
righteousness.
ga-raíhts,
aj.
righteous, just.
ga-ráiþs
(-ráids),
aj.
due, fixed, appointed.
OE. ge-rǣde, OHG. bi-reiti, ready.
ga-raþjan,
sv. VI,
to count,
310.
Cp. OHG. redōn, to speak.
ga-razna,
wm.
neighbour.
ga-raznō,
wf.
female neighbour.
garda,
wm.
yard, fold,
208.
OHG. garto, garden.
garda-waldands,
m.
ruler or master of the house,
389
gards,
sm.
house, household, court,
173, 197.
OE. geard, OHG. gart.
ga-rēdan,
sv. VII,
to reflect upon,
75, 314.
OE. rǣdan, OHG. rātan, to advise.
ga-rinnan,
sv. III,
to run, hasten together, come together,
413, 436.
ga-rūni,
sn.
consultation, counsel,
187.
OE. ge-ráne, OHG. gi-rūni, a secret.
ga-runs,
sf.
market-place, street,
199.
ga-sahts,
sf.
reproof.
ga-saíƕan,
sv. V,
to see, behold, perceive.
ga-sakan,
sv. VI,
to rebuke, reprove.
ga-salbōn,
wv. II,
to anoint.
ga-satjan,
wv. I,
to set, lay, place, add, appoint, restore;
gasatjan namō,
to surname.
ga-sigqan,
sv. III,
to sink.
ga-sinþja
(-sinþa),
wm.
companion,
208.
OE. ge-sīþ, OHG. gi-sind.
ga-sitan,
sv. V,
to sit, sit down.
ga-skafts,
sf.
creation, creature,
34, 138, 199, 354, 367.
OE. ge-sceaft, OHG. gi-skaft.
ga-skáidnan,
wv. IV,
to become parted,
331.
ga-skapjan,
sv. VI,
to create, make,
310.
OE. scieppan, OHG. skephen.
ga-skaþjan,
wv. I,
to injure.
ga-skeirjan,
wv. I,
to make clear, interpret.
ga-skōhi,
sn.
pair of shoes.
ga-skōhs,
aj.
shed.
ga-slawan,
wv. III,
to be still, be silent.
ga-sleiþjan,
wv. I,
to slight, injure;
gasleiþjan sik,
to be injured in, suffer loss of.
ga-smeitan,
sv. I,
to smear,
300.
OE. be-smītan, OHG. bi-smīȥan.
ga-sōþjan,
wv. I,
to fill, satisfy,
122.
ga-stagqjan,
wv. I,
to dash against.
ga-staldan,
sv. VII,
to possess,
312 note, 313.
OE. stealdan.
ga-standan,
sv. VI,
to stand fast, stand still, remain, be restored.
ga-staúrknan,
wv. IV,
to become dry, dry up, pine away.
OHG. gi-storchanen, to become rigid or hard.
ga-stráujan,
wv. I,
to strew, furnish.
gasts,
sm.
guest,
6, 39, 65, 87 note 1, 88 and note, 91, 107, 110, 117, 128, 133, 134, 153, 167, 175, 196.
OE. giest, OHG. gast.
ga-supōn,
wv. II,
to season.
ga-swēran,
wv. III,
to glorify, make known.
ga-swi-kunþjan,
wv. I,
to make known, proclaim.
ga-swiltan,
sv. III,
to die.
ga-swōgjan,
wv. I,
to sigh.
OE. swēgan, to resound.
ga-taíran,
sv. IV,
to tear to pieces, destroy, break,
122, 306, 413.
OE. teran, OHG. zeran.
ga-tamjan,
wv. I,
to tame,
318.
OE. temian.
ga-táujan,
wv. I,
to do, make, perform.
ga-taúra,
wm.
tear, rent,
122, 208, 354.
ga-taúrþs,
sf.
destruction,
199.
ga-teihan,
sv. I,
to tell, relate, proclaim, make known, show,
18, 48, 69, 300.
OE. tīon, tēon, OHG. zīhan, to accuse.
ga-tēmiba,
av.
fitly,
344.
Cp. OHG. ga-zāmo.
ga-tilaba,
av.
conveniently.
ga-tilōn,
wv. II,
to attain, obtain.
OE. tilian, OHG. zilōn.
ga-tils,
aj.
fit, convenient.
OE. til.
ga-timan,
sv. IV,
to suit,
306.
OHG. zeman.
ga-timrjan
(-timbrjan),
wv. I,
to build.
ga-timrjō,
wf.
building,
211.
ga-tiuhan,
sv. II,
to draw, lead, bring, take.
ga-trauan,
wv. III,
to trust, entrust, be persuaded.
gatwō,
wf.
street,
211.
OHG. gaȥȥa.
ga-þahan,
wv. III,
to be silent.
ga-þaírsan,
sv. III,
to wither,
304.
ga-þarban,
wv. III,
to suffer want, abstain from,
427.
OE. þearfian, OHG. darbēn.
ga-þaúrsnan,
wv. IV,
to become dry, dry up, wither away,
331.
ga-þiuþjan,
wv. I,
to bless.
ga-þláihan,
sv. VII,
to cherish, console, comfort, take in the arms, caress,
313 note 2.
OHG. flēhōn.
ga-þiuhan,
sv. II,
to flee.
ga-þrafsteins,
sf.
comfort.
ga-þrask,
sn.
threshing-floor.
ga-þulan,
wv. III,
to suffer, endure.
gáuja,
wm.
countryman;
used in
pl.
land, region.
gáumjan,
wv. I,
to perceive, see, behold, observe,
84, 320, 428.
OE. gīeman, OHG. goumen.
gáunōn,
wv. II,
to lament,
325.
gáunōþus,
sm.
mourning, lamentation,
385.
gáuriþa,
sf.
sorrow,
384.
gáurs,
aj.
sad, troubled, mournful, sorrowful,
227.
ga-wadjōn,
wv. II,
to pledge, betroth.
OE. weddian, MHG. wetten.
ga-wagjan,
wv. I,
to stir, shake.
ga-waírpan,
sv. III,
to cast, cast down, throw down.
ga-waírþeigs,
aj.
at peace, peaceably disposed.
ga-waírþi,
sn.
peace,
183, 187.
ga-waknan,
wv. IV,
to awake,
331.
OE. ge-wæcnan.
ga-waldan,
sv. VII,
to rule, bear rule.
ga-waljan,
wv. I,
to choose, choose out
ga-wandjan,
wv. I,
to turn round, bring back;
with refl. pr.
to be converted, turn round, return,
413.
ga-wargjan,
wv. I,
to condemn.
OE. wiergan, OHG. fur-wergen, to curse.
ga-wasjan sik,
wv. I,
to clothe.
ga-waúrki,
sn.
deed.
ga-waúrkjan,
wv. I,
to make, prepare, appoint.
ga-waúrstwa,
wm.
fellow-worker,
208, 367.
ga-weihan,
wv. III,
to sanctify.
ga-weisōn,
wv. II,
to visit,
427.
OHG. wīsōn.
gawi,
sn.
region, district, land, neighbourhood,
187.
OHG. gewi, gouwi
ga-widan,
sv. V,
to bind, join together,
308.
OHG. wetan.
ga-wigan,
sv. V,
to shake down,
133, 308.
OE. OHG. wegan.
ga-wiljis,
aj.
willing,
229.
ga-wrisqan,
sv. III,
to bear fruit,
304.
gazds,
sm.
sting,
173.
OHG. gart.
*geisnan,
wv. IV,
see us-geisnan.
giba,
sf.
gift,
4, 87, 89 and note, 90, 111, 114, 119, 120, 175, 191, 192, 354.
OE. giefu, OHG. geba.
giban,
sv. V,
to give,
16, 17, 65, 91, 93, 122, 124, 138, 161, 286 notes 2, 3, 307.
OE giefan, OHG. geban.
gibands,
m.
giver,
218.
gibla,
wm.
gable, pinnacle.
OHG. gibil.
*gifts,
sf.
see fra-gifts.
*gildan,
sv. III,
see us-gildan.
gilstr,
sn.
tribute.
OHG. gelstar.
gilstra-mēleins,
sf.
taxation, taxing.
gilþa,
sf.
sickle.
gistra-dagis,
av.
to-morrow,
34, 347, 427.
OE. giestran-dæge, OHG. gesteron, yesterday.
*gitan,
sv. V,
see bi-gitan.
giutan,
sv. II,
to pour,
302.
OE. gēotan, OHG. gioȥan.
glaggwō,
av.
accurately,
89, 151, 344.
Cp. OE. glēaw, OHG. glau, wise, skilful.
glaggwuba
(glaggwaba),
av.
exactly, diligently,
151.
glitmunjan,
wv. I,
to shine, glitter,
316, 320.
gōda-kunds,
aj.
of noble birth,
397.
gōdei,
wf.
goodness, virtue,
383.
gōljan,
wv. I,
to greet, salute,
320.
gōþs
(gōds),
aj.
good,
17, 167, 173, 226 note, 227, 245, 428.
OE. gōd, OHG. guot.
graba,
sf.
ditch,
192.
graban,
sv. VI,
to dig,
122, 161, 286 note 3, 309.
OE. grafan, OHG. graban.
gras,
sn.
grass, blade of grass,
26, 182.
OE. græs, OHG. gras.
grēdags,
aj.
greedy, hungry,
227, 392.
OE. grǣdig, OHG. grātag.
grēdōn,
wv. II,
to be greedy or hungry,
426.
greipan,
sv. I,
to seize, lay hold of, take (prisoner),
300.
OE. grīpan, OHG. grīfan.
grētan,
sv. VII,
to weep, lament,
167, 314.
O.Icel. grāta.
grēts,
sm.
weeping.
grōba,
sf.
den, hole, cave,
122.
OHG. gruoba.
*grundus,
sm.
ground.
OE. grund, OHG. grunt.
grundu-waddjus,
sm. and sf.
foundation,
392.
guda-faúrhts,
aj.
devout, god-fearing.
guda-láus,
aj.
godless,
397.
gud-hūs,
sn.
temple,
8, 26, 82, 174, 389.
OE. OHG. hūs, house.
gudisks,
aj.
divine,
396.
gudja,
wm.
priest,
208, 354, 381, 425.
gudjinassus,
sm.
office of a priest, ministration,
381.
gudjinōn,
wv. II,
to be a priest,
381, 425.
gulþ,
sn.
gold,
353.
OE. OHG. gold.
gulþeins,
aj.
golden,
227, 395
guma,
wm.
man,
33, 88, 133, 134, 158, 167, 208.
OE. guma, OHG. gomo.
guma-kunds,
aj.
male, of the male sex,
397.
gumeins,
aj.
manlike, male,
395.
gunds,
sm. or sf.
cancer, canker.
OE. gund, OHG. gunt, pus.
*gutnan,
wv. IV,
see us-gutnan.
guþ,
sm.
God,
70;
neut. pl. guda,
heathen gods.
See note to Mark ii. 7.
OE. god, OHG. got.
guþ-blōstreis,
sm.
worshipper of God,
138, 389.
haban,
wv. III,
to have, possess, hold, take, esteem, count, consider, keep, observe, be able to do,
14, 76, 90, 112, 161, 164, 283, 326, 327, 432;
ubil and ubilaba haban,
to be ill;
waírs haban,
to be worse;
gafā-hana haban,
to hold captive;
þōei habáidēdun ina gadaban,
what things should happen unto him;
aftumist haban,
to lie at the point of death;
faírra haban sik,
to be far from;
habáiþ wisan at,
to be held, be ready for.
OE. habban, OHG. habēn.
hafjan,
sv. VI,
to raise, lift, bear up, carry,
128, 134, 137, 164, 310.
OE. hebban, OHG. heffen.
haftjan,
wv. I,
to join, cleave to.
OE. hæftan, OHG. heften.
*hafts,
sf.
see anda-hafts.
Cp. OHG. haft, captivity.
hāhan,
sv. VII,
to hang,
74, 96, 142, 313.
OE. hōn, OHG. hāhan.
háidus,
sm.
manner, way.
OE. hād, OHG. heit.
háifstjan,
wv. I,
to strive, fight.
háifsts,
sf.
fight, strife.
Cp. OE. hǣst, violence.
háihs,
aj.
half-blind, with one eye.
Cp. Lat. caecus, blind.
háiljan,
wv. I,
to heal,
320, 322, 400, 427.
OE. hǣlan, OHG. heilen.
*háilnan,
wv. IV,
see ga-háilnan.
háils,
aj.
whole, sound, safe,
22, 83, 227, 322, 390.
OE. hā1, OHG. heil.
háimōþli,
sn.
homestead, lands.
OHG. heimōdil.
háims,
sf.
village, town, country place,
199 note.
OE. hām, OHG. heim.
haírda,
sf.
herd, flock,
192.
OE. heord, OHG. herta.
haírdeis,
sm.
shepherd,
88, 110, 115, 152, 153, 154, 157, 184, 185.
OE. hierde, OHG. hirti.
-haírtei,
wf.
a deriv. of haírtō.
haírtō,
wn.
heart,
7, 18, 27, 67, 87, 89, 114, 119, 128, 129, 164, 170, 206, 213.
OE. heorte, OHG. herza.
haírus,
sm.
sword,
203.
OE. heoru.
-háit,
sn.
a naming, commanding;
a deriv. of háitan.
háitan,
sv. VII,
to call, name, order, command, invite,
10, 27, 33, 83, 103, 138, 282, 286 and note 3, 311, 312, 313, 426.
OE. hātan, OHG. heiȥan.
háiti,
sf.
order, command,
194.
háiþi,
sf.
field, heath,
194.
OE. hǣþ, OHG. heida.
háiþiwisks,
aj.
wild,
396.
háiþnō,
wf.
a heathen woman.
Cp. OE. hǣþen, OHG. heidan, aj. heathen.
hakuls,
sm.
cloak.
OE. hacele, OHG. hahhul.
halbs,
aj.
half,
430.
OE. healf, OHG. help.
haldan,
sv. VII,
to hold, take care of, tend, feed,
22, 158, 173, 313.
OE. healdan, OHG. haltan.
haldis,
av.
rather, more,
265 note, 345;
niþē haldis,
not the more so, by no means.
OHG. halt.
halja,
sf.
hell,
192.
OE. hell, OHG. hella.
hals,
sm.
neck,
171.
OE. heals, OHG. hals.
hals-agga
(for the probably corrupt bals-agga of the manuscript),
wm.
neck,
389.
halts,
aj.
halt, lame,
227.
OE. healt, OHG. halz
hamfs,
aj.
one-handed, maimed.
OHG. hamf.
hana,
wm.
cock,
87, 106, 107, 114, 117, 128, 206, 207.
OE. hana, OHG. hano.
handugei,
wf.
cleverness, wisdom,
383.
handugs,
aj.
clever, wise,
227.
handus,
sf.
hand,
172, 200.
OE. hand, OHG. hant.
handu-waúrhts,
aj.
wrought by hand,
397.
hansa,
sf.
multitude, company, band of men.
OE. hōs, OHG. hansa.
harduba,
av.
hardly, severely, grievously.
hardu-haírtei,
wf.
hardness or heart, hard-heartedness,
389.
hardus,
aj.
hard,
107, 235, 243, 390.
OE. heard, OHG. hart.
harjis,
sm.
army, host,
107, 115, 152, 154, 155, 158, 184, 185.
OE. here, OHG. heri.
hatan,
wv. III,
to hate,
328 and note 3.
OE. hatian, OHG. haȥȥēn.
hatis,
sn.
hatred, wrath.
OE. hete, OHG. haȥ.
hatizōn,
wv. II,
to be angry,
325.
hatjan,
wv. I,
to hate,
328 note 3.
OHG. hezzen.
háubiþ,
sn.
head,
11, 84, 173, 181, 182.
OE. hēafod, OHG. houbit.
háuhaba,
av.
highly,
344.
háuheins,
sf.
praise.
háuh-haírtei,
wf.
pride,
212.
háuh-haírts,
aj.
proud-hearted,
398.
OE. hēah-heort.
háuhis,
av.
higher,
345.
háuhisti,
sn.
the highest, height, highest point, highest heaven.
háuhjan,
wv. I,
to glorify, make high, praise, exalt, magnify.
OHG. hōhen.
háuhs,
aj.
high,
244.
OE. hēah, OHG. hōh.
háuh-þūhts,
aj.
having high thoughts, proud,
321 note 1.
haúrds,
sf.
door,
199.
haúrn,
sn.
horn, skin, husk,
11, 87 note, 182, 353.
OE. OHG. horn.
haúrnja,
wm.
horn-blower,
208.
haúrnjan,
wv. I,
to blow a horn, trumpet.
háuseins,
sf.
word, preaching, report (lit. = hearing), sense of hearing.
háusjan,
wv. I,
to hear, perceive, listen to,
320.
OE. hīeran, OHG. hōren.
háusjōn,
wv. II,
to hear.
hawi,
sn.
grass, hay,
149, 187.
OE. hīeg, OHG. hewi, houwi.
hazjan,
wv. I,
to praise,
30, 137 note, 154, 175, 318.
OE. herian.
heitō,
wf.
fever.
heiwa-fráuja,
wm.
master of a house.
OE. hīwa, member of a family, OHG. hīwo, husband.
hēr,
av.
here, hither,
77, 97, 348.
OE. OHG. hēr.
hēþjō,
wf.
chamber, room,
211.
hidrē,
av.
hither,
5, 117, 348.
OE. hider.
hilms,
sm.
helmet,
66.
OE. OHG. helm.
hilpan,
sv. III,
to help,
23, 66, 70, 93, 95, 124, 160, 280, 303, 427.
OE. helpan, OHG. helfan.
himina-kunds,
aj.
heavenly,
397.
himins,
sm.
heaven,
180.
hindana,
prep. c. gen.
behind, on that side of, beyond,
348, 427.
OE. hindan, OHG. hintana.
hindar,
prep. c. acc. and dat.
behind, over, beyond, among,
350.
OE. hinder, OHG. hintar.
hindar-leiþan,
sv. I,
to go behind,
414.
hindar-weis,
aj.
deceitful,
368.
hindar-weisei,
wf.
deceitfulness,
368.
hindumists,
aj.
hindmost, outermost,
246.
*hinþan,
sv. III,
see fra-hinþan.
hiri
(old imperative used as an interjection),
come here!;
dual hirjats,
come here, ye two!;
pl. hirjiþ,
come ye here!
69 note.
See note to Mark xii. 7.
*his,
dem. pr.,
preserved in the adverbial phrases
himma daga,
on this day, to-day,
267, 347;
und hina dag,
to this day;
und hita, und hita nu,
till now, hitherto;
fram himma,
from henceforth.
hiufan,
sv. II,
to mourn, weep, complain,
302.
OE. hēofan, OHG. hiufan.
hiuhma,
wm.
crowd, multitude, heap,
208, 429.
hiwi,
sn.
appearance.
OE. hīew, hīw.
hlahjan,
sv. VI,
to laugh,
310.
OE. hliehhan, OHG. hlahhen.
hláifs,
sm.
loaf, bread,
10, 18, 161, 164, 179, 180.
OE. hlāf, OHG. hleib.
hláins,
sm.
hill.
hláiw,
sn.
grave, tomb,
149.
OE. hlāw, OHG. hlēo.
hláiwasna,
sf.
(only found in plural),
tomb.
*hlaþan,
sv. VI,
to load, lade.
OE. hladan, OHG. (h)ladan.
*hláupan,
sv. VII,
to leap,
84, 313 note 5.
OE. hlēapan, OHG. hlouffan.
hláuts,
sm.
lot.
OHG. hlōȥ.
hleiduma,
aj.
left;
as
subst. fem.
the left hand or side,
246.
hlifan,
sv. V,
to steal,
88, 128, 160, 308.
hliftus,
sm.
thief,
128, 164, 203, 354.
hlijans,
dec. pl.;
nom. ? hleis, sm. or ? hlija, wm.
tent, tabernacle.
hliuma,
wm.
hearing,
208.
hlūtrei,
wf.
purity,
212.
hlūtrs,
aj.
pure,
227.
OE. hlūt(t)or, OHG. hlūt(t)ar.
hnáiwjan,
wv. I,
to abase, lower,
149, 320.
Cp. OE. hnǣgan, OHG. hneigen.
hnáiws,
aj.
low, humble,
149.
hnasqus,
aj.
soft, tender,
236.
OE. hnesce.
hneiwan,
sv. I,
to bend downwards, decline, bow,
300.
OE. OHG. hnīgan.
*hniupan,
sv. II,
see dis-hniupan.
hōlōn,
wv. II,
to treat with violence, deceive, injure,
325.
OE. hōlian.
hōrinassus,
sm.
whoredom, adultery,
381.
hōrinōn,
wv. II,
to commit adultery,
425.
hōrinōndei,
pres. part. fem.
adulteress.
hōrs,
sm.
adulterer.
OE. hōre, wf.
hráineins,
sf.
purification.
hráinjan,
wv. I,
to make clean, cleanse,
320, 400.
OHG. hreinen.
hráins,
aj.
clean, pure,
88, 164, 233.
OHG. hreini.
hráiwa-dūbō,
wf.
turtle-dove.
OE. hrāw, hrǣw, OHG. hrēo, corpse, carrion; OE. dūfe, OHG. tūba, dove.
*hrisjan,
wv. I,
see us-hrisjan.
hrōpjan,
wv. I,
to call, cry out.
OE. hrōpan, sv., OHG. hruoffen.
hrōt,
sn.
roof.
O.Icel. hrōt.
hrōþeigs,
aj.
victorious, triumphant,
394.
OE. hrēþig.
hrugga,
sf.
staff,
OE. hrung.
hrukjan,
wv.
to crow.
huggrjan,
wv. I,
to hunger,
95, 137, 166, 320, 426.
OE. hyngran, OHG. hungaren.
hugjan,
wv. I,
to think, consider,
72.
OE. hycgan, OHG. huggen.
hūhrus,
sm.
hunger,
82, 137, 203.
huljan,
wv. I,
to hide, conceal, cover, disguise,
318.
OHG. hullen.
hulþs,
aj.
gracious,
227, 428.
OE. OHG. hold.
-hun,
particle,
278 note 1.
hund,
sn.
hundred,
53, 134, 136, 139, 143, 164, 172, 247.
OE. hund, OHG. hunt.
hunda-faþs,
sm.
centurion,
389.
hunds,
sm.
dog, hound,
40, 72, 128, 143, 180.
OE. hund, OHG. hunt.
hunsl,
sn.
sacrifice,
159.
OE. hūsl, Eucharist.
hunsla-staþs,
sm.
altar,
389.
hunsljan,
wv. I,
to sacrifice.
hups,
sm.
hip, loins,
197.
OE. hype, OHG. huf.
*hūs,
sn.,
see gud-hūs.
huzd,
sn.
treasure,
15, 30, 70, 141, 173, 175, 182.
OE. hord, OHG. hort.
huzdjan,
wv. I,
to collect treasures, store up, hoard up.
ƕadrē,
av.
whither,
117, 348.
ƕaírban,
sv. III,
to walk,
165, 304.
OE. hweorfan, OHG. hwerban.
*ƕaírbs,
aj.,
see ƕeila-ƕaírbs, and cp. ƕaírban.
ƕaírnei,
wf.
skull.
ƕáiteis,
sm.
corn, wheat,
185.
OE. hwǣte, OHG. hweiȥi.
ƕáiwa,
cj. and av.
how, in what way,
351.
OHG. hwē.
ƕan,
av., interrog.
when, whenever;
before ajs. and avs.,
how;
before comparatives,
how much;
with other particles
at any time,
347;
ƕan lagg mēl,
for how long a time;
nibái ƕan,
lest at any time;
ƕan filu,
how much.
Cp. OE. hwonne, OHG. hwanne.
ƕan-hun,
av.
ever, at any time;
only used with neg., as
ni ƕan-hun,
never.
*ƕapjan,
wv. I,
see af-ƕapjan.
*ƕapnan,
wv. IV,
see af-ƕapnan.
ƕar,
av.
where,
348.
Cp. OE. hwǣr, OHG. hwār.
ƕarbōn,
wv. II,
to go about, pass by, wander, walk,
325.
OE. hwearfian, OHG. hwarbōn.
ƕarjis,
pr.
who, which (out of many),
274, 275, 427.
ƕarjiz-uh,
indef. pr.
each, every,
255, 275.
ƕas,
interrog. pr.
who, what,
39, 87, 88 and note, 89, 114, 128, 134, 165, 175 note 2, 273, 275;
indef. pr.
anyone,
279, 427.
OE. hwā.
ƕas-hun,
indef. pr with the neg. particle ni,
no one,
278.
*ƕass,
aj.
sharp.
O.Icel. hvass, OHG. (h)was, cp. ga-ƕatjan.
ƕassaba,
av.
sharply,
138, 344.
ƕassei,
wf.
sharpness, severity,
138, 344.
Cp. OE. hwæss, OHG. hwas, sharp.
*ƕatjan,
wv. I,
see ga-ƕatjan.
ƕaþ,
av.
whither,
348.
ƕaþar,
pr.
which of two, whether,
106, 165, 274.
OE. hwæþer.
ƕaþar-uh,
indef. pr.
each of two,
275.
ƕaþjan,
wv. I,
to foam,
130.
ƕaþrō,
av.
whence,
89, 119, 348.
ƕaz-uh,
indef. pr.
each, every,
89, 109, 114, 175 note 2, 275, 427;
twans ƕanzuh,
two and two,
273 note 2.
ƕaz-uh saei,
indef. pr.
whosoever,
276.
ƕē,
av.
with what, wherewith, how,
273 note 1;
ƕē galeiks?
like unto what?
ƕē galeikōn?
to liken unto what?
OE. hwá, hwī
ƕeila,
sf.
time, season, hour,
19, 78, 165, 192, 353.
OE. hwīl, OHG. hwīla.
ƕeila-ƕaírbs,
aj.
inconstant, transient, enduring only for a while,
397.
*ƕeitjan,
wv. I,
see ga-ƕeitjan.
ƕeits,
aj.
white,
140, 165.
OE. hwīt, OHG. hwīȥ.
ƕe-láuþs,
pr.
what sort of,
274.
ƕi-leiks,
pr.
what sort of,
274.
ƕōpan,
sv. VII,
to boast,
19, 165 and note, 311, 313.
OE. hwōpan, to threaten.
ƕōtjan,
wv. I,
to threaten, rebuke, charge.
ibái,
interrogative particle,
like
Gr. μή, Lat. num; ibái, iba, cj. lest, that ... not, 349, 351. Cp. OHG. ibu.
ibna-leiks,
aj.
equal,
398.
OE. efen-līc, OHG. eban-līh.
ibnassus,
sm.
evenness,
203, 381.
ibns,
aj.
even,
14, 22, 159, 161, 227, 390.
OE. efen, efn, OHG. eban.
iddja,
pret.
I went,
2 note 1, 15, 156, 313 note, 321.
idreiga,
sf.
repentance.
idreigōn,
wv. II,
to repent,
325.
id-weit,
sn.
reproach,
369.
OE. ed-wīt, OHG. ita-wīȥ.
id-weitjan,
wv. I,
to reprove, blame, revile, reproach,
428.
iftuma,
aj.
next, the one after, the following,
246.
igqar,
poss. pr.
of you two,
263.
ik,
pers. pr.
1, 6, 21, 88, 129, 162, 260, 261
OE. ic, OHG. ih.
im,
def. v.
I am,
342.
in,
prep. c. acc.
in, into, towards;
c. gen.
on account of;
c. dat.
in, into, among, by,
350.
OE. OHG. in.
-īn-,
(-ein-),
suffix,
383.
in-ahei,
wf.
soberness, sobriety,
370.
in-ahs,
aj.
wise, sober,
370.
-inassu-,
suffix,
381.
in-brannjan,
wv. I,
to put in the fire, burn,
415.
in-drōbnan,
wv. IV,
to become sad.
in-feinan,
wv. IV,
to be moved with compassion, have compassion on, pity,
331.
in-gardja,
w. aj. used as subst.
one of the same household,
370.
inilō,
wf.
excuse, pretence,
370.
in-kilþō,
w. aj.
with child.
in-kunja,
wm.
one of the same country, countryman,
370.
in-máideins,
sf.
change, exchange,
370.
in-máidjan,
wv. I,
to change, exchange, transfigure.
inn,
av.
in, within;
inn atgaggan,
to enter, enter into, go into; inn gaggan, to go in, enter.
inna,
av.
within,
348.
inna-kunds,
aj.
of the same household,
371.
innana,
av.
within;
prep. c. gen.
within, inside,
348, 427.
OE. innan, OHG. innana.
innaþrō,
av.
within,
348.
innuma,
aj.
the inner, innermost, inmost,
246.
-inōn,
suffix,
425.
in-saian,
sv. VII,
to sow in,
415.
in-saíƕan,
sv. V,
to look at, look upon, look round, behold, regard,
415.
in-sáiljan,
wv. I,
to bind with ropes, let down with cords.
OE. sǣlan.
in-sandjan,
wv. I,
to send send forth,
415.
in-standan,
sv. VI,
to persist.
in-swinþjan,
wv. I,
to grow strong;
inswinþjan sik,
to be strong.
in-tandjan,
wv. I,
to burn up.
inuh, inu,
prep. c. acc.
without, except,
350.
in-wagjan,
wv. I,
to stir up.
in-weitan,
sv. I,
to worship, reverence, salute,
300.
in-widan,
sv. V,
to reject, frustrate, deny, refuse.
in-winds,
aj.
turned aside, perverse, unjust, unrighteous,
370.
in-wisan,
sv. V,
to be present, be near at hand.
is,
pers. pr.
he,
88 note, 114, 129, 175 note 2, 260, 261, 263.
is,
def. v.
thou art,
342.
-iska-,
suffix,
384.
itan,
sv. V,
to eat,
6, 43, 66, 129, 138, 170, 280, 308 and note.
OE. etan, OHG. eȥȥan.
iþ,
cj.
but, however, if,
351.
-iþa,
suffix,
384.
iudaíwisks,
aj.
Jewish,
396.
iumjō,
wf.
multitude.
iup,
av.
upwards;
>iupa,
above,
9, 348;
iupana, iupaþrō,
from above,
348.
iz-ei, iz-ē,
rel. pr. masc.
who, which,
5, 175 note 2, 271 note 3.
izwar,
poss. pr.
your,
263.
ja, jái,
av.
yea, yes, verily,
349.
OHG. jā.
jabái,
cj.
if, even if, although,
351;
jabái ... aíþþáu,
either ... or.
jah,
cj.
and, also, even,
18, 164, 351;
jah ... jah,
both ... and,
351;
ni þatáinei ... ak jah,
not only ... but also;
nih ... ak jah,
not only ... but also.
OHG. ja.
jáinar,
av.
yonder, there, in that place,
348.
jáind, jáindrē,
av.
thither,
348.
jáins,
dem. pr.
that, yon,
268, 430.
jáinþrō,
av.
thence,
348.
jaþ-þē
cj.
and if,
265 note 1;
þaþþē ... jaþþē,
whether ... or,
351.
ja-u,
interrogative particle,
whether; in indirect questions, if so, so then,
349.
jēr,
sn.
year,
5, 20, 152, 182.
OE. gēar, OHG. jār.
jiukan,
wv. III,
to contend,
328.
ju,
av.
already, now,
347.
OHG. jū, giū.
jugga-láuþs,
sm.
a youth, young man.
juggs,
aj.
young,
20, 72, 82, 95, 102, 136, 137, 152, 227, 243, 390.
OE. geong, OHG. jung.
jūhiza,
aj.
younger,
137, 243.
juk,
sn.
yoke,
20, 21, 70, 87, 88 note, 89, 95, 129, 152, 162, 182, 353.
OE. geoc, OHG. joh.
junda,
sf.
youth.
jus,
pers. pr.
ye,
260, 261.
ju-þan,
aj.
already.
káisar,
sm.
Caesar, emperor, governor.
OE. cāsere, OHG. keisar, Lat. Caesar, Gr. καῖσαρ.
káisara-gild,
sn.
tribute-money.
kalbō,
wf.
calf,
161, 211.
OE. cealf, OHG. kalb, sn.
kalds,
aj.
cold,
15, 129, 134, 162, 227, 390.
OE. ceald, OHG. kalt.
kalkinassus,
sm.
adultery, fornication.
kalkjō,
wf.
harlot.
kann,
pret.-pres.
I know,
22, 158 note, 335.
OE. can(n), OHG. kan.
kannjan,
wv. I,
to make known,
158 note.
OE. cennan, OHG. kennen.
kara,
sf.
care, anxiety,
192, 426;
ni hara þuk,
there is no care to thee, thou carest not.
OE. cearu, OHG. chara.
karkara,
sf.
prison,
192.
Lat. carcer.
karōn,
wv. II,
to care for, be concerned about,
325, 400.
kas,
sn.
vessel, pitcher.
OHG. kar.
katils,
sm.
kettle, vessel for water.
OE. cietel, OHG. cheȥȥil.
káupatjan,
wv. I,
to buffet, cuff, strike with the palm of the hand,
138, 321, 424.
káupōn,
wv. II,
to traffic,
325.
OE. cēapian, OHG. coufōn.
kaúrbān,
gift.
Gr. κορβᾶν.
kaúriþa,
sf.
weight, burden,
384.
kaúrn,
sn.
corn,
21, 182.
OE. corn, OHG. korn.
kaúrnō,
sn.
corn, a grain of corn,
214.
kaúrus,
aj.
heavy,
129, 146, 236.
káusjan,
wv. I,
to prove, test, taste.
keinan,
sv. I,
to bud, grow, spring up;
weak pret. keinōda,
see note to Mark iv.
27.
kēlikn,
sn.
tower, upper-room.
kilþei,
wf.
womb,
212.
kindins,
sm.
ruler, governor.
kinnus,
sf.
cheek,
139, 162, 204.
OE. cinn, OHG. chinni.
kiusan,
sv. II,
to choose, test,
51, 84, 104, 105, 129, 137, 175 note, 280, 302.
OE. cēosan, OHG. kiosan.
kniu,
sn.
knee,
9, 21, 105, 129, 134, 149, 150, 162, 189.
OE. cnēo(w), OHG. knio.
knussjan,
wv. I,
to kneel;
knussjan kniwam,
to kneel.
kriustan,
sv. II,
to gnash with the teeth, grind the teeth,
302.
krusts,
sf.
gnashing.
kukjan,
wv. I,
to kiss.
318, 428.
*kumbjan,
wv. I,
see ana-kumbjan.
kumei,
imper.
arise!,
Gr. κούμει.
kunds,
pp.
born,
cp. Skr. jātás, Lat. (g)nātus, born.
kuni,
sn.
race, generation, tribe,
115, 155, 162, 186, 187.
OE. cyn(n), OHG. kunni.
kunnan,
pret.-pres.
to know,
335, 426.
OE. cunnan, OHG. kunnan.
*kunnan,
wv. III,
see ga-kunnan.
kunþa,
pret.
I knew,
335.
OE. cuþe, OHG. konda.
kunþi,
sn.
knowledge,
187.
kunþjan,
wv. I,
to make known.
OE. cáþan, OHG. kunden, see ga-swi-kunþjan.
kunþs,
pp. of kunnan, known,
340, 428;
sm.
acquaintance.
OE. cūþ, OHG. kund.
*kusts,
sf.
proof, test.
OE. cyst, OHG. kust, choice, see ga-kusts.
kustus,
sm.
proof, test, trial,
203.
OE. cyst, OHG. kust, choice.
lagga-mōdei,
wf.
long-suffering,
389.
laggei,
wf.
length,
354, 383.
laggs,
aj.
long,
22, 132, 158, 166, 227.
OE. OHG. lang.
lagjan,
wv. I,
to lay, lay down, set, place,
20, 158, 168, 318, 400;
kniwa lagjan,
to bend one’s knees;
gawaírþi lagjan ana aírþa,
to send peace on earth.
OE. lecgan, OHG. leggen.
láiba,
sf.
remnant,
192, 354.
OE. lāf, OHG. leiba.
*láibjan
(in bi-láibjan),
wv. I,
to leave.
OE. lǣfan.
laígaíōn,
legion.
Gr. λεγεών.
láikan,
sv. VII,
to leap for joy,
313.
OE. lācan, to play.
láiks,
sm.
dance, dancing.
OE. lāc, OHG. leih.
láis,
pret.-pres.
I know,
122, 137, 333.
láisareis,
sm.
teacher, master,
122, 153, 185, 380.
OHG. lērāri.
láiseigs,
aj.
teachable,
394.
láiseins,
sf.
doctrine, teaching,
153 note, 200, 388.
láisjan,
wv. I,
to teach,
22, 137 note, 175 note, 320, 426.
OE. lǣran, OHG. lēren.
láistjan,
wv. I,
to follow, follow after,
320.
OE. lǣtstan, OHG. leisten.
láists,
sm.
foot-print, track, step,
197.
OE. lāst, OHG. leist.
lamb,
sn.
lamb, sheep,
14, 161.
OE. OHG. lamb.
land,
sn.
land, country;
landis
over the land, far away,
427.
OE. land, OHG. lant.
lasiws,
aj.
weak, feeble,
232.
lats,
aj.
slothful, lazy,
125, 227.
OE. læt, OHG. laȥ.
laþōn,
wv. II,
to invite, call,
200, 325.
OE. laþian, OHG. ladōn.
laþōns,
sf.
invitation, redemption, consolation,
200, 388.
*lauan,
sv. VII,
to revile,
313 note 4.
*láubjan,
wv. I,
see ga-láubjan.
láufs,
sm.
leaf, foliage,
180.
OE. lēaf, OHG. loub.
láugnjan,
wv. I,
to deny, lie,
159.
OE. līegn(i)an, OHG. lougnen.
*láugns,
aj.
see ana-láugns.
laúhatjan,
wv. I,
to lighten,
424.
OHG. lohazzen.
láun,
sn.
pay, reward,
22, 182.
OE. lēan, OHG. lōn.
láuna-wargs,
sm.
an unthankful person,
389.
OE. wearg, OHG. warch, criminal.
láus,
aj.
empty,
175, 226 note, 427.
OE. lēas, OHG. lōs.
láusa-waúrdei,
wf.
empty words, babbling,
389.
láusa-waúrds,
aj.
speaking loose words, talking vainly,
398.
láus-handus,
aj.
empty-handed,
34, 236, 389, 398.
láusjan,
wv. I,
to loose, deliver, free.
OE. līesan, OHG. lōsen.
láus-qiþrs,
aj.
fasting, with empty stomach.
*láuþs,
aj.
being grown up,
see ƕe-, jugga-, swa-lauþs.
*leiban,
sv. I,
see bi-leiban.
leiƕan,
sv. I,
to lend,
48, 69, 88, 92, 128, 143, 247, 298, 428.
OE. līon, lēon, OHG. līhan.
leik,
sn.
body, flesh, corpse,
182.
OE. līc, OHG. līh.
leikáins,
sf.
liking, good pleasure.
leikan,
wv. III,
to please,
328.
OE. līcian, OHG. līhhēn.
*leikjan,
wv. I,
see silda-leikjan.
*leikōn,
wv. II,
see ga-leikōn.
-leiks,
suffix,
like, similar, equal.
OE. -līc, OHG. -līh, see ga-, ƕi-, ibna-, missa-, sama-, silda-, swa-leiks.
lein,
sn.
linen.
OE. OHG. līn.
leitils,
aj.
little, small,
227, 245.
O.Icel. lītell.
*leiþan,
sv. I,
to go,
137 note, 205 note.
OE. līþan, OHG. līdan, see af-leiþan.
leiþu,
sn.
strong drink,
205 note.
OE. līþ, OHG. Iīd.
lēkeis,
sm.
physician,
185.
OE. 1ǣce, OHG. lāchi.
lēkinassus,
sm.
healing,
354, 381.
lēkinōn,
wv. II,
to heal,
425.
OE. lācnian, lǣcnian, OHG. lāchinōn.
lētan,
sv. VII,
to let, leave, permit, suffer,
10, 33, 124, 125, 314.
OE. lǣtan, OHG. lāȥan.
lēw,
sn.
occasion, opportunity,
149, 189 note 2.
lēwjan,
wv. I,
to betray,
149, 152.
OE. lǣwan, OHG. gi-lāwen.
libáins,
sf.
life,
200, 388.
liban,
wv. III,
to live,
161, 200, 328.
OE. libban, OHG. lebēn.
ligan,
sv. V,
to lie, lie down,
308 and note.
OE. licgan, OHG. liggen.
ligrs,
sm.
bed, couch,
159, 180.
OE. leger, OHG. legar.
*linnan,
sv. III,
see af-linnan.
lisan,
sv. V,
to gather,
138, 174, 292, 308.
OE. OHG. lesan.
listeigs,
aj.
crafty, cunning, wily,
394.
OHG. listīg.
lists,
sf.
craftiness,
122, 199.
OE. OHG. list, skill.
liþus,
sm.
limb,
203.
OE. liþ, OHG. lid.
liudan,
sv. II,
to grow, spring up,
302.
OE. lēodan.
liufs,
aj.
dear, beloved,
86, 122, 133, 226 note, 227, 428.
OE. lēof, OHG. liob.
*liug,
sn.,
see ga-liug.
liugan,
wv. III,
to marry,
328.
liugan,
sv. II,
to lie,
302.
OE. lēogan, OHG. liogan.
liuhadeins,
aj.
bright, shining, full of light.
liuhaþ,
sn.
light,
86, 105, 182.
OE. lēoht, OHG. lioht.
liuhtjan,
wv. I,
to give light,
63, 85, 105, 320.
OE. līehtan, liuhten.
*liusan,
sv. II,
see fra-liusan.
liuta,
wm.
hypocrite,
208, 223.
liutei,
wf.
deceit, hypocrisy,
212, 383.
liuts,
aj.
hypocritical,
223.
liuþareis,
sm.
singer,
380.
liuþōn,
wv. II,
to sing.
OE. lēoþian; cp. OE. lēoþ, OHG. liod, song.
lōfa,
wm.
palm of the hand.
*lubō,
wf.
love,
122;
in comp.
brōþru-lubō
brotherly love.
ludja,
sf.
face,
192.
luftus,
sm.
air,
203.
OE. lyft, OHG. luft.
*lūkan,
sv. II,
to shut, close,
125.
See ga-lūkan.
OE. lūcan, OHG. lūhhan.
lukarn,
sn.
light, candle.
Lat. lucerna.
lukarna-staþa,
wm.
candlestick,
208, 389.
*luknan,
wv. IV,
see ga-, us-luknan.
lun,
sn.
ransom.
lustōn,
wv. II,
to desire,
325, 427.
OE. lystan from *lustjan, OHG. lustōn.
*lusts,
sf.,
see fra-lusts.
lustus,
sm.
desire, lust,
203.
OE. OHG. lust.
*magan,
pret.-pres.
to be able,
17, 138, 169, 337.
OE. OHG. magan.
magaþei,
wf.
virginity, maidenhood.
magaþs,
sf.
maid,
199.
OE. mæg(e)þ, OHG. magad.
magula,
wm.
little boy,
208, 354.
magus,
sm.
boy, servant,
137, 293.
OE. magu.
mahta,
pret.
I might,
337.
OE. meahte, OHG. mahta.
mahteigs,
aj.
mighty, able, possible,
227, 394.
OHG. mahtīg.
mahts,
sf.
might, power, strength, virtue, miracle,
27, 138, 199, 354.
OE. meaht, miht, OHG. maht.
mahts,
aj.
possible,
227.
máidjan,
wv. I,
to falsify,
320.
O.Icel. meiþa, to injure.
maíhstus,
sm.
dunghill,
69.
Cp. OE. meox, OHG. mist.
maímbrana,
wm.
parchment, manuscript.
Gr. μεμβράνα.
máis,
av.
more, rather,
345;
máis þáu,
more than, rather than;
filu máis,
much more;
und filu máis,
much more, so much the more;
ƕan filu ... máis þamma,
the more ... so much the more.
OE. mā, OHG. mēr.
máist,
av.
at most,
256, 345.
OHG. meist.
máists,
aj.
greatest, chief,
245.
OE. mǣsta, OHG. meisto.
máitan,
sv. VII,
to cut, hew,
313.
OHG. meiȥan.
máiþms,
sm.
gift,
22, 159, 180, 354.
OE. māþm, māþum.
máiza,
aj.
greater
30, 175, 245.
OE. mara, OHG. mere.
malan,
sv. VI,
to grind,
310.
OHG. malan.
malma,
wm.
sand,
208.
OE. mealm.
malō,
wf.
moth.
*malwjan,
wv. I,
see ga-malwjan.
mammōna,
wm.
mammon, riches.
Gr. μαμωνᾶς.
man,
pret.-pres.
I think,
122, 336.
OE. man.
managdūþs,
sf.
abundance,
89 note, 354, 382.
managei,
wf.
multitude, crowd,
6, 87, 110, 210, 354, 429.
OE. menigo, OHG. menigī.
manag-falþs,
num.
manyfold,
257, 389.
OE. manig-feald, OHG. manag-falt.
manags,
aj.
much, great, many,
106, 169, 227, 243, 244.
OE. manig, OHG. manag.
mana-sēþs,
sf.
mankind, world, multitude,
75, 122, 199, 389.
OE. sǣd, OHG. sāt, seed.
man-leika,
wm.
image, picture,
389.
OE. man-līca, OHG. mana-līhho.
manna,
wm.
man,
31, 114, 158, 206, 209.
OE. mann, OHG. man.
manna-hun,
indef. pr. with the neg. particle ni,
no one,
278.
manniskōdus,
sm.
humanity,
354, 385.
mannisks,
aj.
human, of man,
33, 396.
OE. OHG. mennisc.
manwiþa,
sf.
preparation;
pl.
necessary means,
384.
manwjan,
wv. I,
to prepare.
manwuba,
av.
in readiness
344.
manwus,
aj.
ready,
236.
marei,
wf.
sea,
212.
OE. mere, OHG. meri.
mari-sáiws,
sm.
sea,
389.
mari-, OE. mere, OHG. meri; sáiws, OE. sǣ, OHG. sēo.
marka,
sf.
boundary, border, coast.
OE. mearc, OHG. marca.
marzjan,
wv. I,
to offend, hinder, cause to stumble.
OE. mierran, OHG. merren.
mati-balgs,
sm.
meat-bag, wallet, scrip,
389.
matjan,
wv. I,
to eat feed,
318.
mats,
sm.
meat, food,
197.
OE. mete, OHG. maȥ.
maþa,
wm.
worm.
OE. maþa, OHG. mado.
maþl,
sn.
market, marketplace.
OE. mæþel, meeting.
maþljan,
wv. I,
to speak.
OE. mæþlan, maþelian.
maúrgins,
sm.
morning,
180.
OE. morgen, OHG. morgan.
*maúrgjan,
wv. I,
see ga-maúrgjan.
maúrnan,
wv. III,
to mourn, be anxious take care for,
328.
OE. murnan, OHG. mornēn.
maúrþr,
sn.
murder,
182.
OE. morþor.
maúrþrjan,
wv. I,
to murder,
320.
mawi
(gen. máujos),
sf.
maiden, damsel,
104, 137, 149, 150, 194.
mawilō,
wf.
young maiden,
211, 354.
OE. meowle.
meins,
poss. pr.
my,
263, 264, 430.
OE. OHG. mīn.
mēl,
sn.
time, hour season;
pl.
writings, Scriptures,
22, 158;
mēl gebaúrþáis,
birthday.
OE. mǣl, OHG. māl.
mēla,
wm.
bushel, measure.
mēljan
wv. I,
to write,
320.
OE. mǣlan, OHG. mālēn, mālōn, to mark.
mēna,
wm.
moon,
22, 43, 87, 158, 208.
OE. mōna, OHG. māno.
mēnōþs,
m.
month,
89, 219.
OE. mōnaþ, OHG. mānōd.
mēriþa,
sf.
rumour, report, fame,
384.
OE. mǣrþ(o), OHG. mārida.
mērjan,
wv.
to preach, proclaim,
320.
OE. mǣran, OHG. māren.
mērjands,
m.
proclaimer,
218.
*mērs,
aj.
known, famous.
OE. mǣre, OHG. māri.
mēs,
sn.
table, dish,
77.
OE. mēse, OHG. mias, meas.
*mēt,
sn.
measure,
see us-mēt.
midja-sweipáins,
sf.
the flood, deluge,
389.
midjis,
aj.
middle,
60, 153 note, 173, 228, 430.
OE. midd, OHG. mitti.
midjun-gards,
sm.
earth, world.
OE. middan-geard, OHG. mitti-gart, mittin-gart.
*miduma,
sf.
midst;
in midumái,
in the midst.
midumōnds,
m.
mediator,
218.
Cp. OE. medemian, OHG. metemēn, to fix, measure.
mikilaba,
av.
greatly,
344.
mikil-dūþs,
sf.
greatness,
199, 382.
mikilei,
wf.
greatness,
212, 383.
OHG. mihhilī.
mikiljan,
wv. I,
to make much of, praise, exalt, magnify, glorify,
153, 320, 400.
mikilnan,
wv. IV,
to be magnified,
331.
mikils,
aj.
great,
227, 245, 390.
OE. micel, OHG. mihhil.
mikil-þūhts,
aj.
high-minded, proud,
397.
mildiþa,
sf.
mildness, kindness,
354, 384.
OHG. miltida.
*milds,
aj.
see un-milds.
milhma,
wm.
cloud.
miliþ,
sn.
honey.
Cp. Gr. μέλι, gen. μέλιτος.
miluks,
f.
milk,
221.
OE. meol(u)c, OHG. miluh.
mims
(mimz),
sn.
flesh, meat,
175 note 1.
minnists,
aj.
least, smallest,
245.
OHG. minnist.
minniza,
aj.
smaller, less,
139, 158 note, 245.
OHG. minniro.
mins,
av.
less,
158 note, 345.
OE. OHG. min.
missa-dēþs,
sf.
misdeed, sin,
199, 372.
OE. mis-dǣd, OHG. missi-tāt.
missa-leiks,
aj.
different, various,
372, 391.
OE. mis-līc, OHG. missi-līh.
missa-qiss,
sf.
discord, dissension,
372.
missō,
av.
reciprocally, the one the other, one to another;
always with pers. pr.
344, 431.
mitan,
sv. V,
to measure,
122, 170, 307.
OE. metan, OHG. meȥȥan.
mitaþs,
sf.
measure, bushel,
221.
mitōn,
wv. II,
to consider, think, ponder
200, 325, 428.
mitōns,
sf.
thought, considering, reasoning,
200.
miþ,
prep. c. dat.
with, among, together with, through, by, near,
28, 350;
miþ tweihnáim markōm,
amid the two boundaries, in the midst of the region;
miþ ushramjan,
to crucify with;
av.
with.
OE. mid, OHG. mit.
miþ-gardi-waddjus,
sf.
partition wall,
373.
miþ-ga-sinþa,
wm.
travelling companion,
373.
miþ-sōkjan,
wv. I, c. dat.
to dispute.
miþ-þan-ei,
cj.
while, during, when,
5, 351.
miþ-wissei,
wf.
conscience
373.
mizdō,
wf.
reward,
22, 141, 175, 211.
OE. meord.
mōdags,
aj.
angry, wrathful,
227, 392, 428.
OE. mōdig, OHG. muotig, proud, brave.
mōta,
sf.
custom, custom-house,
192.
Cp. OHG. mūta, Low Lat. mūta.
*mōtan,
pret.-pres.
to find room,
338.
mōtareis,
sm.
toll-taker, publican,
185, 354, 380.
mōta-staþs,
sm.
toll-place, receipt of custom,
389.
*mōtjan,
wv. I,
see ga-mōtjan.
mōþs
(mōds),
sm.
anger, wrath.
OE. mōd, OHG. muot, courage
mulda,
sf.
dust,
192.
OE. molde, OHG. molta.
munan,
wv. III,
to consider, think, intend,
328.
Cp. OE. mynnan, mynian, to intend.
munan,
pret.-pres.
to think,
336.
OE. munan.
*munds,
sf.
340,
see ga-munds.
muns,
sm.
thought, intention,
122, 197.
munþs,
sm.
mouth.
OE. mūþ, OHG. mund.
nadrs,
sm.
adder, viper.
Cp. OE. nǣd(d)re, OHG. nātara.
nahta-mats,
sm.
supper, evening meal,
389.
nahts,
f.
night,
18, 22, 128, 158, 164, 221, 346, 353, 427.
OE. neaht, niht, OHG. naht.
náiteins,
sf.
blasphemy.
*náitjan,
wv. I,
see ga-náitjan.
namnjan,
wv. I,
to name,
158 note, 320, 322, 400.
OE. nemnan, OHG. nemnen.
namō,
wn.
name,
4, 22, 158 note, 214 note, 322.
OE. nama, OHG. namo.
*nanþjan,
wv. I,
see ana-nanþjan.
naqaþs,
aj.
naked,
146, 163.
OE. nacod, OHG. nachot.
nardus,
sm.
nard.
Lat. nardus from Gr. νάρδος, cp. OHG. narda, nartha.
naseins,
sf.
salvation,
153 note, 200.
nasjan,
wv. I,
to save,
87, 88, 89 note, 109, 114, 118, 137 note, 152, 153, 157, 173, 200, 240, 316, 317, 322, 400.
OE. nerien, OHG. nerren, nerien.
nasjands,
m.
saviour,
218, 379.
OE. ner(i)gend.
nati,
sn.
net,
187.
OE. nett, OHG. nezzi.
natjan,
wv. I,
to make wet, wet,
318.
OHG. nezzen.
náudi-bandi,
sf.
chain, fetter,
389.
naúdi-þaúrfts,
aj.
necessary,
397.
naúh,
av.
still, yet;
ni naúh or naúh ni,
not yet, not as yet.
OHG. noh.
*naúhan,
pret.-pres.,
see bi-nah.
naúh-þanuþ,
av.
still yet.
naúhuþ-þan,
av.
and also.
náus,
sm.
corpse,
150, 196 note 1.
Cp. OE. dryht-nē, dead body of a warrior.
náuþjan,
wv. I,
to force, compel.
OE. nīedan, OHG. nōten.
náuþs,
sf.
need,
199.
OE. nēad, nīed, OHG. nōt.
nē,
av.
nay, no,
349.
nēƕ,
av.
near, close by,
19, 143.
OE. nēah, OHG. nāh.
nēƕa,
prep. c. dat.
nigh to, near;
av.
near,
350.
OHG. nāho.
nēƕis,
av.
nearer,
345.
nēƕjan sik,
wv. I,
to approach, draw near.
OHG. nāhen.
nēƕundja,
wm.
neighbour,
208.
neiþ,
sn.
envy, hatred.
OE. nīþ, OHG. nīd.
neiwan,
sv. I,
to be angry.
nēþla,
sf.
needle,
192.
OE. nǣdl, OHG. nādala.
ni,
av. neg.
not,
265 note 1, 349, 427;
nist = ni ist;
ni ... ak,
not ... but;
ni alja ... alja,
not other ... than;
ni ... ni or nih,
neither ... nor,
351;
ni þanamáis or þanaseiþs,
no longer, no more;
ni þatainei ... ak jah,
not only ... but also;
ni áinshun,
no one, no, none,
427;
ni áiw,
never,
347;
ni allis,
not at all,
427.
nibái, niba,
cj.
unless, except, if ... not,
351.
OHG. nibu.
nidwa,
sf.
rust,
149, 192.
nih,
cj.
and not, not even,
351;
nih ... nih,
neither ... nor;
nih ... ak jah,
neither ... but also,
351
OHG. noh.
niman,
sv. IV,
to take, take away, receive, accept,
5, 10, 11, 22, 33, 65, 68, 70, 87, 88, 89 note, 91, 93, 95, 106,
107, 108, 110, 112, 114, 115, 120, 124, 158, 175, 239, 240, 241, 242,
282, 286, 287, 288, 289, 292, 293, 295, 296, 297, 305;
miþ niman,
to receive, accept.
OE. niman, OHG. neman.
*nipnan,
wv. IV,
see ga-nipnan.
*nisan,
sv. V,
see ga-nisan.
nist
= ni ist.
niþan,
sv. V,
to help,
308.
niþjis,
sm.
kinsman,
185, 211.
Cp. OE. niþþas, men.
niþjō,
wf.
female cousin.
niu,
interrogative particle,
not
= Lat. nonne, 349; niu áiw, never.
*niujan,
wv. I,
see ana-niujan.
niuja-satiþs,
sm.
novice,
389.
niujis,
aj.
new, young,
20, 85, 105, 229, 238.
OE. nīewe, nīwe, OHG. niuwi, niuui.
niujiþa,
sf.
newness,
354, 384.
niu-klahs,
aj.
under age, young, childish,
393.
niun,
num.
nine,
22, 247, 252.
OE. nigon, OHG. niun.
niunda,
num.
ninth,
253.
OE. nigoþa, OHG. niunto.
niuntēhund,
num.
ninety,
247.
niutan,
sv. II,
to enjoy,
302, 427.
OE. nēotan. OHG. nioȥan.
ni waíhts,
nothing, naught,
427.
See waíhts.
nōta,
wm.
stern of a ship,
208.
nu,
av.
now, so, consequently,
347;
aj.
present, existing;
subs.
present time;
nu, nunu, nuh,
av. and cj.
therefore,
351.
nuh,
interrogative particle,
then,
73 note, 349, 351.
nuta,
wm.
fisher, catcher of fishes,
208, 354.
*nuts
(in un-nuts),
aj.
useful.
OE. nytt, OHG. nuzzi.
ō,
interj.
O! oh!
*ōgan,
pret.-pres.
to fear,
7, 169, 428.
ōgjan,
wv. I,
to terrify,
7, 320.
-ōni-,
suffix,
388.
ōsanna,
hosanna.
Gr. ὠσαννά.
-ōþu-,
suffix,
385.
páida,
sf.
coat,
23, 160.
OE. pād, OHG. pfeit.
paraklētus,
sm.
comforter.
Gr. *παράκλητος.
paraskaíwē,
the day of the preparation.
Gr. παρασκευή.
paska,
sf. indeclinable,
feast of the passover, paschal feast.
Gr. πάσχα.
paúrpura,
sf.
purple.
Gr. πορφύρα.
peika-bagms,
sm.
palm-tree.
pistikeins,
aj.
genuine, pure.
Gr. πιστικός with Goth. suffix -eins.
plapja,
sf.
street;
only occurs once (Matth. vi. 5), and is probably a scribal error for *platja from Lat. platea, 192.
plats,
sm.
patch, piece of cloth.
O.Bulgarian platŭ.
plinsjan,
wv. I,
to dance,
23, 160.
O.Bulgarian plęsati.
*praggan,
sv. VII,
see ana-praggan.
praitōriaún,
Pretorium.
Gr. πραιτώπιον.
praúfēteis,
fem.
prophetess.
Gr. *προφῆτις.
praúfētjan,
wv. I,
to prophesy.
praúfētus, praúfētēs,
sm.
prophet.
Gr. προφήτης.
pund,
sn.
pound,
23, 160.
OE. pund, OHG. pfunt, Lat. pondō.
qáinōn,
wv. II,
to weep, mourn, lament.
OE. cwānian.
qaírrei,
wf.
meekness.
236.
aj.
gentle,
O.Icel. kwirr.
qēns
(qeins),
sf.
wife, woman,
5, 24, 97, 122, 163, 199.
OE. cwēn.
qiman,
sv. IV,
to come, arrive,
24, 122, 129, 134, 146, 163, 306, 436.
OE. cuman, OHG. queman.
qina-kunds,
aj.
female,
397.
qineins,
aj.
female;
neut.
foolish woman,
395.
qinō,
wf.
woman, wife,
122, 129, 211.
OE. cwene, OHG. quena.
*qiss,
sf.
a saying, speech,
see ga-qiss, and cp. qiþan.
qiþan,
sv. V,
to say, tell, name, speak,
138, 163, 171, 286 note 3, 307, 426;
ubil qiþan,
to speak evil of one;
waíla qiþan,
to speak well of, praise.
OE. cweþan, OHG. quedan.
qiþu-hafts,
aj.
pregnant;
qiþu-haftō,
fem. used as sb.,
a woman being with child.
qiþus,
sm.
body, womb.
OE. cwiþa, cwiþ.
*qiujan,
wv. I,
see ga-qiujan.
*qiunan,
wv. IV,
see ga-qiunan.
qius,
aj.
alive, quick, living,
105, 129, 149, 232.
qums,
sm.
advent,
196 note 2, 354.
OE. cyme, OHG. -kumi.
rabbei,
master, teacher.
Gr. ῥαββί.
ragin,
sn.
opinion, judgment, decree.
Cp. OE. reg(e)n-weard, mighty guardian.
ragineis,
sm.
counsellor, governor,
153, 185.
raginōn,
wv. II,
to be ruler,
425.
OE. regnian, to arrange.
rahnjan,
wv. I,
to count, reckon, number,
426.
ráidjan,
wv. I,
to determine, fix, order, appoint.
Cp. OE. rādian.
raíhtaba,
av.
rightly, straight-way,
344.
raíhtis,
cj.
for, because,
351;
av.
for, still, then, however, indeed,
346, 427.
raihts,
aj.
right, straight,
25, 67, 128, 158, 227, 390.
OE. reoht, riht, OHG. reht.
*ráips,
sm.
see skáuda-ráips.
*ráisjan,
wv. I,
to raise,
320, 420,
see ur-ráisjan,
OE. rǣran.
ráiþs,
aj.
see ga-ráiþs.
rakjan,
wv. I,
see uf-rakjan.
*rannjan,
wv. I,
to cause to run,
122,
see ur-rannjan.
raþizō,
aj.
easier,
428.
raþjan,
sv. VI,
see ga-raþjan.
raþjō,
wf.
number, account,
125, 211.
OHG. redia.
ráupjan,
wv. I,
to pull out, pluck.
OE. rīepan, OHG. rouffen.
ráus,
sn.
reed.
OHG. rōr.
ráuþs,
aj.
red,
52, 84, 133, 158.
OE. rēad, OHG. rōt.
razda,
sf.
language, speech,
OE. reord, OHG. rarta.
razn,
sn.
house,
158, 159.
OE. ærn, ræn.
*rēdan,
sv. VII,
to counsel, deliberate,
25, 125, 311
see ga-rēdan.
OE. rǣdan, OHG. rātan.
reiki,
sn.
rule, power, kingdom,
187.
OE. rīce, OHG. rīhhi.
reikinōn,
wv. II,
to rule, govern,
33, 325, 425.
reiks,
aj.
mighty, powerful;
superl. reikista,
the mightiest, prince.
Cp. OE. rīce, OHG. rīhhi.
reiks,
m.
ruler, prince,
219.
reiran,
wv. III,
to tremble,
328.
reirō,
wf.
trembling.
*reisan,
sv. I,
to rise;
see ur-reisan.
OE. OHG. rīsan.
rign,
sn.
rain,
168.
OE. regn, OHG. regan.
rikan,
sv. V,
to heap up,
308.
rinnan,
sv. III,
to run, hasten,
22, 122, 139, 158, 304.
OE. rinnan, iernan, OHG. rinnan.
riqis, riqiz,
sn.
darkness,
24, 125, 163, 175 note 1, 182.
riqizeins,
aj.
dark.
riqizjan,
wv. I,
to become dark, be darkened.
rōdjan,
wv. I,
to speak,
320, 428.
rōhsns,
sf.
hall.
rūms,
sm.
room, space,
82, 102.
OE. OHG. rum.
rūna,
sf.
secret, mystery,
192.
OE. rūn, OHG. rūna.
runs,
sm.
running, issue, course,
122;
run gawaúrkjan sis,
to rush violently.
OE. ryne.
sa
(fem. sō, neut. þata),
dem. pr.
this, that;
pers. pr.
he;
def. art.
the,
49, 87 and note, 89 and note, 114, 120, 175, 265.
sabbatō,
indeclinable,
Sabbath;
sabbatus,
sm.
Sabbath;
pl. fluctuates between i- and u- declension.
Gr. σάββατον, σάββατος.
sa-ei,
rel. pr.
who, he who, which,
271.
saggws,
sm.
song, music,
197, 354.
OE. OHG. sang.
sagqjan
(saggqjan),
wv. I,
to sink, go down.
OE. sencan, OHG. senken.
sagqs
(saggqs),
sm.
sinking, going down (of the sun), hence West,
354.
sah
(fem. sōh, neut. þatuh),
dem. pr.
that, this,
266.
sa-ƕaz-uh saei or izei,
indef. pr.
whosoever,
276.
sái,
interj.
see! lo! behold!
OHG. se, sē-nu.
saian
(saijan),
sv. VII,
to sow,
7, 10, 76, 98, 100, 122, 124, 314 and note.
OE. sāwan, OHG. sāen, sāwen.
saiands,
pres.
part. one sowing, sower.
saihs,
num.
six,
247.
OE. siex, six, OHG. sehs.
saihsta,
num.
sixth,
244, 253.
OE. siexta, sixta, OHG. sehsto.
saihs tigjus,
num.
sixty,
247.
saiƕan,
sv. V,
to see, take heed,
10, 19, 34, 67, 92, 124, 137, 143, 165 note, 307.
OE. sēon, OHG. sehan.
sáiwala,
sf.
soul, spirit, life,
102.
OE. sāwol, sāwl, OHG. sēula, sēla.
sáiws,
sm.
sea, lake,
197.
OE. sǣ, OHG. sēo.
sakan,
sv. VII,
to rebuke, dispute, strive,
310.
OE. sacan, OHG. sahhan.
sakjō,
wf.
strife,
211.
sakkus,
sm.
sackcloth,
203.
OE. sæcc, OHG. sac, Lat. saccus, Gr. σάκκος.
salbōn,
wv. II,
to anoint,
14, 89 note, 111, 161, 200, 240, 323, 324.
OE. sealfian, OHG. salbōn.
salbōns,
sf.
ointment,
200.
saliþwōs,
sf. pl.
dwelling, abode, mansion, guest-chamber,
387.
OHG. selida.
saljan,
wv. I,
to dwell, abide, remain.
saljan,
wv. I,
to bring an offering, sacrifice.
OE. sellan, OHG. sellen, to surrender.
salt,
sn.
salt,
36, 158.
OE. sealt, OHG. salz.
saltan,
sv. VII,
to salt,
313 note 1.
OHG. salzan.
sama,
pr.
same,
26, 269, 340.
OHG. same.
sama-leikō,
av.
likewise, in like manner, equally.
OE. sam-līce, together.
sama-leiks,
aj.
alike, agreeing together.
OHG. sama-līh.
samana,
av.
together, in the same place, one with another.
OE. samen, OHG. saman.
samaþ,
av.
to the same place, together,
348.
OE. samod, OHG. samit.
sandjan,
wv. I,
to send,
174.
OE. sendan, OHG. senten.
satjan,
wv. I,
to set, put, place,
318, 400.
OE. settan, OHG. sezzen.
saþs,
aj.
full, satisfied,
122, 227;
saþs waírþan,
to be filled, be full.
OE. sæd, OHG. sat.
saúhts,
sf.
sickness, disease,
73, 122, 199, 354.
OE. OHG. suht.
sauil,
sn.
sun,
80.
OE. sōl.
saúrga,
sf.
care, grief, sorrow,
192.
OE. sorg, OHG. sorga.
saúrgan,
wv. III,
to sorrow, trouble, take thought,
328.
OE. sorgian, OHG. sorgēn.
sáuþs,
sm.
sacrifice, burnt-offering,
197.
sei,
rel. pr.
fern. who, which,
271 note 3.
sein
(seina),
poss. pr.
its,
264.
seins,
poss. pr.
his,
78, 99, 263.
OE. OHG. sīn.
*seiþs,
av.
see þana-seiþs.
seiþus,
aj.
late
236.
OE. sīþ, OHG. sīd, av.
sēls,
aj.
good, kind,
234.
Cp. OE. sǣllic, OHG. sālīg, happy.
*sēþs,
sf.
see mana-sēþs.
si,
pers. pr.
she,
152, 260, 261.
OHG. sī.
sibja,
sf.
relationship,
192.
OE. sibb, OHG. sibba.
sibun,
num.
seven,
14, 26, 87, 136, 161, 174, 247, 258.
OE. seofon, OHG. sibun.
sibuntēhund,
num.
seventy,
247.
sidōn,
wv. II,
to practise,
325.
OHG. sitōn.
sidus,
sm.
custom, habit,
203.
OE. sidu, OHG. situ.
sifan,
wv. III,
to rejoice, be glad,
328.
siggwan,
sv. III,
to sing, read,
17, 146, 149, 304.
OE. OHG. singan.
sigis,
sn.
victor.
OE. sige, sigor, OHG. sigu.
sigis-láun,
sn.
the reward or crown of victory, prize,
304.
sigljan,
wv. I,
to seal.
Lat. sigillāre.
sigljō,
wn.
seal,
22, 214.
Low Lat. sigillo.
sigqan,
sv. III,
to sink, go down.
17, 24, 146, 158, 163, 304.
OE. sincan, OHG. sinkan.
sihu,
sn.
victory,
205 note.
sijáu,
I may be,
342.
sijum,
we are,
342.
sik,
refl. pr.
oneself,
261, 262;
gen. seina; dat. sis.
OHG. sih.
*silan,
wv. III,
see ana-silan.
silba,
pr.
self,
161, 269, 430.
OE. self, OHG. selb.
silba-wiljis,
aj.
willing of oneself,
397.
silda-leikjan,
wv. I,
to marvel, wonder, be astonished.
silda-leiks,
aj.
wonderful.
OE. seld-lic, sellic.
silubr,
sn.
silver,
182.
OE. seolfor, OHG. silabar, silber.
silubreins,
aj.
silver.
simlē,
av.
once, at one time,
344.
OE. sim(b)le, OHG. simbles, always.
sinaps,
sm.
or
sinap,
sn.
mustard.
OE. senep, OHG. senaf, Lat. sināpi, Gr. σίνᾱπι.
sind,
they are,
342.
OE. sindon, sind, sint, OHG. sint.
sineigs,
aj.
old,
110, 227, 245, 394.
sinista,
aj.
oldest; an elder,
245.
sinteinō,
av.
always, ever, continually,
344.
sinteins,
aj.
daily.
*sinþs,
sm.
time, lit. a going,
258.
OE. sīþ, OHG. sind.
sipōneis,
sm.
pupil, disciple,
185.
sipōnjan,
wv. I,
to be a disciple,
320.
sitan,
sv. V,
to sit,
34, 75, 97, 174, 308 and note.
OE. sittan, OHG. sizzen.
sitls,
sm.
seat, chair, nest,
159, 180.
OE. setl, OHG. seȥȥal.
siujan,
wv. I,
to sew,
319.
OE. sīowan, sēowan, OHG. siuwen.
siukan,
sv. II,
to be sick, be ill,
302.
siukei,
wf.
sickness, weakness, infirmity,
354, 383.
siuks,
aj.
sick, ill, diseased,
122, 227, 390.
OE. sēoc, OHG. sioh.
siuns,
sf.
sight, appearance,
105, 137, 150, 199.
OE. sīen.
*siuns,
aj.,
see ana-siuns.
skaban,
sv. VI,
to shave,
310.
OE. scafan, OHG. skaban.
skadus,
sm.
shade, shadow,
116, 150, 203.
OE. sceada, OHG. scato.
*skadwjan,
wv. I,
to cast a shade or shadow,
29.
See ufar-skadwjan.
skaftjan,
wv. I,
to make ready, prepare.
skáidan,
sv. VII,
to divide, sever, separate, put asunder,
47, 130, 312 note, 313.
OE. sc(e)ādan, OHG. skeidan.
skal,
pret.-pres.
I shall,
158, 336.
OE. sceal, OHG. skal.
skalkinassus,
sm.
service,
381.
skalkinōn,
wv. II,
to serve,
325, 425.
skalks,
sm.
servant,
162, 180, 425.
OE. scealc, OHG. skalk.
skaman sik,
wv. III,
to be ashamed, be ashamed of,
139, 328, 427.
OE. scamian, OHG. scamēn.
skanda,
sf.
shame,
139.
OE. sc(e)and, OHG. scanta.
*skapjan,
sv. VI,
to shape, make,
138, 160.
See ga-skapjan.
skattja,
wm.
money-changer.
skatts,
sm.
money, coin, penny.
OE. sceatt, OHG. scaz; O. Bulgarian skotŭ, cattle.
skaþjan,
sv. VI,
to injure,
130, 310.
OE. sceþþan, OHG. skadōn.
skáuda-ráips,
sm.
leather thong, shoe-latchet.
OE. rāp, OHG. reif, rope.
skáuns,
aj.
beautiful,
234.
OE. scīene, OHG. scōni.
skáuts,
sm.
the hem of a garment,
OE. scēat, OHG. scōȥ.
*skawjan,
wv. I,
see us-skaw-jan
skeinan,
sv. I,
to shine,
128, 300.
OE. scīnan, OHG. skīnan.
*skeirjan,
wv. I,
see ga-skeirjan.
skeirs,
aj.
clear,
175, 234.
OE. scīr.
skēwjan,
wv. I,
to walk, go, go along.
skildus,
sm.
shield,
203.
OE. scield, OHG. skilt.
skip,
sn.
ship,
23, 160, 182.
OE. scip, OHG. scif.
*skiuban,
sv. II,
see af-skiuban.
skōhs,
sm.
shoe.
OE. scōh, scō, OHG. scuoh.
skōhsl,
sn.
evil spirit, demon.
*skreitan,
sv. I,
see dis-skreitan.
*skritnan,
wv. IV,
see dis-skritnan.
skuft,
sn.
the hair of the head.
O.Icel. skopt.
skuggwa,
wm.
mirror,
151, 208.
OE. scūwa, OHG. scūwo, shadow.
skula,
aj.
owing, in debt, guilty,
428;
wm.
debtor,
208, 354.
OE. ge-scola, OHG. scola.
*skulan,
pret.-pres.
to owe, to be about to be, shall, to be one’s duty, to be obliged, must,
22, 336, 432;
skulds ist,
it is lawful,
336, 340, 400, 428.
OE. OHG. sculan.
skūra,
sf.
shower;
skūra windis,
storm.
OE. OHG. scūr.
slahan,
sv. VI,
to smite, strike, beat, hit,
124, 125, 137, 138, 143, 292, 309.
OE. slēan, OHG. slahan.
slahs,
sm.
stroke, stripe, plague.
OE. slege, OHG. slag.
slalhts,
aj.
smooth.
OHG. sleht.
slaúhts,
sf.
slaughter,
125, 199, 354.
*sláuþnan,
wv. IV,
see af-sláuþnan.
slawan,
wv. III,
to be silent, be still,
149, 328.
sleideis
(or ? sleiþs),
aj.
fierce, dangerous, perilous.
OE. slīþe.
slēpan,
sv. VII,
to sleep, fall asleep,
5, 23, 97, 129, 160, 174, 313.
OE. slǣpan, OHG. slāfan.
*slindan,
sv. III,
see fra-slindan.
sliupan,
sv. II,
to slip,
129, 302.
OE. slūpan, OHG. slioffan.
smakka,
wm.
fig,
208.
smakka-bagms,
sm.
fig-tree.
smals,
aj.
small,
227.
OE. smæl, OHG. smal.
*smeitan,
sv. I,
see ga-smeitan.
smyrn,
sn.
myrrh;
wein miþ smyrna,
wine mingled with myrrh.
Gr. σμύρνα.
snaga,
wm.
garment,
208.
snáiws,
sm.
snow,
29, 137, 149, 188 note.
OE. snāw, OHG. snēo.
sneiþan,
sv. I,
to cut, reap
137, 299.
OE. snīþan, OHG. snīdan.
sniumjan,
wv. I,
to hasten,
320.
Cp. OE. snēome, OHG. sniumo, quickly.
sniumundō,
av.
with haste, quickly
344;
comp. sniumundōs,
with more haste,
345.
sniwan,
sv. V,
to hasten,
104, 149, 150, 307.
OE. snēowan.
snutrs,
aj.
wise,
227.
OE. snot(t)or, OHG. snottar.
sōkareis,
sm.
disputer,
380.
sōkjan,
wv. I,
to seek, desire, long for, question with, dispute,
7, 110, 118, 152, 153, 154, 157, 162, 283, 316, 317, 322;
sōkjan samana,
to reason together, to discuss.
OE. sēcan, OHG. suohhen.
sōkns,
sf.
search, inquiry,
199.
*soþjan,
wv. I,
see ga-soþjan.
spaíkulātur,
m.
spy, executioner.
Lat. speculator, Gr. σπεκουλάτωρ.
sparwa,
wm.
sparrow,
149, 208.
OE. spearwa, OHG. sparo
spaúrds,
aj.
stadium, furlong, race-course,
221.
OE. spyrd, OHG. spurt.
spēdumists,
aj.
last,
246.
*spēþs,
aj.
late.
OHG. spāti.
speiwan,
sv. I,
to spit,
5, 128, 300.
OE. OHG. spīwan.
spill,
sn.
fable, story.
OE. spell, OHG. spel.
spillōn,
wv. II,
to narrate, relate, bring tidings of,
325.
OE. spellian.
spinnan,
sv. III,
to spin,
304.
OE. OHG. spinnan.
spráutō,
av.
quickly, soon,
344.
spyreida,
wm.
large basket.
Gr. σπυρίς, gen. σπυρίδος, fish-basket.
stáiga,
sf.
path, way.
Cp. OE. stīg, OHG. stīga.
stáinahs,
aj.
stony,
393.
OE. stǣnig, OHG. steinag.
stáineins,
aj.
of stone, stony,
395.
OE. stǣnen.
stáins,
sm.
stone, rock,
10, 83, 87 note 1, 103, 180, 353;
stáinam waírpan,
to stone.
OE. stān, OHG. stein.
staírnō,
wm.
star,
211.
OHG. stern, sterno.
*staldan,
sv. VII,
see ga-staldan.
stamms,
aj.
stammering, with an impediment in the speech.
OE. stamm, OHG. stam.
standan,
sv. VI,
to stand, stand firm,
310.
OE. standan, OHG. stantan.
staþs
(gen. stadis),
sm.
place, neighbourhood,
41, 197, 354;
jáinis stadis,
unto the other side (of the lake), εἰς τὸ πέραν.
OE. stede, OHG. stat.
staþs
(gen. staþis),
sm.
land, shore.
OE. stæþ, OHG. stad.
staua,
wm.
judge,
80, 101, 208, 223.
staua,
sf.
judgment,
11, 80, 192.
Cp. OHG. stūa-tago, the day ofjudgment.
staua-stōls,
sm.
the judgment-seat,
389.
*staúrknan,
wv. IV,
see ga-staúrknan.
staúrran,
wv. III,
see and-staúrran.
stáutan,
sv. VII,
to smite, push,
313 note 5.
OHG. stōȥan.
steigan,
sv. I,
to ascend, mount up,
17, 48, 78, 83, 99, 103, 124, 128, 133, 168, 300.
OE. OHG. stīgan.
stibna,
sf.
voice,
158 note, 192.
OE. stemn, stefn. OHG. stemna, stimna, stimma.
stigqan,
sv. III,
to thrust, push, make war,
304.
stikls,
sm.
cup,
354.
OHG. stechal.
stiks,
sm.
point, moment;
stiks mēlis,
a moment of time.
OE. stice, OHG. stih.
stilan,
sv. IV,
to steal,
66, 306.
OE. OHG. stelan.
stiur,
sm.
steer, calf.
OE. stēor, OHG. stior.
stiurjan,
wv. I,
to establish,
85.
OE. stīeran, OHG. stiuren, to steer.
stōdjan,
wv. I,
see ana-*stōdjan.
stōjan,
wv. I,
to judge,
80, 81, 100, 101, 152, 153, 316, 317.
Cp. OE. stōwian, OHG. stouwen, to restrain.
*stráujan,
wv. I,
to strew, spread, spread (with carpets), furnish,
319.
OE. strēowian, OHG. strouwen, strewen.
striks,
sm.
stroke, title,
199.
OHG. strih.
suljō,
wf.
sole of a shoe.
Lat. solea.
sums,
indef. pr.
some one, a certain one,
53, 277, 427, 430;
sums ... sums,
the one ... the other;
nom. pl.
sumái(h) ... sumáih,
some ... and others.
OE. OHG. sum.
sundro,
av.
alone, asunder, apart, privately,
344.
OE. sundor, OHG. suntar.
sunja,
sf.
truth;
bi sunjái
truly, verily.
sunjaba,
av.
truly,
344.
sunjeins,
aj.
true, veritable.
sunjis,
aj.
true,
229.
sunjōn,
wv. II,
to justify,
200, 325.
sunjōns,
sf.
a verifying, defence,
200.
sunna,
wm.
sun.
OE. sunna, OHG. sunno.
sunnō,
wf. or wn.
sun.
OE. sunne, OHG. sunna.
suns,
av.
soon, at once, immediately;
suns-áiw,
av. immediately, straightway;
suns-ei,
cj.
as soon as,
351.
sunus,
sm.
son,
8, 72, 87 and note 3, 88, 90 and note, 107, 108, 113, 116, 121, 122, 150, 158, 202.
OE. OHG. sunu.
supōn,
wv. II,
to season,
7.
OHG. soffōn.
sū̆ts,
aj.
sweet, patient, peaceable, tolerable,
234, 243, 244.
OE. swēte, OHG. suoȥi.
suþjōn,
wv. II,
or
suþjan,
wv. I
to itch, tickle.
swa, swah,
av.
so, just so, also, thus.
OE. swā.
swa-ei, swa-swē,
cj.
so that. so as,
351.
swaíhra,
wm.
father-in-law,
136, 208.
OE. swēor, swehor, OHG. swehur.
swaíhrō,
wf.
mother-in-law,
211.
*swaírban,
sv. III,
to wipe,
14, 161,
see af-swaírban.
swa-láuþs,
pr.
so great,
274.
swa-leiks,
pr.
such,
274, 430.
OE. swelc, swylc, OHG. solīh.
swamms,
sm.
sponge.
OE. swamm.
swaran,
sv. VI,
to swear,
158, 310 and note.
OE. swerian, OHG. swerren, swerien.
swarē,
av.
without a cause, in vain.
swarts,
aj.
black,
227.
OE. sweart, OHG. swarz.
swa-swē,
av.
even as, just as;
cj.
so that,
351.
swē,
av. and cj.
like, as, just as, so that, about,
5, 351;
swē ... swa,
as ... so;
swē ... jah, or swa jah, or swah,
like, ... so too.
sweiban,
sv. I,
to cease,
161, 300.
O.Icel. svīfa.
swein,
sn.
swine, pig,
6, 44, 78, 99.
OE. OHG. swīn.
swēran,
wv. III,
to honour,
328.
swērei,
wf.
honour.
swēriþa,
sf.
honour,
384.
swērs,
aj.
honoured,
175, 227, 428.
OE. swǣr, OHG. swār, heavy.
swēs,
aj.
one’s own;
as
sb.,
possession, property.
OE. swǣs, OHG. swās.
swē-þáuh,
av.
yet, indeed, however,
351.
swiglja,
wm.
piper,
208.
swiglōn,
wv. II,
to play the flute,
325.
OE. swegalōn.
swikniþa,
sf.
purity, pureness, chastity,
384.
swi-kunþaba,
av.
openly, manifestly.
swi-kunþs,
aj.
manifest, evident, open,
428;
swikunþs waírþan,
to become or be made manifest, φανερὸς γίγνεσθαι.
swiltan,
sv. III,
to die
146, 301.
OE. sweltan.
swinþei,
wf.
strength, power, might,
383.
swinþnan,
wv. IV,
to grow strong.
swinþs,
aj.
strong, sound, healthy,
227, 243.
OE. swīþ.
swistar,
f.
sister,
29, 66, 93, 147, 149, 216.
OE. sweostor, OHG. swestar.
swōgatjan,
wv. I,
to sigh,
320, 424.
*swōgjan,
wv. I,
see ga-swōgjan.
synagōga-faþs,
sm.
ruler of the synagogue.
synagōgē,
f.
synagogue,
2 note 3.
Gr. συναγωγή.
tagl,
sn.
hair,
17, 22, 159, 182,
OE. tægl, OHG. zagel, tail
tagr,
sn.
tear,
17, 25, 91, 159, 168, 170, 182, 354.
OE. tēar, teagor, OHG. zahar.
tahjan,
wv. I,
to tear, rend.
taíhswa,
sf.
the right hand.
OHG. zesawa.
taíhswa,
w. aj.
right;
wf.
as noun,
taíhswō,
the right hand,
29, 149.
OHG. zeso.
taíhun,
num.
ten,
10, 27, 67, 87, 92, 128, 129, 136, 164, 247, 252.
OE. tīen, OHG. zehan.
taíhunda,
num.
tenth,
253.
OE. tēoþa, OHG. zehanto.
taíhuntaíhund-falþs,
num.
hundredfold,
257.
taíhuntēhund, taíhuntaíhund,
num.
hundred,
247, 427
táiknjan,
wv. I,
to betoken, point out, show.
OE. tǣcnan, OHG. zeihhanen.
táikns,
sf.
token, sign, wonder, miracle,
22, 159, 199.
OE. tācn, OHG. zeihhan.
táinjō,
wf.
a basket of twigs, basket.
OHG. zeina.
táins,
sm.
twig, sprig, branch,
OE. tān, OHG. zein.
*taíran,
sv. IV,
see ga-, dis-taíran.
taleiþa,
maid, damsel.
Gr. ταλιθά.
talzeins,
sf.
instruction.
talzjan,
wv. I,
to instruct, teach,
175.
talzjands,
m.
teacher,
218.
*tamjan,
wv. I,
to tame,
170,
see ga-tamjan.
tandjan,
wv. I,
to light, kindle.
OE. on-tendan.
taui,
sn.
deed, work,
11, 80, 81, 187.
táujan,
wv. I,
to do, make,
104, 149, 150, 319, 426.
OHG. zouwen.
*taúrnan,
wv. IV,
see af-taúrnan.
*teihan,
sv. I,
see ga-teihan.
tēkan,
sv. VII,
to touch,
282, 314, 428.
Cp. O.Icel. taka (pret. tōk), to take.
*tigus,
sm.
decade,
136, 247.
OE. -tig.
tilōn,
wv. II,
see ga-tilōn.
*tils,
aj.
fit, suitable,
227.
OE. til, see ga-tils.
*timan,
sv. IV,
see ga-timan.
timrja,
wm.
carpenter, builder,
159, 208.
timrjan
(timbrjan),
wv. I,
to build,
159.
OE. timbran, OHG. zimbren. Cp. OE. timber, OHG. zimbar, timber.
tiuhan,
sv. II,
to lead, draw, guide,
51, 71, 73, 86, 94, 124, 128, 129, 137, 301.
OE. tēon, OHG. ziohan.
trauan,
wv. III,
to trust,
11, 80, 328 and notes 1, 2.
OE. trūwian, OHG. trūēn, trūwēn.
triggwa,
sf.
covenant,
151, 192.
OE. trēow, OHG. triuwa.
triggwaba,
av.
truly, assuredly,
151.
triggws,
aj.
true, faithful,
17, 151, 232.
Cp. OE. ge-trīewe, OHG. gi-triuwi.
trimpan,
sv. III,
see ana-trimpan.
triu,
sn.
tree, wood, staff,
9, 150, 189 note 1.
OE. trēo(w).
triweins,
aj.
wooden,
395.
trudan,
sv. IV,
to tread,
125, 280, 306 and note.
Cp. OE. tredan, OHG. tretan.
tuggō,
wf.
tongue,
87, 89, 111, 119, 166, 170, 206, 210.
OE. tunge, OHG. zunga.
tulgus,
aj.
firm, fast,
167, 236.
tundnan,
wv. IV,
to take fire.
331.
Cp. OHG. zuntēn.
tunþus,
sm.
tooth,
27, 203.
Cp. OE. tōþ, OHG. zan(d).
tuz-wērjan,
wv. I,
to doubt,
418.
Cp. OHG. zur-wāri, suspicious; OE. wǣr, OHG. wār, true.
twaddjē,
see
156, 250.
OE. twēg(e)a, OHG. zweio.
twái
(fem. twōs, neut. twa),
num.
two,
10, 149, 170, 247, 250, 256, 258;
masc. OE. twēgen, OHG. zwēne; fem. OE. twā, OHG. zwā (zwō), neut. OE. twā, tū, OHG. zwei.
twái tigjus,
num.
twenty,
247.
twalib-wintrus,
aj.
twelve years old,
34, 236.
twalif,
num.
twelve,
149, 247, 252.
OE. twelf, OHG. zwelif.
tweihnái,
num.
two each,
256.
Cp. OE. be-twēonum, between.
þad-ei,
av.
whither, where, wheresoever.
þagkjan,
wv. I,
to think, meditate, consider,
17, 28, 59, 96, 142, 158, 171, 321, 428.
OE. þencan, OHG. denken.
þahan,
wv. III,
to be silent, hold one’s peace,
328.
OHG. dagēn.
þāhō,
wf.
clay,
4, 74, 211.
OE. þō, OHG. dāha.
þāhta,
pret.
I thought,
321.
OE. þōhte, OHG. dāhta.
þaírh,
prep. c. acc.
through, by, by means of, on account of,
171, 350.
þaírh-baíran,
sv. IV,
to bear through, carry through,
419.
þaírh-gaggan,
sv. VII,
to go or come through,
419.
þaírh-leiþan,
sv. I,
to go through.
þaírh-saíƕan,
sv. V,
to see through,
419.
þaírh-wakan,
sv. VI,
to keep watch,
165 note.
þaírh-wisan,
sv. V,
to remain,
419.
þaírkō,
wn.
a hole through anything,
214;
þaírkō nēþlōs,
the eye of a needle.
*þaírsan,
sv. III,
to be withered or parched,
122,
see ga-þaírsan.
þan,
rel. particle,
when, as, then, as long as,
347;
dem.
(never stands first),
then, at that time, thereupon;
cj.
but, indeed, and, however, therefore, as long as,
351.
OE. þan, þon.
þana-máis,
av.
still, further.
þana-seiþs,
av.
further, more, still;
with neg.
no more, no longer.
OE. sīþ, OHG. sīd.
þandē,
cj.
if, because, since, when, as long as, until, until that,
351
*þanjan,
wv. I,
see uf-þanjan.
þan-nu, þan-uh,
cj.
therefore, then, so, for,
351.
þar,
av.
there,
345.
þarba,
wm.
a needy one, pauper, beggar.
þarba,
sf.
poverty, need, want,
354.
OE. þearf, OHG. darba.
*þarban,
wv. III,
see ga-þarban.
þar-ei,
av.
where.
þarf,
pret.-pres.
I need,
137, 335.
OE. þearf, OHG. darf.
þar-uh,
cj.
therefore, but, and,
351;
av.
there, now.
þata,
pr. neut.
that, this, the,
262, 265 note 2.
OE. þæt, OHG. daȥ.
þata-ƕah, þei,
pr.
whatsoever,
276.
þat-áin-ei,
av.
only.
þat-ei,
neut. of rel. pr., as cj.
that, because, if,
271 note 1, 351.
þaþrō,
av.
thence, from there,
89, 348.
þa-þrōh,
av.
afterwards, thence.
þáu, þáuh,
cj. and av.
after a comp., also after a pos. standing for the comp.,
than:
gōþ þus ist ... þáu (καλόν σοί ἐστιν ... ἤ), it is better for thee ... than;
introducing the second part of a disjunctive interrogation,
or;
þáu niu, or not;
after an interrog. pr.,
then, in that case; still, perhaps,
349, 351.
þáuh-jabái,
cj.
even though,
351.
þaúrban,
pret.-pres.
to need, be in want, lack,
292, 335, 427.
OE. þurfan, OHG. durfan.
þaúrfts,
aj.
needy, necessary,
335.
þaúrfts,
sf.
need, necessity,
199.
OHG. durft.
þaúrneins,
aj.
thorny,
395.
OE. þyrnen, OHG. dornīn.
þaúrnus,
sm.
thorn,
171, 203.
OE. þorn, OHG. dorn.
þaúrp,
sn.
field,
129.
OE. þorp, OHG. dorf, village.
þaúrsjan,
wv. I,
to thirst,
320, 426.
*þaúrsnan,
wv. IV,
to become dry,
122,
see ga-þaúrsnan.
þaúrstei,
wf.
thirst,
212.
OE. þyrst, OHG. durst.
þaúrsus,
aj.
withered,
122,
Cp. OE. þyrre, OHG. durri.
þē-ei,
cj.
that, because that, for that,
265 note 1, 351;
ni þē-ei,
not because.
þei,
cj.
that, so that;
rel. part.
that, as;
used with saƕazuh, þisƕaduh, þisƕah, þataƕah, where it gives the force of a relative,
265 note 1, 351.
þeihan,
sv. I,
to thrive, prosper, increase,
60, 92, 124, 142, 164, 300.
OE. þēon, OHG. dīhan.
þeiƕō,
wf.
thunder,
211.
þeins,
poss. pr.
thy,
263, 430.
OE. þīn, OHG. dīn.
*þinsan,
sv. III,
see at-þinsan.
þis-hun,
av.
chiefly, especially.
þis-ƕaduh, þadei,
av.
whithersoever.
þis-ƕah,
pr.
whatsoever, whatever,
276.
þis-ƕaruh,
av.
wheresoever.
þis-ƕaz-uh sa-ei,
indef. pr.
whosoever,
276.
þiubi,
sn.
theft,
187.
OHG. diuba.
þiubjō,
av.
secretly,
89, 115, 344.
þiuda,
sf.
people;
pl.
heathens, Gentiles,
9, 192.
OE. þēod, OHG. diot, diota.
þiudan-gardi,
sf.
kingdom, palace,
34, 194.
þiudanōn,
wv. II,
to reign
þiudans,
sm.
king,
180.
OE. þēoden.
þiudinassus,
sm.
kingdom,
33, 203, 381.
þiudiskō,
av.
after the manner of the Gentiles,
396.
OE. þēodisc.
þiufs
(þiubs),
sm.
thief.
OE. þēof, OHG. diob.
þiu-magus,
sm.
servant.
*þius,
sm.
servant,
89, 188.
OE. þēow, OHG. deo.
þiuþ,
aj.
good,
171.
Cp. OE. ge-þīede, virtuous.
þiuþeigs,
aj.
good, blessed,
394.
þiuþi-qiss,
sf.
blessing,
389.
þiuþjan,
wv. I,
to do good, bless, praise.
þiuþ-spillōn,
wv. II,
to tell or bring glad tidings.
þiwi
(gen. þiujōs),
sf.
maid-servant, handmaid,
89, 149, 150, 195.
OE. þēowu, þēowe, OHG. diu, gen. diuwi.
*þláihan,
sv. VII,
see ga-þláihan.
þlaqus,
aj.
soft, tender,
236.
þlaúhs,
sm.
flight,
197.
þliuhan,
sv. II,
to flee,
302.
OE. flēon, OHG. fliohan.
þrafstjan,
wv. I,
to console, comfort;
þrafstjan sik,
to take courage, be of good cheer.
þragjan,
wv. I,
to run,
318.
þramstei,
wf.
locust,
212.
þreihan,
sv. I,
to press upon, throng, crowd,
300.
*þreis
(neut. þrija),
num.
three,
28, 87 note, 128, 152, 247, 251, 256, 258.
OE. þrī, OHG. drī.
*þreis tigjus,
num.
thirty,
247.
þridja,
num.
third,
253.
OE. þridda, OHG. dritto.
þridjō,
av.
for the third time,
344.
þriskan,
sv. III,
to thresh,
304.
OE. þerscan, OHG. dreskan.
*þriutan,
sv. II,
see us-þriutan.
þrūts-fill,
sn.
leprosy.
OE. þrūst-fell.
þrūts-fills,
aj.
diseased with leprosy, leprous.
þu,
pers. pr.
thou,
128, 260, 261, 262.
OE. þū̆, OHG. dū̆.
þugkjan,
wv. I,
to seem,
62, 82, 138, 321
OE. þyncan, [OHG] dunken.
þūhta,
pret.
it seemed,
321.
OE. þūhte, OHG. dūhta.
þuláins,
sf.
sufferance, suffering, patience,
200.
þulan,
wv. III,
to tolerate, suffer, put up with, endure,
200.
OE. þolian, OHG. dolēn.
þūsundi,
sf.
thousand,
8, 26, 82, 102, 194, 247, 427.
OE. þūsend, OHG. dūsent.
þūsundi-faþs,
sm.
leader of a thousand men, captain, high captain
(χιλίαρχος),
389.
-þwa,
suffix,
387.
þwahan,
sv. VI,
to wash,
149, 310.
OE. þwēan, OHG. dwahan.
þwaírhs,
aj.
angry.
OE. þweorh, OHG. dwerah, crooked.
-u,
interrog. particle
(attached enclitically to the first word of its clause),
297, 349.
ubilaba,
av.
badly, evilly,
344.
ubils,
aj.
evil, bad,
8, 227, 245, 390;
as noun,
þata ubil or ubilō,
the evil;
ubil haban,
to be ill;
ubil qiþan,
to speak evil of, curse.
c. dat.
OE. yfel, OHG. ubil.
ubiltōjis,
aj.
evil-doing, as noun, evil-doer.
229.
ubil-waúrdjan,
wv. I,
to speak evil of.
ubil-waúrds,
aj.
evil-speaking, railing,
398.
-ubni,
suffix,
386.
ubuh
= uf + enclitic particle uh.
uf,
prep. c. dat. and acc.
under, beneath, in the time of,
350.
uf-áiþeis,
aj.
under an oath,
374.
ufar,
prep. c. acc. and dat.
over, above, beyond,
16, 106, 160, 350.
OE. ofer, OHG. ubar.
ufarassus,
sm.
abundance, superfluity,
381;
dat.
ufarassáu,
used as av.
in abundance, greatly, enough and to spare.
ufar-fullei,
wf.
overfullness, abundance,
375.
ufar-fulls,
aj.
overfull, abundant,
375.
ufar-gaggan,
sv. VII,
to go too far, transgress,
420.
ufar-gudja,
wm.
chief-priest,
375.
ufar-hafnan,
wv. IV,
to be exalted,
331.
ufar-mēleins,
sf.
superscription.
ufar-mēli,
sn.
superscription,
187, 375.
ufar-mēljan,
wv. I,
to write over,
420.
ufar-munnōn,
wv. II,
to forget,
325, 420, 428.
ufarō,
av.
above;
119, 344.
prep. c. dat. and acc.
above, upon, over,
ufar-skadwjan,
wv. I,
to overshadow,
149, 420.
ufar-steigan,
sv. I,
to spring up, mount up,
420.
uf-báuljan,
wv. I,
to puff up.
uf-blēsan,
sv. VII,
to blow up, puff up,
313 note, 417.
OHG. blāsan.
uf-blōteins,
sf.
entreaty,
374.
uf-brikan,
sv. IV,
to reject, despise,
417.
uf-brinnan,
sv. III,
to burn up, scorch.
uf-dáupjan,
wv. I,
to baptize,
417.
uf-gaírdan,
sv. III,
to gird up,
304.
uf-graban,
sv. VI,
to dig up.
uf-haban,
wv. III,
to hold up, bear up.
uf-háuseins,
sf.
regard, obedience,
374.
uf-háusjan
(c. dat.),
wv. I,
to submit, obey, listen to,
417.
uf-hrōpjan,
wv. I,
to cry out.
uf-kunnan,
wv. III,
(but pret. ufkunþa),
to recognize, know, acknowledge,
417.
uf-kunþi,
sn.
knowledge,
34, 374.
uf-ligan,
sv. V,
to lie under, faint,
417.
-ufni,
suffix,
386.
uf-rakjan,
wv. I,
to stretch forth, stretch up, lift up.
uf-sneiþan,
sv. I,
to slay.
uf-swōgjan,
wv. I,
to sigh deeply.
ufta,
av.
often,
8.
uf-þanjan sik,
wv. I,
to stretch oneself.
OE. þennan, OHG. dennen.
uf-wōpjan,
wv. I,
to cry out,
165 note.
*ugkar,
poss. pr.
of us two,
263.
-uh, -h,
enclitic cj.
(like Lat. que, and),
but, and, now, therefore.
In composition with pronouns it often adds intensity to the
signification. The h is often assimilated to the initial consonant of a
following word,
73 note, 164 note, 266, 351.
See note to Matth. vi. 7.
ūhteigō,
av.
seasonably, opportunely,
344.
ūhtiugs,
aj.
at leisure,
9.
ūhtwō,
wf.
early morn,
8, 62, 82, 211.
OE. ūht(a).
ulbandus,
sm.
camel.
OE. olfend, OHG. olbanta.
un-agands,
aj.
fearless,
338.
un-agei,
wf.
fearlessness,
376.
un-aírkns,
aj.
unholy.
OHG. erkan, cp. OE. eorc(n)an-stān, precious stone.
un-áiwisks,
aj.
blameless.
un-bairands,
pres.
part. not bearing, sterile,
376.
un-barnahs,
aj.
childless,
393.
und,
prep. c. acc.
unto, until, up to;
c. dat.
for,
350;
und þatei,
while;
und ƕa,
how long.
undar,
prep. c. acc.
under,
350.
OE. under, OHG. untar.
undarō,
prep. c. dat.
under,
89, 344, 350.
undaúrni-mats,
sm.
breakfast, dinner.
OE. undern-mete.
und-greipan,
sv. I,
to seize, lay hold of,
421.
und-rēdan,
sv. VII,
to provide, furnish, grant,
421.
und-rinnan,
sv. III,
to run to one, fall to one, fall to one’s share,
421.
un-fagrs,
aj.
unfit, unsuitable,
376, 391.
un-frōdei,
wf.
without understanding, foolishness, folly,
376.
un-ga-habands sik,
pres.
part. incontinent.
un-ga-ƕaírbs,
aj.
unruly, disobedient.
un-ga-láubeins,
sf.
unbelief.
un-ga-láubjands,
pres.
part. unbelieving.
un-háili,
sn.
want of health, sickness, disease,
376.
un-handu-waúrhts,
aj.
not made by hands.
un-hráins,
aj.
unclean.
un-hulþa,
wm.
devil, evil or unclean spirit,
376.
OE. un-holda, OHG. un-holdo.
un-hulþō,
wf.
devil, evil or unclean spirit.
un-hunslags,
aj.
without offering, truce-breaking, implacable,
392.
un-ƕapnands,
pres.
part. unquenchable.
un-karja,
w. aj.
careless, neglectful.
un-kunþs,
aj.
unknown,
428.
un-lēþs,
aj.
poor.
OE. un-lǣd.
un-liuts,
aj.
unfeigned.
un-mahteigs,
aj.
weak, impossible.
un-mahts,
sf.
infirmity, weakness,
34, 376.
un-mana-riggws,
aj.
inhuman, fierce.
un-milds,
aj.
not mild, without natural affection, unloving.
OE. un-milde, OHG. un-milti.
un-riurei,
wf.
immortality, incorruption.
un-rōdjands,
pres.
part. not speaking, speechless dumb.
un-saltans,
pp.
unsalted.
unsar,
poss. pr.
our,
173, 263, 264.
OE. ūser, OHG. unsēr.
un-sēlei,
wf.
wickedness, craftiness, injustice, unrighteousness.
un-sēls,
aj.
evil, wicked, unholy.
un-sibjis,
aj.
lawless, impious;
sb.
transgressor,
229.
un-sweibands,
pres.
part. unceasing.
un-swērei,
wf.
dishonour, shame, disgrace.
un-swērs,
aj.
without honour.
un-tals,
aj.
unlearned, indocile.
untē,
cj.
for, because, since, until,
351.
un-tila-malsks,
aj.
rash, unbecomingly proud.
unþa-þliuhan,
sv. II,
to escape,
421.
un-þiuþ,
sn.
evil.
un-þwahans,
pp.
unwashed.
un-ūhteigō
av.
at an unfit time, inopportunely.
un-wāhs,
aj.
blameless,
74, 376.
OE. wōh, bent, wrong, bad.
un-weis,
aj.
unlearned,
122, 138, 227.
OE. OHG. un-wīs.
un-wērjan,
wv. I,
to be unable to endure, be displeased.
un-witi,
sn.
ignorance, folly, foolishness,
354.
Cp. OE. witt, OHG. wizzi, understanding.
un-wits,
aj.
without understanding, foolish.
ur-ráisjan,
wv. I,
to raise, rouse up, wake,
137 note, 175 note, 422.
OE. rǣran.
ur-reisan,
sv. I,
to arise,
73 note, 137 note, 175 note 3, 300, 322, 422.
OE. OHG. rīsan.
ur-rinnan,
sv. III,
to proceed, go out from, go forth, rise, spring up,
175 note 3, 422.
ur-rists,
sf.
resurrection,
199, 354, 377.
OE. ǣ-rist, OHG. ur-rist.
ur-runs,
sf.
a running out, departure, decease,
73 note, 354.
ur-runs,
sm.
a running out, a rising, draught; hence East.
us,
prep. c. dat.
out, out of, from,
175 note 2, 350.
OE. or-, OHG. ur-, ir-, ar-.
us-agjan,
wv. I,
to frighten utterly.
us-alþan,
sv. VII,
to grow old,
313 note 1.
us-anan,
sv. VI,
to expire,
310, 422.
us-baíran,
sv. IV,
to carry out, bear, endure, suffer, answer (Mark xi.
14).
us-báugjan,
wv. I,
to sweep out.
us-beidan,
sv. I,
to await, look for,
422.
us-beisnei,
wf.
long-suffering.
us-beisneigs,
aj.
long-abiding, long-suffering,
394.
us-beisns,
sf.
long-suffering.
us-bliggwan,
sv. III,
to beat severely, scourge.
us-bugjan,
wv. I,
to buy out, buy.
us-dáudjan,
wv. I,
to strive, be diligent, endeavour.
us-dáudō,
av.
zealously.
us-dreiban,
sv. I,
to drive out, send away,
5, 422, 428.
us-drusts,
sf.
a falling away, a rough way.
us-filh,
sn.
burial,
34, 377.
us-filmei,
wf.
amazement.
us-films,
aj.
amazed, astonished.
us-fōdeins,
sf.
food, nourishment,
377.
us-fratwjan,
wv. I,
to make wise.
OE. frætw(i)an, fraetew(i)an, to adorn.
us-fulleins,
sf.
fulfilling, fullness,
377.
us-fulljan,
wv. I,
to fulfil, complete,
34.
us-fullnan,
wv. IV,
to be fulfilled, become full, come to pass.
us-gaggan,
sv. VII,
to go out, forth, away,
436.
us-gáisjan,
wv. I,
to deprive of intellect, strike aghast; pass. to be beside oneself.
us-geisnan,
wv. IV,
to be aghast, be amazed, be astonished,
331.
us-giban,
sv. V,
to give out, reward, repay, restore, show,
422.
us-gildan,
sv. III,
to repay, reward,
304.
OE. gieldan, OHG. geltan.
us-graban,
sv. VI,
to dig out, pluck out, break through.
us-gutnan,
wv. IV,
to be poured out, be spilt, flow away,
331.
us-hafjan,
sv. VI,
to take up, lift up;
ushafjan sik jáinþrō,
to depart thence.
us-háuhjan,
wv. I,
to exalt.
us-háuhnan,
wv. IV,
to be exalted,
331.
us-hláupan,
sv. VII,
to leap up, rise quickly.
us-hramjan,
wv. I,
to crucify.
us-hrisjan,
wv. I,
to shake out, shake off.
OE. hrisian.
us-keinan,
sv. I,
to spring up, grow up, put forth, produce,
see keinan.
us-kiusan,
sv. II,
to choose out, prove, test;
with instr. dat.
to cast out, reject,
422, 428.
us-kunþs,
aj.
well-known, evident, manifest,
377, 391.
us-lagjan,
wv. I,
to lay out, stretch out, lay, lay upon.
us-láubjan,
wv. I,
to permit, allow, suffer,
422.
us-leiþan,
sv. I,
to go away, pass by, come out.
us-liþa,
wm.
one sick of the palsy, paralytic person.
us-lūkan,
sv. II,
to open, unsheath (a sword),
us-luknan,
wv. IV,
to become unlocked, be opened, open,
331.
us-máitan,
sv. VII,
to cut down.
us-mērnan,
wv. IV,
to be proclaimed,
331.
us-mēt,
sn.
behaviour, manner of life,
122.
Cp. MHG. māȥ, measure.
us-mitan,
sv. V,
figuratively, to behave;
uswiss usmitan,
to be in error, to err.
us-niman,
sv. IV,
to take out or away, take down.
us-qiman,
sv. IV, c. dat. or acc.
to kill, destroy,
428.
us-qiss,
sf.
accusation, charge,
377.
us-qistjan,
wv. I, c. dat. and acc.
to kill,
428.
us-qiþan,
sv. V,
to proclaim, blaze abroad,
422.
us-saíƕan,
sv. V,
to look up, look on, receive sight.
us-sandjan,
wv. I,
to send out, send forth, send away.
us-satjan,
wv. I,
to set on, place upon, set, plant.
us-siggwan,
sv. III,
to read.
us-skáus,
aj.
vigilant,
232.
us-skawjan
(for *us-skáujan),
wv. I, with refl. acc. sik,
to awake; passive, to recover oneself.
us-standan,
sv. VI,
to stand up, rise up, rise again, come out or from,
138, 175 note 3.
us-stass,
sf.
resurrection, rising,
138, 198 note, 377.
us-steigan
(usteigan),
sv. I,
to go up, mount.
us-stiurei,
wf.
excess, riot,
85.
us-stiuriba,
av.
licentiously, riotously.
us-táiknjan,
wv. I,
to show, prove.
us-tiuhan,
sv. II,
to lead out, lead or take up, drive forth, finish, perform, perfect,
422.
us-þriutan,
sv. II,
to threaten, trouble, use despitefully,
302.
OE. ā-þrēotan, to be weary.
us-þulan,
wv. III,
to endure.
us-wahsts,
sf.
growth, increase,
354.
OHG. wahst.
us-waírpan,
sv. III,
to drive out, cast forth, overthrow, reject,
428.
us-wakjan,
wv. I,
to wake up, awake from sleep.
OE. weccan, OHG. wecken.
us-walteins,
sf.
overthrow, a subverting.
us-waltjan,
wv. I,
to overthrow, overturn.
us-waúrhts,
aj.
right, just, righteous.
us-weihs,
aj.
unholy, profane.
us-windan,
sv. III,
to plait.
us-wiss,
aj.
dissolute, vain.
ūt,
av.
out, forth,
8;
ūta,
out, without,
8, 348;
ūtaþrō, ūtana,
c. gen. from without,
114, 348, 427.
uz-ēta,
wm.
manger.
uz-ōn,
see us-anan.
uz-uh,
prep.
whether from,
175 note 2.
*waddjus,
sf.
wall,
156, 204.
wadi,
sn.
pledge, earnest,
187.
OE. wedd, OHG. wetti.
waggari,
sn.
pillow.
OE. wangere, OHG. wangari.
wagjan,
wv. I,
to move, shake.
OE. wecgan, OHG. weggen.
*wāhs,
aj.,
see un-wāhs.
wahsjan,
sv. VI,
to grow, increase,
149, 310.
OE. weaxan, OHG. wahsan.
*wahst,
sf.
see us-wahsts.
wahstus,
sm.
growth, size, stature.
wahtwō,
wf.
watch,
211.
OHG. wahta.
wái,
interj.
woe!
OE. wā, wǣ, OHG. wē.
waian,
sv. VII,
to blow,
10, 76, 98, 122, 314 and note.
OE. wāwan, OHG. wāen.
*wáibjan,
wv. I,
see bi-wáibjan.
wái-dēdja,
wm.
woe-doer, malefactor, thief.
wái-faírƕjan,
wv. I,
to lament loudly, wail greatly.
OHG. wē-verhen, wē-veren.
waíhsta,
wm.
corner.
waíhts,
f.
thing, affair;
mostly used along with the neg. particle ni, as acc.
ni waíht, waíht ni,
naught, nothing;
ni waíhtái, ni in waíhtái,
in nothing, not at all,
221 and note.
OE. OHG. wiht.
waíla,
av.
well, rightly, excellently,
10, 66 note.
OE. wel, OHG. wela, wola.
waíla-dēþs,
sf.
benefit,
389.
OE. wel-dǣd; OHG. wola-tāt.
waíla-mērjan,
wv. I,
to preach, bring good tidings.
wáips,
sm.
wreath, crown.
O.Icel. veipr.
waír,
sm.
man,
175, 179 note 2.
OE. OHG. wer.
waírilō,
wf.
lip.
OE. pl. weleras from *werelas by metathesis.
waírpan,
sv. III,
to throw, cast,
10, 134 note, 304, 428.
OE. weorpan, OHG. werfan.
waírs,
av.
worse,
88, 149, 175, 345.
OE. wiers, OHG. wirs.
waírsiza,
aj.
worse,
175, 245.
OE. wiersa, OHG. wirsiro.
waírþan,
sv. III,
to become, be, happen, come to pass,
67, 71, 73, 124, 128, 137 and note, 171, 284, 303, 322, 428, 433, 435, 436.
OE. weorþan, OHG. werdan.
waírþida,
sf.
worthiness, dignity,
384.
OHG. wirdida.
waírþs,
aj.
worthy,
227, 427.
OE. weorþ, OHG. werd.
wáit,
pret.-pres.
I know,
333.
OE. wāt, OHG. weiȥ.
waja-mēreins,
sf.
blasphemy.
waja-mērjan,
wv. I,
to blaspheme, slander.
wakan,
sv. VI,
to wake, watch,
310.
OE. wacan, to awake.
*wakjan,
wv. I,
see us-wakjan.
*waknan,
wv. IV,
see ga-waknan.
waldan,
sv. VII,
to rule, govern,
313 note 1.
OE. wealdan, OHG. waltan.
waldufni,
sn.
power, might, dominion, authority,
33, 158 note, 187, 386.
walis,
aj.
chosen, true, dear, beloved.
waljan,
wv. I,
to choose,
318.
OHG. wellen.
waltjan,
wv. I,
to roll, beat upon, dash against.
OHG. welzen.
walwisōn,
wv. II,
to wallow.
*walwjan,
wv. I,
see af-, at-walwjan.
161, 192.
wamba,
sf.
belly, womb,
161, 192.
OE. wamb, OHG. wamba.
wan,
sn.
want, lack;
wan wisan,
with dat. of person and gen. of thing,
to lack.
wandjan,
wv. I,
to turn, turn round,
320, 400.
OE. wendan, OHG. wenten.
waninassus,
sm.
want,
381.
wans,
lacking, wanting,
427.
OHG. wan.
*war
(nom. pl. masc. warái),
aj.
wary, cautious, sober.
OE. wær, OHG. gi-war.
wardja,
wm.
guard,
208, 223.
Cp. OE. weard, OHG. wart.
*wardjan,
wv. I,
see fra-wardjan.
*wards,
sm.,
see daúra-wards.
*wargjan,
wv. I,
see ga-wargjan.
*wargs,
sm.,
see láuna-wargs.
warjan,
wv. I,
to forbid,
318.
OE. werian, OHG. werren.
warmjan,
wv. I,
to warm, cherish,
133 note.
OE. wierman, OHG. wermen.
wasjan,
wv. I,
to clothe,
175 note, 318.
OE. werian, OHG. werien.
wasti,
sf.
clothing, raiment, dress,
194.
watō,
wn.
water,
170, 214 note.
waúrd,
sn.
word,
4, 11, 71, 89, 94, 114, 173, 181, 182, 353.
OE. word, OHG. wort.
waúrdahs,
aj.
verbal,
393.
waúrda-jiuka,
sf.
a strife about words,
389.
*waúrdjan,
wv. I,
see and-, filu-, ubil-waúrdjan.
*waúrhts,
sf.,
see fra-waúrhts.
waúrkjan,
wv. I,
to work, make, perform,
71, 73, 94, 138, 426.
OE. wyrcan, OHG. wurchen.
waúrms,
sm.
serpent,
73, 94.
OE. wyrm, OE. wurm, OHG. worm.
waúrstw,
sn.
work, deed,
29, 149, 189 note 2.
waúrstweigs,
aj.
effective, effectual,
394.
waúrstwja,
wm.
worker, labourer, husbandman.
waúrts,
sf.
root,
199.
OE. wyrt, OHG. wurz.
wēgs,
sm.
wave, tempest, storm.
OE. wǣg, OHG. wāg.
weiha,
wm.
priest,
208, 223.
weihan,
wv. III,
to sanctify, make holy.
OHG. wīhen.
weihan,
sv. I,
to fight, strive,
128, 300.
weihiþa,
sf.
holiness,
384.
OHG. wīhida.
weihnan,
wv. IV,
to become holy, be hallowed,
331, 400.
weihs
(gen. weihsis),
sn.
town, village.
OE. wīc, OHG. wīch, Lat. vīcus.
weihs,
aj.
holy,
223, 227.
OHG. wīh.
wein,
sn.
wine.
OE. OHG. wīn, Lat. vīnum.
weina-gards,
sm.
vineyard,
389.
weina-táins,
sm.
vine-branch.
weina-triu,
sn.
vine, vine-tree,
389.
OE. wīn-trēow.
wein-drugkja,
wm.
wine-bibber,
389.
weipan,
sv. I,
to crown,
300.
*weis,
aj.
see hindar-, un-weis.
OE. OHG. wīs, wise, learned.
weis,
pers. pr.
we,
260.
weisōn,
wv. II,
see ga-weisōn.
*weit,
sn.
see fra-, id-weit.
*weitan,
sv. I,
see fra-weitan.
*weitjan,
wv. I,
see faír-weitjan.
weitwōdei,
wf.
witness, testimony.
weitwōdi,
sm.
testimony.
weitwōdiþa,
sf.
testimony, witness.
weitwōdjan,
wv. I,
to bear witness, testify;
galiug weit-wōdjan,
to bear false witness.
weitwōds, *weitwōþs,
m.
witness,
219.
wēnjan,
wv. I,
to hope, expect, await,
320, 400.
OE. wēnan, OHG. wānen.
wēns,
sf.
hope,
29, 199.
OE. wēn, OHG. wān.
*wērjan,
wv. I,
see tuz-wērjan.
*wērs,
aj.
see tuz-wērjan.
*widan,
sv. V,
see ga-widan.
widuwaírna,
wm.
orphan;
aj.
comfortless.
widuwō,
wf.
widow,
38, 68.
OE. widwe, wuduwe, OHG. wituwa.
*wigan,
sv. V,
see ga-wigan.
wigans,
sm.
? war
see note to Luke xiv. 31).
wigs,
sm.
way, journey,
66, 149, 169, 180.
OE. OHG. weg.
wikō,
wf.
week.
O.Icel. vika, OE. wice, wuce, OHG. wehha.
wilja,
wm.
will,
208.
OE. willa, OHG. willo.
wilja-halþei,
wf.
respect of persons,
389.
wiljan,
v.
to be willing, will, wish,
44, 89, 175 note 2, 343.
OE. willan.
*wiljis,
aj.,
see ga-, silba-wiljis.
wilþeis,
aj.
wild,
153 note, 230.
OE. wilde, OHG. wildi.
wilwan,
sv. III,
to rob, plunder, take by force,
304.
*windan,
sv. III,
to wind,
304.
OE. windan, OHG. wintan, see bi-windan.
winds,
sm.
wind,
60, 180.
OE. wind, OHG. wint.
winnan,
sv. III,
to suffer, sorrow,
304.
OE. OHG. winnan, to struggle.
wintrus,
sm.
winter,
204.
OE. winter, OHG. wintar.
winþi-skáurō,
wf.
winnowing fan.
wipja,
sf.
crown.
wis,
sn.
calm (of the sea).
wisan,
sv. V,
to be, remain,
26, 60, 128, 174, 284, 308, 342, 428, 433;
waíla wisan,
be merry.
OE. OHG. wesan.
*wiss
(in un-wiss),
aj.
known.
Cp. OE. ge-wiss, OHG. gi-wis, certain.
wists,
sf.
being, existence,
354.
wit,
pers. pr.
we two,
260.
OE. wit.
*witan,
pret.-pres.
to know,
27, 29, 38, 49, 68, 88, 103, 122, 129, 138, 170, 311, 333.
OE. witan, OHG. wiȥȥan.
witan,
wv. III,
to watch, keep watch, observe,
328.
OHG. gi-wiȥȥēn.
*witi,
sn.,
see un-witi.
witōda-láus,
aj.
lawless,
397.
witōdeigō,
av.
lawfully.
witōþ,
sn.
law,
111, 182.
witubni,
sn.
knowledge,
158 note, 386.
wiþōn,
wv. II,
to shake, wag.
wiþra,
prep. c. acc.
against, over against, by, near, to, in reply to, in return for, on account of, for,
350.
OHG. widar.
wiþra-gaggan,
sv. VII,
to go to meet,
423.
wiþra-ga-mōtjan,
wv. I,
to go to meet,
423.
wiþra-waírþs,
aj.
opposite, over, against,
378, 428.
wiþrus,
sm.
lamb,
203.
OE. weþer, OHG. wider, widar.
wláitōn,
wv. II,
to look round about.
OE. wlātian.
wlits,
sm.
face, countenance,
149.
wōpjan,
wv. I,
to call, cry out, cry aloud, crow.
OE. wēpan, OHG. wuoffan.
wōþeis,
aj.
sweet,
231.
OE. weþe.
wōþs
(wōds),
aj.
mad, possessed,
122.
OE. wōd.
wráiqs,
aj.
crooked.
wraka,
sf.
persecution,
149.
OE. wracu.
wrakja,
sf.
persecution,
192.
wraks,
sm.
persecutor,
354.
wratōdus,
sm.
journey,
385.
wratōn,
wv. II,
to go, travel.
wrikan,
sv. V,
to persecute,
29, 149, 308.
OE. wrecan, OHG. rechan.
wrōhjan,
wv. I,
to accuse.
OE. wrēgan, OHG. ruogen.
wrōhs,
sf.
accusation,
199.
Cp. OE. wrōht.
wruggō,
wf.
snare.
wulfs,
sm.
wolf,
16, 56, 87 and note, 88, 89 note, 134 note, 149, 158, 160, 180, 353.
OE. wulf, OHG. wolf.
wulla,
sf.
wool,
139, 158.
OE. wull, OHG. wolla.
wullareis,
sm.
one who whitens wool, a fuller.
wulþags,
aj.
gorgeous, glorious,
392.
wulþrs,
aj.
of worth, of consequence;
máis wulþriza wisan,
to be of more worth, be better.
Cp. OE. wuldor, glory, praise.
wulþus,
sm.
glory,
203.
wunds,
aj.
wounded;
háubiþ wundan briggan,
to wound in the head.
OE. wund, OHG. wunt.
wundufni,
sf.
wound, plague,
158 note, 194, 386.
wunns,
sf.
suffering, affliction.
The Gothic spelling and pronunciation of Greek proper names, and of loan-words generally, were intentionally excluded from the chapter on Gothic pronunciation, in order that what was necessary to be said on these points might be reserved for the Glossary of proper names. The following few remarks, which are mostly confined to the vowels in proper names, will be useful to the learner:—
Greek α is regularly represented by a, as Ἀβιάθαρ, Abiaþar; Ἄννα, Anna; Βηθσφαγή, Bēþsfagei; Δημᾶς, Dēmas; Θωμᾶς, Þōmas; Ἰσαάκ, Isak.
Greek ε is regularly represented by aí, as Ἔφεσος, Aífaísō; λεγεών, Laígaíōn; Πέτρος, Paítrus; Βεελζεβούλ, Baíaílzaíbul; but Βηθλεέμ, Bēþlahaím. Cp. § 10.
Greek ι is represented by i or ei. No fixed rule can be laid down as to when it is represented by the one and when by the other. Examples of the former are:—Δεκάπολις, Daíkapaúlis; Φιλητός, Filētus; Ἰδουμαία, Idumaia; Συρία, Syria; Ἰακώβ, Iakōb; Ἰησοῦς, Iēsus; Ἰωσήφ, Iōsēf; and of the latter:—Ἰκόνιον, Eikaúniō; Γαλιλαία, Galeilaia; Τιμόθεος, Teimaúþaíus; Σιδών, Seidōn; Σίμων, Seimōn.
ι is represented by aí in Kyreinaíus, Κυρήνιος.
ι is sometimes represented by j before a following vowel, as Ἰάειρος, Jaeirus; Ἰαννῆς, Jannēs; Μαρία, Marja, beside Maria.
Greek ο is regularly represented by aú in other than final syllables, as Ὀνησιφόρος, Aúneiseifaúrus; Βοανεργές, Baúanaírgaís; Ἰόρδανος, Iaúrdanus; Σολομών, Saúlaúmōn. Cp. the beginning of § 11.
In final syllables it is regularly represented by u, as Αὔγουστος, Agustus; Μάρκος, Markus; Φίλιππος, Filippus; Πέτρος, Paítrus. These and similar words are declined like sunus (§ 202) in the singular, but are mostly declined like i-stems (§§ 196, 198) in the plural.
ο is represented by ō in Aírmōgaínēs, Ἑρμογένης. The u instead of aú in Iaírusaúlyma, Ἱεροσόλυμα is due to the influence of the u in Iaírusalēm, Ἱερουσαλήμ.
Greek υ is regularly represented by w in the Gothic alphabet, so that forms like Φύγελος, Συρία ought properly to be transcribed by Fwgaílus, Swria, cp. αυ, ευ below. It has however become usual in all grammars, glossaries, and editions of the Gothic text, to transcribe Greek υ in the function of a vowel by y. Inaccurate as this mode of transcription is, I have thought it advisable to adopt the usual transcription throughout this book. Examples are:—Τυχικός, Tykeikus; Ἱεροσόλυμα, Iaírusaúlyma; Ὑμέναιος, Ymaínaíus; Συμεών, Symaíōn.
υ is represented by aú in Saúr, Σύρος.
Greek η is mostly represented by ē, as Ἀσήρ, Asēr; Δημᾶς, Dēmas; Φανουήλ, Fanuēl; Ἰησοῦς, Iēsus. It is also sometimes represented by ei (cp. § 5), as Ὀνησιφόρος, Aúneiseifaúrus; Κυρήνιος, Kyreinaíus.
η is represented by ai in Gaírgaísaínus, Γεργεσηνός. And beside the regular form Bēþania, Βηθανία, we have the dat. form Biþaniin (Mark xi. 1).
Greek ω is usually represented by ō, as Ἰακώβ, Iakōb; Ἰωσήφ, Iōsēf; Μωσῆς, Mōsēs; Θωμᾶς, Þōmas; Σολομών, Saúlaúmōn.
It is represented by au in Lauidja, Λωΐς; Trauada, Τρῳάς; cp. the end of § 11. And by ū in Rūma, Lat. Rōma.
Greek αι, which was a long open e-sound like the ǣ in OE. slǣpan, is regularly represented by ai, as Ἀλφαῖος, Alfaius; Ναιμάν, Naiman; Ἰδουμαία, Idumaia; Φαρισαῖος, Fareisaius; cp. the close of § 10.
αϊ is represented by aei, as Βηθσαϊδά, Bēþsaeida; Ἠσαΐας, Ēsaeias.
Greek ει, which was a long i-sound, is regularly represented by ei (§ 3), as Δαυείδ, Daweid; Ἰάειρος, Jaeirus.
Greek αυ is represented by aw, as Δαυείδ, Daweid; Παῦλος, Pawlus. Agustáu (Luke ii. 1) is probably a mistake for Awgustáu.
Greek ευ is represented by aíw, as Εὐνίκη, Aíwneika; Λευΐς, Laíwweis; εὐαγγέλιον, aíwaggēljō.
Greek ου, which was a long close u-sound, is regularly represented by u, as Αὔγουστος, Agustus; Φανουήλ, Fanuēl; Ἰδουμαία, Idumaia; Ἰησοῦς, Iēsus; Ἰούδας, Iudas; Καφαρναούμ, Kafarnaum.
The Gothic representation of the Greek consonants in proper names requires but little comment. The Greek consonants are generally represented by the corresponding Gothic equivalents, that is β, γ, δ, ζ, θ, κ, λ, μ, ν, ξ, π, ρ, σ (ς), τ, φ, ψ are almost in every case regularly represented by b, g, d, z, þ, k, l, m, n, ks, p, r, s, t, f, ps respectively. For examples see the Glossary below. The following points require to be noticed:—
The Greek spiritus asper is generally represented by h, as Ἐλισαῖος, Haíleisaius; Ἠλίας, Hēlias; Ἡρωδιανός, Hērōdianus; it is however also occasionally omitted, as in Ἱερουσαλήμ, Iaírusalēm.
An h has sometimes been inserted in the Gothic form between two vowels, as Ἀβραάμ, Abraham; Βηθλεέμ, Bēþlahaím; Ἰωάννης, Iōhannēs.
For Greek τ we have þ in Nazareiþ, Ναζαρέτ.
Greek χ is represented by X in Xristus, Χριστός; but it is generally represented by k, as Antiaúkia, Ἀντιοχία; Tykeikus, Τυχικός. On the other hand Greek κ is represented by X in Xrēskus, Κρήσκης.
The inflected forms of Greek proper names in Gothic are given in the Glossary below, so far as they occur in the specimens which I have chosen. No hard and fast rule for the inflection of these words can be given, as they sometimes preserve the Greek endings, sometimes have Gothic endings, and sometimes have a mixture of the two. Most consistency prevails in nouns ending in the nom. in -us, Greek -os; these usually follow the u-declension in the sing., but the i-declension in the plural.
Abiaþar (Ἀβιάθαρ), sm. ‘Abiathar’; dat. Abiaþara.
Abraham (Ἀβραάμ), sm. ‘Abraham’; gen. Abrahamis; dat. Abrahama.
Agustus (Αὔγουστος), sm. ‘Augustus’; dat. Agustáu.
Aífaísō (Ἔφεσος), wf. ‘Ephesus’; dat. Aífaísōn.
Aírmōgaínēs (Ἑρμογένης), m. ‘Hermogenes’.
Aíwneika (Εὐνίκη), sf. ‘Eunice’; dat. Aíwneikái.
Alaíksandrus (Ἀλέξανδρος), sm. ‘Alexander’; gen. Alaíksandráus.
Alfaius (Ἀλφαῖος), sm. ‘Alphaeus’; gen. Alfaiáus.
Andraías (Ἀνδρέας), wm. ‘Andrew’; acc. Andraían; gen. Andraiins; dat. Andraíin.
Anna (Ἄννα), fem. ‘Anna’.
Antiaúkia (Ἀντιοχία), sf. ‘Antioch’; dat. Antiaúkiái.
Arimaþaia (Ἀριμαθία), ‘Arimathaea’; gen. Arimaþaias.
Asēr (Ἀσήρ), sm. ‘Aser’; gen. Asēris.
Asia (Ἀσία), sf. ‘Asia’; dat. Asiái.
Aúneiseifaúrus (Ὀνησιφόρος), sm. ‘Onesiphorus’; gen. Aúneiseifaúráus.
Baíaílzaíbul (Βεελζεβούλ), m. ‘Beelzebub’.
Barabbas (Βαραββᾶς), m. ‘Barabbas’; acc. Barabban.
Barteimaius (Βαρτιμαῖος), sm. ‘Bartimaeus’.
Barþaúlaúmaius (Βαρθολομαῖος), sm. ‘Bartholomew’; acc. Barþaúlaúmaiu.
Baúanaírgaís (Βοανεργές), ‘Boanerges.’
Bēþania, Biþania (Βηθανία), fem. ‘Bethany’; dat. Biþaniin, Bēþanijin (John xii. 1).
Bēþlahaím (Βηθλεέμ), ‘Bethlehem.’
Bēþsaeida (Βηθσαϊδά), ‘Bethsaida.’
Bēþsfagei (Βηθσφαγή), wf. ‘Bethphage’; dat. Bēþsfagein.
Daíkapaúlis (Δεκάπολις), fem. ‘Decapolis’; gen. Daíkapaúlaiōs; dat. Daíkapaúlein.
Dalmatia (Δαλματία), sf. ‘Dalmatia’; dat. Dalmatiái.
Daweid (Δαυείδ), sm. ‘David’; gen. Daweidis.
Dēmas (Δημᾶς), m. ‘Demas’.
Eikaúniō (Ἰκόνιον), wf. ‘Iconium’; dat. Eikaúniōn.
Ēsaeias (Ἠσαΐας), m. ‘Esaias’; acc. Ēsaïan; gen. Ēsaeiins (Eisaeiins); dat. Ēsaïin.
Fanuēl (Φανουήλ), sm. ‘Phanuel’; gen. Fanuēlis.
Fareisaius (Φαρισαῖος), sm. nom. pl. Fareisaieis, ‘Pharisees’; gen. pl. Fareisaiē; dat. pl. Fareisaium.
Filētus (Φιλητός), sm. ‘Philetus’.
Filippus (Φίλιππος), sm. ‘Philip’; acc. Filippu; gen. Filippáus; dat. Filippáu.
Fygaílus (Φύγελος), sm. ‘Phygellus’.
Fynikiska, aj. ‘Phenician’.
Gaddarēnus (Γαδαρηνός), sm.; gen. pl. Gaddarēnē, ‘of the Gadarenes.’
Gaírgaísainus (Γεργεσηνός), sm.; gen. pl. Gaírgaísainē, ‘of the Gergesenes.’
Galatia (Γαλατία), sf. ‘Galatia’; dat. Galatiái.
Galeilaia (Γαλιλαία), fem. ‘Galilee’; acc. Galeilaian; gen. Galeilaias; dat. Galeilaia.
Galeilaius (Γαλιλαῖος), sm. ‘Galilæan’; gen. pl. Galeilaiē.
Gaúlgaúþa (Γολγοθά), ‘Golgotha.’
Gaúmaúrus (Γομόρρος), sm. an inhabitant of ‘Gomorrha’; dat. pl. Gaúmaúrjam.
Haíleisaius (Ἐλισαῖος), sm. ‘Eliseus’; acc. Haíleisaiu; dat. Haíleisaiáu.
Haírōdiadins, see Hērōdia.
Hēlias (Ἠλίας), m. ‘Elias’; gen. Hēleiins; dat. Hēlijin; acc. Hēlian.
Hērōdēs, -is (Ἡρώδης), sm. ‘Herod’; dat. Hērōda.
Hērōdia (Ἡρωδιάς), wf. ‘Herodias’; gen. Hērōdiadins, Haírōdiadins.
Hērōdianus (Ἡρωδιανός), sm. ‘Herodian’; dat. pl. Hērōdianum; gen. pl. Hērōdianē.
Iaírikō (Ἰεριχώ), wf. ‘Jericho’; dat. Iaírikōn.
Iaírusalēm (Ἱερουσαλήμ), fem. ‘Jerusalem’.
Iaírusaúlyma (Ἱεροσόλυμα), sf. ‘Jerusalem’; dat. Iaírusaúlymái; gen. Iaírusaúlymōs.
Iaírusaúlymeis, pl. ‘Jerusalem’, ‘the people of Jerusalem’; dat. pl. Iaírusaúlymim.
Iakōb (Ἰακώβ), sm. ‘Jacob’; gen. Iakōbis; dat. Iakōba.
Iakōbus (Ἰάκωβος), sm. ‘James’; acc. Iakōbu; gen. Iakōbáus, Iakōbis; dat. Iakōbáu, Iakōba.
Iaúrdanus (Ἰόρδανος), sm. ‘Jordan’; gen. Iaúrdanáus; dat. Iaúrdanáu.
Idumaia (Ἰδουμαία), ‘Idumaea’; dat. Idumaia.
Iēsus (Ἰησοῦς), sm. ‘Jesus’; acc. voc. Iēsu; gen. Iēsuis; dat. Iēsua (Iēsu).
Iōhannēs, -is (Ἰωάννης), m. ‘John’; acc. Iōhannēn, Iōhannē; gen. Iōhannis, Iōhannēs; dat. Iōhannē, Iōhannēn.
Iōsēf (Ἰωσήφ), sm. ‘Joseph’; gen. Iōsēfis; dat. Iōsēfa.
Iōsēs (Ἰωσῆ), sm. ‘Joses’; gen. Iōsēzis.
Isak (Ἰσαάκ), sm. ‘Isaac’; dat. Isaka; gen. Isakis.
Iskariōtēs, Iskarjōtēs (Ἰσκαριώτης), m. ‘Iscariot’; acc. Iskariōtēn.
Israēl (Ἰσραήλ), ‘Israel’; dat. Israēla; gen. Israēlis.
Iudaia (Ἰουδαία), ‘Judaea’; acc. Iudaian; dat. Iudaia; gen. Iudaias.
Iudaialand, sn. ‘Judaea’.
*Iudaieis (Ἰουδαῖοι), sm. pl. ‘Jews’; gen. Iudaiē.
Iudas (Ἰούδας), m. ‘Judas’; acc. Iudan; gen. Iudins.
Iusē (Ἰωσῆ), ‘Joses.’
Jaeirus (Ἰάειρος), sm. ‘Jairus’.
Jannēs (Ἰαννῆς), m. ‘Jannes’.
Kafarnaum (Καφαρναούμ, Καπερναούμ), ‘Capernaum.’
Kaisaria (Καισαρία), f. ‘Caesarea’; gen. Kaisarias.
Kananeitēs (Κανανίτης), m. ‘Canaanite’; acc. Kananeitēn.
Karpus (Κάρπος), sm. ‘Carpus’; dat. Karpáu.
Kyreinaíus (Κυρήνιος), sm. ‘Cyrenius’; dat. Kyreinaíáu.
Laígaíōn (λεγεών), ‘Legion.’
Laíwweis (Λευΐς), sm. ‘Levi’; acc. Laíwwi.
*Lauidi or *Lauidja (Λωΐς), sf. ‘Lois’; dat. Lauidjái.
Lazarus (Λάζαρος), sm. ‘Lazarus’; acc. Lazaru; dat. Lazaráu.
Lukas (Λουκᾶς), sm. ‘Luke’.
Lystra (ἡ Λύστρα, τὰ Λύστρα), ‘Lystra’; dat. pl. in Lystrys, ‘ἐν Λύστροις.’
Magdalan (Μαγδαλάν), ‘Magdalan.’
Magdalēnē (Μαγδαληνή), nom. and dat. ‘Magdalene’.
Mambrēs (Μαμβρῆς), m. ‘Mambres’.
Maria, Marja (Μαρία), fem. ‘Mary’; acc. Marian; gen. Marjins; dat. Mariin.
Markus (Μάρκος), sm. ‘Mark’; acc. Marku.
Marþa (Μάρθα), fem. ‘Martha’.
Matþaius (Μαθθαῖος), sm. ‘Matthew’; acc. Matþaiu.
Mōsēs (Μωσῆς), sm. ‘Moses’; gen. Mōsēzis; dat. Mōsēza, Mōsē.
Naiman (Ναιμάν), m. ‘Naaman’.
Nazaraiþ (Ναζαρέτ), ‘Nazareth.’
Nazōrēnus (Ναζωρηνός), sm. ‘Nazarene’; voc. Nazōrēnu, Nazōrēnaí.
Paítrus (Πέτρος), sm. ‘Peter’; acc. Paítru; gen. Paítráus.
Pawlus (Παῦλος), sm. ‘Paul’.
Peilātus (Πειλᾶτος), sm. ‘Pilate’; dat. Peilātáu.
Rūma (Ῥώμη, Lat. Rōma), sf. ‘Rome’; dat. Rūmái.
Saddukaieis (Σαδδουκαῖοι), nom. pl. ‘the Sadducees’.
Salōmē (Σαλώμη), f. ‘Salome’.
Saraipta (Σάρεπτα), ‘Sarepta’.
Satana and Satanas (σατανᾶς), m. ‘Satan’; acc. Satanan.
Saúdauma (Σόδομα), ‘Sodom.’
Saúdaúmus, sm. an inhabitant of Sodom; gen. pl. Saúdaúmjē; dat. pl. Saúdaúmim, Saúdaúmjam.
Saúlaúmōn (Σολομών), sm. ‘Solomon’.
Saúr (Σύρος), sm. ‘Syrian’; dat. pl. Saúrim.
Saúrini, f. a Syrian woman.
Seidōna (Σιδών), sf. ‘Sidon’; gen. Seidōnáis.
Seidōneis, m. pl. the inhabitants of Sidon; gen. Seidōnē.
Seimōn (Σίμων), m. ‘Simon’; acc. Seimōna, Seimōnu; gen. Seimōnis; dat. Seimōna.
Siōn (Σιών), fem. ‘Sion’.
Symaíōn (Συμεών), m. ‘Simeon’.
Syria (Συρία), sf. ‘Syria’; gen. Syriáis.
Teimaius (Τιμαῖος), sm. ‘Timaeus’; gen. Teimaiáus.
Teimaúþaíus (Τιμόθεος), sm. ‘Timothy’; dat. Teimaúþaíáu.
Teitus (Τίτος), sm. ‘Titus’.
Trauada (Τρῳάς), sf. ‘Troas’; dat. Trauadái.
Tykeikus (Τυχικός), sm. ‘Tychicus’; acc. Tykeiku.
Tyra (Τύρος), ‘Tyre.’
Tyrus (Τύρος), sm. ‘Tyrian’; pl. gen. Tyrē; dat. Tyrim.
Þaddaius (Θαδδαῖος), sm. ‘Thaddæus’; acc. Þaddaiu.
Þaissalaúneika (Θεσσαλονίκη), sf. ‘Thessalonica’; dat. Þaissalaúneikái.
Þōmas (Θωμᾶς), m. ‘Thomas’; acc. Þōman.
Xrēskus (Κρήσκης), sm. ‘Crescens’.
Xristus (Χριστός), sm. ‘Christ’; acc. Xristu; gen. Xristáus.
Ymainaius (Ὑμέναιος), sm. ‘Hymenæus’.
Zaíbaídaius (Ζεβεδαῖος), sm. ‘Zebedee’; gen. Zaíbaídaiáus; acc. Zaíbaídaiu.